(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Armstrong Atlantic State University Catalog"

Hopkinson, Caroline 
Library 





1997-98 Catalog 



Accreditation: Armstrong Atlantic State University is accredited by the Commission 
on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award associate, 
baccalaureate, masters, and educational specialists degrees. 



Academic Calendar I 



Fall, 1997 



Winter. 1998 Spring, 1998 



* All dates subject to change 



Summer. 1998 
Session A Session D 





(11 weeks) 


(11 weeks) 


(11 weeks) 


(4 weeks) 


(6 weeks) 


Admission Applications Due 


Aug. 11 


Dec. 1 


May1 


May1 


May 1 


New Student Document & Readmission Deadline 


Sept. 8 


Dec. 15 


March 15 


May 15 


May 15 


Registration 


Sept. 16-17 


Jan. 2 


March 25 


June 16 


June 16 


First Day of Class 


Sept. 18 


Jan. 5 


March 26 


June 17 


June 17 


Mid-Term 


Oct. 22 


Feb. 9 


April 29 


July 1 


July 8 


Last Day to Withdraw Without Automatic Penalty 


Oct. 22 


Feb. 9 


April 29 


July 1 


July 8 


Advisement & Advance Registration 


Nov. 3-7 


Feb. 16-20 


May 11-15 


July 27-31 


July 29-31 


Last Day of Class 


Dec. 1 


March 16 


June 3 


July 13 


July 31 


Reading Day 


Dec. 2 


March 17 


June 4 






Final Examinations Begin 


Dec. 3 


March 18 


June 5 


July 14 


Aug. 3 


Final Examinations End 


Dec. 6 


March 21 


June 9 


July 14 


Aug. 4 


Graduation 


Dec. 5 




June 11 






Holiday 


Nov. 26-28 


Jan. 19 




July 3 


July 3 


ISAT Application Deadline 

Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (ISAT) 


July 18 
Aug. 23 


Oct. 17 
Nov. 22 


Jan. 23 
Feb. 28 


March 20 
April 25 




Collegiate Placement Exam (CPE) 


Contact Admissions Office, 927-5277 






College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 


Sept. 17 


Dec. 31 


March 24 


June 15 




Regents' Test Application Deadline 
Regents' Test Administration 


Oct. 7 
Oct. 27-28 


Jan. 20 
Feb. 9-10 


April 14 
May 4-5 


June 30 
July 20-21 




CHAOS Orientation Sessions (Summer, 1995) 


Contact Division of Student Affairs, 927-5271 







1997 


JANUARY 




FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 




MAY 




JUNE 


S M T W T F 


S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S 


M T W T F 


s 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 3 


4 


1 


1 


12 3 4 5 




1 2 


3 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


5 6 7 8 9 10 


11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


4 


5 6 7 8 9 


10 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


12 13 14 15 16 17 


18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


11 


12 13 14 15 16 


17 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


19 20 21 22 23 24 


2o 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


18 


19 20 21 22 23 


24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


26 27 28 29 30 31 




23 24 25 26 27 28 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


27 28 29 30 


25 


26 27 28 29 30 


31 


29 30 


JULY 




AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 




NOVEMBER 




DECEMBER 


S M T W T F 


S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S 


M T W T F 


s 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 


5 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 






1 


12 3 4 5 6 


6 7 8 9 10 11 


12 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 


3 4 5 6 7 


8 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


13 14 15 16 17 18 


19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 


10 11 12 13 14 


15 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


20 21 22 23 24 25 


2b 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 


17 18 19 20 21 


22 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


27 28 29 30 31 




24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


28 29 30 


26 27 28 29 30 31 


23 

30 


24 25 26 27 28 


29 


28 29 30 31 



1998 


JANUARY 








FEBRUARY 




MARCH 




APRIL 








MAY 






JUNE 


S M T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M T W T F S 


S 


M T W T F S 


S M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M T W T F 


S 


S 


M T W T F S 


1 


2 


3 


1 


2 3 4 5 6 7 


1 


2 3 4 5 6 7 




1 2 


3 


4 




1 


? 




12 3 4 5 6 


4 5 6 7 8 


9 


10 


8 


9 10 11 12 13 14 


8 


9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 


7-8 9 


10 


11 


3 


4 5 6 7 8 


9 


7 


8 9 10 11 12 13 


11 12 13 14 15 


1t 


1/ 


11) 


16 17 18 19 20 21 


15 


16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 


14 15 16 


17 


18 


10 


11 12 13 14 15 


16 


14 


15 16 17 18 19 20 


18 19 20 21 22 


23 


24 


22 


23 24 25 26 27 28 


22 


23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 


21 22 23 


24 


25 


17 


18 19 20 21 22 


23 


21 


22 23 24 25 26 27 


25 26 27 28 29 


30 


31 






29 


30 31 


26 27 


28 29 30 






24 

31 


25 26 27 28 29 


30 


28 


29 30 


JULY 








AUGUST 




SEPTEMBER 




OCTOBER 








NOVEMBER 






DECEMBER 


S M T W T 


F 


S 


s 


M T W T F S 


s 


M T W T F S 


S M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M T W T F 


S 


S 


M T W T F S 


1 2 


3 


4 




1 




12 3 4 5 




1 


2 


3 


1 


2 3 4 5 6 


7 




12 3 4 5 


5 6 7 8 9 


10 


11 


2 


3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 


7 8 9 10 11 12 


4 5 


6 7 8 


9 


10 


8 


9 10 11 12 13 


14 


6 


7 8 9 10 11 12 


12 13 14 15 16 


1/ 


18 


9 


10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 


14 15 16 17 18 19 


11 12 


13 14 15 


16 


17 


15 


16 17 18 19 20 


21 


13 


14 15 16 17 18 19 


19 20 21 22 23 


2-1 


2b 


16 


17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 


21 22 23 24 25 26 


18 19 


20 21 22 


n 


24 


22 


23 24 25 26 27 


28 


20 


21 22 23 24 25 26 


26 27 28 29 30 


31 




23 
30 


24 25 26 27 28 29 

31 


27 


28 29 30 


25 26 


27 28 29 


30 


31 


29 


30 




27 


28 29 30 31 



--. 




I 



h o 



^< 



<;qo 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC 
STATE UNIVERSITY 

LIBRARY 



Introduction 5 

The University/City 9 

Student Life 19 

Admissions 25 

Financial Information 37 

Academic Policies and Information 49 

School of Graduate Studies 71 

College of Arts and Sciences 75 

College of Education 185 

School of Health Professions 217 

Special Programs 281 

Faculty/Administration 295 

Index 313 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 




President's Message 



Today, when higher education has become the primary route to 
success in our society, the mission of Armstrong Atlantic State Univer- 
sity has never been more important. As a place where learning comes 
first, A ASU offers a thriving environment for personal and intellectual 
growth. The excitement on campus is tangible: new facilities and 
programs are underway; students and professors are energized; and 
an ambitious agenda for the future has been set. 

As we stand at the new millennium, A ASU is well-positioned. 
Members of our faculty continue to earn national recognition as 
teachers, researchers, authors, and scholars. AASU alumni are leaders 
in their communities. Service to students permeates the campus. 

Over the years I have heard from a number of former students who 
attribute their achievements to their Armstrong experience. Their 
stories reflect the spirit of what makes our institution so valuable. I 
encourage you to talk to some of those alumni. Their heartfelt words 
sum up the beauty — and often life-changing power — of a college 
education. 



Robert A. Burnett 
President 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 




Degree Programs 



ARTS: 




SCIENCE: 




Art 

Arts 

Drama/Speech 

Economics 

English 

English 
(Communications) 

English 
(with Teacher Certification) 

General Studies 

History 

History 
(with Teacher Certification) 

Music 

Music Education 

Political Science 

Political Science 
(Public Administration) 

Political Science 
(with Teacher Certification) 

Psychology 

Spanish 
(with Teacher Certification) 



Applied Physics 
Biology 

Biology 
(with Teacher Certification) 

Chemistry 

Chemistry 
(with Teacher Certification) 

Computer Science 

Criminal Justice 

Criminal Justice (Corrections) 

Criminal Justice (Law Enforcement) 

Criminal Justice (Law Enforcement 
with POST Certification) 

Mathematical Sciences 

Mathematical Sciences 
(with Teacher Certification) 



EDUCATION: Art Education 

Early Childhood Education 

Early Elementary Education 

Health & Physical Education 

Middle Grades Education 

Middle Grades Education 

Secondary Education 

Business Education* 

English Education 

Mathematics Education 
* In conjunction with Savannah State College 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Degree Programs i 

s 


Associate 
Bachelor's 
Master's 




Science Education 








. 




Social Science Education 
(History) 
(Political Science) 






• 


• 


o 


Special Education 








• 




Behavior Disorders 








. 


Q 

UJ 


Learning Disabilities 

Speech/Language Pathology 

Speech-Language Pathology 
Note: Teacher certification options at the baccalaureate level are 
available in Biology, Chemistry, English, History, Mathematics, 
Political Science, and Spanish (see listing under Arts and Science) 






• 


• 


HEALTH PROFESSIONS: 












Dental Hygiene 




• 






x 


Dental Hygiene Education 












H 


Health Science 










• 


—1 
< 
UJ 

X 


Medical Technology 
Nursing 

Physical Therapy 
Radiologic Technologies 
Respiratory Therapy 




• 






• 


MINOR CONCENTRATIONS: 
(not listed elsewhere): 

Anthropology 












Botany 














Communications 














Engineering Science 












0) 


Film 












3 


Foreign Language 












•1 


Historical Archaeology 












^^H 


Human Biology 












• ^B 


International Studies 












^^H 


Legal Studies 
Library Media 
Linguistics 














Mental Health 
Military Science 












*^H 


Organizational Psychology 












• ■ 


Philosophy 












^M 


Physical Education 












s 


Physical Science 
Preservation Studies 
Public Administration 
Russian Studies 
Sociology 
Teacher Education 
Zoology 















**r % 




ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Get started in college on the right foot 

Students often use their college catalog solely as a reference book — to look up rules, 
regulations, and requirements. Yet merely browsing through its pages can yield a 
tremendous amount of information about Armstrong Atlantic State University as your 
academic home. This catalog can help you plot the best course for your years at AASU. 
Take time to take a look. 

You'll learn such facts as: 

— Armstrong supports a broad-based, pre-professional program in a variety of areas 
like business, dentistry, forestry, medicine, pharmacy, and veterinary medicine. 

— Engineering studies students have several options for completing much of their 
coursework at Armstrong before transferring to a regional school of engineering 

— A cooperative education program flourishes on campus 

— Evening and weekend classes offer flexible scheduling 

— Off-campus classes at corporate sites and in Southeast Georgia are available 

— A versatile schedule of non-credit, continuing education classes are offered each 
quarter. 

The many student services are also outlined. They range from career planning and job 
placement to personal counseling and academic assistance programs. 

More than 30 student organizations meet religious, Greek, professional, academic, 
and special interest needs. An active student governance program plans extensive 
student activities throughout the year. Intercollegiate and intramural sports offer enjoy- 
ment for spectators and participants alike. 

The current academic calendar is located on the inside front cover for your conve- 
nience in planning your year. A brief "Where to Write or Call" listing on the inside back 
cover may help you find the right place to get your questions answered quickly and 
accurately. The catalog is your guide to success on campus. Keep it handy and use it 
often. 




*-*. 



»§&•;$ 



* f X< 













Sill 


1 


W 





* 






> 


rr^rx^r^T^^^^p 


S5w*TJrSr?^' 


5 


iTUfr 


Ill 


^ 






■ 




1 ^55t 


s^ 




£ 




v I (ft* 


2 

s 


r 




P8 


|[jj 




^H! 



1 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Mission Statement 

Armstrong Atlantic State University was founded in 1935 as a city college and 
continues to fulfill an urban mission, teaching a diverse population of traditional and 
non-traditional students. Throughout its history, Armstrong Atlantic has shared its 
creative, scholarly, technical, and leadership expertise with individuals and organiza- 
tions throughout southeast Georgia. It is a designated Regional Health Professions 
Education Center. Offering a broad range of programs in arts and sciences, teacher 
education, health professions, and graduate studies, Armstrong provides all students 
with a firm foundation in the liberal arts and anchors its academic excellence in its 
baccalaureate and graduate programs. 

Armstrong Atlantic State University shares with other institutions in the University 
System of Georgia the following common mission: 

The mission of the University System of Georgia is to contribute to the educational, 
cultural, economic, and social advancement of Georgia by providing excellent under- 
graduate general education and first-rate programs leading to associate, baccalaureate, 
masters, professional, and doctoral degrees; by pursuing leading-edge basic and applied 
research, scholarly inquiry, and creative endeavors; and by bringing these resources to 
bear on the economic development of the State and the continuing education of citizens 
through public service. 

While the core teaching, research and scholarship, and service functions differ by 
institutional type, the campus life of every institution in the University System of 
Georgia will be characterized by: 

• a supportive campus climate, necessary services, and leadership and development 
opportunities, all to educate the whole person and meet the needs of students, faculty, 
and staff; 

• cultural, ethnic, racial, and gender diversity in the faculty, staff and student body, 
supported by practices and programs that embody the ideals of an open, democratic, 
and global society; 

• technology to advance educational purposes, including instructional technology, 
student support service, and distance education; 

• collaborative relationships with other System institutions, State agencies, local schools 
and technical institutes, and business and industry, sharing physical, human, infor- 
mation, and other resources to expand and enhance programs and services available 
to the citizens of Georgia. 

Armstrong Atlantic State University shares with the other state universities of the 
University System of Georgia the following core characteristics or purposes: 

• a commitment to excellence and responsiveness within a scope of influence defined 
by the needs of an area of the state, and by particularly outstanding programs or 
distinctive characteristics that have a magnet effect throughout the region or state; 

• a commitment to a teaching /learning environment, both inside and outside the 
classroom, that sustains instructional excellence, serves a diverse and college-prepared 
student body, promotes high levels of student achievement, offers academic assis- 
tance, and provides developmental studies programs for a limited student cohort; 

• a high quality general education program supporting a variety of disciplinary, 
interdisciplinary, and professional academic programming at the baccalaureate level, 
with selected master's and educational specialist degrees, and selected associate 
degree programs based on area need and /or inter-institutional collaborations; 

• a commitment to public service, continuing education, technical assistance, and 
economic development activities that address the needs, improve the quality of life, 
and raise the educational level within the college's scope of influence; 

• a commitment to scholarly and creative work to enhance instructional effectiveness 
and to encourage faculty scholarly pursuits, and a commitment to applied research in 
selected areas of institutional strength and area need. 

The primary mission of Armstrong Atlantic State University is to foster in its students 
abilities essential to being knowledgeable, thoughtful, responsible, and creative members of 



PROGRAMS 11 






society. For its population of traditional and nontraditional students, Armstrong Atlantic 
strives to promote academic excellence and provide appropriate access to its programs, 
including magnet offerings in health professions, teacher education, public history, criminal 
justice, and transfer programs in engineering studies. Moreover, Armstrong Atlantic shall: 

• Augment traditional classroom instruction and provide student-centered learning 
through the integration of new technologies and innovative methods of course delivery; 

• Improve and expand access through distance learning, flexible course scheduling, 
and development of off-campus sites; 

• Respond to student needs through accessible faculty and administrators, an effective 
student-teacher ratio, and appropriate learning support; 

• Foster a deepened understanding of diverse world views and experiences through 
the examination of multicultural and international perspectives across the curricu- 
lum and activities that encourage respect for human worth; 

• Offer activities to students that help to prepare them for the work place or for further 
study through a wide array of leadership programs, experiential training, and 
entrepreneurial opportunities; 

• Optimize resources and expand educational opportunities for citizens throughout 
Georgia through the interchange of faculty and programs and in partnerships with 
other educational institutions, especially other units of the University System. 

In shaping its vision for the twenty-first century, Armstrong Atlantic has assumed a 
leadership role in the application and integration of new educational technologies. The 
institution aspires to build upon its already excellent curricular and urban oriented 
research programs and expand its magnet offerings, especially in the sciences. A planned 
student body profile based on admissions, progressions, and graduation expectations 
shall enhance institutional effectiveness. Finally, Armstrong Atlantic assumes responsi- 
bility for initiating collaborative efforts and for attracting and cultivating credit and 
non-credit programs designed to meet societal needs in such areas as economic develop- 
ment, health, cultural life, and technological advancement 

Approved by the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia June 1996 

Location 

Armstrong students find much to enjoy about living in the cosmopolitan city of Savannah, 
the major urban area (pop. 200,000) in coastal Georgia. The college's 250 acre campus is located 
in a residential area of the city which promotes a feeling of freedom and security on campus. 

Savannah, Georgia's founding city, has all the historic and cultural variety of a 
metropolitan city with the added advantage of the ocean at its back door. A temperate 
climate encourages outdoor activities and recreation year round. Beach and river outings 
include sailing, boating, water skiing, sunning and beachcombing. Golf, tennis, fishing 
and hunting are also popular. 

A resident symphony orchestra, dance and theatre groups, and visiting entertain- 
ment groups regularly perform at the Civic Center. Special celebrations and other 
festivals are scheduled throughout the year. 

The historic past lives in harmony with today's progress in Savannah. As a living 
laboratory for history, Savannah is unsurpassed yet the Savannah port is one of the 
busiest on the Atlantic coast. 

Community oriented leisure activities complement on-campus happenings. A grow- 
ing NCAA intercollegiate athletic program, active intramurals, concerts, plays and 
special entertainment mean lots to do without leaving campus. 

Accreditation 

Armstrong Atlantic State University has earned the following regional and special 

purpose accreditations: 

Armstrong Atlantic State University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award associate and baccalaureate 
degrees and is a candidate for accreditation to award the master's degree. 

Associate Degree Nursing - by the National League for Nursing for the period 1977-2001. 



12 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Baccalaureate Degree Nursing - by the National League for Nursing for the period 1985-1999. 

Computer Science - by the Computer Science Accreditation Commission. 

Dental Hygiene - by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental 
Association for the period 1995-2001. 

Medical Technology - by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences for the period 1985-1997. 

Music - by the National Association of Schools of Music for the period 1995-2001. 

Radiologic Technologies - by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accredi- 
tation for the period 1984-1997. 

Respiratory Therapy - by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation 
for the period 1983-1997. 

Teacher Education Programs - by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher 
Education for the period 1982-1997. 

Office of University Advancement 

The Office of University Advancement consists of three components: Alumni Affairs, 
Public Relations, and Development, which includes the AASU Foundation, Inc. The 
office works with graduates, friends, area businesses, corporations, foundations, and 
other supporters of AASU by providing a vehicle of communication and fundraising 
support. 

Alumni Affairs 

The Office of Alumni Affairs serves as a liaison to the Alumni Association, AASU 
graduates, former students, and friends. The office maintains current alumni records, 
processes alumni membership dues, and circulates university and alumni information. 
Membership in the association is open to all graduates and former students. 

Organized in 1937, the AASU Alumni Association is comprised of graduates and 
former students of Armstrong Junior College, Armstrong Atlantic State University, and 
AASU. The association promotes interaction among alumni, students, faculty, staff, and 
friends of the university in order to strengthen the ties between the institution and its 
supporters. 

Each year the Alumni Association recognizes individuals who have made outstand- 
ing contributions to the university and the Alumni Association by presenting the 
Distinguished Alumni Award, the Outstanding Alumni Service Award, the Distin- 
guished Citizen's Award, and the Outstanding Faculty Award. 

Public Relations 

The Office of Public Relations promotes Armstrong, its activities, students, and 
faculty through interaction with media representatives. The office is responsible for 
external publications and promotions related to the university, including Armstrong 
Magazine and the alumni newsletter. The Office of Public Relations serves as the liaison 
between the university and media representatives and reports media activities to the 
University System of Georgia public relations representatives. 

Development 

In support of Armstrong, alumni and friends can make donations of cash, securities, 
or other qualifying assets through the AASU Foundation, Inc. 

Donations are used to respond to challenges and opportunities for growth. The funds 
provide the university with support unavailable through state appropriations. Gifts are 
also used to assist students through scholarships and other financial assistance; support 
outstanding teachers through faculty development awards and professorships; sponsor 
symposia and guest lecturers; enhance library holdings and facilities; and assist in other 
special projects and programs. Private support helps sustain AASU's tradition of 
academic excellence. 



PROGRAMS 13 



The AASU Foundation, Inc. is a direct support organization and the legal entity to 
receive gifts for the college. Contributions to the foundation, a 501(c)(3) tax exempt 
charitable organization, are entitled to all tax benefits authorized by law. 

Two- Year Degree Programs 

The following two-year degrees are offered as preparation for higher degrees in the 
liberal arts and professions or as terminal professional degrees: 
Associate of Arts 

Associate of Applied Science in Criminal Justice 
Associate of Science in Dental Hygiene 
Associate of Science in Radiologic Technologies 
Associate of Science in Respiratory Therapy 

Four- Year Degree Programs 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of art, drama-speech, economics, English, history, music, 
political science, psychology, and Spanish. 

Bachelor of General Studies. 

Bachelor of Health Science. 

Bachelor of Music Education. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of applied physics, biology, chemistry, computer 
science, criminal justice, and mathematical sciences. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors in Early Elementary Education; Middle 
School Education; Secondary Education in the teaching fields of Biology, Business 
(cooperative arrangement with Savannah State College), Chemistry, English, Mathemat- 
ics, History, Political Science, Social Science, Spanish and K-12 programs in Art, Health 
and Physical Education, and Speech-Language Pathology. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

Bachelor of Science in Radiologic Technologies 

Bachelor of Science in Respiratory Therapy 

Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy 

The College is authorized to offer Teacher Education programs, preparing students for 
certification by the Georgia State Department of Education in the following areas: art, 
biology, business education, chemistry, early elementary education, English, history, library 
media, mathematics, middle school education, political science, social science, and Spanish. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

(One of the Four-Year Degree Programs Must Be Pursued) 

Armstrong Atlantic State University offers courses appropriate for the first two years of 
baccalaureate programs such as business, engineering, forestry, industrial management, 
pharmacy, etc., not offered among its degree programs, and it offers the pre-professional 
study appropriate for dentistry, medicine, veterinary medicine, and other professional fields. 

Graduate Degree Programs 

Master of Arts - History 
Master of Health Science 
Master of Science in Nursing 
Master of Science - Criminal Justice 
Master of Education -Elementary Education 

Middle Grades Education 

Special Education 
Behavior Disorders 



1 4 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Learning Disabilities 
Speech /Language Pathology 
Secondary Education 
Business Education 
English Education 
Mathematics Education 
Science Education 
Social Science Education 
Master of Science in Physical Therapy 

Honors Program 

The Honors Program is designed to challenge and reward students of high academic 
ability and motivation with special intellectual, cultural, and social opportunities. Its 
courses are intellectually challenging and offer a breadth of perspective and depth of 
understanding. Beyond the classroom, the program also aims to create an atmosphere 
that encourages students to fully develop their interests and abilities and provide them 
with an edge in their future goals. 

The program consists of two parts: 

a) Honors in the Core: Honors students complete the Honors in the Core requirement by 
completing successfully three of the following: 

- HIS 192 Honors Civilization II 

- ENG 192 Honors Composition 

- ENG 292 Honors Literature 

- MAT 206 Calculus I or MAT 207 Calculus II 

- PSY 191 Honors General Psychology 

b) Honors in the Major: Honors students complete the Honors in the Major component 
by completing the requirements specified by the major area and approved by the 
Honors Committee. These requirements may include a specific course, a research 
project, paper, or performance. 

Students will Graduate with Honors by completing the Honors in the Core component, 
the Honors in the Major component, and graduate with a 3.2 GPA. The achievement will 
be noted in student's graduation regalia, on the diploma, and in the college transcript. 
Honors Program graduates will also receive one of the traditional Latin honors. 

For more information and for an application form, interested persons should contact 
the Coordinator of the Honors Program, Dr. Mark Finlay in the Department of History. 
Admissions criteria are listed under the Admissions section of this catalog. 

Regents Engineering Transfer Program 

The Regents Engineering Transfer Program (RETP) is a cooperative program between 
Armstrong Atlantic State University and Georgia Tech. This program allows qualified 
students to attend Armstrong Atlantic for the first two years of engineering studies then 
transfer to Georgia Tech to complete their bachelor of engineering degree. RETP students 
transferring to Georgia Tech compete on a equal basis with Georgia Tech students at the 
junior academic level. To be admitted as an RETP student, the applicant must meet the 
academic requirements set for the program, and be a U.S. citizen with Georgia residency. 
Specific information on requirements for admission is available under the admissions 
section of this catalog or from the Engineering Studies Program Coordinator in the 
Department of Chemistry and Physics. 

Dual-Degree Programs 

Armstrong Atlantic State University has dual-degree programs in engineering with 
the Georgia Institute of Technology, Auburn University, Clemson University, Missis- 
sippi State University, and the University of Florida. Upon completion of the first three 
years of academic work at Armstrong, the student may enroll for two subsequent years 



PROGRAMS 15 



at one of the participating schools. Upon completing the requirements of the two 
cooperating schools, the student will receive a baccalaureate degree from Armstrong 
Atlantic State University and a baccalaureate degree in the chosen field of engineering 
from the second school. 

The Assistant Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences is the Armstrong coordinator 
of these dual-degree programs and should be contacted for additional information. 

A dual-degree program in forestry and environmental management with Duke Univer- 
sity is available. Students complete three years of academic work at Armstrong Atlantic 
State University, then enroll for two subsequent years at Duke University. Students who 
successfully complete the program receive a B.S. in biology from Armstrong Atlantic State 
University and a M.S. in either forestry or environmental management from Duke Univer- 
sity. The Head of the Department of Biology should be contacted for additional information. 

Cooperative Education Program 

In the cooperative education program students typically alternate quarters between 
college and work. This program offers students valuable practical experience as well as 
financial assistance in the form of compensation from the firms that employ them. 

Cooperative opportunities are available to students in computer science, chemistry 
and engineering, but are not limited to these majors. 

Cooperative students must register for Cooperative Education Program (CEP 100) for quarters 
in which they work. This course carries no credit and there is no charge for registration. 

Students interested in applying for admission to the Cooperative Education program 
should contact the head of their major department and the Director of Career Services, 
who is the director of this program. 

Evening and Weekend Programs 

To accommodate students who are employed during the day, all core curriculum 
courses and many upper-division courses are offered in the late afternoon and evening. 
At present, the following degree programs are available to students who attend classes 
exclusively in the evening: 

Associate in Arts, Associate in Criminal Justice; 

Baccalaureate-degree programs in Communications, Computer Science, Criminal 
Justice, English, General Studies, History, Mathematics, Political Science, Psychol- 
ogy, and Public Administration. 
Although evening offerings are expanded each year, it generally takes students 
longer to complete degree requirements by attending evening classes exclusively than it 
does by attending day classes or a combination of day, evening, and weekend classes. 
Evening course offerings are supplemented by a steadily growing weekend program 
of selected core curriculum courses in such fields as art, composition, economics, history, 
speech communications, philosophy, physical education, physical science, political 
science, psychology, and sociology. Initiated in 1992 with fewer than two dozen students 
enrolled in just two courses, the weekend program now attracts upwards of 300 students 
every quarter. The Office of Academic Services and Nontraditional Learning oversees 
the development and promotion of the evening and weekend programs. 

Off-Campus and Distance Learning Courses 

To meet particular regional needs, the college offers selected courses at various of f -campus 
sites, including The Coastal Georgia Center, Gulfstream Aerospace, Hinesville public 
schools, Fort Stewart, Memorial Medical Center, and Union Camp Corporation. Although 
most of these courses are taught by college faculty at the off-campus sites, some may be 
delivered by means of interactive teleconferencing originating from the main campus. 

Armstrong is an active member of the Georgia Statewide Academic and Medical 
System (GSAMS). The college oversees the operations of six interactive distance-learning 
classrooms, two of them on campus (Gamble 113 and Health Professions 136) and others 
at the Brunswick Center, White Bluff Elementary School, the Coastal Georgia Center, and 






1 6 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Savannah State University. In addition, the University is developing Internet resources 
to provide a new medium for learning as well as to supplement more traditional forms 
of research and instruction. 

The Brunswick Center 

The Brunswick Center is a consortium composed of Coastal Georgia Community 
College in Brunswick, Armstrong Atlantic State University in Savannah, and Georgia 
Southern University in Statesboro. It was authorized by the Board of Regents of the 
University System of Georgia in September 1986 and was organized for the purpose of 
establishing a residence center for baccalaureate degrees. However, all three participat- 
ing institutions teach courses which apply toward the degrees, and credit earned from 
any of these colleges through the Brunswick Center is accepted as resident credit by 
Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

Degree Programs: 

The Brunswick Center offers programs of study leading to four degrees from 
Armstrong Atlantic State University: 
Bachelor of General Studies 

a broad-based general education degree with minor concentrations in business, 

history, political science, and psychology 
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice 
Bachelor of Science in Education 

with certification in early childhood education (P-5) or middle school education (4-8) 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

Criteria for Admission: 

Anyone who has completed an associate degree or its equivalent is eligible for 
admission to Brunswick Center programs and courses. Moreover, Coastal Georgia 
Community College students who have sophomore standing and meet certain require- 
ments, including completion of all Core Curriculum English requirements and passing 
the Regents Test, may be admitted to Brunswick Center classes taught by the senior 
colleges. 

Anyone who already has a baccalaureate degree also may be admitted as a nondegree 
student to take courses, particularly for teacher certification. 

Admission Procedures: 

Prospective students apply for admission to Armstrong Atlantic State University and 
must meet all admission requirements for that institution. The admission application 
process is handled through the Brunswick Center Office; the completed application and 
all transcripts of previous college work must be sent for preliminary processing to the 
Brunswick Center, which will then send the documents to the AASU Admissions Office. 

After Admission: 

Once admitted to Armstrong Atlantic State University or either of the other consortium 
institutions, students are allowed to take courses offered through the Brunswick Center by 
all three institutions. The senior institutions accept all course work done through the 
Brunswick Center as resident credit. Upper level courses taken by Coastal Georgia 
Community College students will be applied toward their baccalaureate degrees. 

The Director of the Brunswick Center serves as the initial advisor for all students in 
the Center. He meets with each student to outline an overall program as well as to plan 
a schedule each quarter. 

Registration for the Brunswick Center is done through the Center office at the time of 
Coastal Georgia Community College registration. Students are encouraged to preregis- 
ter for the next quarter during the specified preregistration time each quarter. 



PROGRAMS 17 



Graduation requirements in each degree are set by Armstrong Atlantic State Univer- 
sity. The respective department heads and the Registrar at AASU certify each candidate 
for graduation. 

All Brunswick Center students have full use of the Coastal Georgia Community 
College Library and other support services of CGCC. 

Fees: 

There is a $10 processing fee which must accompany each application for admission 
to Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

Tuition fees for both senior college courses and junior college courses are collected at 
the current rates set by the University System Board of Regents. Senior college students 
taking six or more quarter hours at Coastal Georgia Community College also must pay 
student activity and athletic fees at this institution. Tuition fees are paid to Coastal 
Georgia Community College. 

Financial Aid: 

Prospective students interested in seeking financial aid should make application for their 
aid through the Financial Aid Office of their home school. Financial aid application forms for 
Armstrong Atlantic State University may be obtained from the Brunswick Center Office. 

Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Education 

The Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Education was established in 1979 to 
combine the resources of Armstrong Atlantic State University's Community Services 
Division and Savannah State University's Extended Services Division. The Center 
operates a unified continuing education program dedicated to serving the people of 
Savannah, Chatham County, the State of Georgia and, for some programs, persons 
beyond those boundaries. 

A wide variety of programs is offered at Armstrong Atlantic State University, 
Savannah State University, the Downtown Center and, when it is appropriate, at job 
sites, schools, community centers, and other locations in Savannah. Instructors are 
drawn from the faculties of both institutions, from qualified experts in the Savannah 
community, and from consultants throughout the region. 

On the Armstrong campus, the major community services /continuing education 
component of the college is the short-course /conference program. This unit administers 
non-degree courses, conferences, and seminars designed for area residents who do not 
wish to participate in the regular credit classes offered by the college. These activities 
vary widely - some are related to professional development, others reflect personal 
interests, while others are recreational in nature. The Registrar maintains permanent 
records of persons participating in activities that meet certain criteria. 

Elderhostel Program 

Elderhostel is an educational adventure for older adults looking for new beginnings, 
opportunities, and challenges. Participants from all over the world travel to college 
campuses, recreational sites, and conference centers in over 47 countries to experience 
academic, cultural, and social enlightenment. Participants are on site for a week, usually 
participating in three courses set up by the program coordinator. These courses are 
strictly informational, requiring no testing and no grading, and are often supplemented 
with tours and extracurricular activities. 

Armstrong Atlantic State University has been providing Elderhostel since 1986 and 
now offers more than 45 weeks of programming per year at two sites: AASU campus and 
Tybee Island. Armstrong's program is open to applicants within the community, 
nationwide, or abroad. Individuals 60 years of age and older are eligible. The program 
brings in more than 1400 participants in a year, contributing to Georgia's status as the 
second most popular state within the national program. 



18 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Public Service Center 

The Armstrong Atlantic State University Public Service Center is dedicated to 
assisting public entities to identify and resolve complex urban and regional issues. The 
Center provides the expertise and training of Armstrong faculty and staff to help the 
public sector develop solutions for organizational challenges and concerns, leading to 
more effective and efficient service delivery. City and county governments, nonprofit 
human service and cultural groups, boards of education, colleges and universities, and 
state, regional, and local agencies comprise the broad spectrum of organizations that 
stand to benefit from the Center's programs and services. 

The Public Service Center was created to address issues confronting the public sector. 
Services offered have grown to include the following specialties: 

• conducting applied research and analysis of public and nonprofit sector issues 
and problems; 

• performing program evaluation and surveying for public and nonprofit sector 
clientele; 

• providing informed analysis and consultation on policy, procedure, and opera- 
tions for public and nonprofit organizations; 

• delivering and facilitating in-service training and personnel assessment centers; 

• engaging in program development and planning to improve the delivery of local 
and regional government services; 

• collecting and disseminating a variety of relevant information to local and 
regional service delivery groups; 

• assisting public entities with grant and proposal writing. 

Regional Criminal Justice Training Center 

The Armstrong Atlantic State University Regional Criminal Justice Training Center 
is a regional training site for criminal justice employees, especially those in law 
enforcement. The region consists of eighteen counties; however, training is made 
available to all criminal justice employees throughout the State of Georgia. The basic 
mission of the Center is to provide certification classes for law enforcement and jail 
officers. In addition, there are numerous advanced and specialized courses for higher 
certification credits. The training center has seven full-time staff members and a large 
part-time instructor cadre. 

Armstrong Atlantic State/Savannah State Cross Enrollment 
Program 

A student enrolled at Savannah State University or at Armstrong Atlantic State 
University taking AT LEAST 10 QUARTER HOURS at their home institution has the 
privilege of taking ONE COURSE at the other college without paying an additional fee. 
A student usually would take two courses at the home college paying full fees and one 
course at the other college which would be transferred back to the home college; or a 
student with at least a "B" AVERAGE (3.0) the preceding quarter may take three courses 
at the home college, paying full fees there, and register at the other college for one 
additional course without additional cost. Students majoring in Business Education 
may take more than one course in these subject areas. 










i 



20 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Student Life 

One of the primary aims of the educational mission at Armstrong Atlantic State University 
is the total development of students. This growth process is enhanced by integrating 
opportunities for social, emotional, cultural, physical and spiritual development in addition 
to intellectual growth. The Division of Student Affairs is comnfitted to providing programs 
and services which foster an educational environment which will assist students in achieving 
their full potential. The college encourages learning through involvement in the residence 
center, student government, campus organizations, intramurals, and more. 

Residence Life and Food Service 

The residence center, completed in September of 1985, consists of three buildings which 
house 64 students each. The apartment-style design encourages student interaction without 
a loss of privacy. Each two-bedroom suite, accommodating four students, has a bath and 
living room. All units are fully furnished, carpeted, and have unit-controlled heat and air 
conditioning. Phone jacks and an on-site coin laundry are added conveniences. Several units 
are equipped to accommodate students with disabilities. The residence complex is staffed by 
a head resident and resident assistants. These students are chosen on the basis of leadership 
and willingness to serve their fellow students. 

Students who live in college housing are required to participate in the 19-meal plan 
provided in the Memorial College Center. The plan includes three meals per day, 
Monday through Friday, and morning and evening meals on the weekend. The meal 
plan is also available for students who do not choose to live in college housing. 

Housing applications and /or specific information should be requested from the 
Office of Admissions or the Division of Student Affairs. 

Student Involvement 

The Orientation Program is designed to promote social and academic adjustment of 
new students and transfer students. CHAOS (Communication, Help, Advisement, 
Orientation and Service) provides new students with the information, services and 
support essential to a successful transition into the Armstrong community. Participants 
in these one day summer CHAOS sessions receive individual attention from student 
leaders and staff as they acquire first hand experience with academic advising, registra- 
tion, campus facilities, student activities, and college policies /procedures. The CHAOS 
program is a cooperative effort of student leaders and college staff. Competitive selection 
of student leaders occurs annually during Spring Quarter. Inquiries concerning CHAOS 
should be addressed to the Office of Student Affairs. An abbreviated orientation 
program is scheduled for students new to the college prior to registration Winter, Spring, 
and Summer Quarters. 

The Student Government Association is the official governing body of the students 
at Armstrong Atlantic State University. It assists in formulating a program of student 
services and activities, and it strives to express the will of the majority of students and 
to provide experience in democratic living. All students are automatically members of 
the SGA and are entitled to vote in SGA elections. Qualified students may seek positions 
of leadership in the Student Government Association by running for office during the 
Winter elections. 

Student Clubs and Organizations provide Armstrong Atlantic State University 
students with opportunities to develop leadership skills, broaden their social and 
professional backgrounds, and make a significant contribution to the college and the 
community. They reflect the natural variety of interests found in a diverse student body. 
Inquiries concerning any campus club or organization should be addressed to the Office 
of Student Activities. 

Religious: Baptist Student Union. 

Greek: Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority and Phi Mu Sorority. 



STUDENT LIFE 21 



Professional: Armstrong Biological Society, American Chemical Society, AASU An- 
thropology Club, AASU Engineering Society, Georgia Association of Nursing Students, 
James Moore Wayne Law Club, Jr. American Dental Hygienists Association, Medical 
Technology Club, Student Georgia Association of Educators, The E. B. Twitmeyer Society 
(Psychology), and the Armstrong Economic Club, Association for Computing Machinery 
& Data Processing Management Association, Music Educators National Conference, 
Radiologic Technologies Association, National Art Education Association. 

Special Interest: Band, Cheerleaders, Chorus, College Republicans, Ebony Coalition, 
The Armstrong Environmental Coalition, AASU Gospel Choir, AASU Hispanic Society, 
Masquers, Pirateers, Vocal Ensemble, and Women of Worth (WOW), AASU Gamers. 

Academic Honor Societies recognize and encourage superior scholarship in many 
fields of study. Campus chapters include: Alpha Eta (Allied Health, Associate Degree 
Nursing), Alpha Sigma Chi (Physical Education), Beta Beta Beta (Biology), Alpha Sigma 
Chi (Physical Education) and Sigma Delta Tau (English). 

Student Publications provide opportunities for students to develop skills in creative 
writing, reporting, photography and design. The Geechee (yearbook), Inkwell (newspa- 
per) and Calliope (literary magazine) are all produced by students under the supervision 
of approved college advisors. Student Photographic Services provides employment and 
recognition for Student photographers. All are financed primarily by the Student 
Activity Fund. 

Intramural and Recreation Offerings. The college places a high priority on its 
intramural and recreational offerings and provides a wide variety of activities including 
organized competitive sports. The physical education complex includes an indoor 
olympic-size pool, gymnasium and weight room. Outdoor facilities for tennis and field 
sports are adjacent. 

The Intercollegiate Athletics Program at Armstrong is affiliated with the National 
Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division II. Athletic scholarships are available 
to support student-athletes who participate in the intercollegiate program. The men's 
athletic teams consist of basketball, baseball, tennis, and cross country. Women's teams 
include tennis, cross country, volleyball, basketball, and Softball. Cheerleaders are also 
sponsored. Armstrong Atlantic State University is affiliated with the Peach Belt Athletic 
Conference. (Armstrong Atlantic State University, Augusta State University, Columbus 
State University, Francis Marion University, Georgia College and State University, 
Kennesaw State University, Lander University, UNC Pembroke, USC Aiken, USC 
Spartanburg, North Florida University, and Clayton College and State University). 

Cultural Opportunities on campus and off are an important aspect in the total 
educational process. Nationally known speakers, contemporary concerts, dances, popu- 
lar films, exhibits, and performances by outstanding classical and modern artists from 
around the world complement the student's general education. These programs are 
selected and coordinated by the College Union Board. Student dramatic, choral, and 
instrumental groups, under professional direction, have established distinguished tra- 
ditions. On-campus offerings, such as the Faculty Lecture Series, broaden knowledge 
and interest in a non-classroom setting. The 1,000 seat Fine Arts Auditorium often hosts 
performances by the Savannah Symphony, area arts groups, and out-of-town troupes, 
such as the National Shakespeare Company and the Vienna Choir Boys. 

Student Services 

Counseling Services are offered to currently enrolled and former students at no cost 
to the counselee. Whether setting goals or resolving personal issues, a student can be 
assured that discussions held with a professional counselor are strictly confidential. 
Students may schedule individual appointments or sign up for group workshops in the 
Division of Student Affairs on the second floor of the Memorial College Center. 

The Office of Career Services provides assistance with all aspects of career develop- 
ment and the job search process. Students can receive assistance with the early stages of 
career development such as selecting a major, gathering occupational information, 



22 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



investigating career paths through individualized career counseling and computerized 
career guidance techniques. Part-time and full-time employment opportunities are 
listed in the Career Library along with cooperative education opportunities. Students 
closer to graduation may take advantage of one-on-one assistance or workshops on 
topics such as, resume writing, interviewing skills, business and social etiquette, dress- 
ing for success and applying to graduate school. Mock interviews are also available to 
help prepare students and alumni for the job search process. Also available, free of 
charge, is a resume and cover letter software package called ResumExpert. Users only 
need to furnish an appropriate disk and provide resume paper to utilize this exciting 
system. Local, regional and national job listings, referrals and on-campus interviewing 
services are available to students and alumni registered with the Office of Career 
Services. Two job fairs are held annually. The job fair for Liberal Arts and Health 
Professions graduates is held every fall and the Education Career Day is held in late 
winter quarter for Education students and graduates. All juniors and seniors are urged 
to register with the Office of Career Services three quarters prior to graduation to 
establish a placement file and become eligible for placement services. 

The Alcohol and Drug Education Office provides campus alcohol and drug preven- 
tion programming; and services to students with concerns about alcohol/drug related 
issues which include: personal assessments, counseling, and /or referral to community 
treatment programs. Assistance is also offered for other personal issues. The Director of 
Alcohol /Drug Education coordinates support group meetings on campus and collabo- 
rates with local prevention and treatment facilities. Training is provided for residence 
hall advisors and CHAOS Leaders. Classroom instruction is provided upon request of 
instructors. Resource materials are available. 

Students with Disabilities are provided accommodations appropriate to the docu- 
mented need. These services are determined on an individual basis. Accommodations 
may include extended time on exams, alternate test format, reader services, sign 
language interpreters, assistive listening devices, note takers, assistance with registra- 
tion or other services, as needed. If a student has a disability which may require 
accommodation, he/she should contact the Office of Disability Services in the Division 
of Student Affairs as soon as possible. Copies of Disability Services Policies and 
Procedures and the ADA Grievance Procedure are available in Student Affairs. 

Testing for career interests, study habits, learning style, personal preferences, and 
ability is provided free of charge with counseling services. In addition, the following 
state- and nation-wide testing programs are administered by the director of counseling 
services: Academic Profile, ACT PEP Regents College Degrees, College-Level Examina- 
tion Program, DANTES Subject Standardized Tests, Graduate Record Examinations, 
Major Field Achievement Tests, Medical College Admission Test, Miller Analogies Test, 
Pharmacy College Admission Test, The Praxis Series, and the Regents' Testing Program. 
For information about these and other testing programs, please contact the Division of 
Student Affairs. 

The Minority Advisement Program helps minority students develop interest in all 
facets of college life. A peer advisor offers one-on-one assistance to students in adjusting 
to personal and academic life on campus. In addition, social, cultural and educational 
activities designed to broaden all students' knowledge of African-American people and 
their contributions to society are presented. 

The Adults Back to College Program, directed by the Office of Academic Services and 
Nontraditional Learning, provides information and guidance to mature students who 
are entering university studies for the first time or who are returning after several years 
away. Adults Back to College information sessions are offered each quarter, and ABC 
information packets are available by mail. 

The Office of Academic Services and Nontraditional Learning responds to the 
academic needs of all students, with particular attention to the special concerns of 
evening, weekend, reentry and off-campus students. Open till 9:00 on most weekday 
evenings and on Saturday afternoons, the Office houses information on degree 



STUDENT LIFE 23 



programs and university services; hosts focus group sessions and workshops; oversees 
the activities of the Advisement Center and off-campus tutorial services; offers guidance 
to senior citizens enrolled in the Sixty-Two Plus program; directs the General Studies 
Program and British Studies Program; and provides individual assistance to the new 
majority of reentry students both on and off campus — students whose academic goals 
have been deferred or interrupted for reasons of work, family, or other commitments. 
The Office of Academic Services and Nontraditional Learning publishes The Uncommon 
Scholar (a quarterly newsletter by and for adult students), The British Studies Newsletter 
(monthly), The Distance Learning Newsletter (six times a year), an evening and weekend 
course schedule (quarterly), and numerous study, scheduling, and survival guides for 
students. 

Veterans will find the Office of Financial Aid and Veterans Affairs helpful in advising 
about admissions procedures and services available to them. 

The Academic Computing Center houses separate minicomputer and microcom- 
puter facilities for student use. All machines in the Academic Computing Center are 
connected to the campus wide network and allow access to file servers and other network 
services. There is also a separate Engineering micro computer lab with high performance 
Zenith color workstations and a Hewlitt-Packard high speed pen plotter. 

The Advisement Center, located on the second floor of Lane Library, provides 
academic advisement and counseling for undeclared majors and students who have CPC 
deficiencies in foreign languages, social science, or sciences. The Center is staffed by a 
full-time director and faculty volunteers from various academic departments. Each 
quarter during Advance Registration (a one-week period after mid-term), students are 
required to meet with an advisor to select courses for the following quarter. Advisors are 
also available throughout the quarter for questions about core curriculum, transfer 
credit, majors, and career choices. 

The Writing Center is a place where students in all disciplines may come for help with 
their writing. Tutors in the Writing Center offer individual instruction in basic writing 
skills and provide guidance in the preparation of essays, reports, and research papers. 
The aim of the Writing Center is not only to assist students in core composition courses, 
but also to work with faculty to improve writing across the curriculum. The center is 
administered by the Department of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 

The Reading Lab is used by students who feel the need for assistance in college level 
reading. Staffed by student tutors and by faculty volunteers from the Department of 
Learning Support, the lab is open 6-8 hours a day and, in addition to one-on-one 
assistance, offers audiotapes and computer programs that foster the development of 
reading skills. The lab is administered by the Department of Learning Support and is 
located on the second floor of the Lane Library. 

The Math Tutorial Center provides services on a first-come, first-served basis to a 
large number of students enrolled primarily in Learning Support Math or in College 
Algebra. The Center is staffed 6-8 hours a day by student tutors and by faculty volunteers 
from Learning Support. The lab is administered jointly by the Department of Learning 
Support and the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, and is located on 
the second floor of the Lane Library. 

Lane Library, built in 1966 and substantially enlarged in 1 975, supports the academic 
programs of Armstrong Atlantic State University. To that end, library faculty provide 
assistance to users in identifying, locating, obtaining, and using information resources. 

The library collections consist of 760,000 items, including 180,000 book volumes; 
582,000 microforms; and 9,000 individual titles which include compact discs, records, 
laser discs, slides, and video recordings. In addition, the library subscribes to approxi- 
mately 1,043 journals and newspapers. A special collection, the Florence Powell Minis 
Collection, contains publications of the university, published works by Savannah 
authors, and published material about Savannah and the surrounding area. The collec- 
tion also includes first editions by Conrad Aiken, Flannery O'Connor, and other 
Savannah authors. Through participation in state, regional, and national resource 



24 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



sharing agreements with other libraries, Lane Library is able to borrow and to obtain for 
its clientele materials not available at Armstrong. 

Lane Library employs an array of modern technologies in the provision of library 
services. Examples include an online catalog and circulation system, computerized 
searching of both online and CD-ROM databases, and Internet access to other library 
catalogs and to information sources via World Wide Web. With its commitment to a 
higher level of automation, the library also maintains a high level of personalized 
reference service to aid users. 

Library programs at Armstrong seek to meet the needs of each student in the course 
of study and to prepare graduates for life-long learning. 

Parking Regulations 

All vehicles driven on campus must display a college parking decal on the left rear 
bumper. Free decals are available at the Public Safety Office on Science Drive. 

All students, faculty, and staff are encouraged to become aware of the parking 
regulations. A set of regulations may be picked up in the Public Safety Office or Office 
of Student Affairs, and a copy is published in Students Illustrated. 








-m 



1 ^— mi 










1 


1 





26 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



General Admission Policies 

Armstrong Atlantic State University welcomes students who wish to pursue a 
college-level program of study. Applicants must provide evidence of a reasonable 
possibility of academic success in college in order to be admitted as a regular student. 
Applicants who do not meet the minimum requirements for admission may be admitted 
under conditional or provisional status or under other Special Admission Categories. 

Armstrong Atlantic State University reserves the right to employ appropriate assess- 
ment mechanisms to ascertain the suitability of applicants to enroll in the University and 
to deny enrollment or admission to individuals based upon the results of the assessment. 

Final acceptance or rejection of each applicant is determined by the Director of 
Admissions and is subject to the applicant's right of appeal to the Academic Standing 
Committee prior to the beginning of the desired quarter of entry. The committee will 
review the appeal and make a recommendation to the President of the University, who 
will render a decision. The University reserves the right to withdraw admission prior to 
or following enrollment if the student becomes ineligible as determined by the standards 
of the University or Board of Regents. 

Armstrong Atlantic State University reserves the right to refuse to accept any or all of 
the credits from any high school or other institution, notwithstanding its accredited 
status, when the University determines through investigation or otherwise that the 
quality of instruction at such high school or institution is, for any reason, deficient or 
unsatisfactory. The judgement of the University on this question shall be final. 

The University reserves the right to reject an applicant who is not a resident of the 
State of Georgia. All students enrolled at Armstrong Atlantic State University are 
required to affirm that they will abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. 

Admission Requirements 

It is the responsibility of the applicant to request that official documents required for 
admission be sent directly from the previous institutions to the Office of Admissions. 
Documents that have been in the hands of the applicant, such as student copy transcripts 
or letters, grade reports, diplomas, or graduation lists are not official. The documents 
must be issued and mailed directly by the registrar of the previous institution(s) in a 
sealed envelope. These documents become part of the applicant's permanent record and 
will not be returned. 

The following items are required for admission: 

1. OFFICIAL APPLICATION FORM. An applicant seeking admission must file an 
application for admission prior to the specified deadline as indicated in the 
academic calendar. An application may be obtained from the Office of Admis- 
sions. Care should be taken to read the directions accompanying the application 
and provide all information requested. An incomplete application will cause delay 
and may be returned to the applicant. 

2. CERTIFICATE OF IMMUNIZATION. All applicants must submit a University of 
Georgia Certificate of Immunization verifying immunity against measles, mumps, 
and rubella. This form must accompany the application. 

3. A $15 NONREFUNDABLE APPLICATION FEE. This processing fee is required 
with applications. 

4. OFFICIAL TRANSCRIPT(S) OF COURSES COMPLETED. All documents must 
be on file in the Office of Admissions prior to the specified document deadline 
indicated in the academic calendar. A freshman applicant should ask his or her 
guidance department to send an official copy of the high school transcript. A 
delayed decision candidate must submit an official high school transcript and 
official college transcripts, if applicable. A transfer candidate should ask the 
registrar from each college attended to send a transcript of grades (a separate 
transcript from each college) and submit a high school transcript if he of she has 



ADMISSIONS 27 



fewer than 36 transferable quarter hours or 24 transferable semester hours. The 
holder of a GED certificate must request that an official score report be sent to the 
Office of Admissions. Please see Special Admissions categories. 

5. OFFICIAL SCORES ON THE SCHOLASTIC APTITUDE TEST (SAT) of the Col- 
lege Entrance Examination Board or THE AMERICAN COLLEGE TESTING 
PROGRAM (ACT). Applications and information may be obtained from the 
College Entrance Examination Board (Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540), or 
the American College Testing Program (3355 Lenox Road, N.E., Suite 320, Atlanta, 
Georgia 33026-1332). The CEEB code assigned to Armstrong Atlantic State Univer- 
sity is 005012. An Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (ISAT) is offered quarterly 
by the Office of Counseling Services. ISAT scores can be used only for admission 
to Armstrong Atlantic State University. A freshman candidate is required to 
submit SAT or ACT scores. A holder of the GED certificate is also required to 
submit SAT or ACT scores. A transfer candidate who has fewer than 36 transfer- 
able quarter hours or 24 transferable semester hours must also submit SAT or ACT 
scores. Exceptions to the SAT and ACT requirements are discussed in the Special 
Admissions section. NOTE: AASU uses recenterd SAT scores. All original SAT 
scores will be recentered for admission to the University. 

6. OTHER REQUIREMENTS. The University may require any applicant to appear 
for a personal interview and to take any achievement, aptitude and psychological 
tests it deems appropriate in order to make a decision regarding the applicant's 
qualification for admission to the University. 

Regular Admission 

An applicant must be a graduate of an accredited high school. Students graduating from 
high school in the Spring of 1988, or later, must meet the requirements of the College 
Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) of the Board of Regents. The following high school courses 
are minimum requirements for regular admission: 

Units Instructional Emphasis/Courses 

English (4) * Grammar and usage 

* Literature (American and World) 

* Advanced composition skills 
Science (3) * Physical Science 

* At least two laboratory courses from Biology, 
Chemistry or Physics 

Mathematics (3) * Two courses in Algebra and one in Geometry 

Social Science (3) * Acceptable social science courses 

Foreign Language (2) * Two courses in one language emphasizing speaking 
(must be listening, reading and writing) 

The minimum regular admission requirements to Armstrong Atlantic State Univer- 
sity are an SAT score of not less than 460 on the verbal section and 430 on the math section 
individually, or an ACT score of not less than 20 on the English section and 18 on the math 
section individually. Also a minimum 2.0 grade point average on all academic courses 
is required. All of the academic courses computed in the high school grade point average 
will have been taken in grades 9-12. 

Provisional Admission 

Applicants to the University who do not meet the College Preparatory Curriculum 
(CPC) may be considered for provisional admission to the University. The following 
represents the University's criteria for provisional admission. 

English - Students who complete fewer than the four required units of English will 
be required to take the Collegiate Placement Examination (CPE) in English and the CPE 



28 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



in Reading. Based on the student's score, the student would (1) exempt Learning Support 
English and /or Reading or (2) be placed in Learning Support English and /or Reading. 

Mathematics - Students who complete fewer than the three required units of mathemat- 
ics will be required to take the Collegiate Placement Examination (CPE) in mathematics. 
Based on the student's score, the student would (1) exempt Learning Support Mathematics 
(2) be placed in Learning Support Mathematics. 

Science - Students who complete fewer than the three required units of science will be 
required to take an additional five quarter hour (for credit) course in a laboratory science. 

Social Science - Students who complete fewer than the three acceptable units of social 
science will be required to complete one additional five quarter hour (for credit) course 
chosen from approved social science courses. 

Foreign Language - Students who complete fewer than the two units of the same 
foreign language will be required to complete one additional five quarter hour (for 
credit) introductory foreign language course. 

Applicants for provisional admission can have no more than four CPC course 
deficiencies. Students who are deficient must make up the required coursework 
according to established guidelines. 

Applicants who graduate from non-accredited or unapproved high schools, includ- 
ing home schooled students and GED recipients, will be required to meet CPC 
requirements by passing the SAT II Subject Tests (Basic Group) consisting of English 
Writing; Math IC; American History and Social Studies; and Chemistry, Biology or 
Physics. 

All course work required as a result of a deficiency must be completed prior to the 
accumulation of 30 hours. Students with CPC deficiencies must make quarterly progress 
to satisfy the deficiencies. In the areas of social science, science, and foreign language, the 
student is required to complete the appropriate course with a "C" grade or better. Students 
receive credit for courses used to satisfy College Preparatory Curriculum deficiencies, but 
such credit may not be used to satisfy core curriculum or degree requirements. 

Exceptions to the CPC Requirement 

1. Any applicant who graduated from high school more than five years ago is exempt 
from CPC requirements. 

2. An applicant applying for any associate of applied science or associate of science 
degree program offered by Armstrong Atlantic State University is exempt from the 
CPC requirements. 

3. Nontraditional students, (see Delayed Admission under Special Admission categories.) 

Conditional Admission 

An applicant who does not qualify for regular admission will be given the Collegiate 
Placement Examination (CPE) in order to qualify for admission to the University. A student 
will be given the CPE if the verbal SAT score is less than 460 (ACT 20) or the math SAT score 
is less than 430 (ACT 18). An applicant must meet two of the following criteria to be 
accepted: 

1) Minimum Verbal SAT of 330 (ACT 13) 

2) Minimum Math SAT of 310 (ACT 14) 

3) Freshman Index of 1540. 

The Freshman Index is computed using SAT scores and a university calculated high 
school grade point average. 

An applicant who does not meet at least two of these criteria will be denied admission 
to the University. 

All conditionally admitted students must take the Collegiate Placement Examination 
(CPE) in order to qualify for regular admission. This examination must be taken before 
a student can register for classes at Armstrong Atlantic. 



^ 



ADMISSIONS 29 



Any student who is in required Learning Support must have a schedule of classes 
approved by the Learning Support Counselor or by an advisor within that department 
each time the student registers. 

Students who are required to take Learning Support courses because they are below 
either the University System of Georgia minimum or the institutional minimum on the 
College Placement Examination (CPE) will exit the Learning Support Program in the 
following ways: 

1. Passing all required parts of the Collegiate Placement Examination. 

2. If any required part of the CPE is not passed, the student will be required to enroll 
in the appropriate learning support course. Upon successful completion of all 
required learning support courses and passing the CPE, the student will exit the 
Learning Support areas. 

Students are limited to a total of four attemps in each Learning Support area, 
including both required and voluntary participation. Students who do not complete the 
requirements for each area after a maximum of four attempts per area are subject to 
Learning Support Suspension. Contact the Learning Support Office for copies of the 
department's policy. 



Transfer of Non-Traditional Credit 

Credit by Examination 

Armstrong Atlantic State University will grant up to one-fourth of the credit required 
in a college degree for satisfactory scores on the following examinations: 

ACT: Proficiency Examination Program College-Level Examination Program 
(PEP) (CLEP) 

Statistics - 45 American Government - 47C 

Advanced Placement (AP) American History 1-45 

American History - 3 American History II - 45 

Biology - 4 Analysis and Interpretation of 

Calculus AB - 3 Literature with Essay - 55 

Calculus BC - 3 Calculus with Elementary 

Chemistry - 3 Functions - 53 

Computer Science AB - 3 College Algebra - 52 

English: Language and Composition or College Algebra-Trigonometry - 54 

Literature and Composition - 3 College French - 45C 

European History - 3 College German - 44C 

French - 3 College Spanish - 45C 

German - 3 Freshman College Composition 

Government and Politics: U.S. - 3C with Essay - 49 

Latin - 3 Humanities - 450 

Spanish - 3 Introductory Sociology - 47 

SAT II: Subject Tests Natural Sciences - 450C 

American History - national average Western Civilization I - 46 

European History - national average Western Civilization II - 47 

DANTES Subject Tests 
Astronomy - 61 
Criminal Justice - 49 
General Anthropology - 47 






These guidelines are subject to change without notice. 



30 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Academic departments select the examinations and determine passing scores which 
follow the test titles. The letter C following a score denotes conditional credit and means 
that an additional requirement must be satisfied before credit hours will be awarded. For 
example, the award of credit in American Government is contingent upon passing a local 
test on Georgia government, as well as an AP or CLEP test. The credit hours awarded are 
the same as those earned by students who complete the equivalent course(s). The letter- 
grade K is used to identify credit by examination and has no effect on the academic grade 
point average. The Office of the Registrar adds courses and credit hours to the academic 
records of enrolled students. A brochure published by the Division of Student Affairs 
lists equivalent courses, any conditions for award of credit, and test dates. 

For additional information, please make inquiry to the Office of the Registrar /Director of 
Admissions, the Office of Student Affairs, or the head of the appropriate academic department. 

College Credit for Military Experience and Training 

Students who wish to have their military experience and training evaluated for 
college credit should submit a copy of appropriate forms to the Registrar's office. 
Veterans should submit DD Form 214 and active duty military personnel should submit 
DD Form 295. Active duty Army personnel and soldiers discharged since October 1, 
1986, should also provide the Registrar with a copy of their Army /American Council on 
Education Registry Transcript. 

Honors Program 

a) Entering Students. Entering students may apply to the Honors Program if they score 
1100 on the SAT and graduate with an appropriately high rank in their high school 
class. Students scoring 3 or better on each of three Advanced Placement examinations 
of the College Board will also be encouraged to apply. 

b) Continuing Students. Continuing students may apply to enter the Honors Program 
if they have at least a 3.2 overall GPA and are either enrolled in or have completed an 
Honors Course. Honors courses in the core are open to all students who meet the 
published prerequisites. 

For more information and an application form, interested persons should contact the 
Coordinator of the Honors Program, Dr. Mark Finlay in the Department of History. 

Regents Engineering Transfer Program 

The Regents Engineering Program (RETP) at Armstrong Atlantic State University 
provides two access points for admission. 

I . At the time of admission to Armstrong Atlantic State University the student must have 
achieved at least: a 560 on the mathematics portion of the Scholastic Aptitude Test 
(SAT); a 530 on the verbal portion of the SAT; and a 3.0 high school grade point average. 
However, any student who has been admitted to an engineering program at Georgia 
Tech on the basis of his/her academic record can enter Armstrong Atlantic State 
University as a RETP student even if the above requirements are not met. 

II. Students at Armstrong Atlantic State University who did not qualify for admission 
to the RETP under Access Point I but want to join at the end of the freshman year 
must fulfill the following acceptance criteria: completion of Mathematics 206 and 
207 with grades of "B" or higher; completion of Chemistry 128 and 129 with grades 
of "B" or better; a college grade point average of 3.0. 

Regents Engineering Transfer Program students who satisfactorily complete the 
pre-engineering curriculum and apply for transfer will be accepted to Georgia Tech. 

Requirements of Transfers 

1 . Transfer students completing high school in the Spring of 1988, or later, transferring 
from non-University System institutions will be required to submit their high school 



ADMISSIONS 31 



transcripts as part of their application process unless they have completed their freshman 
and sophomore years, completed an associate degree, or have more than 45 hours of 
transfer credit approved. This requirement also applies to students enrolled in University 
System programs that do not require the College Preparatory Curriculum for admission. 

2. Transfer students completing high school in the Spring of 1988, or later, transferring 
from University System institutions will maintain their CPC status as determined by 
the first University System institution making the original CPC evaluation. 

3. Transfer applicants completing high school prior to Spring of 1988 will follow the 
same procedure as freshman applicants except these applicants will not be required 
to meet the College Preparatory Curriculum requirements. In addition, these appli- 
cants who have achieved sophomore standing at the time of entrance, will not be 
required to submit their high school records. Such records may be required by the 
Office of Admissions, but normally the transcripts of previous college records will 
suffice in place of the high school record. Transfer applicants must ask the Registrar, 
of each college they have previously attended, to mail an official transcript of their 
records to the Office of Admissions at Armstrong Atlantic State University, regard- 
less of the transferability of the credits. 

4. Transfer applicants will not be considered for admission unless they are academi- 
cally eligible to return to the college or university last attended, or unless the officials 
of the institution last attended recommend the applicant's admission. 

5. Transfer applicants will be considered for admission to Armstrong Atlantic State 
University, if, on all work attempted at other institutions, their academic perfor- 
mance as shown by their grade-point-average is equivalent to the minimum standard 
required by Armstrong Atlantic State University students by comparable standing. 
Students not meeting the required GPA may be admitted on Good Standing, with 
Warning. (See chart under Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy in the "Aca- 
demic Regulations" section of this Catalog.) 

6. Transfer students from outside the University System of Georgia who have not yet 
completed the required English composition courses prescribed by Armstrong 
degree programs should visit the Director of Composition for a placement interview. 
At this interview, the Director of Composition will evaluate student transcripts for 
English credits, administer the English Placement Test (if necessary), provide infor- 
mation on the composition sequence and the Georgia Regents' Test, and determine 
placement in the appropriate composition course. Interview schedules are available 
in the Department of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 

7. Transfer students from outside the University System of Georgia who have com- 
pleted a course in American government will not have satisfied the state requirement 
in American government until they have passed a test on the Georgia constitution 
and government. The test is given quarterly on campus. 

8. Transfer credit may be accepted from degree granting institutions that are accredited 
at the collegiate level by their appropriate regional accrediting agency. Provisions 
may be considered when an institution appeals the policy. Students transferring 
from an institution which is not a member of a regional accrediting agency must 
achieve a "C" average on their first fifteen quarter hours of work at Armstrong in 
order to be eligible to continue. In certain areas they may be required to validate 
credits by examination. In computing cumulative grade averages, only the work 
attempted at Armstrong will be considered. 

9. The amount of credit that Armstrong will allow for work done in another institution 
within a given period of time may not exceed the normal amount of credit that could 
have been earned at Armstrong during that time. A maximum of 100 quarter hours 
may be transferred from a junior college. At least half of the courses in the major must 
be taken at Armstrong. 

10. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree may consist of 
courses taken by correspondence, extension, or examination. No correspondence 
courses may be used to meet the requirements in the major field or the related fields 



32 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



for the Bachelor's degree or in English composition or foreign language. No correspon- 
dence courses may be taken while a student is enrolled, without prior approval of the 
appropriate Dean and the head of the department in which the student is majoring. 

1 1 . If the Core Curriculum requirements in Area I (Humanities), Area II (Sciences), and / 
or Area III (Social Sciences) have been completed at a University System of Georgia 
institution, each completed area will be accepted as having met the respective area 
requirement at Armstrong Atlantic State University. A department may, however, 
require a course contained in their core recommendations for a specific major as a 
degree requirement if not taken to satisfy the core area. 

12. An official evaluation of all previous college credit earned will be completed during 
the first quarter of the applicant's attendance provided that all transcripts are on file. 
Transfer credit will be awarded from institutions listed in the American Association 
of College Admission Officers and Registrars as being accredited. 

Readmission 

Students who have not been enrolled at Armstrong for three or more consecutive 
quarters must apply for readmission on a form provided by the Office of The Registrar. 
Former students who have not attended another college since leaving Armstrong may 
be readmitted, provided they are not on suspension at the time they wish to reenter. 
Former students who have attended another college since leaving Armstrong must meet 
requirements as listed in the catalog in effect at the time of return. A student who is 
readmitted after an absence from the college for more than two years must meet degree 
requirements as listed in the catalog in effect at the time of his or her return. 

Transient Students 

Students enrolled in another college or university may apply for temporary admis- 
sion to Armstrong Atlantic State University. They must have written approval from their 
Dean or Registrar that they are in good standing and have permission to take specific 
courses at Armstrong Atlantic State University to be transferred to their own institution 
when satisfactorily completed. Transient students are admitted for a specific period of 
time, normally one quarter. If they wish to remain at Armstrong Atlantic State University 
longer than one quarter they must submit additional statements from their Dean or 
Registrar, or must meet all requirements for regular transfer admission. 

Armstrong Students Transient Elsewhere 

Armstrong students who wish to take course work at another college with the intent 
of applying the courses to their academic record at Armstrong may do so in accordance 
with regulations for transient status to another college. Students must meet the require- 
ments stipulated by the other college, and, in order to apply the credits toward their 
academic records at Armstrong, must meet the academic regulations of Armstrong. 
Consult with the Registrar's Office for details. 

Accelerated Program for High School Students 

Through this program for superior high school juniors and seniors, students may 
complete more than two-thirds of the freshman year of college before beginning a regular 
college career. Students accepted into the program may choose any freshman course 
provided they meet course prerequisites and receive permission from their high school 
principal or counselor and their college advisor. 

Students in this program may enroll for college credit in a maximum of two courses 
each quarter while completing their senior year of high school. Upon graduation from 
high school, the student will be admitted as a regular college enrollee. 

Students forfeit the privilege of this program if they receive a college course grade 
below C or their high school average in academic courses falls below B in any' quarter. 



ADMISSIONS 33 



The College will consider students for this program only upon written recommenda- 
tion of their high school principals or counselors. 

To be admitted to the program, students must satisfy all of the following criteria: 

1. Minimum Scholastic Aptitude Test score of 960, combined verbal and mathematics 
sections, or the ACT composite no less than 21; 

2. Minimum cumulative high school grade point average of 3.0 or a numerical 
average of 80 or higher in academic subjects; 

3. Exemption of all Learning Support requirements for early admission; 

4. Written recommendation from the high school principal or counselor; 

5. Written consent of parent or guardian (if the student is a minor); 

6. Completion of the University System of Georgia College Preparatory Curriculum 
requirements with the following exceptions: 

a. Students with SAT verbal scores of at least 530 (or ACT English of at least 23) who 
have not completed the final unit of high school English and /or social studies may 
be permitted to fulfill these high school requirements with the appropriate college 
courses taken through the joint enrollment or early admissions program. 

b. Students who have not completed the College Preparatory Curriculum require- 
ments may be admitted through the joint enrollment program if they are 
enrolled in the necessary high school courses and scheduled to complete the 
requirements by the end of their senior year. 

With the exception of English and social studies courses taken by students with SAT 
verbal scores of at least 530 (or ACT English of at least 23), a college course may not be 
used to fulfill both high school College Preparatory Curriculum requirements and 
college degree requirements. 

Early Admission and Joint Enrollment Programs 

Armstrong Atlantic State University offers an early admission program for those 
students who have completed the tenth grade in high school and who have demon- 
strated outstanding academic potential. The criteria for admission to this program are 
the same as those listed for the Accelerated Program. 

Additionally, the college offers a joint enrollment program which is an early admissions 
program allowing students to enroll full time at the University while remaining on the rolls 
of a local high school. After successfully meeting all established criteria for the Accelerated 
Program, students will be awarded high school diplomas at the end of their freshman year 
in college. For further information on this program, prospective applicants should consult 
with their high school counselors and request information from the Office of Admissions. 

Units of the University System of Georgia are prohibited from accepting transfer credit 
awarded by any college or university to students enrolled in joint high school and college 
enrollment programs unless those students have a minimum SAT score of 960 and a high 
school Grade Point Average of 3.00 (B) on a 4.00 scale, effective fall quarter, 1985. 

International Students 

Admission of international students is based on academic admissibility, English 
proficiency, and proof of financial means to study in the United States. International 
applicants must document their ability to meet the financial requirements for attendance 
as required by U.S. Immigration regulations. It is recommended that international 
students begin their attendance at the college in the Fall Quarter. The college also 
recommends that international students attend an ESL language center prior to enroll- 
ment. Please contact the admissions office by writing to: Armstrong Atlantic State 
University, International Admissions, 11935 Abercorn St., Savannah, GA 31419-1997, or 
call 912-927-5277 to receive an admissions packet or if you have questions. 

International students must meet the following requirements before application is 
made: 






34 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



1. Meet the requirements of freshman applicants. International students must have 
completed the equivalent of graduation from a U.S. high school. However, College 
Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) requirements do not apply to these students. 

2. Each applicant must have "official secondary (high school) or post secondary (college 
or university) credentials, certificates, or diplomas mailed to the Office of Admissions 
at Armstrong Atlantic. Official documents must bear authoritative signatures, seals 
and /or stamps and should be sent by the institution responsible for issuing such 
documents. In cases where it is impossible for these credentials to be sent from the 
institution, or only one set of originals is available to students, you should forward an 
"attested" copy of the original. The attestation must be done by a proper institution 
official or by the Ministry of Education in the home country. A certified original 
translation must accompany all documents not printed in English. In some instances, 
documents may require a document-by-document or course-by-course evaluation by 
a professional evaluation agency. 

Transfer applicants with credentials from institutions outside of the United States are 
required to have a course by course evaluation from a professional evaluation agency. 
Please contact the Office of Admissions for an evaluation application. 

3. Provide official scores of the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or The American College 
Testing Program (ACT). 

4. A student whose native language is not English must take the Test of English as A 
Foreign Language (TOEFL) and score a minimum of 500 for consideration for 
admission to the University. The TOEFL is not a substitution for the SAT or ACT. 

5. In addition to meeting the regular admission requirements, international applicants 
needing a student visa must show ability to meet financial obligations of tuition, fees, 
and living expenses before a Certificate of Eligibility (1-20 AB) and an acceptance letter 
will be issued. Current (less than one year old) letters of financial support must 
accompany the Statement of Financial Resources. Having sufficient funds for the cost 
of living and educational expenses is required by U.S. Immigration regulations and 
is also necessary because other than competitive scholarships for which students 
must qualify, there is no financial aid available at Armstrong Atlantic State Univer- 
sity. International students on non-immigrant visas are not eligible for state or 
federally-funded loans or scholarships in the United States. 

6. Health insurance is mandatory for all international students on non-immigrant visas 
enrolled at Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

After completion of application form and submission of all required records, the 
University will make a decision on the application. If an application is approved, the 
University will send an 1-20 form (which the international student will use to obtain a 
student visa). 

Special Admission Categories 

Delayed Admission 

Applicants who have not attended high school or college within the previous five 
years, and have earned fewer than 20 transferable quarter hours of college credit, are not 
required to take the SAT or ACT admissions test. However, these applicants will be 
required to take the Collegiate Placement Examination and complete any Learning 
Support requirements. Students admitted under this category must complete 30 hours 
of college credit with a minimum 2.0 grade point average in order to be granted regular 
admission status. 

Non-Degree Student 

Applicants who have never attended college and who wish to pursue courses for 
personal enrichment for advancement may be admitted as non-degree students by 
permission of the Director of Admissions. To be considered an applicant must possess 



ADMISSIONS 35 



a high school diploma (or have completed the GED satisfactorily) and have been out of 
high school for a period of seven or more years. 

The SAT/ACT is not required, but students must take the Collegiate Placement 
Examination. Applicants admitted as non-degree students may earn a maximum of twenty 
quarter credit hours before being required to fulfill any Learning Support requirements. 
To enter a degree program, fulfillment of all beginning freshman requirements is neces- 
sary. A non-degree student must satisfy all prerequisites before enrolling in a course. 

Admission to Certificate Programs 

Armstrong Atlantic State University offers several certificate programs that have 
specific admission requirements in addition to admission to the university. Please refer 
to the appropriate area in this catalog for details. 

Basic Law Enforcement Certificate — see Special Programs 

Gerontology Certificate — see Health Science 

Medical Technology Certificate — see Medical Technology 

Radiation Therapy Certificate — see Radiologic Sciences 

Persons 62 Years of Age or Older 

Sixty-two Plus is an Armstrong Atlantic State University program of lifelong learning 
for senior citizens. Persons who are at least 62 years old may enroll in credit courses on 
a space-available basis without payment of fees, except for books, supplies, laboratory 
or special course fees. They must be residents of Georgia and must present a birth 
certificate (or comparable written documentation of age) to enable the Admissions Office 
to determine eligibility. In addition, individuals in the Sixty-two Plus program must 
meet all admission and degree requirements. Information about this program may be 
obtained from the Office of Academic Services and Nontraditional Learning. 

Admission of Veterans 

After having been accepted at Armstrong Atlantic State University and upon receipt 
of Certification of eligibility and entitlement from the Veterans Administration, veterans 
may attend under Public Law 358 (Veterans Readjustment Benefit Act of 1966), Public 
Law 815 (disabled), Public Law 894 (disabled), Public Law 634 (war orphans), or Public 
Law 631 (children of permanently disabled veterans). Students under Public Laws 358, 
631, 634 should be prepared to pay tuition and fees at the time of registration. 

Vocational Rehabilitation Applicants 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabilitation or other community agen- 
cies must apply at least six weeks before the beginning of any quarter to insure proper 
processing of applications. 

General Requirements for Admission to Health Programs 

(See specific degree program for additional admission requirements.) 

School of Health Professions Statement of Professional Standards 
Related to Applicants and Students 

All applicants to and students enrolled in the School of Health Professions must meet and 
continue to meet the approved professional standards of the School and respective programs. 

1. In order to meet the intellectual, physical and social competencies necessary to 
meet professional requirements, all applicants and students must possess the 
needed physical attributes, and exhibit qualities of good judgment, mental strength 
and emotional stability. 

2. No applicant who may jeopardize the health and /or the well being of a patient, 
client, coworker, or self, may be accepted into the School of Health Professions 
program or continue as a student within a program. 



36 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



3. The individual programs will inform each applicant in writing of the technical 
standards which are related to the professional duties of the discipline. 

4. The faculty of each program or department shall be responsible for applying the 
standards for their students and prospective students. 

5. In all cases, final appeal may be brought to the attention of the Dean of Health 
Professions who would appoint an Appeals committee. 

Insurance 

Because of contractual requirements, A completed Health History and Health 
Insurance is required of students in Associate Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate Degree 
Nursing, Dental Hygiene, Medical Technology, Physical Therapy, Radiologic Technolo- 
gies and Respiratory Therapy. Malpractice/Liability Insurance is required of students 
in Associate Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate Degree Nursing, Dental Hygiene, Medical 
Technology, Physical Therapy, Radiologic Technologies and Respiratory Therapy. 

Limits on Admission to Health Professions Programs 

There are many more students applying for admission to these programs than we 
have spaces available. Therefore, 

1. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU CONTACT THE PROGRAM OF YOUR CHOICE 
FOR ADVISEMENT AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. 

2. Admission to Armstrong Atlantic State University and /or completion of prereq- 
uisite courses do/does not guarantee you admission to a Health Professions 
program. Because each program has its own admission criteria and procedure for 
admission, students must apply to the particular programs they wish to enter. 

3. NO MORE THAN TWO (2) SCIENCE COURSES MAY BE REPEATED, and that 
NO ONE COURSE MAY BE REPEATED MORE THAN ONCE. If a student fails a 
course a second time, he/she will not be eligible for admission to the health 
programs for which this course is a requirement. 

4. ONLY STUDENTS MAKING SATISFACTORY PROGRESS toward admission to 
or in an Armstrong Atlantic State University health program will be assigned a 
science seat. 

Limits on Readmission to Health Professions Programs 

If a student fails (i.e. less than a grade of "C") two courses in his/her major or fails the 
same course twice in his/her major, that student is ineligible for readmission to that 
major. 

Graduate Degree Programs 

The program-specific admissions requirements are listed in the Armstrong Atlantic 
State University Graduate Catalog. 



H 



m 



A 



I 






38 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Expenses 

The following schedules list the principal expenses and regulations concerning the 
payment of fees. Fees and charges are subject to change without notice. When such 
changes are made, notice will be given as far in advance as possible. Expenses are in the 
form of matriculation fees, nonresident tuition fees, student services fees and other 
special fees. Fees of all students are due and payable at time of registration; registration 
is not complete until all fees have been paid. 

Tuition and Required Fees 

1997-98 Undergraduate Fees* 



HRS. 


RESIDENT 


NON-RESIDENT 


HRS. 


RESIDENT 


NON-RESIDENT 


1 


$141.00 


$265.00 


7 


$423.00 


$1291.00 


2 


188.00 


436.00 


8 


470.00 


1462.00 


3 


235.00 


607.00 


9 


517.00 


1633.00 


4 


282.00 


778.00 


10 


564.00 


1804.00 


5 


329.00 


949.00 


11 


611.00 


1975.00 


6 


376.00 


1120.00 


12+ 


654.00 


2141.00 






1997-98 Graduate Fees* 




HRS. 


RESIDENT 


NON-RESIDENT 


HRS. 


RESIDENT 


NON-RESIDENT 


1 


$146.00 


$ 284.00 


7 


$458.00 


$1424.00 


2 


198.00 


474.00 


8 


510.00 


1614.00 


3 


250.00 


664.00 


9 


562.00 


1804.00 


4 


302.00 


854.00 


10 


614.00 


1994.00 


5 


354.00 


1044.00 


11 


666.00 


2184.00 


6 


406.00 


1234.00 


12+ 


711.00 


2351.00 



^subject to change 

Fees are charged at either the Undergraduate or Graduate rate based upon the student 
classification in the Student Information System. 

Students in specified courses, i.e. applied music and scuba diving, may be subject to 
additional fees. 

Tuition 

Undergraduate Georgia residents are charged tuition at the residential rate of $47 per 
quarter hour. 

Undergraduate out-of-state students are charged tuition at the non-residential rate of 
$171 per quarter hour. 

Out-of-state tuition is waived for active duty military personnel and their dependents 
stationed in Georgia (except military personnel assigned to this institution for educa- 
tional purposes). 

On-campus students pay a $24.50 activity fee and a $69.50 athletic fee each quarter, 
regardless of the number of hours enrolled. 

Students registered only for off-campus courses do not pay student activity or athletic 
fees. Students registered for a combination of on- and off-campus courses do pay student 
activity and athletic fees. 

Tuition and fees are waived for Georgia residents who present written documenta- 
tion that they are 62 years of age or older. 

Regents' Policies Governing Residency Requirements 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, the applicant must establish the following 
facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar. 

1 . (a) If a person is 1 8 years of age or older, he or she may register as an in-state student 
only upon a showing that he or she has been a legal resident of Georgia f ora period 
of at least twelve months immediately preceding the date of registration. 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 39 



(b) No emancipated minor or other person 18 years of age or older shall be deemed 
to have gained or acquired in-state status for tuition purposes while attending any 
educational institution in this State, in the absence of a clear demonstration that he 
or she has in fact established legal residence in this State. 

2. If a person is under 18 years of age, he or she may register as an in-state student only 
upon a showing that his or her supporting parent or guardian has been a legal 
resident of Georgia for a period of at least twelve months immediately preceding 
the date of registration. 

3. If a parent or legal guardian of a minor changes his or her legal residence to another 
state following a period of legal residence in Georgia, the minor may continue to 
take courses for a period of twelve consecutive months on the payment of in-state 
tuition. After the expiration of the twelvemonth period, the student may continue 
his or her registration only upon the payment of fees at the out-of-state rate. 

4. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia is appointed as guardian of a 
nonresident minor, such minor will not be permitted to register as an in-state 
student until the expiration of one year from the date of court appointment, and 
then only upon a proper showing that such appointment was not made to avoid 
payment of the out-of-state fees. 

5. Aliens shall be classified as nonresident students provided, however, that an alien 
who is living in this country under an immigration document permitting indefinite 
or permanent residence shall have the same privilege of qualifying for in-state 
tuition as a citizen of the United States. 

6. Waivers: An institution may waive out-ofstate tuition for: 

(a) nonresident students who are financially dependent upon a parent, parents or 
spouse who has been a legal resident of Georgia for at least twelve consecutive 
months immediately preceding the date of registration; provided, however, 
that such financial dependence shall have existed for at least twelve consecu- 
tive months immediately preceding the date of registration. 

(b) international students, selected by the institutional president or his authorized 
representative, provided that the number of such waivers in effect does not 
exceed one percent of the equivalent full-time students enrolled at the insti- 
tution in the fall quarter immediately preceding the quarter for which the 
out-of-state tuition is to be waived. 

(c) full-time employees of the University System, their spouses, and their de- 
pendent children. 

(d) full-time teachers in the public schools of Georgia or in the programs of the 
State Board of Technical and Adult Education and their dependent children. 
Teachers employed full-time on military bases in Georgia shall also qualify for 
this waiver; 

(e) career consular officers and their dependents who are citizens of the foreign 
nation which their consular office represents, and who are stationed and living 
in Georgia under orders of their respective governments. This waiver shall 
apply only to those consular officers whose nations operate on the principle of 
educational reciprocity with the United States. 

(f) military personnel and their dependents stationed in Georgia and on active 
duty unless such military personnel are assigned as students to System 
institutions for educational purposes. 

(g) students who are legal residents of out-of-state counties bordering on Georgia 
counties in which an institution of the University System is located and who are 
enrolled in said institution. 

Residency Reclassification 

A student is responsible for registering under the proper residency classification. A 
student classified as a nonresident who believes that he/ she is entitled to be reclassified 



40 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



as a legal resident may petition the Registrar for a change in status. The petition must be 
filed no later than sixty (60) days after the quarter begins in order for the student to be 
considered for reclassification for the quarter. If the petition is granted, reclassification 
will not be retroactive to prior quarters. The necessary forms for this purpose are 
available in the Registrar's office. 

Student Housing 

Students wishing to live in the dormitory must submit the AASU housing application 
and a $100 deposit to the Office of Student Affairs. The quarterly dormitory fee of $1574 
(single occupancy) and $1372 (double occupancy) for the 1997-98 academic year includes 
a food service allowance of $600. Contact Student Affairs for general housing informa- 
tion or Financial Services for specific financial information. The daily rate (without 
meals) is $18.00. 

Other Special Costs 

Application Fee $15.00 

Must accompany initial application. Acceptance of application fee does not constitute 
acceptance of the student. Non-refundable. 

Exit Exam Fee 

Fees are announced in test bulletins. 

Graduation Fee $37.00 

Payable by each candidate for graduation when graduation application is submitted 
two quarters prior to graduation. If candidate is receiving a second degree at the same 
graduation ceremonies, an additional $5.00 is due. The full $35.00 is charged for a second 
degree awarded at a subsequent graduation ceremony. A fee of $15.00 is charged for each 
replacement diploma. Non-refundable. 

Health Professions Deposit $50.00 

Reserves a seat in appropriate health program, payable upon application to program. 
Late Registration Fee $38.00 

Non-refundable fee charged to students who register after the registration period. 

Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one twenty-five minute private lesson per week 
(Music 130) or a fifty minute private lesson per week (Music 140, 240, 340, 440). A special 
fee of $56.00 is charged for students enrolled in Music 130. A special fee of $112.00 is 
assessed for Music 140/440 to music majors enrolled for less than 12 hours and to 
students who are not music majors. Music majors may enroll, at no charge, for one 
applied music course from Music 140-440. Additional applied music courses will be 
assessed a special fee at the non-music major rate. 

The applied music fee is refundable only if the student does not meet the first 
scheduled lesson. 

Short Courses 

Fees are announced for each quarter when the course is scheduled by the college. 
Students who formally withdraw from a short course or conference up to twenty-four 
hours prior to the first class meeting will receive a full refund of fees paid. No refunds 
will be made for withdrawals after the first class meeting. Fees paid for courses or 
conferences cancelled by the Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Education will be 
refunded 100%. Refund checks will be mailed approximately four weeks after the 
approved withdrawal form is received by the Business Office. 






FINANCIAL INFORMATION 41 



Refund Policy 

Refund of tuition and fees may be requested only upon written application for 
withdrawal from school. The withdrawal form should be completed in the Office of 
Student Affairs. NO REFUNDS WILL BE MADE TO STUDENTS DROPPING A 
COURSE. Refunds for withdrawals will be available at the Cashier's office starting the 
sixth week of the quarter. They will be mailed if not picked up by the last week of the 
quarter. Refunds are not made for late registration fees. 

The refund schedule is as follows: 

Withdrawal Date Refund Percentage 

Withdrawal prior to and first day of class 100% 

Second day of class and before end of first 10 

percent of enrollment 90% 

After first 10 percent of enrollment through the end 

of first 25 percent of enrollment 50% 

After first 25 percent of enrollment through the end 

of first 50 percent of enrollment 25% 

After 50 percent of enrollment None 

Enrollment is defined as the scheduled number of official class days for that quarter. 
Refunds are based on the withdrawal date of the quarter's class days, not how many 
times individual classes have met. 

Students attending an institution for the first time who receive assistance under Title 
IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 as amended are entitled to a prorata refund of that 
portion of the tuition, fees, room and board, and other charges assessed the student by 
the institution equal to that portion of the period of enrollment for which the student has 
been charged that remains on the last day of attendance by the student up to the sixty 
percent (60%) point (in time) in the period of enrollment. 

A refund of all quarterly non-resident fees, matriculation fees, and other mandatory 
fees shall be made in the event of the death of a student at any time during an academic 
quarter. 

Summer Quarter Refunds 

Due to the varying lengths of courses offered during the Summer, refunds are based 
upon the individual course length. Due to the multiple lengths of Summer quarter 
classes, refunds for withdrawals and cancelled classes will be mailed at the end of the 
quarter. 

General Guidelines 

Armstrong/Savannah State Exchange Program. A student enrolled at Armstrong or 
Savannah State who pays the maximum tuition and fees amount may be eligible to take 
one course at the other institution at no charge. You should consult with the Registrar's 
Office regarding program details and the required documentation. 

After the payment of fees, the application of financial aid to fees, or application of 
support by outside agencies, there are no adjustments for dropping a course. 

All tuition and fees are due at registration per the guidelines of the Board of Regents 
of the University System of Georgia. There are no deferment of fees or payment plans. 

Financial aid students who enroll for hours different from their aid-based hours will 
not receive any difference check until later in the quarter. 

Returned Check Policy 

Students whose checks are returned to the college unpaid by their banks will be 
notified by the Business Office to pay the amount due. Student checks used for bookstore and 
other purchases will be assessed a service charge of $20.00 or 5% of the check, whichever is greater. 



42 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Student checks used for tuition and fees will be assessed the service charge plus the late registration 
fee. Checks returned because of bank errors will be redeposited after written notification 
is received from the bank and a $20.00 service charge is paid by the student. No late 
registration fee is assessed for checks returned because of a bank error. Students should 
request reimbursement of the service charge from their bank. A stop payment of a check 
does not constitute a formal withdrawal and is considered a returned check. Legal means 
will be used to collect returned checks. Writing a non-sufficient funds check or stopping 
payment on a check does not cancel registration. Students whose check is returned for 
non-sufficient funds or who stop payment on a check must honor the check and pay the 
service charges before withdrawing from college. After honoring a returned or stop payment 
check and formally withdrawing in the Office of Student Affairs the student will receive a refund. 

Financial Aid Payment Process 

Approved financial aid is transferred to student accounts by the Financial Aid office 
on a regular basis. Financial aid consists of loans, scholarships, and grants. Loans are 
received through the Georgia Student Finance Commission, not from individual banks. 

The Business Office will review student accounts on a regular basis, post a refund as 
needed, and cut "difference" checks. A "difference" check is the result of tuition, fees, 
and other charges deducted from the total financial aid. "Difference" checks are available 
five working days after their aid is posted to student accounts. 

Students whose aid exceeds fees, pre-register for classes, and have their financial aid 
approved may have a "difference" check available on Registration day. After Registra- 
tion students can pick up their "difference" checks at the cashier's window in the 
Administration Building. 

Students with financial aid who do not preregister may have a "difference" check 
available ten working days after Registration. 

Students whose fees exceed aid must pay the amount owed on Registration day or 
their classes will be dropped. 

Students whose financial aid is not completed prior to Registration should be 
prepared to pay fees themselves and be reimbursed later in the quarter. Students with 
financial aid who want to pay fees early with personal funds may do so. 

To pick up "difference" checks, students must have a valid photo ID with their social 
security number. A driver's license or student ID is acceptable. Students' whose driver's license 
number does not match that of their social security number must have a social security card. 

Effective immediately, financial aid students who pre-register for classes and decide 
not to attend that quarter must formally withdraw from school. A request for total 
withdrawal must be submitted in writing to the Division of Student Affairs before the 
first day of class. Contact their office at 927-5271 for further details. The financial aid 
process is automated and students who pre-register are considered enrolled for that 
quarter since their classes are being paid for via financial assistance options. 

Financial aid students who pre-register and do not formally withdraw will receive 
grades of either W or F in these classes. 

Financial Aid 
Governing Principles 

The Financial Aid Office is especially concerned with students who need financial 
assistance to attend Armstrong Atlantic State University. The primary responsibility for 
financing a college education is the inherent obligation of the student and his/her family. 
Financial aid is available to supplement the families contribution and is provided through 
a combination of sources including scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time employment. 

Either the Free Application for Federal Student Aid or the Renewal Free Application 
for Federal Student Aid must be used to help determine the student's eligibility. 
Information used in determining eligibility includes family income, assets, number of 
family members, number in college, etc. The college will attempt to assist the student 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 43 



with the difference between the total expected family contribution and the cost of 
attending college. Any student admitted to, or attending Armstrong Atlantic State 
University is encouraged to apply for financial aid. 

General Information 

The Financial Aid Office is committed to providing the quickest and most accurate 
application method possible. Speed and accuracy are achieved through the electronic 
processing of applications versus the student mailing the application. Only five percent 
of the total application volume nationwide is being done electronically and Armstrong 
Atlantic State University is proud to provide this service. 

Effective immediately, students are asked to bring their completed Free Applica- 
tion for Federal Student Aid and Renewal Applications for Federal Student Aid to the 
Financial Aid Office instead of mailing them to the Central Processor. 

The priority deadline for submitting the completed and signed application to the 
Financial Aid Office for electronic filing is April 15, (or 5 months prior to the 
beginning of any term.) 

Please be advised that while the Financial Aid Office staff will be entering the 
applications on behalf of the students, it is still the student's responsibility to ensure that 
the data entered is correct. The federal processor will send a Student Aid Report or an 
Information Acknowledgement Student Aid Report to the student. It is the student's 
responsibility to review the information on the Student Aid Report and, if items are 
discovered to be incorrect, the Financial Aid Office must be notified immediately. If the 
Financial Aid Office does not hear otherwise from the student, it will assume that all 
information has been entered correctly. The Financial Aid Office is not responsible for 
delays caused by data that was either reported inaccurately or if the student does not notify 
the office of a key entry error. Students who meet the April 15 priority deadline will have 
ample time make any corrections necessary to their applications. 

The Financial Aid Office will continue to process applications for students that have 
been mailed rather than transmitted. The mailing of the application will cause a two 
month delay in the processing of the application so the priority deadline for mailed 
applications is March 1. 

NOTE: Students are no longer required to turn in a copy of their Student Aid Report 
to the Financial Aid Office. The Financial Aid Office will now obtain the results of your 
application electronically from the Federal Processor, providing AASU is listed on the 
FAFSA as a college choice. 

Student financial aid is most frequently awarded to eligible students on the basis of 
need or merit. Merit is determined by the entity who is providing the money to be 
awarded (i.e. the State of Georgia, Armstrong Atlantic State University, private donors). 
Need is determined by the Federal Government via the student completing the Free 
Application for Federal Student Aid. The process involves a government analysis of the 
data provided by the student's family or, if independent, by the student. This analysis is 
transmitted to the Financial Aid Office where it is compared with the cost of education 
for the appropriate classification of student. The formula applied is; Cost of Education 
minus Expected Family Contribution equals need (COA - EFC = Need). If the family 
contribution is less than the cost of education, financial need has been established. 

In general, students who apply by the priority deadline (April 15) have a greater opportu- 
nity to receive a variety of financial assistance than those who apply after the deadline. Due to 
the fact that certain funds are limited, the Financial Aid Office will award its yearly allocation 
of those funds to students who met the priority deadline and demonstrate the greatest need. 
For this reason, students are encouraged to apply as early in the year as possible. 

The Financial Aid Office is interested in helping you find ways to finance your 
education. The application and awards process, however, is heavily regulated by federal 
and state law and, as a result, the process takes time. As many as 50% of Armstrong Atlantic 
State University students may be selected for a process called verification. The Financial 



44 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Aid Office does not know who will be selected at the time the student applies for aid. All 
students should be prepared to supply a signed copy of their 1996 federal income tax return 
and a completed Verification Worksheet to the Financial Aid Office. Students who are not 
considered independent by the federal government would also need submit a signed copy 
of their parents' 1996 Federal Income Tax Return. The Financial Aid Office may also require 
a variety of other documents before a student can be awarded. Please respond quickly and 
accurately to any requests for documentation from the Financial Aid Office. 

Only by meeting the priority deadline of April 15 can students expect to have funds 
available at the beginning of Fall Quarter 1997. Students who do not meet this 
deadline will be required to pay their own fees for Fall quarter 1997. Please keep in 
mind that, although we are here to help you, we are not responsible for delays caused 
by inaccurate or incomplete applications and files. 

Application Information 

An applicant for student financial aid must: 

1. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

2. Complete an Armstrong Atlantic State University Application for Financial Aid. 

3 . Complete and submit a signed F AFS A or Renewal F AFS A to the Financial Aid Office 
or to the Central Processor (submitting it to the Financial Aid Office is preferred). 

4. Other forms as requested by the Financial Aid Office. 

Students are eligible to apply for financial assistance provided that they are meeting 
the requirements pertinent to the program(s) from which assistance is sought; and 
making satisfactory academic progress. Students who are classified as Transient, Con- 
tinuing Education, or Exchange are not eligible for financial aid. Students are required 
to adhere to all regulations and requirements of the program from which they receive 
assistance and to notify the Financial Aid Office of any change in status which may affect 
their eligibility for aid. 

Students must reapply for financial assistance every year. Awards are made for only the 
current year unless otherwise noted. 

The minimum number of quarter hours for which a student financial aid recipient may 
enroll per quarter varies from program to program. Some require at least 12 hours per quarter 
(full-time status). Many programs require that the student be enrolled at least half-time, 
taking 6 or more quarter hours (5 hours of grad level classes, for graduate students). 

Students applying for financial aid, whether eligible or not, who do not meet or adhere 
to the above requirements will not be considered for financial aid. It is the responsibility 
of the parents and /or student to determine that all pertinent information and data have 
been obtained and are located in the Financial Aid Office to assure a complete and 
accurate awarding of financial assistance. 

Deadlines 

April 15 The priority deadline for submitting the completed and signed Free Applica- 
tion or Renewal Application to the Financial Aid Office for electronic filing. 
May 15 The deadline for submitting all supporting documentation requested by 

the Financial Aid Office. 
Students who miss these deadlines must be prepared to pay their own fees for Fall 
quarter 1997. The Financial Aid Office will no longer offer an extension of fee payment 
to students who apply late. 

Disbursement of Financial Aid 

Disbursement of financial aid for preregistered students will begin on registration 
day each quarter. Students who do not preregister will have to wait approximately ten 
days before difference checks are available. Aid offered on the Award Letter is based on 
full-time status unless otherwise indicated, and may be adjusted depending on hours 
taken. Financial aid will only be disbursed to students who have received, signed, and 
returned their Award Letter to the Financial Aid Office. 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 45 



Work study funds are earned on an hourly basis and are only paid for work 
performed. Funds from this program are not available for registration. 

Types of Aid Available 

Grants - Awards that students are not required to repay. 

Federal Pell Grant: Open to eligible undergraduates. Amounts vary with need and 
enrollment status. 

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (Federal SEOG): Open to 
eligible undergraduate students. Awards based on need and availability to students who 
meet the April I 5 deadline. 

Georgia Student Incentive Grant (SIG): Open to full-time undergraduates who are 
legal residents of the State of Georgia. Based on need and availability. 

HOPE (Helping Outstanding Pupils Educationally): Georgia's program that re- 
wards exemplary performance in high school with tuition scholarships at Georgia public 
colleges. To be eligible, a student must meet the following qualifications: 

• Be a graduate of a Georgia high school in 1993 or later. 

• Earn at least a "B" average (3.0 cumulative grade-point average on a 4.0 scale in 
a college preparatory track, 3.2 for all other curriculum tracks). 

Students may be able to renew their grants for the following year. Check with the 
Financial Aid Office for additional information. 

Information about HOPE for students beyond freshmen status is available in the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Loans 

Federal Stafford Loans: Available in two forms: 

Subsidized: Need-based. The federal government pays interest as long as the 
student maintains half-time enrollment. 

Unsubsidized: Not need-based. The student is responsible for all interest. 
Annual Maximums: 

$2,625: Freshmen: Students who have not yet completed the first year of a 

program. 
$3,500: Sophomores: Students who have successfully completed forty-five 

hours of a program. 
$5,500: Juniors and Seniors: Students who have successfully completed the 
first ninety hours of a four-year program. Must have declared a major 
and have been accepted into their program. 
$8,500: Graduate Students: Students must be enrolled in five credit hours or 
more of graduate level classes. 
Additional Unsubsidized Stafford Loans: In addition to the limits listed above, 
independent students may apply for the following: 
$ 4,000: Freshmen & Sophomores 
$ 5,000: Juniors & Seniors 
$10,000: Graduate Students 
Hour Requirements: Undergraduate students must be enrolled in six (6) or more 
hours to be eligible to receive a student loan. A graduate student must be enrolled in five 
(5) or more hours of graduate level classes to be eligible to receive a student loan. 

FIRST TIME BORROWERS WHO ARE FIRST TIME COLLEGE STUDENTS: In 
accordance with Federal guidelines, the first installment of a Federal Stafford Loan for 
a student who is entering their first year of college cannot be released until thirty (30) 
days after the first day of the quarter. These funds will not be available to buy books on 
registration day. You MUST also complete an Entrance Counseling Form. If you do not 
return ALL the information with the award letter you could experience significant delays 
in the processing of your loan(s). If you have any questions regarding your loan, please 
contact the Financial Aid Office. 



46 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Electronic Funds Transfer Processing Time: Once an electronic funds transfer has 
been sent to the school from the State of Georgia, there will be a processing time of five 
to ten business days for the funds to be available for the student at the cashier's window. 

Federal PLUS Loans: PLUS loans are available to parents of dependent, undergradu- 
ate students for an amount not to exceed the student's cost of education, less financial aid. 
Applications are available at local lending institutions and at the Financial Aid Office. 

Health Career and Critical Field Loans: ($2,000 Maximum) Legal residents of the 
State of Georgia who are formally admitted to and enrolled in the following programs 
of study may be eligible for service cancelable loans: 

Associate Degree Nursing Dental Hygiene Respiratory Therapy 

Baccalaureate Degree Nursing Medical Technology Physical Therapy 
Radiological Technology Special Education Math & Science Education 

All service cancelable loans are repaid by practicing in the specified field in the State 
of Georgia. One calendar year of service repays each academic year of the loan. 
Applications are available in the Financial Aid Office each Spring to students in eligible 
fields with complete financial aid files for the following academic year. 

Employment 

Federal College Work Study Program: This federally sponsored program is awarded 
based on need and availability. Students are awarded a specific dollar amount, and may 
earn up to this maximum each quarter. 

Institutional Work Study Program: Students are selected for this program by the 
heads of the various participating departments and approved by the Personnel Office. 
Students must be technically qualified for the available positions. 

***Work study applications for College Work Study are available in the Financial 
Aid Office. Information on Institutional Work Study is available in Human Re- 
sources. Students in either program may not exceed nineteen hours of work per week 
and regulations allow only one position per student. 

Scholarship Offerings 

There are many scholarships available to entering freshmen, which are awarded on 
the basis of merit, need or both. These monies will be awarded by a scholarship 
committee during Spring 1997 for the 1997-1998 academic year. You apply for these and 
other scholarships using the 97-98 Armstrong Atlantic State University Scholarship 
Application, which is available from the Financial Aid Office. 

The Freshmen Applicant deadline for submitting a scholarship application is Febru- 
ary 1, 1997. The deadline for Returning, Transfer, or Graduate students is May 1, 1997. 

Some of the scholarships you are applying for include: 

Savannah Jaycees Scholarship 

Anthony Porter Scholarship 

Sarah Mills Hodge Scholarship 

Nationsbank Scholarship 

L. Pauline Gooch Scholarship 

Class of '37 Scholarship 

Savannah Volunteer Guards Scholarship 

Dixie Crystals Scholarship 

Alumni Scholarships 

Porter Pierpont Rotary Scholarship 

There are also scholarships which are awarded by various departments on campus, 
including Fine Arts, Chemistry & Physics, Engineering, Math & Computer Science, 
Dental Hygiene, Radiologic Technologies, History and Athletics. You can contact these 
departments for application procedures. 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 47 



In addition, there are scholarships which require special applications or have differ- 
ent deadlines. These become available at various times during the year and are posted 
on the bulletin board outside the Financial Aid Office. Students should come by 
periodically during the Spring and Summer to check on any new offerings. 

Government Benefits 

The Georgia Vocational Rehabilitation Program provides financial assistance for 
the applicant who possesses an impairment which would prove to be a vocational 
handicap. Students who think that they may qualify under this program should contact 
the Vocational Rehabilitation Center at (912) 356-2226. Applicants sponsored by Voca- 
tional Rehabilitation or other community agencies must apply at least six weeks before 
the beginning of any quarter to insure proper processing of applications. 

Veterans Benefits 

Veterans Assistance. Educational Benefits may be used for study at Armstrong. 
Contact the Veterans Affairs Representative in the Registrar /Admissions Office for 
specific instructions on application procedures. 

Standards of Academic Progress 

The Higher Education Act mandates that institutions of higher education establish mini- 
mum standards of "satisfactory academic progress" for students receiving financial aid. To 
receive financial aid at Armstrong Atlantic State University, a student must both maintain a 
satisfactory grade point average and be making satisfactory progress as outlined below. These 
requirements apply to any grants, loans, or scholarships that contain any federal or state funds. 
It is the responsibility of the student to read and adhere to Armstrong's policy 
regarding Standards of Academic Progress. Failure to meet the minimum requirements 
defined by this policy will result in the student's ineligibility for assistance. Before a 
student can receive aid from any of these programs for a particular year, he or she must 
meet the following requirements: 

(1) Academic Standing: Students who have earned 90 hours and do not have a 2.0 
Grade Point Average (GPA) are not eligible for financial aid. 

(2) Progress Toward Degree Completion: Students must make significant progress 
toward completion of degree requirements in order to receive aid. Armstrong Atlantic 
State University requires students to successfully complete at least 67% of attempted 
coursework during the 96-97 academic year. For instance, a student who enrolls in 15 hours 
in Fall, Winter, and Spring quarters will be required to complete 30 hours (67% of 45 = 30). 
Grades of W, WF, F, V, U, I, and repeated classes are not considered successful course 
completion. 

(3) Credit Hour Limit: Students at Armstrong are given a maximum number of credit 
hours in which to complete their degrees. Students who exceed this limit are not eligible 
for aid. The credit hour limit allowed for financial aid purposes is 150% of the total 
number of hours necessary to be awarded a degree. Credit hours attempted both at 
Armstrong and elsewhere are counted toward this limit. If the student has attempted 286 
hours without earning a degree, therefore, he or she will no longer be eligible to receive 
aid (150% of 191 = 286). This policy has the greatest effect on students who change their 
majors; therefore, students planning such a change should give careful consideration to 
the potential impact on their financial aid. Learning Support and CPC credits will not be 
counted toward the credit hour limit. Students who complete 20 hours of Learning 
Support coursework, for instance, will have 20 hours added to their credit hour limit. 



48 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Reinstatement of Aid 

Students whose aid is terminated because they failed to meet the above requirement 
may appeal (see below) or reapply for aid the following academic year. 

Appeal of Aid Suspension 

Students who feel they can demonstrate mitigating circumstances which affected their 
academic progress may make a written appeal to the Standards of Progress Appeals Commit- 
tee. Students will be notified in writing of the committee's decision approximately two weeks 
from the date the appeal is submitted. To mail in an appeal, use the following address: 

Armstrong Atlantic State University 

Financial Aid Office 

SOP Appeals Committee 

11935 Abercorn Extension 

Savannah, GA 31419-1997 

If you have any questions, please call our office at (912) 927-5272. 



50 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

Academic Advisement 

Advisement is a required segment of the registration process. All students must be 
advised prior to registering for courses and may register only for courses that have been 
approved on a signed advisement form. Students and their advisors are encouraged to 
determine alternate approved courses and to include them on the advisement form. In 
the event that one or more of the preferred courses are filled, the student may immedi- 
ately select an alternate approved course to replace the filled course. The Vice President 
and Dean of Faculty gives overall direction to the advisement program, with the 
appropriate department heads coordinating advisement activities with the various 
departments. Academic advisement is available as follows: 

1) The Advisement Center - Second floor, Lane Library 

* All undecided majors 

* All students with CPC deficiencies in science, social science, or foreign language. 

* Please come to the Advisement Center for an appointment. 

2) The Learning Support Office — Jenkins Hall 

* All students with CPC deficiencies in math and English. 

* All students currently enrolled in a required Learning Support course. 

* Please come to the Learning Support Department to make an appointment 
for advisement. 

3) Departmental Offices 

* All students who have declared a major or who have selected a pre-professional 
program. 

* Appointments are to be made with departmental advisors. 

English Composition and Mathematics Requirements 

See English Composition and Mathematics Requirements in the Degree Requirements 
Section of this catalog, where important requirements are outlined for entering students. 

State Requirement in History and Government 

See State Requirement in History and Government in the Degree Requirements 
Section of this catalog. 

Course and Study Load 

The normal course load for full-time students is 15-18 quarter hours which should 
include a course in physical education during the freshman and sophomore years. 

A full-time student is defined as one who is registered for 12 or more hours. A 
part-time student is one registered for fewer than 12 quarter hours. A student should 
plan about ten hours preparation per week for each 5 quarter hour course. Required 
Learning Support students are limited to 13 hours per quarter. 

Classification of Students 

A student who has earned fewer than 45 quarter hours will be classified as a freshman; 
between 45 and 89, inclusive, a sophomore; between 90 and 134, inclusive, as a junior; and 135 
or more as a senior. 

Overloads and Courses at Other Colleges 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarter hours will be granted by the Registrar 
to a student: 

1. with an average grade of "B" for full-time enrollment in the preceding quarter, or 

2. with an overall grade-point average of 3.0 or 

3. requiring an extra course in one of the two quarters prior to graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for more than 21 quarter hours. A student who 
is on academic probation will not be permitted to register for more than 18 quarter hours. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 51 



Exceptions to these limitations may be made only by the appropriate Dean. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the same time takes courses for credit at 
another college may not transfer such credit to Armstrong, unless written permission 
from the appropriate Dean has been obtained. 

Grade Reports 

Grade reports are issued directly to students at the end of each quarter. The following 

grades are used in the determination of B (good) 3.0 

grade-point-averages: C (satisfactory) 2.0 

Grade Honor Points Grade Honor Points 

A (excellent) 4.0 D (passing) 1.0 

F (failure) 0.0 

WF (withdrew, failing) 0.0 

The overall GPA is determined by dividing the total honor points earned by the total 
hours attempted at Armstrong Atlantic State University, with hours and honor points for 
repeated courses not duplicated in the calculation. 

Armstrong Atlantic State University also uses the following symbols for grade 
reports. These symbols carry no honor points and are not included in determining a GPA. 
Symbol Explanation 

W withdrew, no penalty 

I incomplete 

IP in progress 

S satisfactory 

U unsatisfactory 

V audit 

K credit by examination 

NR not reported 

An "I" which has not been removed by midterm date of the succeeding quarter is 
changed to an "F" unless the instructor recommends an extension in writing addressed 
to the appropriate Dean. The "S" and "U" symbols may be utilized for completion of 
degree requirements other than academic course work (such as student teaching, clinical 
practice, etc.). A "WF" (Withdrew, Failing) is recorded for any student withdrawing after 
the mid-term date. Exceptions to this policy must be approved by the Dean of the School 
in which the course is taught and will be approved only on the basis of hardship. 

Grade Appeals 

Appeals for a change of grade may be initiated through the head of the appropriate 
academic department prior to midterm of the quarter after the grade was received, in 
accordance with the Regulations of Armstrong Atlantic State University. Without the 
approval of the Academic Standing Committee, no change of grade, other than incom- 
plete, may be made later than two calendar quarters following the quarter in which the 
grade was received. 

A student who contests a grade will have the following line of appeal: 

1. The student will discuss the contested grade with the instructor involved. 

2. If the grade dispute remains unresolved, the student will meet with the depart- 
ment head and the instructor. If the grade dispute is with the department head, the 
student will meet with the dean of the school and the department head. A 
"memorandum for the record" will be prepared by the department head (or dean) 
which will include the substance of the conversations during the meeting. The 
student will receive a copy upon request. 

3. If the grade dispute remains unresolved, the student will present his or her appeal 
in writing to the department head or the dean of the school, as applicable, who will 
then appoint a review board to hear the appeal. It is expected that the student will 



52 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



initiate this step no later than midterm of the quarter after the grade was received 
(except if the student plans enrollment in a course for which the course grade being 
appealed is a prerequisite — see "4" below). 

a. The review board will consist of the department head or the dean of the school, 
as applicable, and two members of the department, not including the instructor 
involved. A separate hearing officer shall be appointed by the school dean. In 
small departments, membership may come from outside the department. 

b. The review board shall hear statements from both the student and the instructor 
involved and will examine documents that are pertinent to the matter under 
review. 

c. The review board will hear the grade appeal and present its findings to the 
school dean prior to the last week of the quarter. 

4. If the student plans enrollment in a course for which the course grade being 
appealed is a prerequisite, then the following timetable will be met at the first of 
that quarter: 

a. If a grade appeal is not resolved with the instructor concerned, the student will 
file an appeal in writing with the department head (or the dean of the school if 
the grade dispute is with the department head). This step will be taken by the 
second day of the quarter. 

b. The review board to hear the appeal will be appointed by the third day of the 
quarter. If department members are not available to form a review board, the 
dean of the school, in consultation with the department head, will appoint a 
review board. 

c. A review board will hear and complete the grade appeal by the fifth day of the 
quarter, and present its findings to the school dean through the hearing officer 
(or the vice president if the dean is a member of the committee). 

d. If the appeal to the school dean is denied, the student will be disenrolled from 
the course if the student is already enrolled. 

5. If the school dean denies the appeal, the student may continue the appeal to the 
vice president and dean of faculty. This appeal must be in writing and must be filed 
within five days of notification from the school dean. 

6. Neither the president nor the Board of Regents will accept or consider appeals based 
on academic grades. 

Honors 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten quarter hours of course work who earn 
an honor point average of at least 3.6 will be placed on the Dean's List. Only course work 
taken at Armstrong will be used in the computation of Dean's List honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point average of 3.2 through 
3.499 will be graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point average of 3.5 
through 3.799 will be graduated magna cum laude. 

Summa Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an honor point average of 3.8 
through 4.0 will be graduated summa cum laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other accredited institutions will be considered 
in computing honors for graduation. Academic honors will not be awarded to second 
degree recipients unless the student specifically requests "award evaluation." 

Attendance 

The control of student attendance at class meetings and the effect of attendance on the 
grades in a course are left to the discretion of the instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing everything that is announced, discussed, or lectured 
upon in class as well as for mastering all assigned reading. A student is also responsible for 
submitting on time all assignments and tests, recitations and unannounced quizzes. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 53 

The instructor will be responsible for informing each class at its first meeting what 
constitutes excessive absence in that particular class. Each student is responsible for 
knowing the attendance regulation and for complying with it. An instructor may drop 
a student from any class with a grade of " W" or "WF," as appropriate, if in the instructor's 
judgment the student's absences have been excessive. 

Academic Standing 

The university recognizes four academic categories: Good Standing, Good Standing 
with Warning, Academic Probation, and Academic Suspension. Students are expected 
to maintain or exceed the grade point average (GPA) as indicated in the chart below. 

Quarter Hours Attempted Required Overall 

at Armstrong and Elsewhere GPA 

0-30 1.5 

31-60 1.7 

61-90 1.9 

over 90 2.0 

A student who falls below the overall GPA for the first time is placed on Good 
Standing with Warning. Failure to raise the overall GPA to the required level during the 
next quarter will result in Academic Probation. Students on Academic Probation are not 
in Good Standing. If the student's overall GPA is raised to the required level, the student 
is returned to Good Standing. The second or any subsequent failure to meet the required 
GPA will result in Academic Probation. In order to participate in extracurricular 
activities endorsed by the university, students must be in Good Standing or Good 
Standing with Warning. Students under warning should plan both curricular and 
extracurricular activities under the guidance of their advisors. 

Students on Academic Probation who fail to achieve the required overall GPA, but 
who do earn an average of at least 2.0 during the probationary quarter, will be continued 
on Academic Probation for the next quarter of attendance. Students on Academic 
Probation who neither achieve the required overall GPA nor earn at least a 2.0 average 
during the probationary quarter will be placed on Academic Suspension from the 
university for one quarter. A student on Academic Suspension for the first time has the 
option of attending summer school without having to appeal the suspension. However, 
a student who fails to make satisfactory progress as a result of summer school will have 
to appeal for readmission in the fall quarter. Other than this one exception (attending 
summer school without having to appeal the suspension), students must submit a 
written appeal in order to be considered for readmission. 

A student suspended for academic reasons for the first or second time may appeal by 
letter to the Committee on Academic Standing to be considered for readmission. This 
letter should state the nature of any extenuating circumstances relating to the academic 
deficiency, and must be delivered to the office of the Dean of Academic and Enrollment 
Services no later than 9 AM of registration day. The Committee on Academic Standing 
will make a recommendation to the President and the decision of the President is final. 

A student re-entering the university after an Academic Suspension is placed on 
Academic Probation and must meet the requirements listed above. A third Academic 
Suspension is final. 

Repeating Courses 

When a course is repeated, only the last grade earned counts in earned hours 
requirements, GPA hours, points and overall GPA. All course work taken remains on a 
student's academic record. A student may repeat any course. 

Academic Renewal for Returning Adults 

Students who return to college after an absence of six years or longer may be eligible 
for Academic Renewal - a policy whereby academic credit for previously completed 
course work is retained only for courses in which a grade of A, B, C, or S has been earned. 



54 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Retained grades are not calculated in the Academic Renewal GPA. Requests for Aca- 
demic Renewal, which must be made within three academic quarters of re-enrollment, 
should be directed to the Office of Academic and Enrollment Services or the Office of 
Academic Services and Nontraditional Learning. 

Dropping Courses 

A student desiring to drop a course after the quarter has begun must obtain a Drop- Add 
Notice in the Office of the Registrar. The notice must be signed by the instructor of the 
course being dropped and returned by the student to the Office of the Registrar. 

A student who drops a course within the first seven days will receive a grade of "W" 
for the course. A student who drops a course after the first seven class days and on or 
before the quarterly dates listed for mid-term will receive a "W" or a "WF" depending 
on the status in the course. A student who drops a Learning Support course after the first 
seven class days will receive a "WF". Grades received in Learning Support courses are 
not computed in the GPA. A student may not drop a course without penalty following 
the quarterly dates listed for mid-term. A student is not allowed to drop ENG 025, 101, 
102, or 201 at any time unless extenuating circumstances prevail. In order to drop one of 
these courses, the drop form must be authorized by the Dean of the School of Arts and 
Sciences or a designated representative. 

A Learning Support student who withdraws or is withdrawn from a required Learning 
Support course will also be dropped from college level credit courses. The student may, 
however, remain enrolled in other Learning Support courses and, if in another Learning 
Support course, may also remain in courses carrying fewer than five credit hours. 

Withdrawing from College 

Any student who finds it necessary to withdraw from college must begin the process in the 
Office of Student Affairs. A formal withdrawal is required to ensure that the student is eligible 
to return to Armstrong Atlantic State University at a future date. Any refund to which a 
student is entitled will be considered on the basis of the date which appears on the withdrawal 
form. Dropping all courses is considered withdrawing from the university. Grading policies 
for withdrawing from the university are the same as listed for dropping a course. 

Involuntary Withdrawal 

A student may be administratively withdrawn from the university when in the 
judgment of Vice President of Student Affairs and the college physician, if any, and after 
consultation with the student's parents and personal physician, if any, it is determined 
that the student suffers from a physical, mental, emotional or psychological health 
condition which: (a) poses a significant danger or threat of physical harm to the student 
or to the person or property of others or (b) causes the student to interfere with the rights 
of other members of the college community or with the exercise of any proper activities 
or functions of the college or its personnel or (c) causes the student to be unable to meet 
institutional requirements for admission and continued enrollment, as defined in the 
student conduct code and other publications of the college. 

Except in emergency situations, a student shall, upon request, be accorded an appropri- 
ate hearing prior to final decision concerning his or her continued enrollment at the college. 

Auditing Courses 

A regular student wishing to audit a course without receiving credit must obtain 
permission of the instructor before registering for the course. During the registration 
process the student should request to audit. A student may not change from audit to 
credit status or from credit to audit status after completing the process of registration for 
a course. A student who audits a course will have a "V" recorded for that course. The 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 55 



regular schedule of fees applies to auditors. Unauthorized auditing is prohibited. No 
student may audit a course in the Department of Learning Support. 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code at Armstrong Atlantic State University is dedicated to the proposi- 
tion that the protection of the grading system is in the interest of the student community. 
The Student Court is an institutional means to assure that the student community shall 
have primary disposition of infractions of the Honor Code and that students accused of 
such infractions shall enjoy those procedural guarantees traditionally considered es- 
sential to fair and impartial hearing, the foremost of which is the presumption of 
innocence until guilt be established beyond a reasonable doubt. 

I. Responsibilities of students: 

All students must agree to abide by the rules of the Honor Code. A student shall not 
be accepted at Armstrong Atlantic State University unless he or she signs a statement 
affirming his understanding of this agreement. The Honor Code shall be printed in the 
official bulletin and Students Illustrated. 

It will be the responsibility of the Student Court or its designated representative 
to conduct an orientation program at the beginning of each quarter for all newly entering 
students to explain fully the Honor Code and to allow full discussion of its requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with any matter related to the Honor Code is 
invited to seek assistance in the Office of Student Affairs. 

II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of two kinds: (a) general and (b) those related 
to the peculiarities of specific course-related problems and to the understanding of 
individual instructors. Any instructor whose conception of cheating would tend to 
enlarge or contract the general regulations defining cheating must explicitly notify the 
affected students of the qualifications to the general regulations which he or she wishes 
to stipulate. The following will be considered general violations of the Honor Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized help on any assignment, test or paper. The 
meaning of unauthorized help shall be made clear by the instructor of each class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. Plagiarism is the unacknowledged use of another's words or ideas. 
Students must be familiar with the explanation of plagiarism given in the writing 
handbook used in freshman composition classes. Ignorance of what constitutes 
plagiarism will not be accepted as an excuse for plagiarism. 

4. Giving perjured testimony before the Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attemption to suborn, or in intimidating witnesses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violation of the Honor Code. 

III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may come to the Office of Student Affairs for 
assistance in contacting members of the Student Court. 

A. Self-reporting: Students who have broken the Honor Code should report them- 
selves to a member of the Student Court. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) who is aware of a violation of the Honor Code 
must report the matter. 

1. Tell persons thought to be guilty to report themselves to a member of the 
Student Court no later than the end of the next school day. After this designated 
time the person who is aware of the violation must inform a member of the 
Student Court so that the Student Court may contact the accused persons if they 
have not already reported themselves. 

2. Report the suspected violation directly to a member of the Student Court 
without informing the accused. 

IV. The procedural rights of the students accused of violations of the Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of the accused is the right to be presumed 
innocent until proven guilty. Specific rights are as follows: 



56 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



1 . The accused will be notified in writing by the Student Court or its designated represen- 
tative of the nature and details of the offense with which they are charged along with the 
names of their accusers and the principal witnesses to be brought against them. This 
notification shall occur no less than three days prior to the date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counsel of their own choosing. Such counsel will not 
participate directly in the proceedings except to advise the client. It is expected that 
such counsel will be drawn from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringing the charges shall be afforded an opportunity 
to present witnesses and documentary or other evidence. The accused and any 
individual bringing the charges shall have the right to cross examine all witnesses 
and may, where the witnesses cannot appear because of illness or other cause 
acceptable to the Court, present the sworn statement of the witnesses. The Court 
shall not be bound by formal rules governing the presentation of evidence, and it 
may consider any evidence presented which is of probative value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear witness against themselves. The Court may 
not take the refusal of the accused to testify as evidence of guilt, but this proviso 
does not give the accused immunity from a hearing or from recommendations 
reached in a hearing simply because the accused does not testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a complete audiotape of the hearing and to the 
record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may be re-opened for consideration upon initiation 
of the accused acting through normal appeal channels. The accused shall not be put 
in double jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from the hearing room during the course of a 
hearing. Witnesses may not discuss a pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will be allowed such observers of the hearing as 
may be commensurate with the space available. Otherwise, in the interests of the 
right of privacy of the accused, hearings will be private, except that the College 
may also have observers additional to the advisors to the Student Court. 

V. The Student Conduct Committee, the Student Court and Advisors to the Student Court: 

A. Student Conduct Committee 

1. The Student Conduct Committee shall be responsible to the faculty for recom- 
mending policies relating to the Academic Honor Code and the Code of Conduct, 
for formulating or approving rules, enforcement procedures, and sanctions within 
the framework of existing policies, and for recommending changes in the admin- 
istration of any aspects of the Honor Code and the Student Code of Conduct. The 
Conduct Committee will also interview and select members for the Student Court. 

2. The Committee shall consist of five teaching faculty members, the Vice Presi- 
dent of Student Affairs and four students. The four students will be the 
President and Vice President of the Student Court, the President of the Student 
Government Association, and one student-at-large. The faculty members shall 
be appointed by the faculty in accordance with the faculty statutes. 

3. The Vice President of Student Affairs shall assist the Conduct Committee in the 
development of policy and in the discharge of its responsibilities. He or she shall 
coordinate the activities of all officials, committees, student groups, and tribu- 
nals for student conduct. 

4. All regulations or rules relating to student conduct that are proposed by any 
College official, committee or student group, and for which sanctions may be 
imposed in the name of the College, must be submitted to the Committee for 
consideration and review prior to submission to the faculty and the student 
body. The Committee shall have 10 days in which to review the same. 

B. Student Court 

1 . The Student Court will be selected by the Student Conduct Committee and will 
be composed of twelve students. Due consideration will be given to equitable 
apportionment of court members on the basis of academic class, race, and sex. 






ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 57 



Students on academic probation may not serve. All appointments will be issued 
and accepted in writing. Appointments will be made during Spring Quarter in 
time for newly elected members of the Court to assume their duties by May 1. 
Appointments will be made as needed to keep the Student Court staffed to do 
business on a reasonably prompt basis. These appointments may constitute 
permanent or temporary replacements as the Student Conduct Committee 
deems necessary. 

2. The Student Court will elect a President, Vice President, and a Secretary from its 
membership. The President will preside at all meetings. The Vice President will 
assume the duties of the President if the President is absent. The Secretary will 
maintain written notes of all proceedings and audiotape records of all testimony, 
and will maintain exhibits of evidence which by their nature may reasonably be 
maintained in the Court files. A quorum of the Court shall consist of seven 
members. A two-thirds majority secret ballot vote is required to reach a finding 
of guilty. All other questions may be decided by a simple majority vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court during the Summer Quarter shall include all 
appointed members in attendance, and others shall be appointed to member- 
ship by the Student Conduct Committee. 

4. Student Court members shall examine their consciences carefully to determine 
whether they can in good conscience serve on a panel hearing a particular case, 
and in the event that there is any doubt whatsoever, such members shall excuse 
themselves from duty on the specific panel in question. 

C. Advisors to the Court 

1 . An advisor and an associate advisor to the Student Court shall be appointed by 
the President of the College. 

2. Ordinarily the advisor will serve in that office for one year only and usually will 
be succeeded in that position by the associate advisor. Therefore, after the initial 
appointments, only an associate advisor will ordinarily be appointed each year. 
The succession of an associate to the advisor position is deemed to occur on the 
last day of Spring Quarter. If, for any reason, the advisor is unable to complete 
his or her term, the associate advisor shall succeed to the office of advisor and 
another associate advisor shall be appointed by the above procedures. If, during 
the Summer Quarter, neither advisor is on campus, a temporary advisor will be 
appointed. 

3. Duties of the advisor and the associate advisor: It shall- be the duty of the 
advisor to consult with the Court and to offer advice to the President and 
members of the Court on substantive and procedural questions. The advisor, or 
the associate advisor in the event the advisor is unable to attend, shall be present 
at all meetings and hearings of the Court. The advisor may not vote or 
participate directly in the conduct at hearings before the Court except through 
the chair, or acting chair, of the Court. The advisor should be governed at all 
times by the principle that a hearing before the Student Court is primarily a 
matter of student responsibility. 

VI. Procedures and Penalties adopted by the Student Court. 

The Student Court shall formulate its own bylaws governing internal organization 
and procedure. Such bylaws must be consistent with the Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Court President to be held on a date not less than 
three nor more than ten class days after notice to the accused as provided in Section 
IV-2. Exceptions to these time requirements may be granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the Court shall make a recommendation to the 
Vice-President of the College as to the administrative action it deems appropriate 
within the following limitations: 

1 . A minimum penalty shall be loss of assignment or test credit for the assignment 
or test for violations involving cheating as specified in Section II, subsections 1, 
2, and 3. 



58 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Additional penalties such as reprimands, suspension, or others may be recom- 
mended for any aspects of Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense of any type shall be suspension for a full 
calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second offense may be suspension for three years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the accused will be informed of the Court's 
finding, and its recommendation to the Vice President /Dean of Faculty. If the 
finding is guilty, the accused will be informed that the Court may reopen the case 
with the consent of the accused for good cause, within a three week period. 
D. The Vice President/ Dean of Faculty will inform all involved persons in writing 
of the action taken in view of Court recommendation. The Court Secretary will 
post public notice of the Vice President's action by case number without identify- 
ing the accused. 

VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalties: 

Should students have cause to question the findings of the Court or the action of 
the Vice President of the College or both, they have the right to appeal. The channels 
of appeal are as follows: 
A. Court findings and /or the administrative action of the Vice President of the 

College may be appealed within five days by writing the President of the College. 

Further appeal procedures will conform to the appeal procedures of the College 

and of the Policies of the Board of Regents, University System of Georgia. 

VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding to reported infractions of the Honor 
Code, the Student Court is ultimately responsible to the President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be accomplished ordinarily through the 
Vice President for Student Affairs and the Advisors. 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, of the College Statutes, the Vice President 
for Student Affairs will provide general supervision of the Student Court and will 
provide other guidance or services as directed by the President of the College. 

IX. Revision of the Honor Code will require confirmation by the majority vote of 
those faculty and student body members voting. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

General Degree Requirements 

1. Each student is responsible for fulfilling the requirements of the degree program 
chosen in accordance with the regulations of the college catalog. 

2. Exceptions to course requirements for a degree are permitted only with the written 
approval of the appropriate Dean, upon the recommendation of the department or 
division head. However, all exceptions to the core curriculum requirements must 
have the approval of the Vice President and Dean of Faculty. 

3. A student will normally graduate under the catalog in effect at the time of admission 
to the College. In the School of Health Professions, a student will graduate under the 
catalog in effect at the time of admission or readmission (whichever is more current) 
to a particular Health Professions program. In the School of Education, a student will 
graduate under the catalog in effect at the time of admission to the teacher education 
program. Armstrong Atlantic State University, however, reserves the right to change 
any provision listed in this catalog, including but not limited to academic require- 
ments for graduation, without actual notice to individual students. If students have 
been absent from the College for two or more consecutive years, they should expect 
to meet all requirements in effect at the time of return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work counted toward a degree may consist of courses 
taken by correspondence, extension, or examination. No correspondence courses 
may be used to meet the requirements in the major field or related fields for the 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 59 



Bachelor's degree or in English composition or foreign language. No correspondence 
courses may be taken while a student is enrolled, without prior approval of the 
appropriate Dean and the head of the department in which the student is majoring. 

5. By State law, each student who receives a diploma or certificate from a school 
supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate proficiency in United States 
History and Government and in Georgia History and Government. A student at 
Armstrong Atlantic State University may demonstrate such proficiency by: 

A. Examinations. For U.S. and Georgia Government — CLEP: American Government 
and local test on Georgia constitution; for U.S. and Georgia History — the relevant 
CLEP, Advanced Placement Test, or College Board SAT II: Subject Test. 

B. Credit in certain courses. For U.S. and Georgia government - Political Science 113; 
for U.S. and Georgia History - History 251 or 252 or any upper division course in 
U.S. History. 

6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a student must earn at Armstrong at least 45 
quarter hours of credit applicable toward the degree. Additionally, the student must 
complete successfully at Armstrong at least half of the upper division credits required 
in the major field of study. For students in teacher education programs, the major field 
of study is the teaching field. For the Associate Degree, the student must complete at 
least 45 quarter hours of course work at Armstrong Atlantic State University. 
Armstrong students enrolled in the cooperative degree programs with Savannah 
State College in Business Education may be exempted from these requirements by a 
recommendation of the Dean of the School of Education, concurrence by the Ed- 
ucation Curriculum Committee and approval of the Committee on Academic Standing. 

7. For graduation the student must earn an overall average of 2.0 or better considering 
work taken at all colleges, computed in such manner that a course will be counted only 
once, regardless of the number of times that it has been repeated. The grade earned 
in the last attempt will determine the number of honor points assigned for graduation. 
Additionally, the student must earn a GPA of 2.0 or better in each of the following: 

A. All work at Armstrong 

B. All courses in the major field. 

8. Student's wishing to receive a double major must satisfy major requirements of both 
disciplines including all residency and institutional requirements for each major. Only 
one major will appear on the diploma. Both majors will be designated on the transcript. 

9. A candidate for a second baccalaureate degree from Armstrong Atlantic State Univer- 
sity must earn a minimum of 45 additional credit hours and meet all requirements for 
the degree. The final GPA for the second baccalaureate degree will be based only on 
courses taken after completion of the first baccalaureate degree (whether courses 
were earned at Armstrong or at another institution). 

10. Before a degree will be conferred students must pay all fees and must submit to the 
Cashier a completed Application for Graduation two quarters before graduation. A 
candidate for a degree, unless excused in writing by the President, Vice President and 
Dean of Faculty, Vice President of Student Affairs, or Dean of Academic and Enrollment 
Services, must attend the graduation exercises at which a degree is to be conferred. 

11. All students must successfully complete the Regents' Test and must take an Exit 
Examination in their major field as may be stipulated a requirement for graduation. 
Candidates for a second baccalaureate degree are exempted from the Regents' Test 
requirement. 



60 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Core Curriculum Requirements 

Each unit in the University System of Georgia requires as a Core Curriculum for all 
baccalaureate degree programs the following minimum number of quarter hours in the 
major areas of study. 

Hours 
Area I 

Humanities, including, but not limited to, grammar & composition & literature 20 

Area II 

Mathematics & the natural sciences, including, but not limited to, 

mathematics and a 10-hour sequence of laboratory courses in the 

biological or physical sciences 20 

Area III 

Social Sciences, including, but not limited to, history & American government 20 

Area IV 

Courses appropriate to the major field of the individual student 30 

TOTAL90 

In addition to the University System Core Curriculum requirements as outlined 
above, Armstrong Atlantic State University requires six quarter hours in physical 
education as part of all baccalaureate degree programs. 

The student in any baccalaureate degree program at Armstrong Atlantic State 
University must complete the following specific Core Curriculum requirements. Con- 
sult the relevant departmental section for a complete statement of degree requirements 
for a specific program. Certain courses in the Core Curriculum may be exempted with 
credit awarded. 

Hours 
Area I 

Humanities 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

One of the following courses: 

ART 200, 271, 272, 273, DRS 201, MUS 200, PHI 201, PHI 251 5 

Area II 

Mathematics & the Natural Sciences 20 

One course from MAT 101, 103, or 206, and an additional 

course from MAT 103, 195, 206, 207, 220, or 290 10 

One of the following course sequences: 

BIO 101, 102 

CHE 121, 122 

CHE 128, 129 

PHY 211, 212 

PHY 217, 218 

PHS121, 122 10 

Area III 

Social Sciences 20 

HIS 114 and 115 or 192 10 

POS113 5 

One course selected from: 

PSY 101, SOC 201, ANT 201, ECO 201 or 202, GEO 212 5 

Area IV 

Courses Appropriate to the Major Field 30 

See next page for information on core curriculum changes effective with Fall 1998 
conversion to semester system. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 61 




NOTICE 



Conversion to the Semester Calendar 

Beginning Fall, 1998, Armstrong Atlantic 
State University, along with the other 
institutions in the University System of 
Georgia, will begin offering classes under 
the semester calendar. Students who have 
enrolled at Armstrong Atlantic State 
University, but have not graduated before 
Fall 1998 will be affected by the change. 

While plans for the semester system have not been finalized, you 
should be aware of the changes to come, how they will affect you, and 
how you can help minimize their impact. This means watching out for 
announcements in University publications such as the Inkwell and the 
semester conversion newsletter "Semester Shorts", and paying close 
attention to any mailings you might receive from the University. Most 
importantly, you should be in close contact with your advisor. He or 
she will help guide you through the transition period so that the 
impact of the transition will be minimal. 



General Education Outcomes 

General education outcomes define the intellectual experience that Armstrong Atlan- 
tic State University students complete prior to graduation, regardless of their specific 
degrees or their career choices. These outcomes emphasize the central body of knowl- 
edge and skills that define a "college-educated" person and are grounded in the arts, 
humanities, mathematics, social and natural sciences. They foster a knowledgeable, 
curious, critical, and reflective frame of mind in every graduate. The Armstrong Atlantic 
State University general education outcomes encourage the broad enhancement of each 
person's capabilities and promote the development of skills in communication, problem 
solving, and lifelong learning needed for individual growth and social improvement. 

The following general education outcomes include elements from both the university 
core and individual majors: 

A. Demonstrate computer literacy. 

B. Demonstrate effective oral and written communication. 

C. Demonstrate the effective use of traditional and modern sources of information. 

D. Develop an understanding and appreciation of literature and the arts. 

E. Examine the foundations of human values in relation to their moral and ethical 
implications for self and society. 



62 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



F. Exhibit knowledge of the history and politics that have shaped diverse societies and 
cultures. 

G. Exhibit a basic understanding of the sciences and their applications. 

H. Exhibit critical thinking skills and apply problem solving in a variety of situations. 
I. Apply mathematical principles and reasoning across disciplines. 
J. Understand the foundations of physical fitness and health. 

The Core Curriculum 

Students entering Armstrong Atlantic State University during the 1997-1998 aca- 
demic year, as well as continuing and transfer students with 45 quarter credit hours or 
less as of Fall, 1998, will be required to complete the new semester system core 
curriculum. These courses (and their quarter system substitutes) will be in place for Fall, 
1997 registration. You will need to check with your advisor to plan for the new core since 
there may be changes by the time you read this. 

Semester Core Curriculum 
Core Area A: 9 hours 

English 1 3 hours 

English II 3 hours 

Mathematics 3 hours 

• College Algebra or 

• Pre-calculus Mathematics (Required for Applied Physics, Biology, 

Chemistry, Computer Science, Math and Physical Therapy majors) or 

• Calculus I (Required for RETP students) 

Core Area B: 4-5 hours 

Ethics & Values 2-3 hours 

Global Perspectives 2-3 hours 

Core Area C: 6 hours 

Literature or Philosophy 3 hours 

Drama, Art or Music 3 hours 

Core Area D: 10-11 hrs 

Option 1. Non-Science Majors: 

One lab science and one science course with or without lab 7-8 hours 

One course in mathematics, science, or technology 3 hours 

Option 2. 

A. Science Majors: 

A laboratory science sequence 8 hours 

One course in mathematics, science, or technology 3 hours 

• Statistics (Required for Biology majors) 

• Calculus I (Required for Applied Physics, Chemistry, 

Computer Science, and Math majors) 

• Calculus II (Required for RETP students) 

B. Nursing and Allied Health Majors: 

A chemistry or physics sequence 8 hours 

Statistics 3 hours 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 63 



Area E: 18 hours 

World Civilization 3 hours 

American and Georgia History and Government 3 hours 

One course selected from: Psychology, Sociology, 

Anthropology or Economics 3 hours 

One course selected from: Psychology, Sociology, 

Anthropology, Economics, History or Political Science 3 hours 

Area F: 18 hours 

Courses suitable to the major 

Physical Education: 3 hours 

What will all of this mean to you? 

It will mean major changes in some areas, no changes in others. Let's look at a few of 
the issues involved in semester conversion: 

Calendar: The academic year will change from three ten-week quarters to two 
fifteen-week semesters. The start of the academic year will move from mid-September to 
early to mid-August, with a Christmas break around the middle of December. The 
second semester will end early to mid-May instead of June, as under the quarter system. 
Most classes will meet on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays or Tuesdays and Thurs- 
days. 

Course Loads: Most semester courses will be three credit hours, although some math 
and science courses with labs will be four. The normal full semester course load will be 
fifteen hours, that is, five courses per semester. Even though you will be taking more 
courses during a semester than during a quarter, the classes do not meet every day, and 
the courses are spread out over a longer time period. This will allow you to keep up with 
the increased course load. 

Grades: Your grade point average will not change when the switch to semesters is 
made. Appropriate conversion factors will be built into the system to insure that your 
GPA is not affected. As a rule of thumb, the semester hour equivalent is two thirds of the 
quarter hours you have earned. 

Tuition: Although Armstrong Atlantic State University can not guarantee what 
tuition will be in the future, the semester conversion process should not, by itself, affect 
tuition rates. However, be aware that even if tuition rates remain the same, you may be 
paying your tuition and fees in two payments rather than three. Consequently, a single 
tuition and fee payment will be greater under the semester system than under the quarter 
system, but you will pay it less often. 

Course Offerings: Moving from quarters to semesters will result in a major overhaul 
of the curriculum. Some courses that have been offered as two or three course sequences 
will be changed radically to single courses or shorter sequences, or perhaps to completely 
new courses. While Armstrong Atlantic State University will make every effort to work 
with students during the changeover, you should make every effort to complete any 
quarter course sequences before the conversion. Completion of course sequences will 
help forestall possible administrative problems, and, more importantly, will result in the 
best educational experience for you. 

Majors: Not everyone comes to Armstrong Atlantic State University knowing exactly 
what major they want to study, nor should they. However, it will be to your benefit if you 
think about what general area you might want to study. If you look at the semester core 
curriculum, you will notice that there are different science and math requirements for 
science and health professions majors, as compared to non-science majors. Should you 
decide to change from a non-science major to a science major, you will have to take these 
courses. The result could be that it will take you longer to finish your degree than if you 
had planned ahead. 



64 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Why is Armstrong Atlantic State University doing this and what's in it 
for me? 

Armstrong Atlantic State University is converting to semesters as a part of the 
University System of Georgia. The switch will put us in sync with the majority of 
universities around the country. You will benefit from reduced time in registration lines 
and greater transferability of courses. The greatest benefit will be an enhanced learning 
environment and a more productive educational experience. 

Regents' Testing Program 

Each institution of the University System of Georgia shall assure the other institu- 
tions, and the System as a whole, that students obtaining a degree from that institution 
possess certain minimum skills of reading and writing. The Regents' Testing Program 
has been developed to help in the attainment of this goal. The objectives of the Testing 
Program are: (1) to provide Systemwide information on the status of student competence 
in the areas of reading and writing; and (2) to provide a uniform means of identifying 
those students who fail to attain the minimum levels of competence in the areas of 
reading and writing. 

Students enrolled in undergraduate degree programs leading to the baccalaureate degree 
shall pass the Regents' Test as a requirement for graduation. Students must take the Test in 
the quarter after they have completed 60 quarter credit hours if they have not taken it 
previously. Each institution shall provide an appropriate program of remediation and shall 
require students who have earned 75 quarter credit hours and have not passed the Test to 
enroll in the appropriate remedial course or courses until they pass the Test. Students with 
60 or more college-level credit hours transferring from System programs that do not require 
the Regents' Test or from institutions outside the System shall take the Test no later than the 
second quarter of enrollment in a program leading to the baccalaureate degree and in 
subsequent quarters shall be subject to all provisions of this policy. 

The Regents' Test is not a requirement for an Associate of Applied Science Degree or 
an Associate of Science degree in an allied health field, although institutions may choose 
to require the Test for these degrees. (Armstrong Atlantic State University has chosen 
to require the Test of all undergraduates who have not earned a baccalaureate or 
higher degree regardless of degree objective.) 

A student holding a baccalaureate or higher degree from a regionally accredited 
institution of higher education will not be required to complete the Regents' Test in order 
to receive a degree from a University System institution. 

The Chancellor will issue administrative procedures for the operation of the Regents' 
Testing Program. (A copy of Regents' Testing Program Administrative Procedures is 
available from the Division of Student Affairs, Room 211, Memorial College Center.) 

According to "Regents' Testing Program Administration Procedures" institutions 
may increase requirements related to the Regents' Testing Program "provided that such 
increased requirements are authorized by the Chancellor and ... published in the official 
catalog of the institution prior to implementation." 

Regents' Test: Administration and Remediation Requirements 

Students attending Armstrong Atlantic State University are urged to take the Re- 
gents' Test during their first quarter of enrollment after the quarter in which the 45th 
credit hour is earned. For the purpose of enforcing Regents' Testing Program Policy, 
enrolled students are identified by computer printed notices on end-of-quarter grade 
reports and transfers through the processes of admission and transcript evaluation. 
Students register for the Test at the Division of Student Affairs prior to the publicized 
application deadline. 

Students who neglect to take the Regents' Test until their first quarter of enrollment 
after the quarter in which the 60th credit hour is earned may be barred from all phases 
of registration until after Test scores are posted. 






ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 65 

Regardless of credit hours earned, students who do not pass the Regents' Test may be 
required by Armstrong Atlantic State University to take remedial courses before they 
retake the Regents' Test. In accordance with Regents' Testing Program Policy, students 
who have not passed the Test and who have earned 75 quarter hours must take remedial 
courses, whether or not they have attempted the test. 

Students who fail the reading portion of the Regents' Test and who have less than 75 
hours earned with an adjusted GPA of 2.5 or better may appeal the requirement for 
Reading 025 (Regents' Reading Preparation) to the Head of the Department of Learning 
Support. 

Students who fail the essay portion of the Test and have less than 75 hours earned with 
an adjusted GPA of 3.0 or better and a 3.0 or better in required core courses in English may 
appeal the requirement for English 025 (Composition Review) to the Head of the 
Department of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 

Regents' Test: Special Categories of Students 

Students whose native language is not English must take the reading component of 
the Regents' Test, but may take a college examination to certify competence in writing. 
The college equivalent of the essay component of the Regents' Test is administered on the 
same date as the reading component of the Test. International students are allowed two 
hours for each test. 

International students, under certain conditions, may request a college equivalent of 
the reading component of the Regents' Test. See the Regents' Reading Coordinator in the 
Department of Learning Support. 

Students with documented disabilities may request additional time and other appro- 
priate accommodations for the Regents' Test. 

Regents' Test: Essay Review 

Students may request a formal review of failure on the essay component of the 
Regents' Test if the essay received at least one passing score and the review is initiated 
by mid-term of the first quarter of enrollment following testing and no more than one 
year from the quarter in which the failure occurred. Only reviews processed in the first 
two weeks of a quarter will be answered before the next Regents' Test. Students may 
initiate an essay review at the Division of Student Affairs. 

Regents' Test: Health Professions Program Requirement 

Before a student in a Health Professions program may enter his/her last quarter, he/ 
she must have passed the Regents' test. 

Physical Education Requirements 

All students who are enrolled in degree programs for ten or more quarter hours on the 
daytime schedule must adhere to Armstrong Core Curriculum Area V requirements. 
Physical education is not required of anyone who is beyond the age of 25 at the time of 
initial matriculation at Armstrong or of anyone enrolled primarily in evening classes. 

Students should check their program of study for P.E. 117 and/or 166 requirements. 

English and Mathematics Placement 

During the initial quarters of enrollment at Armstrong Atlantic State University, 
students must enroll in the appropriate sequence of English composition courses until 
the sequence has been completed and /or the Regents' Test has been passed. Students 
must not delay this sequence beyond their second quarter of attendance. For assistance 
in identifying the appropriate English composition courses, students should consult 
advisors in the departments of their declared majors or the Office of Admissions, or the 
Department of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. See Languages, Literature, 
and Dramatic Arts Department for further information. 



66 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



The College reserves the right to place students in appropriate English and mathemat- 
ics courses in the core curriculum. Diagnostic tests are administered for this purpose. 

State Requirement In History and Government 

By State law, each student who receives a diploma or certificate from a school 
supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate proficiency in United States History 
and Government and in Georgia History and Government. A student at Armstrong 
Atlantic State University may demonstrate such proficiency as follows: 

American Government/GA Government - 

1. Successfully complete POS 113 at Armstrong 

2. Successfully complete a course that equates to POS 113 at another University System 
of Georgia institution 

3. Successfully complete a course in American Government at another institution (non- 
system) and pass a local test on the Georgia Constitution 

4. Earn an acceptable score on the CLEP: American Government exam and pass a local 
test on the Georgia Constitution 

U.S. and Georgia History - 

1. Successfully complete HIS 251 or 252 or any upper division course in U.S. History at 
Armstrong 

2. Successfully complete a course at another institution that equates to HIS 251 or 252 at 
Armstrong 

3. Earn an acceptable score on the relevant CLEP, AP, or College Board SAT II: Subject Test 

Graduation Requirements -Exit Examinations 

Before a degree will be conferred, all students must take an exit examination in general 
education and an exit examination in their major field. Students should seek information 
about the exit examinations from their advisors at the beginning of their senior year. 

Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of 
Science Degrees 

Requirements for each major program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts with 
a major in Art, English, History, Music, Political Science, Psychology, or to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, or Math- 
ematical Sciences are described in the appropriate departmental listing. For the BA and 
the BS degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter hours, exclusive of the required physical 
education courses, is required for graduation. An exit exam is also required. 

Each student in one of these major programs must complete the 90-hour core curricu- 
lum requirement as listed above, along with the 6-hour Physical Education requirement. 

Students will not be allowed to take senior division courses in the major field unless 
they have a minimum grade of "C" in all prerequisite courses in that field. No major 
program in a department will require more than 60 quarter hours at all levels in the major 
field; however, the department may recommend up to 70 quarter hours. 

For its major program, a department will require from 15 to 30 quarter hours of 
specific courses or approved elective courses in related fields and may require language 
courses reaching the degree of proficiency specified by the department. Total require- 
ments in the major and related fields, may not exceed 85 quarter hours. 

Each BA or BS degree program, except those designed for Dental Hygiene, Medical 
Technology, Nursing and teacher certification, will include a minimum of 15 hours of 
electives approved for credit within the Armstrong Atlantic State University curriculum. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 67 

Associate Degree Requirements 

Each associate degree program includes as part of its curriculum the following: 

ENG101, 102 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

MAT 101 5 

POS113 5 

One five hour course selected from 
Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate 

Core 5 

Three PE credit hours 3 

TOTAL 33 

Students in associate degree programs are required to complete successfully the 
Regents' Test and may be required to take an Exit Examination in the appropriate area 
of concentration. 

Double Major 

Students wishing to receive a double major must satisfy major requirements of both 
disciplines, including all residency and institutional requirements for each major. Only 
one major will appear on the diploma. Both majors will be designated on the transcript. 

Numbering System for Courses 

In the course listing to follow, there appear three numbers in parentheses after each 
course title. The first number listed indicates the number of hours of lecture; the second 
number listed indicates the number of hours of laboratory; the third number listed 
indicates the number of quarter hours of credit carried by the course. The letter "V" 
represents variable hours. 

Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional credit only and may not be applied to a 
degree program. Courses numbered 100-199 are generally planned for the freshman 
year; courses numbered 200-299 for the sophomore year; courses numbered 300-399 for 
the junior year and courses numbered 400 for the senior year. Courses numbered 500-599 
are graduate courses with dual enrollment by undergraduate and graduate students. 
(Permission is not required for undergraduate students.) 

Courses numbered 600-699 are graduate courses. (Graduating seniors may enroll by 
permission only.) 

Courses numbered 700-899 are graduate courses. (Undergraduate students may not enroll. ) 

Courses taken to fulfill core curriculum requirements may not be used to meet other 
requirements of a degree program. 

Lettering System for Course 

In the course listings given in the Armstrong Core Curriculum requirements and in 
the departmental curricula which follow, there appear two or three letters preceding a 
three digit number. Following is an exhaustive list of all abbreviations used for course 
designation purposes. 

AASU = AASU Strategies for Success BOT = Botany 

ACC = Accounting (SSC) BSN = Baccalaureate Nursing 

ANT = Anthropology CEP = Cooperative Education Program 

ART = Art CHE = Chemistry 

AST = Astronomy CJ = Criminal Justice 

BA = Business (graduate) CS = Computer Science 

BAD = Business Administration (SSC) DH = Dental Hygiene 

BIO = Biology DRS = Drama and Speech 



68 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



ECO = Economics MED = Mathematics Education 

EDN = Education MET = Meteorology 

EGR = Engineering MGE = Middle Grades Education 

ENG = English MIL = Military Science 

ENT = Entomology MSN = Masters Degree Nursing 

EXC = Exceptional Children MT = Medical Technology 

EXE = Special Education MUS = Music 

FED = Foundations of Education NAD = Nursing Administration 

FLM = Film NAH = Adult Clinical Nurse Specialist 

FRE = French NSC = Naval Science 

GEL = Geology NUR = Nursing (Associate) 

GEO = Geography OCE = Oceanography 

GER = German PA = Public Administration 

GRN = Gerontology PBH = Public History 

HE = Health Education PE = Physical Education 

HIS = History PEM = Physical Education Major 

HP = Health Professions PHI = Philosophy 

HS = B.S., Health Science PHS = Physical Science 

HSA = Health Administration Service PHY = Physics 

HSC = M.S., Health Science POS = Political Science 

JRN = Journalism PSY = Psychology 

LAT = Latin PT = Physical Therapy 

LIN = Linguistics RAD = Radiologic Technologies 

LM = Library Media RED = Reading (Regent's 

LS = Library Science Remediation) 

LSE = Learning Support English RT = Respiratory Therapy 

LSM = Learning Support Math SOC = Sociology 

LSR = Learning Support Reading SPA " Spanish 

MAT = Mathematics SSC = Savannah State Exchange 

ZOO = Zoology 

DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The degree programs of Armstrong Atlantic State University are presented in this 
catalog by college, school, division, and department. The university is organized into 
two colleges and one school, each administered by a dean, and two non-school affiliated 
departments. The degrees offered by AASU are listed below: 

College of Arts and Sciences 

Degree Department 

Associate of Arts Interdepartmental 

Associate of Applied Science 

Criminal Justice Government 

Bachelor of Arts 

Art Art and Music 

Drama/Speech Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts 

Economics Social and Behavioral Sciences 

English Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts 

History History 

Music Art and Music 

Political Science Government 

Psychology Social and Behavioral Sciences 

Spanish Languages, Literature and Dramatic Arts 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 69 

Bachelor of General Studies Interdepartmental 

Bachelor of Music Education Art and Music 

Bachelor of Science 

Applied Physics Chemistry and Physics 

Biology Biology 

Chemistry Chemistry and Physics 

Computer Science Computer Science 

Criminal Justice Government 

Mathematical Sciences Mathematics 

Master of Arts 

History History 

Master of Science 

Criminal Justice Government 



College of Education 



Degree 

Bachelor of Science in Education 
Early Elementary Education 
Middle School Education 
Secondary School Education 
^Business Education 

Physical Education 

Social Science Education (History) 

Social Science Education (Political Science) 
All Levels (K-12) Degree Programs 

Art Education 

Speech Correction 

Other Degree Programs 
The Division of Curriculum and Instruction works cooperatively with the Division 
of Physical Education and Athletics in providing the Bachelor of Science in Education 
in Physical Education as an all levels (P-12) program. Also, working with depart- 
ments in the School of Arts and Sciences, the Division helps provide B.A. or B.S. 
degrees with teacher certification in the secondary fields of Biology, Chemistry, 
English, History, Mathematical Sciences, Political Science, and Spanish (see the 
departmental sections in the Arts and Sciences listings for degree particulars). 

Master of Education 

Early Childhood Education 
Middle Grades Education 
Secondary Education 
^Business Education 

English 

Mathematics 

Science Education 

Social Studies 
Special Education 

Behavior Disorders 

Learning Disabilities 

Speech /Language Pathology 

"Offered in conjunction with Savannah State University. 



70 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



School of Health Professions 

Degree Department 

Associate of Science 

Dental Hygiene Dental Hygiene 

Nursing Associate Degree Nursing 

Radiologic Technologies Radiologic Technologies 

Respiratory Therapy Respiratory Therapy 

Bachelor of Health Science Health Science 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education Dental Hygiene 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology Medical Technology 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Baccalaureate Nursing 

Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy Physical Therapy 

Bachelor of Science in Radiologic Technologies Radiologic Sciences 

Bachelor of Science in Respiratory Therapy Respiratory Therapy 

Master of Health Science Health Science 

Master of Science in Nursing Nursing 

Master of Science in Physical Therapy Physical Therapy 



. 



72 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



The School of Graduate Studies 

Graduate programs at Armstrong Atlantic State University are designed to provide 
students with the opportunity and resources to enhance their educational, professional, 
and cultural backgrounds while improving their professional skills and competence. 
Graduate programs encourage scholarly inquiry through the appropriate application of 
valid research methods. 

Armstrong Atlantic State University is authorized to grant degrees in the following 
graduate programs: 
Master of Arts 

History 
Master of Science 
Criminal Justice 
Master of Health Science 
Master of Science in Nursing 
Master of Education 
Elementary Education 
Middle Grades Education 
Secondary Education 

• Business Education 

• English Education 

• Mathematics Education 

• Science Education 

• Social Science Education 
Special Education 

• Behavior Disorders 

• Learning Disabilities 

• Speech/ Language Pathology 
Master of Science in Physical Therapy 

Admission to Graduate Study 

Graduates of colleges or universities accredited by a regional accrediting association 
may apply for admission to the School of Graduate Studies. Admission is restricted to 
include only those students whose academic records indicate that they can successfully 
undertake graduate work. 

Armstrong Atlantic State University Graduate Catalog 

Please refer to the Armstrong Atlantic State University Graduate Catalog for addi- 
tional information related to admission procedures and requirements. The Graduate 
Catalog also contains information on graduate programs, graduate courses, the graduate 
faculty, financial aid opportunities, and academic standards and regulations. 

Copies of the graduate catalog are available from: 

School of Graduate Studies 
Armstrong Atlantic State University 
Savannah, GA 31419 
(912) 927-5377 

Office of Admissions 

Armstrong Atlantic State University 

Savannah, GA 31419 

(912) 927-5277 
800-633-2349 



SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES 



73 



Immunization Requirements 

In order to comply with the University System of Georgia policies, all new students 
attending Armstrong Atlantic State University will be required to submit a Certificate of 
Immunization for measles, mumps, and rubella prior to registering for classes. 



74 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 









\ 



76 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Adams, Joseph V., Dean 
Harris, Henry E., Assistant Dean 

Philosophy and Goals 

Through its faculty, laboratory facilities, and other instructional resources, the 
College of Arts and Sciences offers students a broad range of educational opportunity in 
curricula ranging from Anthropology to Zoology. 

As a foundation for baccalaureate programs, the College provides the core curricu- 
lum of the University - courses in the arts, humanities, and mathematics, as well as the 
sciences and social sciences, which are required of all students regardless of major. (For 
details, please see the section on "Degree Requirements" in this Catalog.) Beyond these 
basics, College curricula enable students to pursue specialized studies in a discipline, 
which provides a solid grounding in the field by probing its theory, methodology, and 
broader implications. Finally, major programs generally culminate in a "senior experi- 
ence" - e.g., an internship, a capstone course, or a senior thesis - which is designed to help 
students comprehend their field as a whole. 

In summary, Arts and Sciences curricula are designed to sharpen critical thinking and 
problem-solving skills and to cultivate such ethical sensitivity as will (1) equip students 
for careers, (2) provide a firm foundation for graduate study, and (3) educate for living. 
To this end many departments have active student professional or honorary societies. 
Moreover, the College of Arts and Sciences seeks to complement classroom instruction 
by offering an annual schedule of cultural events in liberal arts and sciences, such as 
lectures, field trips, faculty and student recitals or concerts, plays and exhibits - most of 
which are opened to the general public. More than one hundred such events are 
presented each year. In addition to supporting the overall mission of the University to 
serve the community beyond the campus, such events persuasively demonstrate for 
students how greatly all are enriched when curriculum comes to life. 

Organization and Degrees 

The College of Arts and Sciences includes the departments of Art and Music; Biology; 
Chemistry and Physics; Computer Science; Government; History; Languages, Literature, 
and Dramatic Arts; Mathematics; Social and Behavioral Sciences; and Military Science. 
Undergraduate degree programs: 
Associate in Arts 

Associate of Applied Science in Criminal Justice 
Bachelor of Arts with majors in: 

Art* Music 

Drama/Speech Political Science* 

Economics Psychology 

English* Spanish* 

History* 

Bachelor of General Studies 

Bachelor of Music Education 

Bachelor of Science with majors in: 

Applied Physics Computer Science 

Biology* Criminal Justice 

Chemistry* Mathematical Sciences* 

*Teacher certification options are available in these degree programs. 

Graduate degree programs: 
Master of Arts in History 
Master of Science in Criminal Justice 



SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 77 



Additional information on the College of Arts and Sciences undergraduate programs and 
teacher certification options are found in the section devoted to the appropriate department. 
Information on Military Science is located in the section on "Special Programs." Teacher 
certification option programs are offered in cooperation with the College of Education, are 
approved by the Georgia State Professional Standards Commission, and are accredited by 
the National Council for Teacher Education. A more comprehensive list of teacher certifica- 
tion programs is found in the College of Education section of this catalog. 

Those interested in more detailed information on graduate programs should refer to 
the School of Graduate Studies section of this catalog and to the Armstrong Atlantic State 
University Graduate Catalog. 

Minor Concentrations of Study 

The following minors are offered by departments within the College of Arts and 
Sciences. Students may include one or more of these in their programs of study as 
circumstances may permit. 

Anthropology Legal Studies 

Art Linguistics 

Biology Mathematics 

Botany Mental Health 

Chemistry Military Science 

Communications Music 

Computer Science Organizational Psychology 

Criminal Justice Philosophy 

Drama /Speech Physical Sciences 

Economics Physics 

Engineering Science Political Science 

English Preservation Studies 

Film Psychology 

Foreign Language Public Administration 

History Public History 

Historical Archaeology Russian Studies 

Human Biology Sociology 

International Studies Zoology 

General Studies 

Director: Dr. Richard Nordquist 

Academic Services and Nontraditional Learning 

Coordinator: Dr. Donald Anderson 

Associate and baccalaureate degree programs in General Studies, emphasizing a liberal 
arts education, are operated under the general supervision of the Dean of the School of Arts 
and Sciences and under the immediate direction of the Assistant Dean of Academic Services. 
Curriculum guidance for these programs is provided by the General Studies Degree 
Program Committee. Interested students should contact the General Studies Coordinator. 

The Bachelor of General Studies degree is also available at the Brunswick Center 
on the Coastal Georgia Community College campus in Brunswick, Ga. Interested 
persons should contact the coordinator of the Brunswick Center or the General Studies 
Coordinator on the Armstrong campus. 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a student must complete at least 30 hours 
of the required course work and 45 quarter hours of all coursework in this program at 
Armstrong Atlantic State University. The program is designed to provide a substantial 
liberal education as a base for upper division specialization. 

Certain courses may be exempted by examination. 



78 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 63 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

2. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or 290 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; HIS 251 or 252 10 

2. POS 113 and one course selected from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 10 

AreaV 3 

1. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Concentration and/or Electives 30 

These courses may be specified by a department or may be electives. 
Students planning work toward a baccalaureate degree should select 

courses that meet listed requirements of that degree program. 

C. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 93 
PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF GENERAL STUDIES 

At least four quarters prior to anticipated graduation, students must submit a degree 
proposal to the General Studies Coordinator for approval. 

Hours 
A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Two courses selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 
PHI 201, 251; two courses in any foreign language through the 

200 level 10 

3. One or two courses selected from: ANT 201; CS 115, 120, 142; 

ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5-10 

4. One or two courses selected from: BIO 101, 102; BOT 203; CHE 
121, 122; CHE 128, 129; CHE 201, 202; CHE 211; PHY 211, 212, 213; 
PHY 217, 218, 219; PHS 121, 122; ZOO 204, 208, 209 5-10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

NOTE: Certain preceding courses maybe exempted by examination with credit awarded. 
Also, if a physical science sequence is used to satisfy Area II, then a biological science 
must be chosen in Area IV. The converse is also true. 



ART AND MUSIC 79 



Other Requirements 95 

1. A minimum of 35 hours at the 300 level. 

2. A maximum of 40 hours in any one discipline excluding courses taken 
under section A. 

3. No more than two "D's" are allowed in the General Studies section. 

4. Fifteen of the 30 General Studies hours must be completed at Armstrong. 

General Studies 30 

Courses at the 200 or above level 

1. Humanities 5-10 

American civilization, art, comparative literature, 

English or American literature, history, music, philosophy. 

2. Social Sciences 5-10 

Anthropology, criminal justice, economics, geography, 

political science, psychology, public history, sociology. 

3. Mathematics and Natural Sciences 5-10 

Astronomy, biology, botany, chemistry, entomology, 

geology, mathematics, meteorology, oceanography, 
physics, zoology. 

4. Communication Arts 5-10 

Computer science, drama /speech, - 

film, foreign languages, journalism, linguistics. 

Area of Concentration (Any University System approved minor) 20-29 

Electives 36-45 

5. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 



TOTAL 191 



Art and Music 

Faculty 

* Anderson, James, Department Head 

Cato, Tom * Jensen, Linda 
Hampton, Kevin Schmidt, John 

Harris, Robert * Schultz, Lucinda 
Green, Rachel Wacker, Johnathan 

Jensen, John White, Christopher 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The Department of Art and Music offers concentrations in art and in music in support 
of the Associate in Arts degree and offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with majors in art 
and music, the Bachelor of Music Education degree, and in cooperation with the College 
of Education, the Bachelor of Science in Art Education. 

Admission Requirements 

The college-level study of art and music requires considerable background as well as 
a basic proficiency level. Those students who wish to major in art are expected to show 
the faculty a portfolio of previous work in at least one medium. In music, placement 
examinations are required of all entering students in music theory and applied music. 

Placement Examinations 

Transfer and new students in music must take placement examinations as appropriate 
in applied music, music theory, and music history. Acceptance of transfer credit towards 
graduation requirements in each area is contingent upon the results of the examination. 

Transfer students in art will be required to take a placement examination in art 
history. Additionally, coursework at other institutions in studio art may not be counted 
towards graduation until a portfolio of artwork is submitted demonstrating competency 
in those areas in which classes have been completed. 



80 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

There are a variety of departmental policies and regulations which affect music 
majors. Included are requirements for recital attendance, ensemble participation, piano 
proficiency, recital participation, applied music levels, and the Rising Junior Applied 
Music Examination. A copy of A Handbook of Policies and Regulations for Music Majors will 
be given to each music student. 

Please see the "Fees" section of this catalog for information on applied music fees. 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) have a distinctly useful place in the Arts and Music 
curriculum. The intent of the DIS is for an enrichment experience that otherwise is 
unavailable in the classroom. Normally, regular curriculum coursework should not be 
completed by individual study. 

However, if a regular course is to be taught by individual study, the following criteria 
must be met before approval may be granted by the department head: 1) the course must 
not have been offered during the preceding three quarters nor be scheduled during the 
succeeding three quarters; 2) the student must gain the approval of the anticipated 
instructor; 3) transient students must gain the permission of not only the department 
head, but the dean of faculty, and of the college from which the student comes; and 4) the 
student must demonstrate, in writing, that a hardship will exist if permission is denied, 
for the student to take an individual study. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN ART 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5* 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 290 10 

2. Lab Science Sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, PSY 101, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. ART 111, 112, 201, 202, 213 25 

2. MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. ART 204, 313, 330, 340, 370, 413, 470 35 

2. One from: ART 271, 272, 273 5* 

C. Special Course Requirements 20 

1. Foreign language sequence through 103 15 

2. PHI 400 5 

D. Electives 35 

Recommend ART 271, 272, 273* 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 196 
*(May not be duplicated with major field, Area I, and elective requirements.) 



ART AND MUSIC 81 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN MUSIC 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101,102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Lab Science Sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213 18 

2. MUS 140 6 

3. MUS 256 or 254 6 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 33 

1. MUS 240, 281, 340, 371, 372, 373 24 

2. Two Courses from MUS 312, 361, 412 6 

3. One Course from MUS 416, 425, 427 3 

C. Track Options 38 

A minimum of 5 hours must be non-music electives in the School 
of Arts and Sciences. 

1. General Track: Electives 38 

One of the following performance /composition tracks. 
Prerequisite: Departmental Permission Only. 

2. Keyboard Performance 

MUS 258, 440, 420, 421 14 

Electives 24 

3. Vocal Performance 

MUS 217, 218, 219, 414, 415 16 

Electives 22 

4. Wind Instrument Performance 

MUS 440, 481 9 

One course from MUS 312, 361, 412 3* 

One course from MUS 432 or 433 3 

Electives 23 

5. Composition 

MUS 422 12 

One course from MUS 312, 361, 412 3* 

Electives 23 

D. Special Course Requirements 25 

1. ART 271, 272, 273 (may not be duplicated with Area I requirement) .. 10 

2. Foreign language sequence through 103 15 

3. RECITAL PERFORMANCES (determined by option 3 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 197 
*(May not be duplicated with Major Field Requirements) 



82 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 210 5 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 15 

4. MUS 254 or 256 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 76-79 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 236, 237, 238, 239, 281 20 

2. MUS 240, 340 12 

3. MUS 312, 330, 331, 361 14 

4. MUS 371, 372, 373 9 

5. MUS 254 or 256 6 

6. One of the following emphases: 

A. Choral Emphasis 17 

MUS 217, 218, 353, 423, 427, 480 

Choice of 3 credits of secondary piano or voice 

B. Instrumental Emphasis 15 

MUS 227, 352, 416, 424, 481 

MUS 130 (3 qtrs. of a second applied wind or 
percussion instrument) 

C. Elementary Music Emphasis 16 

Choose 2 of the following secondary applied areas: 

MUS 130 (2 hrs.), 130 (2 hrs.), 224 (2 hrs.), 217, 332 
Choice of: MUS 353, 423, 427, or 352, 424, 416 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1. Orientation to Teaching Module, EDN 335, 463, 475 25 

D. Special Course Requirements 

One half of senior recital 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 202-205 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 
(With Concentrations in Art or Music) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 63 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

PHI 201, 251 5 






ART AND MUSIC 83 



Area II 20 

1. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

2. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 or 290 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 115 or 192; HIS 251 or 252 10 

2. POS 113 and one course selected from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 10 

AreaV 3 

1. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Concentration 

Art 25 

1. ART 111, 112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 271, 272, 273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: ART 201, 202, 204, 211, 213, 

314, 316, 330, 331, 340, 362, 363, 364, 370, 413 10 

Music 29 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 256, 254 6 

4. Music History and Literature 8 

5. Piano Proficiency 

6. MUS 000 (Recital Attendance) 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 
EDUCATION IN ART EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 210, PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. ART 111, 112, 213 15 

AreaV 6 

1.PE117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 63-68 

1. ART 201, 202, 204 15 

2. ART 271, 272, 273** 10-15 

3. ART 313, 314, 330, 340, 350, 351, 370, 400 38 

4. Elective 5 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1. Orientation to Teaching Module, EDN 335, 463, 475 25 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 194- 199 
**May not be duplicated in Area I. 



84 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

Minor Concentrations 

Minor concentrations in art and music are available through the Department of Art 
and Music. The requirements for each are: 

Hours 
Concentration in Art 25 

1. ART 111, 112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 271, 272, 273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: ART 201, 202, 204, 211, 213, 

314, 330, 331, 340, 362, 363, 364, 370, 413 10 

Concentration in Music 29 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 251 or 254 6 

4. Music History and Literature 8 

5. MUS 000 (recital attendance) 

Art Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open to non-art majors. 

ART 111 Basic Design I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to two-dimensional design and graphic communication. 

ART 112 Basic Design II (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or better in ART 111 or permission of instructor. 
The fundamentals of three-dimensional design introduced through sculptural 
projects in various media. 

ART 200 Introduction to the Visual Arts (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and techniques and their application in 

masterworks of art from all ages. Not recommended for art majors. 

ART 201 Painting I (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in ART 111 or ART 213 or permission of the 

instructor. 

A basic course in acrylic painting from observed and secondary sources. 

ART 202 Painting II (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in ART 201 or permission of the instructor. 
A continuation of Painting I with an increasing emphasis on student selected 
painting problems. 

ART 204 Introduction to Photography (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to black and white photographic aesthetics and processes. Including 
study of the mechanical-optical functions of cameras and enlargers as well as 
printing and processing of film in a controlled environment. 

ART 211 Graphic Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ART 111 or permission of the instructor. 
The fundamentals of visual communication including design, layout, typography 
and reproduction as related to modern advertising techniques. 
ART 213 Drawing I (4-2-5) 

A fundamental course emphasizing representational drawing from still-life, land- 
scape, and figural form. 

ART 215 Computer Art (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: ART 111. 

An introduction to the computer technology and software used in image making 

and manipulation, and in graphic design. The computer, as another tool for making 

images, will be considered in relation to its own unique output characteristics and 

to the means in which computer images might be executed in more traditional 

media. 



ART AND MUSIC 85 



ART 240 Arts and Crafts (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: none. 

An introduction to the terminology and techniques used in a variety of craft media 
including batik, weaving, and jewelry. Includes a historical review of Decorative 
Arts in the twentieth century. 

ART 271 History of Art (5-0-5) 

A survey of the visual arts, painting, sculpture, and architecture, in Western 
Civilization from prehistory to the Late Middle Ages. 

ART 272 History of Art II (5-0-5) 

Italian Renaissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273 History of Art III (5-0-5) 

Modern Art, the late eighteenth through the twentieth centuries. 

ART 303 Oil Painting (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: ART 201 or permission of the instructor. 

Introduction to the techniques and special qualities of oil paint and associated 

variations of the mediums. 

ART 304 Watercolor Painting (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: ART 201 or permission of the instructor. An exploration of traditional 
and experimental approaches to transparent watercolor medium. 

ART 305 Art Criticism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ART 273 or permission of the instructor. The study and practice of 
visual art criticism in the context of modern critical approaches. 

ART 313 Drawing II (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in ART 213 or permission of the instructor. 
A continuation of Drawing I with emphasis on figuration, composition, and color. 

ART 314 Intermediate Photography (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ART 204 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of the study of the aesthetics and processes in black and white 

photography. 

ART 315 Color Photography (3-3-5) 

No Prerequisite. 

An introduction of the principles, aesthetics, and print processes of color photography. 

ART 316 Hand Colored and Manipulated Silver Print (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ART 204, or permission of the instructor. 
Exploration of a variety of media and techniques to enhance and alter a silver print. 

ART 317 Experimentation in Photography (3-3-5) 

Prerequisite: ART 204 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed for students who have basic knoweledge of 35 mm camera 
operations and black and white darkroom procedures and an interest in the use of 
photographic images as a part of a broad vocabulary of imagery preoceses. Students 
will explore experimental processes including solarization, negative prints, photo- 
grams, double exposures, reticulation of negatives, cliche verre, as well as non-silver 
processes such as gum bichromate, cyanotype, and van dyke brown. 

ART 320 Art for the Elementary Teacher (4-2-5) 

A study, with studio experience, of materials and methods for teaching art at the 
elementary school level. 

ART 330 Ceramics I (4-2-5) 

Introduction to fundamentals of wheel thrown pottery, handbuilding techniques 
and ceramic sculpture. Emphasis is on decoration, form, craftsmanship and creativ- 
ity. Traditional glazing and firing techniques as well as an exploration into 
non-traditional methods of coloring and construction. 

ART 331 Pottery Techniques (4-2-5) 

Emphasis in on techniques of pottery utilizing the potter's wheel. 



86 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



ART 333 Ceramic Sculpture (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Ceramics I or permission of instructor. 

Emphasis is on developing ideas into large scale ceramic sculpture. Individual 
attention and direction is facilitated. Projects may include pottery, the figure, 
abstractions, wall relief and mixed media construction. 

ART 335 Glaze Experimentation (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: ART 330 or permission of instructor. 

This course is designed to teach students about raw materials and chemicals used 

in glazes, glaze formulation, and firing glazes in oxidation, reduction, and raku 

kilns. 

ART 340 Printmaking I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to basic printmaking ideas and terminology. Projects will include 
one or more of the following: linoleum, woodblock, intaglio, silkscreen and non- 
traditional methods of making prints. 

ART 350 Art In the Lower School (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and materials for teaching art in the 

elementary school. 

ART 351 Art In the Middle and Upper School (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and materials for teaching art in junior 

and senior high school. 

ART 362 Enameling/Jewelry Making (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction of process in the production of a variety of enameled art works, and of 

processes in the making of jewelry, both handmade and cast. 

ART 363 Batik/Textile Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Exploration of a variety of processes used in applying original designs to fabric. 

ART 364 Fibers Construction (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Development of processes used in on and off techniques in weaving and in 

contemporary fiber wall hangings. 

ART 366 Papermaking (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Art 112 or permission of the instructor. 

An intermediate crafts course which explores the processes, techniques, and histori- 
cal significance of papermaking. Emphsis will be placed on the production of both 
two-dimensional and three-dimensional pieces. 

ART 370 Figure Sculpture I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to basic sculpture ideas, terminology, and processes. Emphasis will 
be placed on working with the human figure utilizing clay and other media. 

ART 371 Sculpture Materials (4-2-5) 

This course is an introduction to additive and subtractive sculpture techniques. 
Emphasis will be placed on a variety of sculptural imagery and media including 
wood construction, carving, and mixed media. 

ART 400 Seminar In Art Education (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Art education majors only. 
A survey of current trends in instructional and research techniques. 
ART 413 Drawing III (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or higher in ART 313 or permission of instructor. 
A continuation of Drawing II with increasingly complex problems in concept, 
design, and technique. 

ART 414 Figure Drawing (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Art 313 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of Art 313 with special emphasis on the human figure as structure 

and expressive form in dry and aqueous media. 



ART AND MUSIC 87 



ART 462 Museum Studies (4-2-5) 

A survey of the development of museums in the United States and of the ethics and 
practices of the museum profession, to include collections management, planning, 
outreach, and public education. 

ART 470 Senior Portfolio (1-6-5) 

Each student will develop a body of work in the medium of choice that demonstrates 
a consistent theme or approach. This course is taken in preparation for the Senior 
Portfolio Review and Exhibition. 

ART 489 Selected Studies In Art (V-V(l-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Varied course offerings designed to meet special institutional and community 

needs. May be repeated for credit. 

ART 490 Directed Individual Study (V-V-(l-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. 

ART 491 Internship (V-V-(l-4-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and depart- 
ment head and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project involving off- 
campus study, work, and /or research. Projects usually encompass the entire 
academic quarter and are under the joint supervision of the sponsoring institution 
and his/her faculty supervisor. 

ART 495 Special Problems (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: 15 hours of coursework in a selected studio area. 

The special problems courses consisting of visual arts studies to be mutually agreed 

upon by consultation between the instructor and student. 

Applied Music Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open to non-music majors. 

MUS 130 Applied Music (one credit) 

Prerequisite: Sufficient music background, determined by audition. 
One twenty-five minute lesson per week in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, 
voice, or woodwinds. Applicable to a music degree only for a secondary applied 
credit. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 140 Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Open to music majors and a limited number of non-majors by audition 

only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice or 

woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 240 Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 140 level as determined by jury examination. 
Music majors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice or 
woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 340 Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Rising Junior Applied Music Examina- 
tion. Music majors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice or 
woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 440 Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency of the MUS 340 level as determined by jury examination 
and completion of junior recital. Music majors only 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice or 
woodwinds. May be repeated for credit. 



88 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Music Offerings 

MUS 000 Recital Attendance (0-V-0) 

A requirement for music majors and minors which consists of attendance at a 
designated number of concerts /recitals each quarter. 

MUS 110 Basic Music Theory (3-0-3) 

An introduction to music theory for students needing skills for MUS 111. May not 
be used for credit toward a degree in music. 

MUS 111 Elementary Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 110 or equivalent by examination. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical principles of music including sightsinging, 

ear-training and keyboard harmony. 

MUS 112 Elementary Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in MUS 111 or permission of 

instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 111 with emphasis on part-writing and diatonic material. 

MUS 113 Elementary Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in MUS 112 or permission of 

instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 112 introducing seventh chords and diatonic modulation. 

MUS 114 Jazz Improvisation I (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 113 or permission of instructor. 
Emphasis on basic jazz literature, chord symbol, melodic patterns, ear training, 
melodic concepts and analysis of improvised solos. 

MUS 200 Introduction to Music Literature (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A course designed to help the student understand music by means of analysis of 

style, forms, and media of musical expression. 

MUS 201 Understanding Jazz (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of jazz performers and styles with emphasis on recorded 
literature. The course will examine elements of jazz such as improvisation, instru- 
mentation and rhythm and trace their development from New Orleans to 
contemporary fusion music. 

MUS 202 Survey of Rock Music (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of rock music and its styles with emphasis on recorded 

literature. 

MUS 203 Popular Music In 20th Century America (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A survey of popular music from ragtime to present. Examination of popular music 

and its relationship to American culture. 

MUS 211 Intermediate Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in MUS 113 or permission of instructor. 
A continuation of MUS 113 with emphasis on chromatic harmony. 

MUS 212 Intermediate Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in MUS 211 or permission of 

instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 211. 

MUS 213 Intermediate Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in MUS 212 or permission of 
instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 212 with emphasis on twentieth century techniques. 
MUS 214 Jazz Improvisation II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 114 or permission of the instructor. 

Emphasis on the analysis and performance of intermediate jazz literature and 

composition in contemporary styles. 



ART AND MUSIC 



89 



MUS 217 English and Italian Lyric Diction (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

A study of the Internatioknal Phonetic Alphabet and the phonetics of Standard 

American English and Italian for singing. 

MUS 218 Latin and German Lyric Diction (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or better in MUS 217. 

Orientation of the phonetics of liturgical Latin and German for singing by means of 

the International Phonetic Alphabet. 

MUS 219 French Lyric Diction (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or better in MUS 217. 

Orientation of the phonetics of French for singing by means of the International 

Phonetic Alphabet. 

MUS 224 Class Guitar (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Designed for the development of basic skills in playing the guitar for accompanying. 
Focuses on chorded styles and their application to music such as folk songs and 
popular music. 

MUS 226 Class Piano I, II, III (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Students enrolling in 
II or III must have received a grade of "C" or higher in the preceding class. 
A study of keyboard techniques with emphasis on the skills needed to fulfill the 
piano proficiency requirement. 

MUS 227 Class Voice (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music major status or permission of the instruc- 
tor. 

A study of voice production techniques with practical application to standard song 
literature. Not open to students whose principal instrument is voice. 

MUS 228 Class Piano for Non-Music Majors (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 
An applied study of keyboard literature and techniques at the beginning and 
elementary levels. An elective course, open only to non-music majors, which meets 
in the electronic piano laboratory. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 236 Brass Methods (0-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 

An introduction to the principles of brass instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 237 Woodwind Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 

An introduction to the principles of woodwind instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 238 Percussion Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 

An introduction to the principles of percussion instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 239 String & Guitar Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 

An introduction to the principles of string and guitar performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 250 Pep Band (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter. Open to qualified students. 

A group to provide spirit music at school athletic functions. May be taken for 

academic credit, at most, four times. 

MUS 251 Concert Band (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from the standard literature for symphonic band. Public 

performances are a part of the course requirement. 

MUS 252 Jazz Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from a variety of jazz styles and periods. Public perfor- 
mances are a part of the course requirement. 



90 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



MUS 253 Armstrong Singers (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all students by audition. Jazz Choir. Public performances are 
a part of the course requirement. 

MUS 254 Concert Choir (0-3-1) 

Membership open to all students. Ability to read music desired but not required. 
Repertoire to be selected each quarter from the standard choral concert literature. 
There will be public performances each quarter. 

MUS 255 Chamber Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Open to all qualified students in the performance media of brass, woodwind, string, 

keyboard, voice, and percussion instruments. 

MUS 256 Wind Ensemble (0-3-1) 

Offered on demand. Permission of instructor only 

Repertoire to be selected from the standard wind ensemble literature. Public 

performances are part of the course requirement. 

MUS 257 Opera Workshop (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Preparation and performance of work or excerpts of works 
from the operatic repertoire. 

MUS 258 Keyboard Accompanying (1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 

A study of the basic principles of accompaniment. 

MUS 259 Oratorio Chorus (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all. 

Evening rehearsals. Literature to be selected from the larger choral works. Ability 

to read music not required. Public performances are part of the course requirement. 

MUS 281 Conducting (3-0-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 113. Music majors only. 

An introduction to the techniques of conducting and interpretation. 

MUS 312 Form and Analysis (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. Music majors only. 

The study of the principles of form in music and techniques of harmonic analysis. 

MUS 320 Music for the Elementary Teacher (5-0-5) 

A study of the materials and methods for teaching general music in the elementary 
classroom. Not for music majors. 

MUS 330 Music In the Lower School (4-0-4) 

Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation of techniques and 

materials for teaching music in the lower school. 

MUS 331 Music In the Middle and Upper School (4-0-4) 

Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing analysis and evaluation of techniques and 

materials for teaching music in the middle and senior high schools. 

MUS 332 Music in the Lower School II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: A "C" or better in MUS 330. 

A continuation of MUS 330 with special emphasis on specific pedagogical strategies 

in teaching elementary music. 

MUS 352 Band Methods (2-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 281 and one course selected from MUS 236, 237, or 238. 
A course dealing with the organization and development of school band en- 
sembles and problems of teaching all levels of instrumental music. Includes a 
laboratory experience designed to allow students to apply techniques and strate- 
gies to ensemble rehearsals. 



ART AND MUSIC 



91 



MUS 353 Choral Methods (2-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 281 and one course selected from MUS 236, 237, or 238. 
A course dealing with the organization and development of school choral en- 
sembles and problems of choral singing. Includes a laboratory experience designed 
to allow students to apply techniques and strategies to ensemble rehearsals. 

MUS 361 Orchestration and Arranging (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the techniques of arranging and scoring for vocal and instrumen- 
tal ensembles. 

MUS 371 Music History I (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 113 and MUS 200. 

The history of music in Western Civilization from its origins through the Renaissance. 

MUS 372 Music History II (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 113 and MUS 200. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Baroque and Classic Periods. 

MUS 373 Music History HI (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 113 and MUS 200. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in the Romantic Period and in the 20th 

century. 

MUS 411 Composition (V-V-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. Music majors only. May be repeated for 
credit. 

MUS 412 Counterpoint (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. Music majors only. 
A study of contrapuntal practices of 18th century music. 

MUS 414 Song Literature I (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Music majors only. 

A survey of German and Italian song literature. 

MUS 415 Song Literature II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Music majors only. 

A survey of French and English song literature. 

MUS 416 Topics In Instrumental Repertoire and 
Pedagogical Techniques (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Junior status or permission of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit as topics vary. 

A survey of instrumental literature and teaching techniques for brass, guitar, 
percussion, or woodwind instruments. 

Piano Literature I (3-0-3) 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and aesthetic features of piano literature 
of the Baroque and Classic periods. 

Piano Literature II (3-0-3) 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and aesthetic features of piano literature 
of the Romantic and Contemporary periods. 

Opera Literature (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and aesthetic features of the lyric theatre 

from Baroque to the present. 

Choral Repertoire (2-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 281 and one course selected from MUS 236, 237, or 238. 
A survey of literature and related performance practice for school choral ensembles. 
Includes a labboratory situation designed to allow students to experience teaching 
the literature and applying performance practice concepts in an ensemble setting. 

MUS 424 Band Repertoire (2-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 281 and one course selected from MUS 236, 237, or 238. 
A survey of literature and related performance practice for school instrumental 
ensembles. Includes a labboratory situation designed to allow students to experi- 
ence teaching the literature and to apply performance practice concepts in an 
ensemble setting. 



MUS 420 


MUS 421 


MUS 422 


MUS 423 



92 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



MUS 425 Piano Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music majors only. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the piano and a survey of literature suited for 

teaching purposes. 

MUS 427 Vocal Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the voice and a survey of literature suited for 

teaching purposes. 

MUS 428 Marching Band Techniques (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music majors only or permission of the instructor. 
A study of techniques used in show design and instruction of the high school 
marching band. 

MUS 429 Art Song (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and aesthetic features of the art song from 

its origins to the present day. 

MUS 432 Symphonic Music Literature (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and aesthetic features of symphonic 

music from its origins to the present day. 

MUS 433 Instrumental Chamber Music Literature (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and aesthetic features of instrumental 

chamber music from its origins to the present day. 

MUS 480 Advanced Choral Conducting (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 281, 312, 361 and successful completion of 
piano proficiency exam. Music majors only. 
Advanced techniques for the choral conductor. 

MUS 481 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 281, 312, 361 and successful completion of 
piano proficiency exam. Music majors only. 
Advanced techniques for the instrumental conductor. 

MUS 489 Selected Studies In Music (V-V-(l-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Varied course offerings designed to meet special institutional and community 

needs. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 490 Directed Individual Study (V-V-U-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. Music majors only. 

MUS 491 Internship (V-V-(l-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and depart- 
ment head and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually designed course project involving off- 
campus study, work, and /or research. Projects usually encompass the entire 
academic quarter and are under the joint supervision of the sponsoring institution 
and his/her faculty supervisor. 

Biology 

Faculty 

Relyea, Kenneth, Department Head 

Awong-Taylor, Judy Khan, Ritin 

* Beumer, Ronald Larson, Brett 
Guillou, Laurent Thome, Francis 
Hyde, Linda Wynn, Gail 
Kempke, Suzanne 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The major in biology consists of BIO 101, BIO 102, BOT 203 and ZOO 204, and at least 
40 quarter hours credit in biology courses (BIO, BOT, ZOO) numbered 300 or above. The 



BIOLOGY 93 



majority of the courses in the major numbered 300 or above must be taken in the Biology 
Department at Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology must include in his/her program the 
following courses: BIO 360, 370, 480; BOT 410 or ZOO 410; one course in botany numbered 
300 or above, other than BOT 410; and one course in zoology numbered 300 or above, other 
than ZOO 410. If credit for any of the first three required units is transferred to Armstrong 
from another college, the department may require that it be validated by examination. 

In addition, biology majors must complete elementary statistics and the course 
sequence in organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The course in general college physics 
(15 quarter hours) is strongly recommended and should be considered essential for those 
who expect to continue the study of biology beyond the B.S. degree. 

To be eligible for a B.S. degree in biology the student must have a grade of at least "C" 
for all biology courses. 

Beginning students who have successfully completed strong courses in biology in high 
school may take examinations for advanced placement or for credit for BIO 101 and/or 102. 
Arrangements to take these examinations may be made with the head of the department. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for the biology laboratory science 
sequence by taking biology in the Savannah State-Armstrong exchange program, a 
student must take the ENTIRE sequence of ten quarter hours either at Armstrong 
Atlantic State University or at Savannah State College. 

By careful use of electives a student majoring in biology may concurrently acquire a second 
major in chemistry (i.e., he or she may take a "double major"). This program is recommended 
for preprofessional students. It does require 10 to 20 quarter hours credit above the minimum 
required for graduation. Ask the department head for additional information. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN BIOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. BIO 101; 102 10 

2. MAT 101 (or 103 or 206 if examination allows) and MAT 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129; BOT 203 and ZOO 204 20 

2. Two courses from: natural sciences, Mathematics, foreign language .. 10 
AreaV 6-7 

1. PE 117 or 166 2-3 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement: HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. BIO 360, 370, 480; BOT 410 or ZOO 410 20 

2. Electives at the 300-400 level selected from biology, botany, 
and zoology. Electives must include one BOT course other 

than BOT 410 and one ZOO course other than ZOO 410 20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

CHE 341, 342, 343 15 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 



94 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



SPECIAL NOTES: 

(1) Biology majors should take BIO 101 and BIO 102 during the freshman year, and BOT 
203 and ZOO 204 during the sophomore year. CHE 128 and 129 should be completed 
by the end of spring quarter of the sophomore year. 

(2) The biology major should complete organic chemistry (CHE 341, 342, 343) no later 
than the end of the junior year as it is prerequisite or corequisite to some physiology 
courses. 

(3) Students who may wish to enter graduate school are advised that PHY 211, 212, 213, 
and foreign language to third quarter proficiency should be considered essential. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN BIOLOGY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103, or 206 5 

2. MAT 220 5 

3. BIO 101; 102 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; 

POS113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129; ZOO 204; MAT 103 20 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6-7 

1. PE 117 or 166 2-3 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement: HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. BIO 360, 370, 480; BOT 203 20 

2. BOT 410 or ZOO 410 5 

3. Electives at the 300-400 level selected from botany and zoology 20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 30 

1. CHE 341, 342, 343 15 

2. Three of AST 301, MET 301, GEO 301, OCE 301, or PHY 211, 212, 213 15 

D. Professional Sequence 40 

1. Orientation to Teaching Module, EDN 210 335, 446, 463, 475 35 

2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 216 

MINOR CONCENTRATIONS 

The following minor concentrations are available from the Department of Biology. 
For minors, the student must earn a grade of "C" or better in all courses offered for the 
minor. Students should be aware that BIO 101, 102 are pre-requisites to all courses listed 
below except BIO 210 and ZOO 215. 



BIOLOGY 95 



The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

Biology 20 

1. 20 hours of upper division BIO courses chosen from BIO 310, 351, 
352, 353, 358, 360, 370, 380, 410, 450, 460, 480 
Botany 20 

1. BOT 203 5 

2. 3 courses from BOT 305, 323, 510, 425 15 

Zoology 20 

1. ZOO 204 5 

2. 3 courses from ZOO 301, 326, 355, 356, 372, 410, 429, 435 15 

Human Biology 20 

1. BIO 210 or ZOO 215 5 

2. 3 courses from BIO 310, 351, 353, 370, 380, ZOO 330 15 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Pre Medical/Pre Dental/Pre Veterinary. Students majoring in biology may concur- 
rently complete all premedical, predental, and preveterinary requirements. 

Secondary Teaching Certificate in Biology. Students may major in Biology and 
obtain teaching certification. 

Internships. The Department offers a number of internship options in the areas of 
research, applied biology, and environmental education. It also offers programs in which 
students can work with physicians, veterinarians, and dentists. 

Pre-forestry program with the University of Georgia. A student may complete two 
years of a pre-forestry curriculum at Armstrong, then transfer to the University of 
Georgia. After two additional years of coursework, the student may receive a B.S. in 
Forest Resources. 

Pre-forestry /Environmental Management Affiliation with Duke University. In this 
program, a student may complete three years of study at Armstrong and then may apply 
for admission to the Duke program. If accepted, the student may complete two addi- 
tional years at Duke. Upon successfully completing the first year at Duke, the student 
will receive a B.S. in Biology from Armstrong; after successful completion of the second 
year, the student will receive a Master of Science degree in either forestry or environmen- 
tal management from Duke University. 

Biotechnology. Students seeking to attain biotechnology credentials appealing to 
employers in genetic technology industries, forensic science, pharmaceuticals, agricul- 
ture, aquaculture, and graduate programs may consider this track within the Biology 
Major. Pre-medical students, especially those considering biomedical research, will find 
this track attractive. The student completes the same required courses (BIO 101, 102, BOT 
203, ZOO 204, BIO 360, 370, 480 AND EITHER BOT 410 OR ZOO 410) as all other Biology 
majors, but then chooses BIO 351, 353, and 460 and one elective chosen from BIO 352, 410, 
BOT 410, ZOO 372, 510, 429, or 435. 

Scholarships In Biology 

The department offers a limited number of scholarships to Biology majors. Interested 
students are invited to inquire in the department office for details. 

Biology Honors 

Students who perform independent biological research and submit acceptable oral 
and written reports to a departmental committee may be eligible to have "graduated 
with departmental honors" noted on their official academic records. 

To qualify for this honor, students must have at the time of application: 120-150 
quarter hours of course work; a minimum college GPA of 3.3; a minimum biology GPA 
of 3.5 with no grade lower than "C"; and three or more 300-400 level course completed. 



96 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



The committee will consist of three biology faculty, adding where applicable a 
biologist from outside the college. The committee will examine students' proposals 
before projects are undertaken and evaluate the projects at their completion. 

Biology Offerings 

BIO 101 Principles of Biology I (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

Origin and characteristics of living systems, structure and function of cells, biologi- 
cal chemistry, the five kingdom concept (with emphasis on plants), basic principles 
and global aspects of ecology. 

BIO 102 Principles of Biology II (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: BIO 101. 

Mendelian and modern genetics; evolutionary mechanisms; survey of the animal 
kingdom; structure, function and development of animal organ systems, with 
emphasis on vertebrates. 

BIO 210 Microorganisms and Disease (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: CHE 201 or 122 and ZOO 209. 
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with primary emphasis on bacteria. 
The morphology, life history, and importance to public health of representative 
bacteria, fungi, viruses, and protozoa are considered. Credit for this course may not 
be applied toward a major in biology. 

BIO 310 Man and the Environment (5-0-5) 

Spring or Winter. Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarter hours credit in college 

courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between humans and the support systems of the 

earth which are essential to their existence. Credit for this course may not be applied 

toward a major in biology. 

BIO 351 Bacteriology (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites 10 hours of biological science, CHE 128-129. 

A study of the morphology, ecology, classification, and genetics of the bacteria and 

related micro-organisms, including the viruses. 

BIO 352 Medical Microbiology (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BIO 351 and permission of the instructor. 

A comprehensive study of the disease-causing microbes in terms of their diagnosis, 

pathology, and epidemiology. 

BIO 353 Immunology and Serology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 128 and 129 or permission of instructor and department 
head. 

A fundamental study of humoral and cellular immunity, the structure and biosyn- 
thesis of antibodies, and the interactions between antigens and antibodies. 
Consideration will be given to allergic states and other immunological diseases. 

BIO 358 Histological Technique (0-10-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101, and 102. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, staining, and 

mounting plant and animal materials for study. 

BIO 360 Cell Structure and Function (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 102, CHE 128, 129 

An introduction to cell biology including the study of cell ultrastructure, the major 

physiological processes, cell reproduction and cell differentiation. 

BIO 370 Genetics (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101, BIO 102 or 112, CHE 128, 129; BIO 351 and junior 

status recommended. 

An introduction to the principles of biological inheritance. 



BIOLOGY 97 



BIO 380 Human Genetics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 101-102 or ZOO 208-209 and CHE 128-129 or CHE 201-202, or 
CHE 121-122. 

An introduction to human inheritance including gene transmission, gene effects 
upon metabolism, population and quantitative genetics, genetics of sex-determina- 
tion, pedigree analysis, eugenics, and genetic screening and counseling. 

BIO 410 Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least third quarter junior status; two courses 
in biology numbered 300 or above; and organic chemistry. 

A consideration of the functional relationships between microscopic anatomy and 
cell chemistry, emphasizing permeability, metabolism, and growth. 

BIO 450 Evolution (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Major in biology (at least 15 qtr. hrs. credit in biology courses 

numbered 300 or above). 

Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIO 460 Molecular Genetics (4-4-5) 

Prerequisite: BOT 203, ZOO 204, BIO 360, and CHE 341. 

Detailed study of gene structure and the control of gene expression in prokaryotic, 
eukaryotic and viral systems, including topics such as replication, recombination, 
repair, mutagenesis of DNA and RNA synthesis. Recombinant DNA techniques and 
genetic engineering will be introduced. 

BIO 470/ 

471/472 Seminar (1-0-1) 

Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior Biology majors. 

Library research, class presentations, and discussions in selected areas of Biology. 

BIO 480 General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: Senior standing and three courses in biology numbered 300 or 

above. 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their application to the welfare of humans, 

coordinated with a study of populations and communities in the field. Research 

project and oral and written presentations are required. Ecology is a discipline 

which draws on information and methods from other areas of biology and science, 

and constitutes a "capstone" experience for biology students. 

BIO 481 Biology of Marine Organisms (4-3-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BOT 203, ZOO 204. 

Study of the relationship between organisms and abiotic and biotic features of the 

marine environment. Emphasis on local marine ecosystems. Field trips. 

BIO 490 Research (V-V-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 hours credit in biology courses 
numbered 300 or above; a B average in biology courses and in overall work; consent 
of department head; agreement of a staff member to supervise work. 
Problems to be assigned and work directed by a member of the department. 
Supervised research including literature search, field and /or laboratory investiga- 
tion and presentation of an acceptable written report of results. Credit will depend 
upon the work to be done. Both credit and proposed work must be approved in 
advance, in writing, by the faculty member to supervise the work and by the 
department head. 

BIO 495/496 Internship (V-V-U-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of the Depart- 
ment Head. 

The student will be engaged in a biological project sponsored by an outside agency. 
The project will be selected, supervised, evaluated, and credit hours determined by 
the student's faculty advisor in consultation with the outside agency. The student 
must make application during the quarter preceding the internship. No more than 
5 (five) hours may be counted toward the major. 






98 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Botany Offerings 

BOT 201 Principles of Horticulture (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: None. 

Introduction to basic gardening principles with emphasis on plant growth and 
development as responses to varying environmental conditions. Topics to be 
covered include plant classification, growth and development, environment, propa- 
gation, disease and pest control. This course may be applied as elective credit 
towards the B.S. degree in biology. 

BOT 203 Survey of the Plant Kingdom (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BIO 101 and 102. 

Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of the plant kingdom, with emphasis 

upon the evolution of the land flora. 

BOT 305 Identification of Flowering Plants (0-10-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of biology. 

Studies in the identification of plants with emphasis on local flora. 

BOT 323 Plant Anatomy (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of biology. 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems of vascular plants, and 

a comparative study of the structure of roots, stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits. 

BOT 410 Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: 15 quarter hours of biology. 

A survey of physiologic processes occurring in plants and the conditions which 

affect these processes. 

BOT 425 Plant Morphology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: BOT 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with emphasis on form, structure, reproduc- 
tion, and evolutionary relationships. 

Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 204 Survey of the Animal Kingdom (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102. 

An evolutionary survey of the major animal phyla. 

ZOO 208 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and a passing grade in 
High School chemistry or CHE 201 (if the student has passed High School chemistry 
then CHE 201 is a co-requisite for ZOO 208), or CHE 121-122, or 128-129. 
A basic course considering the gross anatomy, histology, and physiology of the 
human organ systems. Intended primarily for majors in health sciences, credit for 
this course may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 209 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: ZOO 208 and completion of the chemistry 
prerequisite or co-requisite for ZOO 208. 

A continuation of the basic course considering the anatomy and physiology of the 
human. Credit may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 211 Cardiopulmonary Anatomy and Physiology (2-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: ZOO 209. 

The cardiopulmonary system is studied with special emphasis on functional anatomy. 
The physiology of the heart, the control of circulation, respiration, and blood 
pressure, and particle movement across membranes are also studied. Intended 
primarily for majors in health sciences; credit for this course may not be applied 
toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 215 Human Physiology and Disease (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: ZOO 208 and 209 or other acceptable courses in human, 
general, or vertebrate physiology. 



BIOLOGY 



99 



ZOO 301 



ZOO 310 



ZOO 311 



ZOO 326 



ZOO 330 



ZOO 354 



ZOO 355 



ZOO 356 



ZOO 357 



ZOO 372 



ZOO 410 



ZOO 429 



ZOO 435 



An introductory consideration of disease as disruption of physiological homeostasis. 
Initial emphasis is placed on normal function, control, and environment of cells as a 
basis for understanding cellular and systemic responses to agents of injury and 
organismic effects of those responses. Intended primarily for majors in health sciences. 

Introductory Entomology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: BIO 101 and 102. 

An introduction to the study of insects — their structure, identification and biology. 

Human Physiology. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 101-102 or ZOO 208-209; college chemistry. 

Functioning of human organ systems, with special attention to neuromuscular and 

cardiopulmonary function. 

Physiology Laboratory. (0-3-1) 

Prerequisites or co-requisite: course in human or animal physiology. 

Empirical demonstration and reinforcement of concepts presented in physiology lecture. 

Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, interrelations, and natural history of the 

major invertebrate groups. 

Fundamentals of Nutrition (5-0-5) 

Winter, alternate years. Prerequisites: BIO 101 102 or ZOO 208-209, and CHE 121-122 
or CHE 201. 

Biological bases of animal, including human, nutrition; sources and biological 
utilization and functions of nutrients. 

Natural History of Vertebrate Animals (4-3-5) 

Fall, alternate years. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

Study of life histories, taxonomy, evolution, and adaptations of vertebrate animals 
with emphasis on identification and examination of local vertebrates through field 
oriented labs. 

Embryology (4-3-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

An elementary course in embryology in which the chick is used to illustrate the basic 

principles of developmental anatomy. 

Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

A study of the anatomy and evolution of the organ systems of the vertebrates. 

Animal Histology (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

A study of the tissues and their organization into organs and organ systems in 

animals. 

Parasitology (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

A comparative study of the internal and external parasites of man and other 

animals. 

General Vertebrate Physiology (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic Chemistry, CHE 341. 
An introduction to the general physiologic processes of the vertebrates. 

Endocrinology (4-3-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: ZOO 410 or other acceptable physiology course. 
Physiology of the endocrine glands, their control of metabolism and reproductive cycles. 

Comparative Physiology (3-4-5) 

Winter, alternate years. Prerequisites: Junior status, including 15 hours of biology; 
Organic Chemistry (may be taken concurrently). 

Studies in various groups of animals of the functions of organ systems involved in 
the maintenance of homeostasis under varying conditions within normal habitats 
and of in vitro reactions of tissues and systems under laboratory conditions. 



100 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Chemistry and Physics 

Faculty 

Brewer, John, Acting Department Head 
Carpenter, Suzanne, Coordinator of Chemistry 
Martin, Keith, Coordinator of Engineering Studies 

Brush, Sabitra Lynch, Will 

* Butler, Frank MacGowan, Catherine 

* Byrd, James Murray, Eric 
Harris, Henry Wallace, Richard 

* Hizer, Todd Weiner, Steven 
Jaynes, Leon * Whiten, Morris 
Kolodny, Robert Zipperer, W.C. 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The department offers majors in chemistry and in applied physics. Minor concentrations 
are offered in chemistry, engineering studies, physical science, and physics. The department 
sponsors the Engineering Studies Program. This program allows students to complete their 
first two years of an engineering degree while attending Armstrong Atlantic State Univer- 
sity. 

The major in chemistry is designed to give depth in the fields of chemistry, yet is 
flexible enough to accommodate a range of career goals. Students majoring in chemistry 
may concurrently complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, and pre-veterinary require- 
ments and all requirements for secondary teaching certification in chemistry. A grade of 
"C" or better in all chemistry courses applied toward the major, and the successful 
completion of the chemistry exit exam are graduation requirements. If any credit for a 
major or major field course is transferred from another college, the department may 
require that it be validated by examination. 

Applied physics is designed to give a broad foundation in the fields of physics and 
engineering with enough flexibility to support a range of career goals from industrial 
employment to graduate work. A grade of "C" or better in all physics courses applied 
toward the major and the successful completion of the applied physics exit exam are 
graduation requirements. 

The department participates in the Dual Degree Program of Armstrong Atlantic State 
University under which students may earn simultaneously the B.S. degree with a major 
in chemistry or applied physics from Armstrong Atlantic and the baccalaureate in a field 
of engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology or one of several other partici- 
pating schools. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY (Applied Chemistry Option) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

PHY 211, 212 or 217*, 218* 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

POS113 5 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 101 



One course selected from: ANT 201, ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

CHE 128, 129, 130 15 

MAT 206 5 

PHY 213 or 219* 5 

Computer Science or Mathematics or Natural Science 5 

AreaV 6 

PE166 2 

Four activity courses 4 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 321, 341, 342, 343, 350, 381, 491 32 

CHE 410 and two courses selected from: 

CHE 421, 441, 461, 480, 492, 493, 496* (5 hours) 13 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

PHY 312 5 

CS 115, 116, 120, or 142, 5 

Additional course in Computer 

Science, Mathematics, or Natural Sciences 5 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 
^Preferred sequence. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY 

(Pre-professional/Biochemistry Option) 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

One course selected from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; 

MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

PHY 211, 212 or 217*, 218* 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

POS113 5 

One course selected from ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

CHE 128, 129, 130 15 

MAT 206 5 

PHY 213 or 219* 5 

BIO 101 5 

AreaV 11 

PE166 2 

Four activity courses 4 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major field requirements 45 

CHE 321, 341, 342, 343, 350, 381, 461, 462, 463, 491 45 

C. Related field requirements 15 

PHY 312 5 

CS 115, 116, 120 or 142 5 



102 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

BIO 102 5 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 



TOTAL 191 
* Preferred 

Special Note: Additional biology courses are required for some professional or graduate 
programs. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY (Pre-graduate Study Option) 

A. General Requirements 104 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

One course selected from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; 

MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 22 

MAT 101, 103 10 

PHY 217, 218 12 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

POS113 5 

One course selected from ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; 

PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 31 

CHE 128, 129, 130 15 

MAT 206, MAT 207 10 

PHY 219 6 

AreaV 11 

PE166 2 

Four activity courses 4 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major field requirements 45 

CHE 321, 341, 342, 343, 350, 381, 491, 492, 493 42 

Approved 300-400 level chemistry courses : 3 

C. Related field requirements 15 

PHY 312 5 

CS 115, 116, 120 or 142 5 

MAT 208 5 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 194 
Special Note: Additional chemistry and math courses are recommended for students 
desiring to enter graduate school. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY (Teacher Certification in Secondary Schools Option) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 103 



One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

POS113 5 

PSY101 5 

Area IV 30 

CHE 130 5 

MAT 206 5 

PHY 211, 212, 213, or 217, 218, 219 15 

CS 115 or 116 5 

AreaV 11 

PE166 2 

Four activity courses 4 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 321, 341, 342, 343, 350, 381, 461, 491 37 

Approved 300-400 level chemistry courses 8 

C. Related Field Requirements 20 

PHY 312 5 

BIO 101, 102 10 

One course selected from: AST 301; GEL 301, 310; MET 301; 

OCE301 5 

D. Professional sequence 40 

Orientation to Teaching Module, EDN 210, EDN 335, 447, 475 35 

PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 206 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 
WITH A MAJOR IN APPLIED PHYSICS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 104 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 103, 206 10 

2. CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course selected from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; GEO 212; 

PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 33 

1. PHY 217, 218, 219 18 

2. MAT 207, 208, 216 15 

AreaV 11 

1. PE 166 2 

Four activity courses 4 



104 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



2. HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 35 

PHY 417 or EGR 221 (Mechanics) 5 

PHY 330 or CHE 491 (Thermodynamics) 5 

PHY 380 (Intermediate Modern) 5 

PHY 310 (Circuit Analysis) 5 

PHY 312 (Digital Electronics) 5 

PHY 412 (Scientific Measurements with Digital Interfacing) 5 

Five hours selected from: PHY 322 (Deformable Bodies), 

PHY 323 (Fluids), PHY 490 (Special Topics) or PHY 496 

(Internship) 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 28 

MAT 309, 341 10 

CS142 5 

EGR 171, 220 8 

ENG372 5 

D. Electives 25 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 



TOTAL 192 

Minor Concentrations 

The minor in Chemistry requires twenty credit hours with grades of "C" or better in 
upper division chemistry courses. 

The minor in Engineering Studies requires EGR 100, 171, 220, 221, plus 10 hours 
chosen from upper division engineering electives for a total of 26 quarter credit hours. 
A grade of at least "C" in each course is required. 

The minor in Physics requires twenty-three credit hours from courses designated as 
physics numbered 211 or higher. A grade of "C" or better in each course is required. 

The minor in Physical Sciences requires ten credit hours of a laboratory sequence in 
chemistry, physical science, or physics plus fifteen hours chosen from: AST 301, CHE 301, 
GEL 301, GEL 310, MET 301, OCE 301. A grade of "C" or better is required in each course. 

The AASU Engineering Transfer Program 

The AASU Engineering Transfer Program offers course work contained in the first 
two years of the standard engineering curriculum at most accredited engineering 
schools. After following the suggested course sequence at Armstrong Atlantic, a student 
should be able to transfer to any ABET accredited engineering school and complete the 
requirements for a baccalaureate in a chosen field of engineering in a total of four to five 
years, which is the time typical of all engineering students. The program of courses has 
been constructed with advice from the Georgia Institute of Technology. Students are 
advised to contact the engineering school of choice on questions of transfer. 

Chemistry Offerings 

CHE 121/122 Introduction to Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: MAT 101; CHE 121 or CHE 128 is a prerequisite for CHE 
122. (Credit in these courses may not be applied to a major in chemistry.) 
These courses include a study of the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic 
chemistry, a survey of organic chemistry, and an introduction to biochemistry. The 
laboratory work includes an understanding of fundamental techniques. 

CHE 128/129 General Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 or concurrently. CHE 128 is a prerequisite for CHE 129. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 105 



These courses are a study of the fundamental principles and laws of chemistry 
including stoichiometry, chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, and equilibria with a 
quantitative approach to the subject. These courses are designed for the science, 
premedical and engineering student. The laboratory work includes an understand- 
ing of fundamental techniques. 

CHE 130 Principles of Chemical Analysis (3-6-5) 
Prerequisite: CHE 129. 

This course is the third in the series 128, 129, 130 - required to complete an academic 
year of general chemistry. Classical methods of chemical analysis, including gravi- 
metric and volumetric methods, equilibria and statistical treatment of data are 
studied. The laboratory will reinforce the theoretical aspects of these methods. 

CHE 201 Essentials of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and biochemistry with emphasis on applica- 
tions in human physiology and clinical chemistry. Experimental principles will be 
illustrated with classroom demonstrations. 

CHE 202 Physical Principles (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 201. 

This course provides a study of the physical principles of gas behavior, acid-base 
calculations, weak acid ionization, buffer solutions, pH measurements, blood gas mea- 
surements, and other subjects of special interest to persons in the allied health sciences. 

CHE 301 The Chemistry of Life (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. Offered on de- 
mand. 

An introductory course covering selected areas of applied biochemistry. This course 
is not recommended for chemistry, biology, or premedical students. 

CHE 307 Principles of Chemical Processes (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: CHE 129 and MAT 206. 

Methods of material balance in chemical process are studied. Topic subjects include 
processes and process variables, systems of units, gas behavior, single-phase and 
multi-phase systems. TEXT: Level of Felder and Rousseau Elementary Principles of 
Chemical Processes. 

CHE 308 Principles of Chemical Processes II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 307. 

Methods of energy balance in chemical processes are studied. Various forms of 
energy changes involved in both reactive and non-reactive processes are intro- 
duced. Emphasis is placed on the application of combined material and energy 
balances in processes. TEXT: Level of Felder and Rousseau Elementary Principles of 
Chemical Processes. 

CHE 321 Inorganic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 130; Co-requisite: CHE 341 or permission of the instructor. 
This course is an introduction to the fundamental principles of inorganic chemistry. 
Topics covered will include the descriptive chemistry of representative and transi- 
tion elements, coordination chemistry, and inorganic bonding theories. The 
laboratory will reinforce the theoretical aspects of inorganic chemistry, emphasiz- 
ing the synthesis of inorganic complexes and their characterization by a variety of 
analytical techniques. 

CHE 341/342 Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter; Winter, Spring. 

These courses include the study of aliphatics, aromatic hydrocarbons and their 
derivatives, polyfunctional compounds, and polynuclear hydrocarbons. Organic 
reactions are emphasized in terms of modern theory. The students will carry out 
laboratory assignments designed to reinforce and supplement lecture material. The 
students will carry out laboratory assignments designed to reinforce and supple- 
ment lecture material. 

CHE 343 Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Fall, Spring. 



106 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



A continuation of the organic chemistry sequence 341,342. This course completes 
the fundamental study of organic chemistry with a consideration of carbohydrates, 
amino acids, and heterocyclics with their related compounds. The students will 
carry out laboratory assignments designed to reinforce and supplement lecture 
material. The students will carry out laboratory assignments designed to reinforce 
and supplement lecture material. 

CHE 350 Chemical Literature (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Offered on demand. 

An introduction to the use of the chemical library, the important journals, references 
and other information sources. Information will be collected, organized, and orally 
presented as a seminar. 

CHE 381 Instrumental Analysis (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 130; Co-requisite: CHE 341 or permission of the instructor. 
This course is a study of modern methods of instrumental analysis, stressing 
electroanalytical, spectrophotometric and chromatographic methods. The labora- 
tory will reinforce the theoretical aspects of these methods. 

CHE 397 Scientific Glass-Blowing (0-4-2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. Offered on demand. 
Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; introduction of glass working equip- 
ment; planning of sequential joining operations; demonstration of major techniques 
for joining and working glass; supervision of individual students in preparing test 
pieces. 

CHE 410 Chemical Safety (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 341. Offered on demand. 

Topic subjects will include standard laboratory safety practices, hazardous proper- 
ties of chemicals, safety practices in the storage, use and disposal of chemicals, and 
government regulations. 

CHE 421 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 381, CHE 491. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tending to increase students' understanding 
of mechanisms of chemical reactions. Emphasizes the periodicity of elements. 
Students will carry out extensive literature searches and participate in inorganic 
laboratory research. 

CHE 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. 

This course is a further study of important organic reactions emphasizing theories 

of reaction mechanisms. The laboratory will reinforce the theoretical aspects of the 

course. 

CHE 448 Organic Qualitative Analysis (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 

Systematic approach to the identification of organic compounds. 

CHE 451 History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Junior standing and CHE 129. 

The development of science surveyed from antiquity to the present. Emphasis is 
placed on the development of ideas, significant contributions, evolution of chemical 
theories, and the modern social implications of science. 

CHE 461 Biochemistry I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343 or permission of the instructor. 

This course is a study of the chemical nature of cellular constituents and cellular 
metabolism. Subject topics include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, enzymes, vita- 
mins and coenzymes, carbohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolism, and the 
metabolism of ammonia and other nitrogen containing compounds. 

CHE 462 Biochemistry II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 461 or permission of the instructor. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 107 



This course is a study of the chemistry of DNA, including the biosynthesis and 
function of nucleic acids, modern techniques in nucleic acid research and selected 
topics. 

CHE 463 Biochemistry Laboratory (1-6-3) 

Prerequisites: CHE 461 and CHE 462 or permission of the instructor. 

This course is a study of modern biochemical research techniques. Purification and 

characterization of nucleic acids and proteins will be emphasized. 

CHE 480 Advanced Instrumental Analysis (3-6-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 381 and PHY 312. 

This course is a study of spectrographic and chromatographic methods of analysis. 
Laboratory topics will include visible, ultraviolet, atomic emission, atomic absorp- 
tion, infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry, and gas and high 
performance liquid chromatography. 

CHE 491 Physical Chemistry I - Thermodynamics (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 130, 381, PHY 211 or 217, MAT 206. Fall. 

An introduction to physical chemistry, including study of the gas laws, heat and 
work, and the first, second and third laws of thermodynamics. These concepts will 
be applied to the study of material and reaction equilibrium as well as standard 
thermodynamic functions. Real gases and one-component phase equilibrium will 
also be studied. Students will carry out laboratory assignments designed to rein- 
force and supplement lecture material. 

CHE 492 Physical Chemistry II - Multicomponent Systems and Kinetics (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 491. Winter. 

A continuation of CHE 491, this course begins with a study of ideal and non-ideal 
solutions, surface chemistry and electrochemical systems. Course concludes with 
the study of the kinetic-molecular theory of gases, transport processes and reaction 
kinetics. Students will carry out laboratory assignments designed to reinforce and 
supplement lecture material. 

CHE 493 Physical Chemistry HI - Quantum Mechanics (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 130, 381, PHY 211 or 217, MAT 206. 

An investigation of the development of quantum mechanics and the corresponding 
evolution of modern theories of atomic and molecular structure. The application of 
these theories to spectroscopy and photochemistry are also studied. Emphasis is 
placed on the use of the scientific method and the importance of observation-based 
development of theory. Students will carry out laboratory assignments designed to 
reinforce and supplement lecture material. 

CHE 496 Internship (V-V(l-12)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: CHE 343, 381, 491 and permission of 
the Chemistry Intern Program Director. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project in industry, government or other 
institutional setting. The project will be determined, supervised, and evaluated by the 
sponsor of the activity and the student's faculty adviser. Application and arrangement 
must be made through the department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of 
internship. Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of the Faculty 
at Armstrong and the appropriate official of the school from which the student comes. 

CHE 497/ 

498/499 Independent Study (V-V-(l -5)) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the Department. Offered each quarter. 



108 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Designed to permit qualified students to pursue supervised individual research or 
study. Emphasis will be placed on the literature search, laboratory experimentation, 
and presentation of an acceptable written report. Both the credit and proposed work 
must be approved in writing by the faculty member who will supervise the work and 
by the department head. Open to transient students only with the permission of the 
Dean of the Faculty at Armstrong and of the college from which the student comes. 

CHE 550 Chemical Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. 

An introduction to the use of the chemical library, the important journals, references 
and other information sources. Information will be collected, organized, and orally 
presented as a seminar. 

Engineering Offerings 

EGR 100 Introduction to Engineering (3-0-3). 

Prerequisite: Eligibility to enter MAT 101 and ENG 101. 

A comprehensive orientation to the engineering process from problem formulation 

to the evolution of creative design; fundamental concepts from various fields of 

engineering. 

EGR 171 Engineering Graphics (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103, CS 116. 

Computer-aided graphics and engineering design fundamentals. Spatial analysis 

axioms, projection theory, sketching, creating design, geometric dimensioning, and 

tolerancing. 

EGR 220 Statics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 207. 

Concepts of forces, moments, and other vector quantities; analysis of two-and- 
three-dimensional force systems; conditions of equilibrium; friction; centroids and 
moments of inertia. 

EGR 221 Dynamics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 220 and MAT 208. 

Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies; kinetics of particles and rigid bodies using 
force-mass-acceleration, work-energy, and momentum methods in two-and-three- 
dimensional motion. 

EGR 310 Electrical Circuit Analysis (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or Corequisite: MAT 341. 

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's 

and Norton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled circuits, and two-port 

parameters. 

EGR 311 Electronics I (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: EGR 310. 

Introduction to P-N junction theory and the concepts of solid-state devices; devel- 
opment of the electrical characteristics of diodes and transistors; bipolar and 
field-effect amplifying circuits; operational amplifiers and analog systems. 

EGR 312 Electronics II (2-6-4) 

Prerequisite: EGR 311. 

Operation and application of integrated circuits used in digital systems; gates, flip- 
flops, counters, registers and memory devices. 

EGR 322 Mechanics of Deformable Bodies (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 220. 

Internal effects and dimension changes of solids resulting from externally applied 
loads; shear and bending moment diagrams; analysis of stress and strain; beam 
deflection; column stability. 

EGR 323 Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 221, EGR 330, and MAT 341 

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the continuity, momentum, and energy 

conservation relationships; introduction to viscous flows. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 109 



EGR 330 Thermodynamics I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208. 

Basic concepts of thermodynamics; properties of substances; conservation prin- 
ciples; the first and second laws of thermodynamics; entropy; analysis of 
thermodynamic systems. 

EGR 331 Thermodynamics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 330. 

Gas cycles; vapor cycles; thermodynamic relationships; thermodynamic behavior 

of real gases; non-reacting gas mixtures; thermodynamics of chemical reactions. 

EGR 332 Heat Transfer (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 323. 

The fundamental principle of heat transfer; steady and transient conduction in 

solids; introduction to convective heat transfer; thermal radiation. 

EGR 350 Computer Applications In Engineering (2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: CS 246, EGR 221, EGR 310, EGR 323. 

The application of digital computers to the solution of selected engineering prob- 
lems; emphasis on problem analysis and solution techniques. 

EGR 370 Engineering Economic Analysis (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and ECO 202. 

Fundamental principles and basic techniques of economic analysis of engineering 
projects including economic measure of effectiveness; time value of money, cost 
estimation, breakeven and replacement analysis. 

EGR 396 Engineering Internship (V-V-(l-12)) 

Prerequisites: EGR 171, EGR 322, and permission of the Engineering Intern Program 

Director. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project in industry or government. The project 

will be determined, supervised, and evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and the 

Engineering Intern Program Director. Application and arrangement must be made 

through the department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of internship. 

Physical Science Offerings 

PHS 121 Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and concepts of physics and as- 
tronomy. This course is designed for non-science majors interested in a descriptive 
survey. The laboratory study is designed to supplement the study of theory. 

PHS 122 Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry, geology, 
meteorology and physical oceanography. This is a descriptive course which in- 
cludes the classification of elements, basic chemical reactions, and atomic structure 
designed for the non-science major. The laboratory study includes experiences 
which augment class discussion. 

AST 301 Introduction to Astronomy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 

A study of the planetary system, stars, stellar structure, and cosmology. 

AST 501 Astronomy (5-0-5) 

Topic subjects will include the solar system, stellar evolution, star and star systems 
and methods in astronomy. 

GEL 301 Introduction to Physical Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. 
An introduction to physical geology. A study of common earth materials, dynamic 
processes of change, volcanology, seismology, plate tectonics, and the structure and 
evolution of the earth's crust and inner regions. 

GEL 310 Introduction to Historical Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science. 



110 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



An introduction to historical geology. A study of the earth's origin and the changes 
through time. 

GEL 501 Physical Geology (5-0-5) 

A survey of physical and historical geology. Topic subjects will include a geologic 
history, plate tectonics and identification of minerals and rocks. 

GEL 510 Historic Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of undergraduate or graduate laboratory science. 
An introduction to historical geology. A study of the earth's origin and the changes 
through time. 

MET 301 Introduction to Meteorology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 

An introduction to the description of the state of the atmosphere and to the physical 

laws that describe atmospheric phenomena. 

MET 501 Meteorology (5-0-5) 

A study of the atmosphere, weather and climate. 

OCE 301 Introduction to Oceanography (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory science completed. 
A study of the basic principles of oceanography. Topic subjects to include the 
distribution of water over the earth, nature and relief of the ocean floors, tides and 
currents, chemical properties of sea water and constituents, and applications of 
oceanographic research. 

OCE 501 Oceanography (5-0-5) 

Topic subjects will include origin and structure of ocean floors, tides and currents, 
chemical and physical properties of sea water, and application of oceanographic 
research. 

Physics Offerings 

PHY 211 Mechanics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. Fall, Winter. 

The first part of the sequence PHY 211-212-213 in general physics. Basic classical 

physics, including mechanics, sound, and heat. Designed for students with aptitude 

in mathematics below the level of calculus. Selected experiments to demonstrate 

applications. 

PHY 212 Electricity, Magnetism, Basic Light (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 211. Winter, Spring. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 211212-213. Basic electricity, magnetism, and 

geometrical optics. 

PHY 213 Light Phenomena, Modern Physics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 212. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence PHY 211-212-213. Continues the study of light from the 
viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes with the study of atomic and nuclear 
physics. Laboratory work includes two selected experiments of advanced scope. 

PHY 217 Mechanics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: MAT 206. Fall and Spring. 

The first part of the sequence PHY 217-218-219 in general physics. Basic classical 
physics, including mechanics, sound and heat. Designed especially for engineering 
students and recommended for science majors. Selected experiments to demon- 
strate applications. 

PHY 218 Electricity, Magnetism, Basic Light (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207 or concurrently and PHY 217. Fall, Winter. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 217218-219. Basic electricity, magnetism, and 

geometrical optics. 






CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 111 



PHY 219 Light Phenomena, Modern Physics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence PHY 217-218-219. Continues the study of light from the 
viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes with the study of atomic and nuclear 
physics. Laboratory work includes two selected experiments of advanced scope. 

PHY 310 Electrical Circuit Analysis (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or Corequisite: MAT 341. 

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's 

and Norton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled circuits, and two-port 

parameters. 

PHY 312 Digital Electronics (3-6-5) 

Prerequisites: Math 103 and ten quarter hours of laboratory science completed. 
An introduction to discrete component and integrated circuits used in modern 
digital electronics. The primary objective of this course is to give students hands-on 
experience in constructing and investigating an array of digital circuits that are 
directly applicable in instrumentation. 

PHY 322 Mechanics of Deformable Bodies (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 220. 

Internal effects and dimension changes of solids resulting from externally applied 
loads; shear and bending moment diagrams; analysis of stress and strain; beam 
deflection; column stability. 

PHY 323 Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 221, EGR/PHY 330, and MAT 341. 

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the continuity, momentum, and energy 

conservation relationships; introduction to viscous flows. 

PHY 330 Thermodynamics I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208 

Basic concepts of thermodynamics: properties of substances; conservation prin- 
ciples; the first and second laws of thermodynamics; entropy; analysis of 
thermodynamic systems. 

PHY 380 Introductory Quantum Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 213 or PHY 219 and MAT 207. Offered on demand. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical principles with applications in atomic and 

molecular structure. 

PHY 412 Scientific Measurements with Digital Interfacing (2-6-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 312 and CS 142. 

Principles and techniques used in measuring physical quantities. The major topics 
include transducers, data acquisition interface (A/D, D/A, DIO), GPIB, and data 
analysis. The computer is introduced as a general purpose laboratory instrument 
with data acquisition and process control capabilities. The students will gain hands- 
on experience through applications in experimental physics. 

PHY 417 Mechanics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 or 211 and MAT 207. PHY 218 or 212 and MAT 341 are 
recommended. Offered on demand. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles and of systems of particles are 
developed using Newtonian principles. 

PHY 490 Independent Study in Physics (V-V-U-5)) 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and permission of the department head and 
at least a junior standing. 

Permits qualified students to pursue research or study in physics under the 
supervision of a member of the physics faculty. Research activities will require the 
presentation of a written report. Studies of special topics will require the completion 
of written exams. Both the credit and proposed work must be approved in writing 
by the faculty member who will supervise the work and by the department head. 
Open to transient students only with the permission of the Dean of Arts and Sciences 
at Armstrong and of the college from which the student comes. 



1 1 2 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

PHY 496 Physics Internship (V-V-U-12)) 

Prerequisites: PHY 417 or EGR 220, PHY 330 or CHE 491, PHY 310, and permission 
of the Physics Intern Program Director. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project in industry or government. The project 
will be determined, supervised, and evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and the 
Physics Intern Program Director. Application and arrangements must be made 
through the department by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of internship. Open 
to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Arts and Sciences at 
Armstrong and of the college from which the student comes. 

Computer Science 

Faculty 

* Wheeler, Ed, Acting Department Head 

Brubaker, Jerry Shipley, Charles 

* Bykat, Alex White, Laurie 
Jodis, Stephen 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The Department of Computer Science offers a wide range of services to the AASU 
student. Several computer literacy courses are available to satisfy the general education 
needs of the student. A minor in computer science can be designed to complement the 
rest of a student's program. A flexible computer science major meets the needs of 
students with a number of different interests. 

The Computer Science Major: In recent years this major has equipped many students 
to step into a broad spectrum of jobs in the computer industry. The degree features a core 
of courses designed to provide a solid foundation in theoretical computer science as well 
as practical programming experience. After finishing the core, students choose from 
several optional senior level tracks that give an individual focus to the major. At present 
students may choose from tracks in large software system development, computer 
systems, knowledge-based systems, and scientific computation. A variety of internships 
and cooperative education placements provide students with opportunities for practical 
experience in the discipline. 

Important Note: In August of 1991 the computer science major was accredited by the 
Computer Science Accreditation Commission (CSAC) making the Armstrong program 
the second accredited program in the state. (The first accredited program in the state is 
housed at Georgia Institute of Technology.) The Computer Science Accreditation Com- 
mission is an agent of the Computing Sciences Accreditation Board (CSAB), a specialized 
accrediting body recognized by the Council on Postsecondary Accreditation (COPA) 
and the U.S. Department of Education. 

Co-ops and Internships: Students are able to compete for cooperative education 
positions and internships at major Savannah employers such as Gulfstream and Savan- 
nah Foods. Such positions provide students invaluable opportunities to acquire practical 
experience that complements their classroom experience. 

Minor in Computer Science: 

1. CS242 

2. Four of CS 262 or 300-400 level courses (excluding CS 400, 496, 497) 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 113 



Special Academic Regulations: 

1. To earn the BS degree with a major in computer science, a student must 
successfully complete with a grade of C or better all mathematics and computer 
science courses required in the program of study. 

2. To fulfill the prerequisites for any mathematics or computer science course one 
must obtain a grade of "C" (or above) in each prerequisite course except 
Mathematics 101. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 .... 5 
Area II 20 

1. MAT 103, 206 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 102; CHE 128, 129; PHY 217, 218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 292 10 

2. POS 113 and one of the courses: PSY 101; SOC 201; ECO 201, 202; 
ANT 201 10 

Area IV 30 

1. MAT 207, 265 10 

2. CS 142, 242, 262 15 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

1. CS 303, 304, 312, 326, 334, 342 30 

2. Three courses chosen from one of the following groups: 15 

a. Large Software System Development: CS 346, 434, 445, 461 

b. Computer Systems: CS 346, 421, 426, 445 

c. Knowledge-based Systems: CS 414, 461, 481 

d. Scientific Computation: CS 353, 414, 445, 481 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. ENG 372 5 

2. MAT 321 5 

3. One course from MAT 208, 216, 322, 346, 353 5 

4. A third quarter of laboratory science completing the sequence begun 
in Area 2: 5 

a) BOT 203 or ZOO 204 

b) CHE 130 or CHE 341 

c) PHY 219 

5. One additional approved elective from scientific disciplines 5 

D. Electives 25 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL T9l 



114 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Computer Science Offerings 

CS 115 Introduction to Computer Concepts and Applications (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

The study of hardware and software components of computers, and the impact of 
the computer on society. Discussion of the capabilities and the limitations of 
computers, and the kinds of problems that are best solved by computers. Experience 
with using personal computer productivity tools to solve representative problems. 
Emphasis on the major uses of computers. This course is designed for the non- 
computer science major. It may not be applied as part of a language sequence. Credit 
will be granted for only one of CS 115, CS 116, and CS 296. 

CS 116 Honors Computer Concepts and Applications (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite or Corequisite: MAT 103. 

This course replaces CS 115 for selected students. While the subject matter will be 
similar to the subject matter in CS 115, the treatment will have greater depth due to 
the higher mathematical experience of the students. Mathematical software pack- 
ages will be included in the laboratory component. Credit will be granted for only 
one of CS 115, CS 116, and CS 296. 

CS 120 Introduction to BASIC Programming (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

BASIC programming and program structure; elementary logic and Boolean algebra; 
algorithms; flow charts; debugging; computer solutions of numeric and non- 
numeric problems; characteristics and applications of computers in modern society. 
(Credit will not apply toward a degree in computer science.) 

CS 136 RPG Programming (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 120 or 142. 

Introduction to the language and programming applications for small computer 

systems using RPG. 

CS 142 Introduction to Programming Principles (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

Structured programming; control structures, input/output, functions and proce- 
dures, fundamental data types, arrays and records; elementary searching and 
sorting; debugging techniques. 

CS 225 Computational Methods in Statistics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 220 and CS 115 or 142. 

Statistical programming with Minitab and SAS software, including data analyses 

involving ANOVA, multiple regression, and non-parametric statistics. 

CS 242 Advanced Programming Principles (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 142. 

Advanced programming concepts; abstract data types; recursion, binary files, 

pointers, lists, queues, stacks and trees; sorting methods of order n log n. 

CS 246 Fortran Programming (2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 120 or CS 142. 

Algorithmic processes of computer problem solving in a scientific context; FOR- 
TRAN programming language: syntax, arrays, input-output, subroutines, functions. 

CS 247 Programming Principles with COBOL (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 142. 

The COBOL programming language: basic syntax, input-output, debugging, table- 
handling, sorting, searching, sequential and random file manipulation, structured 
programming for COBOL. 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 115 



CS 249 Programming in C++ (2-0-2) 

The syntax of C++; input/output, control structures, data types, compilation units. 
Introduction to classes, including use of classes and simple class implementation. 

CS 262 Introduction to File Structures (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 242. 

An introduction to the concepts and techniques of accessing data in files on 
secondary devices. Includes sequential, relative, and indexed access methods, and 
tree-structured organizations. Also includes security and ethics, introductory and 
relational database system concepts, and external sorting. 

CS 290 Topics in Computer Science [(l-5)-(0-15)-(l-5)] 

Prerequisites: Announced with course. 

Special topics of current interest in computer science. 

CS 296 Computer Literacy for Educators (2-3-3) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 101. 

The study of hardware and software components of computers, elementary program- 
ming, and the impact of computers on curriculum. Discussion of the capabilities and 
limitations of computers, and the kinds of problems that are best solved by computers. 
Experience with developing and modifying algorithms to solve such problems. 
Emphasis on instructional uses of microcomputers. This course is designed for the 
non-computer science major. It may not be applied as part of a language sequence. 
Credit will be granted for only one of CS 115, CS 116, and CS 296. 

CS 303 Computer Organization and Architecture I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 242. 

Hardware and software concepts of digital computing systems, with emphasis on 
fundamental system software and details of hardware operation. Topics include 
virtual machines, systems organization, digital logic, and microprogramming. 

CS 304 Computer Organization and Architecture II (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 303. 

Continuation of CS 303. Topics include instruction and data formats, addressing 
modes, instruction types, flow of control, virtual memory, assembly language 
programming, and advanced computer architectures, including RISC machines 
and parallel architectures. 

CS 312 Algorithms and Data Structures (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 249, 262 and MAT 265. 

Abstract data types; algorithms for the manipulation of data structures; analysis of 
algorithms; concepts related to the interaction between data structures and storage 
structures for the generating, developing, and processing of data; algorithms for 
memory management. 

CS 326 Operating Systems I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 304. 

Concepts, structure, and mechanisms of operating systems. Topics include: pro- 
cesses, concurrency, memory management, scheduling, I/O management, disk 
scheduling, file management and basic aspects of protection and security, and 
distributed systems. 

CS 334 Software Engineering Concepts I (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 262 and ENG 372. 

Principles and techniques of designing and implementing software systems, includ- 
ing system life-cycle models, planning techniques, requirements analysis and 
systems specification, hman interfaces, design, implementation, testing, mainte- 
nance, team structure and project management. The role and responsibilities of 
computing professionals. A student project encompassing some or all of these 
techniques will be required. 

CS 342 Comparative Languages (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 262, CS 304 and MAT 265. 






116 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Comparative study of programming languages including facilities for procedures, 
parameter passing and recursion, control structures, and storage allocation tech- 
niques. Methods of specifying syntax and semantics. Introduction to program 
translation. 

CS 346 'C Programming under UNIX (tm) (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 342. 

The 'C programming language: basic syntax, types, operators and expressions, 
statements, modular programming, arrays, structures, unions and pointers. UNIX 
(tm) system programming techniques: I/O forking, pipes, signals, interrupts. 
Software tools: macros, conditional compilation, passing values to the compiler, 
lint, symbolic debugging, source code control, libraries. 

CS 353 Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207 and CS 142. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear equations; numerical 
integration and numerical solution of differential equations; matrix inversion; 
evaluation of determinants; calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; boundary 
value problems. 

CS 400 Programming Seminar (0-2-1) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CS 242. 

A variety of programming problems, considered with the aim of developing 

problem solving techniques. 

CS 414 Computer Graphics (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 312. 

Introduction to computer graphics: hardware and software. Algorithms for com- 
puter graphics programming. Windows, clipping, two and three dimensional 
transformations, hidden line and hidden surface removal. Graphics standards for 
hardware and software systems. 

CS 421 Data Communications and Computer Networks (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 304. 

Communications media; codes; data transmission; multiplexing; protocols; layered 

networks. 

CS 426 Operating System Concepts II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 326 and an elementary knowledge of 'C. 
Case studies of UNIX and /or similar operating systems. 

CS 434 Software Engineering Concepts II (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 334. 

Advanced software engineering principles, including software processes and meth- 
odologies, CASE tools, software metrics, software quality assurance, reusability 
and reengineering, and future trends. A student project encompassing some or all 
of these techniques will be required. 

CS 445 Compiler Theory (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 312, 342. 

Study of programming language translation and basic compiler implementation 
techniques. Formal grammars and languages; specification of syntax and semantics; 
lexical analysis; parsing; semantic processing. 

CS 461 Database Systems (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 334. 

Database management system concepts and architecture; the relational, hierarchi- 
cal, network, entity-relationship, and other models; design concepts; internal 
implementation techniques. 

CS 481 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 342. 



GOVERNMENT 117 



The basic concepts of artificial intelligence including production systems, knowl- 
edge representation, pattern matching, heuristic search, logical and probabilistic 
reasoning, and expert systems. The social, cultural, and economic impact of artificial 
intelligence. 

CS 490 Special Topics In Computer Science ((0-5)-(0-15)-(l-5)) 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and permission of the department head. 
Selected topics in some area of current interest in computer science; possible areas 
include system simulation, graphics, and microcomputers. 

CS 496/ 

497/498 Internship In Computer Science ((0-l)-(12-15)-(l-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Permission of the department head. 
May not be taken concurrently. 

Experience, in a variety of computing environments suited to the educational and 
professional aspirations of the student, under the direction of a member of the 
faculty and appropriate off-campus supervisory personnel. 

CS 551 Computer Literacy for Educators (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

A study of the use of computers with emphasis on instructional use. Hardware 
components of computers, programming, instructional software evaluation and the 
impact of computers on the curriculum. Hands-on experience with the use of 
commercial packages, including word processing and spreadsheets. (This course 
may not be counted toward the M. Ed. in mathematics.) 

CS 590 Topics in Computer Science (5-0-5) 

Selected topics in some area of current interest in computer science. 

Government 

Faculty 

* Donahue, Michael, Department Head 

* Murphy, Dennis, Graduate Coordinator 

Bennett, Katherine * Megathlin, William 

Brown, George * Rhee, Steve 

Josi, Don Skidmore-Hess, Daniel 
Kearnes, John 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The Department of Government embraces the ideal of liberal education and views 
education in related professional areas as an extension of that education. Consequently, 
all departmental programs and courses are conceptually-based, thereby enabling stu- 
dents to develop a theoretical sophistication applicable to practical realities. 

The Department of Government is staffed by highly qualified educators — each 
selected for service on the basis of solid professional credentials. 

These faculty highly value both research and service. To the extent of resources 
available, the Department encourages research by both faculty and students and service 
to the School, the University and the community. 

It is within the foregoing context that the Department of Government offers criminal 
justice and political science programs through the Brunswick Center, requires the G.R.E. 
or Political Science Major Field Achievement Test as an exit examination for its majors 
and offers the Master of Science in Criminal Justice and the following on-campus 
undergraduate programs, concentrations and courses. 



118 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN CORRECTIONS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; or PHI 201, 251 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252, POS 113 10 

6. PSY 101, SOC 201 10 

7. PE 166 2 

8. One activity course 1 

B. Area of Concentration 40 

CJ 100, 103, 210, 280, 290, 301, 303, 360, and one CJ elective 

C. Regents' Test 

TOTAL 93 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN LAW ENFORCEMENT 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; or PHI 201, 251 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252; POS 113 10 

6. PSY 101; SOC 201 10 

7. PE 166 2 

8. One activity course 1 

B. Areas of Concentration 40 

CJ 100, 103, 210, 280, 290, 301, 305, and two CJ electives 

C. Regents' Test 

TOTAL 93 
At least 45 hours of each of these two programs must be completed at Armstrong. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN LAW ENFORCEMENT 
(With P.O.S.T. Certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252; POS 113 10 

6. PSY 101; SOC 201 10 

7. PE 166 or 167 2 

8. One activity course 1 

B. Areas of Concentration 40 

CJ 100, 103, 104, 204, 210, 280, 290, 301, 305 

C. P.O.S.T. Certification 

CJ 426, 460, PSY 208, PE 167 18 

D. Regents' Test 

TOTAL 1 1 1 
NOTE: Students desiring P.O.S.T. Certification must see the Criminal Justice Training 
Center Director for advisement on P.O.S.T. requirements. 



GOVERNMENT 119 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 

Students who intend to major in Criminal Justice should complete Criminal Justice 
100 before the end of the freshman year and should complete all general education 
requirements as soon as possible. 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220, or 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. SOC 201; PSY 101; ECO 201 or 202; ANT 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CJ 100, 103, 210, 280, 290 20 

2. One course selected from: 

ANT 201, ECO 201, 202, DRS 228, SOC 201, PSY 101 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Area of Concentration 45 

1. CJ 301, 303, 305, 360, 390, 452, 453, and one capstone course, 

either CJ 490 or 495 45 

C. Electives from Related Areas 50 

1. Fifty hours chosen with advisor approval, thirty hours of which 
must be at the 300-400 level. Except for students pursuing a minor 
in another department, no more than fifteen hours may be taken 
from any one department except Government 50 

D. Regents' Test and CJAT Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 

Majors In Political Science 

The major in Political Science may take three distinct forms: Political Science, 
per se, Political Science with Teacher Certification, or Political Science with a concentra- 
tion in Public Administration. 

To complete a Political Science major requires forty quarter hours of upper division 
courses in the field with grades of "C" or better in each course. Further, the program must 
include at least one course from each of the following: American Political Institutions, 
International Relations, Political Theory, and Comparative Government. The major 
allows the option of a foreign language (French or German preferred) through the 103 
level or a sequence of computer science courses. Students who contemplate graduate 
work in Political Science are strongly advised to take the foreign language option and to 
continue their linguistic study beyond the 103 level. 

Programs in Public Administration and Political Science with Teacher Certification 
are more structured to prepare students adequately to meet the demands of their 
professions and appropriate licensing agencies. 

Scholarships In Political Science 

Limited scholarship aid is available annually. Interested students are invited to 
inquire in the Department of Government office for details. 



1 20 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 86 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 .... 5 
Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 102; BIO 111, 112; 

CHE 121, 122, 128, 129; PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, PSY 101, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 20 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. One of the sequences: 

A. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 or 

B. CS 115, 142, and either 225 or 247 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

At least one course from each of the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions — 

POS 303, 305, 317, 318, 360, 401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 418, 419, CJ 390 .5-25 

2. International Affairs — 

POS 320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 426, 429 5-25 

3. Political Theory — 

POS 330, 331, 332, 333 5-10 

4. Comparative Government — 

POS 343, 344, 345, 346, 348, 349, 445, 447 5-25 

5. Capstone Course — 

POS 495 5 

C. Courses in Related Fields 35 

To be chosen in fields such as Computer Science, Economics, 
Geography, Mathematics. See Department for exhaustive list 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 

WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 .... 5 
Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220... 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 



GOVERNMENT 121 



Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 or CS 115, 142, and either 225 or 247 .. 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Courses in the Major Field 60 

At least one course from each of the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions — 

POS 303, 305, 317, 318, 360, 401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 418, 419; CJ 390 .5-25 

2. International Relations — 

POS 320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 426, 429 5-25 

3. Political Theory — 

POS 330, 331, 332, 333 5-10 

4. Comparative Government — 

POS 344, 345, 346, 348, 349, 445, 447 5-25 

5. Capstone Course POS 495 5 

6. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the following areas: 

A. HIS 251 or 252 and approved 300+ elective 

B. ECO 201 and approved 300+ elective 

C. Approved electives in behavioral sciences (ANT, PSY, SOC) 

D. GEO 211, 212 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1. Orientation to Teaching Module, EDN 210, 335, 449, 463, 475 35 

2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

D. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 196 

PROGRAM FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE (PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 91 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 .... 5 
Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 102; CHE 121, 122; 

CHE 128, 129; PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113; ECO 201 10 

Area IV 30 

1. CS 115, 225 10 

2. HIS 251 or 252; ECO 202; PSY 101 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 



122 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



B. Courses in the Major Field 55 

1. One course from each of the following 20 

A. American Political Institutions — 

POS 305, 317, 318, 360, 411, 412, 415, 419 5 

B. International Affairs — 

POS 320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 424, 426, 429 5 

C. Political Theory — 

POS 330, 331, 332, 333 5 

D. Comparative Government — 

POS 344, 345, 346, 348, 349, 445, 447 5 

E. Capstone Course POS 495 5 

2. Public Administration 

PA/POS 303, 401, 403, 405, 418; CJ 390 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

1. ECO 203 and PSY 320 10 

2. SOC 350 or PSY 321 5 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 



TOTAL 191 

Minor Concentrations 

The Department of Government offers a number of minor concentrations. A minor in 
Criminal Justice or in Political Science has great practical value. Its notation on the 
transcript indicates to an employer that the applicant has some solid liberal arts 
background with its accompanying insight into the development and functioning of 
modern society, and that the applicant has made an extra effort to refine research and 
writing skills so essential to dealing with that society. Whatever the major one chooses, 
such a minor will strengthen the student's academic record. 

Minors, in addition to grades of "C" or better in each course, require: 

Hours 

Criminal Justice 25 

CJ 301, 303, 305, 360, and any one course from 

CJ 390, 410, 425, 426, or 447 25 

International Studies 25 

(assumes competency in one modern foreign language through the 

103 level). 

1. POS 329 and 325 or 326 10 

2. One course from: POS 320, 321, 345, 346, 348, 349 5 

3. Two courses from: POS 426, 429; HIS 323, 330, 455, 564, 569, 591 10 

Legal Studies 25 

1. CJ/POS 360, CJ 460, and POS 317 or 318 15 

2. Two courses from: CJ 380, CJ 391, CJ/POS 447, POS 326, 

POS 415, POS 418 10 

Political Science 20 

Twenty hours of 300+ level POS courses, with at least one 

course from each of the four concentration areas of POS 20 

Public Administration 25 

CJ 390; PA 303, 401, 403, 418 25 



GOVERNMENT 123 



Russian Studies 20 

1. RUS201 (assumes completion of RUS 101-103) 5 

2. POS 349 5 

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 481, 567, 568, 569; POS 440 10 

(a multi-departmental minor) 

Criminal Justice Offerings 

CJ 100 Administration of Justice (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

This survey course examines the emergence and current state of formal institutions 
established within the American experience to deal with criminal behavior. Philo- 
sophical, cultural, social and political aspects of the justice system and processes will 
be examined. Emphasis will be given to the current political and bureaucratic 
realities of the system's administration and to related public policy issues stemming 
from the profound transformation of American society as the next century ap- 
proaches. 

CJ 103 Developing Interpersonal Communication Skills (5-0-5) 

The emphasis of this course will be placed upon the development of interpersonal 
communication skills, i.e. skills that can be effectively utilized on the job to improve 
interaction among employees and between employees and the public. 

CJ 104 Introduction to Law Enforcement (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or permission of the instructor. 

This course provides an introduction to the history, philosophy, and basic objectives 
of the police system in the United States and Georgia. This course will treat 
applications of the law which a law enforcement officer must know when conduct- 
ing law enforcement activities. 

CJ 204 Criminal Investigation (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

Introduction to investigative methodology. Special techniques employed in crimi- 
nal investigation, such as crime scene searches, the use of informants, and the 
techniques of surveillance will be emphasized as well as the presentation of police 
cases in court. 

CJ 210 Criminology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United States; assessment and evaluation of 
various factors and influences that lead to criminal behavior; various measures 
proposed for the control of criminal behavior. 

CJ 250 Directed Readings In Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

A course designed to permit each student to pursue an approved topic through 

independent study and research under the guidance and direction of the instructor. 

CJ 280 Ethics In Criminal Justice Practice and Research (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or consent of the instructor. 

Analysis of ethical concepts, principles, and prescriptive moral judgments in the 

practice and research of criminal justice. 

CJ 290 Criminal Procedure (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CJ 360 or consent of instructor. 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the basis for, American criminal law 
buttressed by an analysis of leading court decisions relative to procedural rights 
emanating from the Bill of Rights. 

CJ 301 Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency; the sociological, biological, and 
psychological factors involved in juvenile delinquency and the modern trends in 
prevention and treatment. 



124 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



CJ 302 Criminalistics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: A natural science laboratory sequence or consent of instructor. 
An introduction to the problems and techniques of scientific criminal investigation. 
Emphasis will be placed on familiarizing the student with the role of science and 
technology in modern law enforcement. 

CJ 303 Penology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100, or consent of instructor. 

This course addresses the analysis and evaluation of both historical and contempo- 
rary correctional systems. This course will also deal with the development, organization, 
operation and results of the different systems of corrections found in America. 

CJ 304 Probation and Parole (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 303 or consent of instructor. 

This course will deal with the development, organization, operation and results of 

systems of probation and parole as substitutes for incarceration. 

CJ 305 Law-Enforcement Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural and historical background of police. 
The course will deal with concepts such as the role of the police in contemporary 
society, the quasi-military organization of the police, and community relations. 

CJ 307 Community-Based Treatment (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 303 or consent of instructor. 

This course will review community-based treatment programs. An emphasis will be 

placed on investigating the function of halfway houses and the use of volunteers in 

corrections. 

CJ 360 Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or consent of the instructor. 

Examination of law as a dynamic societal institution. Sources and functions of both civil 
and criminal law, as well as operation of the legal process, are studied from the 
perspectives of jurisprudence, political science, and sociology. (Identical to POS 360.) 

CJ 380 Law of Evidence (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or consent of instructor. 

An intensive analysis of the rules of evidence in criminal cases. Particular subjects will 

include burden of proof, hearsay evidence, and the principles of exclusion and selection. 

CJ 390 Research Methods (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ENG 101 and 102 and permission of instructor. 

This course deals with the methods and techniques of research in the behavioral 

sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning how to evaluate research. 

CJ 391 Legal Research/Law Mini-Thesis (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CJ 360, ENG 102. 

Open to students of any major, this course comprises the major areas of legal research 
and writing; finding and using appropriate legal research tools and resources and 
applying these to develop and complete a scholarly legal research paper. 

CJ 399 Special Topics in Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Coverage of substantive topics, problems and issues, not covered in other courses, 
which are of contemporary importance to students in criminal justice. Topics to be 
announced before each offering of the course. 

CJ 410 Criminality and Abnormal Behavior (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and either CJ 100 or permission of instructor. 
The course examines the interface between abnormal behavior, including mental illness, 
and criminality by presenting recent developments in the identification, classification, 
and treatment of criminals. Special emphasis is given to understanding the sometimes 
bizarre behavioral patterns and motivations of repeat offenders, such as child molesters, 
sex criminals, perpetrators of domestic violence, addicts, serial murderers and rapists. 

CJ 425 Drug Enforcement: Issues and Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. Open to seniors only or by consent of instructor. 



GOVERNMENT 125 



A survey of historical and contemporary drug law enforcement in American society. 
Such topics as drug distribution, gangs, and government drug-enforcement agen- 
cies, policies, and techniques will be examined. 

CJ 426 International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: POS 113 or CJ 100, or consent of instructor. 

Investigation of the political, legal, and sociological aspects of international terrorism. 
Topics to be examined include the relationships of international terrorism, international 
relations, and principles of international law, the nature of the anti-terrorist response, 
and the implications of international terrorism for the future. (Identical to POS 426.) 

CJ 447 Comparative Judicial Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 305 or CJ/POS 360, or POS 415, or consent of instructor. 
Designed to focus on the law enforcement and judicial procedure aspects of the 
Japanese, French, German, and the former Soviet political systems. (Identical to POS 
447). 

CJ 452 Internship (V-V-7) 

This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to apply academic 
training in criminal justice settings such as law enforcement agencies, sheriff depart- 
ments, corrections agencies, courts, prosecutor offices, juvenile justice agencies, and 
related organizations. The course is jointly supervised by department instructors and 
agency officials. Open to transient students only with permission of the school dean 
at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

CJ 453 Internship (V-V-8) 

This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to apply academic 
training in criminal justice settings such as law enforcement agencies, sheriff depart- 
ments, corrections agencies, courts, prosecutor offices, juvenile justice agencies, and 
related organizations. The course is jointly supervised by department instructors and 
agency officials. Open to transient students only with permission of the school dean 
at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

CJ 460 Criminal Law (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ/POS 360 or permission of instructor. 

Examination of criminal behavior from society's perspective in both the defining of 
crimes and the prosecution/conviction/punishment of those engaging in such 
behavior. Georgia criminal law will be highlighted. 

CJ 490 Directed Research In Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 390. Open to seniors only. 

One of two capstone courses, either of which satisfies the capstone requirement, this 
course provides qualified students the opportunity to undertake and complete a major 
research project in criminal justice. Students will conduct research and present their 
results orally and in a paper conforming to departmental guidelines for written work. 

CJ 495 Seminar in Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 390. Open to seniors only. 

One of two capstone courses, either of which satisfies the capstone requirement, this 
course is an intensive study of selected criminal justice topics. Students will conduct 
research and present their results orally and in a paper conforming to departmental 
guidelines for written work. 

Political Science and Public Administration Offerings 

POS 113 American Government (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

A study of the structure, theory, and functions of the national government in the 

United States, and some of the major problems of the state and local government. 

PA/POS 303 Foundations of Public Administration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to the framework of public administration including such concepts 
and issues as bureaucracy, administrative power, informal groups, third party 
government, issue networks, budgeting, implementation, incremental decision 
making, personnel motivation, and the relationship of ethics and public service. 



126 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



POS 305 State and Local Government (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

A comparative study of states, communities, and local governments, and their 
management of political conflict. Included is a study of federalism, differences in 
governmental structures and functions, political culture, community power, tax 
and budget systems, and public policy issues facing states and communities. 

POS 317 Constitutional Law and the Federal System (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

A case-study approach to the judicial interpretation of the Constitution, and the 
powers of the federal government. Including: the nature and scope of judicial 
review, commerce power, separation of powers, power to tax and spend, state 
power to regulate, and economic due process. 

POS 318 Constitutional Civil Liberties (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

A case study approach to the judicial interpretation of individual rights and the Consti- 
tution. Including: nationalization of the Bill or Rights, criminal due process, freedom of 
expression, association, religion and privacy, and equal protection and due process. 

POS 320 International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202 or permission of instructor. 

Examines the economic importance and problems of international trade, exchange 
rates and monetary standards, tariffs and other trade barriers. Attention will be 
focused on fixed and floating exchange rates and their effects on trade balances of 
states. Current debt problems of developing nations will be examined. 

POS 321 International Relations: East Asia (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or consent of instructor. 

Contemporary international politics in East Asia are examined in terms of such 
broad historical trends as the decline of imperialism, development of nationalism, 
and superpower interaction in East Asia during the Cold War and post-Cold War 
eras. Further attention will be placed on the significance of the political economy of 
the Asian Pacific Rim states toward the 21st Century. 

POS 325 International Organization. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

A survey of the development, principles, structures and functions of international 
organizations, with emphasis upon the role of these institutions in the maintenance 
of peace. 

POS 326 International Law (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to selected public international law topics including: recognition, 
state succession, jurisdiction, extradition, nationality, the law of treaties, the law of 
diplomacy, and the law of war. 

POS 329 International Relations (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and practices dominating contemporary 

international relations. 

POS 330 Political Philosophy: Ancient and Medieval (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

This course is a detailed investigation of primary sources of Western political thought 
from ancient Greece to the Renaissance. Course material includes the political ideas of 
Plato, Aristotle, political doctrines associated with Judaism, Christianity, and Islam, 
Roman natural law and Stoicism, and the late medieval revival of civic republicanism. 

POS 331 Modern Political Philosophy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

This course is an in-depth study of primary sources of Western political thought 
from the sixteenth to the nineteenth century. Course material includes the political 
ideas of the Protestant Reformation, the social contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, 
and Rousseau, utilitarianism, the ideological impact of the French Revolution, 
nationalism, and socialism. 



GOVERNMENT 127 



POS 332 American Political Thought (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

This course is a detailed analysis of important ideological currents and traditions in 
American politics. Course material includes Atlantic republicanism, Lockean liber- 
alism, Jeffersonian and Jacksonian democracy, 19th and 20th century reform and 
radical movements, pragmatism, neo-conservatism, and the role of religion in 
American political life. 

POS 333 Contemporary Political Thought (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

Analysis of the important ideological currents of our time with selected in-depth 

readings from original sources. 

POS 343 Politics of Africa (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

A comparative examination of the governmental institutions of Africa. Critical 
issues and topics of study will include cultural pluralism, state formation, political 
economic development and the legacy of colonialism. The course includes a survey 
of the political geography of Africa. 

POS 344 Politics of the Indian Subcontinent (5-0-5) 

The course will assess the political, economic, social and cultural problems related 
to the functioning of governmental regimes within the Indian Subcontinent. A 
micro-based analysis of Indian social and political structures will also be under- 
taken. The move toward greater regional cooperation through the South Asian 
Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) will also be evaluated. 

POS 345 Latin American Politics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

Examination of governments and political processes of selected nations in South 
America, Central America, and the Caribbean. Roles of state terrorism, revolution- 
ary movements, and narco-terrorism are examined. 

POS 346 Governments of East Asia (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

A comparative examination of the contemporary political institutions, processes, 
and ideas of the People's Republic of China, Japan, and Korea. Examines the 
development of these political systems with particular emphasis on historical, 
social, cultural, and contemporary-issue dimensions. 

POS 348 Governments of Western Europe (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

An analytical and comparative study of the major Western European governments, 
with principal emphasis upon the analysis of the conditions which led to effective 
and stable parliamentary government and those which lead to the inefficiency, 
instability and breakdown of such systems. 

POS 349 The Political Transformation: the Former Soviet Union (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or consent of instructor. 

An analysis and contemporary study of the political change in the former Soviet 
Union; primarily examines the new direction of the political, economic and social 
transformation of the former Soviet Union. Even though some emphasis will be 
placed on the comparison of the Tsarist autocracy and the Soviet totalitarian system, 
the course will primarily examine the political transformation of the former Soviet 
Union in the post-Cold War setting. 

POS 360 Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

Examination of law as a dynamic societal institution. Sources and functions of both 
civil and criminal law, as well as operation of the legal process, are studied from the 
perspectives of jurisprudence, political science, and sociology. (Identical to CJ 360). 



128 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PA/POS 399 Special Topics in Public Administration/Political Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

Coverage of substantive topics, problems, and issues not available in other course 

offerings. Topics to be announced before each offering of the course. 

PA/POS 401 Politics of the Budgetary Process (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

This course examines the procedures, strategies and rationales involved in making 
public budgets at the local, state, and national levels. It is also concerned with 
critiques of the several types of budgets now in use together with an explanation of 
fiscal and monetary policies as they affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned with 
the revenue systems in effect together with auditing and other controls exercised in 
the budgeting process. 

PA/POS 403 Public Policy Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PA/POS 303 or permission of the instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with a study of the theoretical aspects of 
decision-making theories (i.e., rational /comprehensive model vs. incremental 
model), political aspects of policy-making process, mobilization of political sup- 
port, and the cost/benefit aspects of the public policy-making. 
Some attempt will be made to apply the general theory of public policy-making to 
specific settings of welfare policy, urban problems, and national defense /foreign 
policy. 

PA/POS 405 Principles of Public Management (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PA/POS 303 or permission of instructor. 

This course will critically assess the operational philosophies underlying public 
management and contrast them with contemporary theories in private sector 
management. An emphasis on case-oriented analysis will be built into the curricu- 
lum and the aim will be to develop a composite and holistic model of public 
management, based on measurable indicators of accountability. A transnational 
comparison covering selected European and Asian models will be integrated into 
the course. 

POS 410 Independent Study In American Government (V-V-(l-5)) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in Political 

Science at the 300-level or above. Admission is by approval of a departmental 

committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and reading in 

some field of political science under the supervision of a member of the staff. 

Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the advisor and written reports 

and essays. Normally open only to students with a B average (3.0) in Political Science 

and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with the Department by 

mid-quarter preceding the quarter independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the school dean at Armstrong 

and the college from which the student comes. 

POS 411 American Presidency (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

Offers an in-depth look at the office of the presidency, with the principal emphasis 
on the relations of the executive branch with the Congress and the court system. 
Some attention will be given to the evolution of the presidency to its present 
dominant position in the American political process. (Completion of a survey 
course in American History is desirable). 

POS 412 American Political Parties (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

Operation of political parties in the political system. Relationship between party 

organization, electoral system, and the recruitment and advancement of political 

leaders. 

POS 415 American Supreme Court (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of the Court, including examination of the 

role of the Court as policy maker. 



GOVERNMENT 129 



PA/POS 418 Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

This course explores the framework of law governing administrative agencies 

including: administrative power and its control by the courts, the determination and 

enforcement of administrative programs, discretion of administrative officials and 

their powers of summary actions, hearings before administrative boards, and the 

respective spheres of administrative and judicial responsibility. 

Some attention will be given to the problem of the maintenance of traditional 

procedural safeguards in administrative law and the problem of civil rights and 

relation to administrative boards. Leading cases will be examined. 

POS 419 American Congress (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of Congress, including a discussion of the 
theoretical framework for representative government, and Congress' role as policy- 
maker. 

POS 420 Independent Study In International Relations (V-V-(l-5)) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in Political 

Science at the 300-level or above. Admission is by approval of a departmental 

committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and reading in 

some field of international relations under the supervision of a member of the staff. 

Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the advisor and written reports 

and essays. Normally open only to students with a B average (3.0) in Political Science 

and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with the Department by 

mid-quarter preceding the quarter independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the school dean at Armstrong 

and the college from which the student comes. 

POS 426 International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: POS 113 or CJ 100, or consent of instructor. 

Investigation of the political, legal and sociological aspects of international terror- 
ism. Topics to be examined include the relationships of international terrorism, 
international relations, and principles of international law, the nature of the anti- 
terrorist response, and the implications of international terrorism for the future. 
(Identical to CJ 426.) 

POS 429 American Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instructor. 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy and factors, both domestic and foreign, contrib- 
uting to its formulation. 

POS 430 Independent Study In Political Theory (V-V-(l-5)) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in Political 

Science at the 300-level or above. Admission is by approval of a departmental 

committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and reading in 

some field of political theory under the supervision of a member of the staff. 

Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the advisor and written reports 

and essays. Normally open only to students with a B average (3.0) in Political Science 

and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with the Department by 

mid-quarter preceding the quarter independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permission of the school dean at Armstrong 

and the college from which the student comes. 

POS 440 Independent Study In Comparative Government (V-V-(l-5)) 

Prerequisite: A minimum of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in Political 

Science at the 300-level or above. Admission is by approval of a departmental 

committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and reading in 

some field of comparative government under the supervision of a member of the 

staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferences with the advisor and written 

reports and essays. Normally open only to students with a B average (3.0) in Political 



130 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Science and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with the Depart- 
ment by mid-quarter preceding the quarter independent study is contemplated. 
Open to transient students only with permission of the school dean at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. 

POS 445 Comparative Economic Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic tenets of the major economic systems 
developed in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of government and politics will 
be examined, along with the contributions to economic and political thought of such 
men as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. 
(Identical with ECO 445.) 

POS 447 Comparative Judicial Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 305 or CJ/POS 360, or POS 415, or consent of instructor. 
Designed to focus on the law enforcement and judicial procedure aspects of the 
Japanese, French, German, and the former Soviet political systems. (Identical to CJ 

447.) 

PA/POS 

452/453/454 Internship (V-V-5) 

Offered each quarter under each heading. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing 
and permission of instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to apply 
academic training in the practical governmental setting. Settings will include law 
enforcement agencies (local, state, or federal), community treatment facilities, 
courts, congressional offices, and various governmental agencies. This course will 
be jointly supervised by departmental instructors and agency officials. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the school dean at Armstrong and of the 
college from which the student comes. 

POS 495 Seminar in Political Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Open to seniors only. 

This capstone course is an intensive study of selected political science topics. 
Students will conduct research and present their results orally and in a paper 
conforming to departmental guidelines for written work. 

POS 520 International Trade (5-0-5) 

Examines the economic importance and problems of international trade, exchange 
rates and monetary standards, tariffs, and other trade barriers. Attention will be 
focused on fixed and floating exchange rates and their effects on trade balances of 
states. Current debt problems of developing nations will be examined. 

POS 545 Comparative Economic Systems (5-0-5) 

This course will constitute a survey of the basic tenets of the major economic systems 
developed in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of government and politics will 
be examined, along with the contributions to economic and political thought of such 
men as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. 

POS 599 Latin American Politics (5-0-5) 

Examination of governments and political processes of selected nations in South ^ 
America, Central America, and the Caribbean. Roles of state terrorism, revolution- 
ary movements, and narco-terrorism are examined. 



HISTORY 131 



History 

Faculty 

* White, Nancy A., Department Head 
Hendricks, Christopher, Graduate Coordinator 

* Arens, Olavi Patterson, Robert 

* Burnett, Robert Price, Michael 
Comaskey, Bernard * Pruden, George 
Fertig, Barbara * Stone, Janet 

* Finlay, Mark * Yentsch, Anne 
Hendricks, Christopher F. 

Howard, Thomas F. 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The History Major 

The major in history may take either of two forms: History per se or History with 
T-4 Certification. 

Students who major in history are required to complete a fifteen quarter hour foreign 
language sequence, or proficiency in a foreign language offered by the University through 
the 103 level. Students should begin their language sequence during their Sophomore year, 
certainly not later than their Junior year. Therefore, students should plan their programs of 
study with careful consultation with a Faculty Advisor. Students who change majors, or who 
transfer, may find it necessary to enroll beyond the traditional 12 quarters, if the degree 
requirements including the foreign language cannot be fulfilled within that time. 

Students enrolled in the evening program should not expect to be exempted from the 
foreign language requirement, unless for a three year period prior to graduation no 
available foreign language sequence is offered in the evening. 

In addition to meeting minimum requirements for either program, students contem- 
plating graduate work in history are strongly advised to continue their linguistic study 
beyond the language sequence 103 level. Students with a double major, where Computer 
Science is a language choice, may substitute Computer Science for the foreign language 
requirement in history. 

Advanced coursework in History for either form of the major requires HIS 450, HIS 
490 or 491 or 492 or 493 (Seminar), and HIS 496 or 497. In selecting the remainder of their 
advanced courses students may choose to concentrate in one particular area of History 
(e.g. European, American or Non-Western), providing they diversify to the extent of 
completing at least ten hours outside that area. 

The B.A. History major is offered both day and evening hours on the AASU campus, 
and in the evening at the Brunswick Center — except for HIS 450 and 496 or 497. These two 
requirements must be completed on campus. The B.G.S. with a History concentration is 
fully available at both locations. 

Honors In History 

See HIS 192 — Honors Civilization II — for detailed information. 
See HIS 499 — Senior Thesis in History — for detailed information. 

Scholarships In History 

Limited scholarship aid is available annually. Interested students are invited to 
inquire in the department office for details. 



1 32 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN HISTORY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220 or 290 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 102; CHE 121, 122; CHE 128, 129; 

PHY 121, 122; PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192, POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201; SOC 201; PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 15 

2. History 251, 252 10 

3. Related course 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. HIS 450 and 496 or 497 10 

2. HIS 490 or 491 or 492 or 493 5 

3. History courses 300 level or above with at least 10 hours 

outside the area of concentration 25 

The concentration areas are: 

A. U.S. History— HIS 351, 357, 363, 364, 371, 374, 375, 376, 377, 379, 
485/86, 493, 496, 551, 554, 556, 557, 564, 570, 575, 577, 580, 581 

B. European History— HIS 332, 333, 336, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 348, 
349, 483/84, 492, 497, 545, 547, 548, 550, 564 

C. Russian-Asian-African-Latin American History — HIS 313, 314, 
320, 321, 322, 323, 329, 330, 331, 481/82, 490, 491, 530 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

To be chosen from such fields as anthropology, economics, geography, 
literature, political science, public history, sociology, statistics at least 
10 hours of which must be at 300-level or above. See Department for 
exhaustive list 20 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN HISTORY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220.. 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 



HISTORY 133 



Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192, POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 15 

3. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Courses in the Major and Supporting Fields 60 

1. HIS 450 and 496 or 497 10 

2. U.S. History 

A. HIS 371 or 377 (dependent on HIS 251, 252 selection) 5 

B. One or two courses from: 

HIS 351, 357, 363, 364, 371, 374, 375, 376, 377, 379, 485/86, 

493, 496, 551, 554, 556, 557, 564, 570, 575, 577, 580, 581 5-10 

3. European History 

Two or three courses from: 

HIS 332, 333, 336, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 348, 349, 483/84, 

492, 497, 545, 547, 548, 550, 564 10-15 

4. Russian- Asian-African-Latin American History (Non- Western) 
Two courses from: 

HIS 313, 314, 320, 321, 322, 323, 329, 330, 331, 481/82, 490, 491, 530 .... 10 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the following areas: 

A. Approved 300-400 level POS electives 

B. ECO 201 and approved 300+ elective 

C. Approved electives in behavioral sciences (SOC, ANT, PSY) 

D. GEO 211, 212 and approved GEO elective 

C. Professional sequence 40 

1. Orientation to Teaching Module, EDN 210, 335, 449, 463, 475 35 

2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

D. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 196 

Minor Concentrations 

The Department of History offers a number of minor concentrations. 

A minor in History has great practical value. Its notation on the transcript indicates 
to an employer that the applicant has some solid liberal arts background with its 
accompanying insight into the development and functioning of modern society, and that 
the applicant has made an extra effort to refine research and writing skills so essential to 
dealing with that society. Whatever the major one chooses, such a minor will strengthen 
the student's academic record. 

Students who hope to work in history-related fields upon graduation should consider 
adding a minor in Public History, or in Historical Archaeology. Through these programs 
unique opportunities are provided for qualified students to gain practical experience while 
making a realistic assessment of the possibilities offered by their field of interest. Coopera- 
tive arrangements with Historic Savannah Foundation, Georgia Historical Society, Savannah 
Landmark Project, Oatland Island Center, and with a number of museums and historical 
sites, such as Telfair Academy, Ft. Pulaski, Juliette Low Center, Wormsloe Plantation, and 
Ft. King George, permit placement of students in positions relating to: 



134 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



(a) archival and manuscript curation, (b) historic site administration and interpreta- 
tion, (c) museum studies, (d) historic preservation, and (e) historical archaeology. 

Additional minor concentrations are offered jointly with the Department of Govern- 
ment in International Studies and Russian Studies. 

Minors, in addition to grades of "C" or better in each course, require the following: 

Hours 

History 20 

1. Twenty hours of 300+ level HIS courses 20 

Historical Archaeology 25 

1. HIS/PBH/ANT 382, 572, 574 15 

2. Ten hours from the following: HIS 361, 371, 450, 550, 556, 557 10 

International Studies 25 

(assumes competency in one modern foreign language through the 
103 level*) 

1. POS 329 and 325 or 326 10 

2. One course from: POS 320, 346, 348, 349 5 

3. Two courses from: POS 429; HIS 321, 330, 350, 355, 435 10 

Public History 25 

1. HIS 450 5 

2. Fifteen hours from the following: PBH 380, 382, 581, 583, 585 or 575 5 

3. PBH 498 5 

Russian Studies 20 

1. RUS 201 (assumes completion of RUS 101-103*) 5 

2. POS 349 5 

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 331, 482, 491 or 530; POS 440 10 

Geography Courses 

GEO 101 World Regional Geography (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the various regions of the world — natural, cultural, political, and 
economic. Emphasis on fundamental geographic information. 

GEO 211 Physical Geography (5-0-5) 
Fall. 

Course will include such topics as earth-sun relationships, weather, climate and 
climate classification, soils, bio-geography, vegetation and landforms. Emphasis 
will be on global patterns of distribution. 

GEO 212 Cultural Geography (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Course will include such topics as the concept of culture, population settlement 
patterns, technological origins and diffusions, types of economics and the relation- 
ship of man to his environment. Emphasis will be given to the process of cultural 
change through time in place. 

GEO 302/ 

GEL 301 Introduction to Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 211 plus 10 hours of a lab science. 

An introduction to physical geology. A study of common earth materials, dynamic 
processes of change, volcanology, seismology, plate tectonics, and the structure and 
evolution of the earth's crust and inner regions. 

GEO 303/ 

MET 301 Introduction to Meteorology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 211 plus 10 hours of a lab science. 

An introduction to the description of the state of the atmosphere and to the physical 

laws that describe atmospheric phenomena. 
GEO/ 
BIO 310 Man and the Environment (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 211 or 212 plus 75 quarter hours credit in college courses. 

Considerations of the interactions between humans and the support systems of the 

earth which are essential to their existence. 



HISTORY 135 



GEO 553 Historical Biogeography (5-0-5) 

A study of the interrelationships between the growth and spread of human popu- 
lations and other living organisms, such as crop plants, domesticated animals, 
weeds, and microbes. 

GEO 587 Historical Geography of North America (5-0-5) 

Geographic relationships in the exploration, settlement, and changing patterns of 
human occupancy of North America from the 17th century to the present. 

History Offerings 

Advanced courses in History are generally open to all students who have completed the 
appropriate survey. Specifically, the Department considers background equivalent to HIS 
114 and HIS 115, or permission of the instructor, to be the prerequisite for all advanced 
courses on European, Russian, Asian, African, and Latin American topics. For advanced 
courses in American history, the equivalent of HIS 251 or HIS 252, or permission of the 
instructor, is considered prerequisite. Exceptions are noted on specific courses. The depart- 
ment cannot guarantee the schedule of courses as specifically indicated. 

General 

HIS 114 Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for college credit English, i.e. English 
101 or above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, social, religious, and intellectual activity 
from the time of the ancient Middle-Eastern civilizations to 1648. Throughout the 
course the major civilized traditions are considered and comparative methods used 
to facilitate interpretations of them. 

HIS 115 Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for college credit English, i.e. English 
101 or above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, social, religious, and intellectual activity 
from 1648 to the present. Throughout the course the major civilized traditions are 
considered and comparative methods used to facilitate interpretations of them. A 
continuation of HIS 114. 

HIS 192 Honors Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Winter or Spring. Prerequisite: Admission to the Honors Program, faculty recom- 
mendation or a grade of "A" in HIS 114. 

This course replaces HIS 115 for selected students. While the subject matter will be 
the same as for HIS 115, the treatment of it will vary greatly. Likewise, instruction 
will go beyond the usual lecture method, allowing students to read widely and carry 
out their own research under the direction of the professor. 

HIS 295 Internship (V-V-U-5)) Offered on application. 

Prerequisites: At least 15 hours of History courses with a History GPA of 2.5 and 
sophomore status. Application and credit arrangements must be made through the 
Department in advance, normally by mid-quarter preceding the internship. Tran- 
sient students must also have permission from the Dean of Faculty and college from 
which the student comes. 

An individually designed course involving off-campus study and research or work 
in an appropriate public agency or private business. Assignments are normally 
designed to required the full quarter for completion, during which time the student 
will be under the joint supervision of the sponsoring organization and his/her 
academic instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

Internships at this level are graded on an S/U basis and will be credited only among 
electives. 



136 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



HIS 399 Fieldwork In History (V-V-(l-5)) 

Summer, 1996. 

Offered only by special arrangement with the Department, made in advance, this 
course is designed to provide credit for field-trip based courses or extended site 
visits, whether abroad or in the U.S. Research, reading, and written assignments will 
be tailored to the specific nature of each study tour or site visitation. (Specific area 
of study will be indicated on the transcript.) The course may be repeated for credit 
as topics vary, but no more than five hours may be counted among the 40 hours 
required for a major in History. 

Seminars - Prerequisite: History 450 

Students majoring in history must take at least one of the following seminar courses. 

These classes are intended to be small and writing-intensive. The format of the course 

may vary, depending on the topic and the instructor. Some topics may be offered as 

colloquia with extensive readings for which students will prepare several critical essays. 

Other topics will be offered as research projects for which students will prepare a formal 

research paper. 

HIS 490 Seminar in Non-Western History (5-0-5) 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem, theme, or topic in Non- Western history. 

HIS 491 Research Seminar in Russian History (5-0-5) 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem, theme, or topic in Russian history. 

HIS 492 Seminar in European History (5-0-5) 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem, theme or topic in European history. 

HIS 493 Seminar in American History (5-0-5) 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem, theme or topic in American history. 

HIS 450 Historical Methods (3-4-5) 

Fall and Spring (evening). Required of all History majors and of Preservation 
Studies minors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of historical research, treating problems 
of investigation, organization, and writing through discussion and actual research 
experience in local history. 

HIS 495 Professional Internship (V-V-U-5)) 

Open to transient students only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. Prerequisites: 3.0 in all history 
courses; 20 hours of upper level history including HIS 450. 

Application and credit arrangements must be made through the department in 
advance, normally by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of internship. 
The student will pursue an individually designed course project involving off- 
campus study and research in a government or private agency. Projects are normally 
designed to require the full eleven week quarter for completion, during which time 
the student will be under the joint supervision of the sponsoring agency and his 
faculty advisor. May be repeated for credit. 

This internship, graded on an S or U basis, will be credited among related studies, 
not as a part of the minimum 40 hours of traditional work required for the major. 

HIS 499 Senior Thesis In History (0-6-3) 

Offered on application. Prerequisites: Senior status; 25 hours of upper division 
History courses, including HIS 450; a 3.5 GPA on all History courses. 
A directed research course under the supervision of a permanent member of the 
Department of History. The student must file an application with the Academic 
Affairs Committee of the History Department by mid-term of the quarter (excluding 
summer) before the student wishes to enroll for the course. The completed thesis 
must be submitted three weeks prior to the end of the quarter. If the faculty of the 
department approve the completed thesis for honors, the degree designation on the 
student's transcript will be noted "Honors in History." Consult the Department 
Office for important details. 



HISTORY 137 



HIS 594 Fieldwork in History (V-V-(l-5)) 

Offered only by special arrangement with the Department, made in advance, this 
course is designed to provide credit for field-trip based courses or extended site 
visits, whether abroad or in the U.S. Research, reading, and written assignments will 
be tailored to the specific nature of each study tour or site visitation. (Specific area 
of study will be indicated on the transcript.) The course may be repeated for credit 
as topics vary, but no more than five hours may be counted among the 40 hours 
required for a major in history. 

United States History Offerings 

HIS 251 American History to 1877 (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite:' Eligibility for ENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the United States to end of 

the Reconstruction. 

HIS 252 American History Since 1865 (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of the United States from 1865 

to the present. 

HIS 351 Popular Culture In the United States (5-0-5) 

An examination of the major trends in the news media, popular literature, entertain- 
ment, and recreational activities. 

HIS 357 American Military History (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 

A study of the history of warfare and military technique in their social, economic, 

and political contexts, with special emphasis on the American military tradition. 

HIS 363 Economic History of the United States (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

This course surveys the growth and development of economic institutions in the 
United States from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis on the period 
since 1860. Developments in agriculture, industry, labor, transportation, and fi- 
nance will be studied and analyzed. 

HIS 364 American Social History (5-0-5) 

An examination of American social patterns, with special emphasis on long-range 
trends, change, and continuity. Topics may include economics, demographics, 
immigration, gender, political, and religious developments. 

HIS 371 Colonial and Revolutionary America (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A study of the discoveries of the New World and the settlement and growth of the 
English colonies of North America; triumph over France in the New World, the 
drastic change in British colonial policy and the rise of American opposition to it, the 
achievement of independence, and the establishment of the United States under the 
Constitution. 

HIS 374 Women In American History (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1997. 

An examination of the changing political, social, and economic roles of the Ameri- 
can woman from colonial times to the present. Emphasis will be given to the 
pre-Civil War feminist reform movements, woman's broader social and economic 
role after the war, her awakening awareness of the need for political power, and the 
mid-20th century revolution. 

HIS 375 Civil War and Reconstruction (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

The causes and significance of the American Civil War, with minor consideration of 

the military campaign; political, economic and social aspects of reconstruction. 



1 38 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



HIS 376 Victorian America (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Presentation of the major subjects of the late 19th century, including the emergence 
of a national economy, its theory and policies; partisan and reform politics; the 
moral and Constitutional dimensions of Reconstruction; American society and 
social thought; and territorial aggrandisement. 

HIS 377 Recent America: 1900-1960 (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

An analysis of the institutions and forces which molded American life from 1900 to 

1960. 

HIS 379 Contemporary America: Since 1960 (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

An examination of the society of the United States since 1960, with special emphasis 

given to the major social and cultural trends. 

HIS 485/486 Independent Study In United States History (V-V-(l-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 450 and at least 15 additional hours in 
upper division History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 
(after completion of 120 hours), and an approved application. 
Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and reading in 
the chosen field under the supervision of a member of the History faculty. An 
application must be filed with the department, in advance, normally by mid-quarter 
preceding the independent study. A full description of the requirements and an 
application may be obtained in the departmental office. 

HIS 493 Research Seminar in American History (5-0-5) 

Designed to permit a group of advanced students engagement in intensive research 
on a special topic in the field to be defined by the instructor. 

HIS 496 American Historiography (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1997. 

See major program outlines, part B.l, for the historiography requirement. 

A study of the writing of American history from colonial times to the present with 

emphasis on the historical philosophies and interpretations of the major schools of 

thoughts as well as individual historians. Recommended especially to students 

contemplating graduate work in History. 

500-Level Courses: All 500-level courses listed as Topics courses may be repeated as 
topics vary. All 500-level courses are open to advanced undergraduate students and 
graduate students. 

HIS 551 History of North American Indians 

Prerequisite: ANT 201. 

An investigation of the aboriginal cultures of North America from the Arctic to the 
Rio Grande. Study will include origins, distribution, ecology and interrelationships, 
past through present. 

HIS 554 Topics in American Diplomatic History (5-0-5) 

Considers American objectives and policies in foreign affairs. May be repeated so 
long as topic is not duplicated. 

HIS 556 Topics in the History of Georgia (5-0-5) 

Begins with a history of Indians, emphasis on the founding of the colony at 
Savannah and on the colonial, Revolutionary, antebellum and Post-Civil War 
periods. Political, economic, social, religious and artistic trends are discussed and 
placed in context of Georgia and U.S. History. The course will involve considerable 
research in primary sources available locally. May be repeated so long as topic is not 
duplicated. 

HIS 557 Topics in the History of the American South (5-0-5) 

Topics will be chosen from the economic, cultural, and political history of the South 
with emphasis on those factors that made the South a unique section of the nation. 
May be repeated so long as topic is not duplicated. 



HISTORY 139 



HIS/PBH/ 

ANT 570 American Material Culture (4-2-5) 

Fall. 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary remains of our society, past and present. 
Vernacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mortuary art, community and settlement 
patterns, dress, diet, and diseases are among the topics that will be discussed. 

HIS/PBH/ 

ANT 575 Folklife (3-4-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of the creation and persistance of tradition in societies and of the process 
of change, as demonstrated in such aspects as narrative, music, song, celebration, 
festival belief, and material culture. Emphasis will be given to understanding the 
multi-ethnic nature of the traditions in American life. 

HIS 564 Topics in the History of Technology and Culture (5-0-5) 

An examination of developments in the history of technology. The course defines 
technology broadly, rather than stressing specific machines, and emphasizes rela- 
tionships among European and American technology, societies and cultures. May 
be repeated so long as topic is not duplicated. 

European History Offerings 

HIS 332 France, 1660-1783 (5-0-5) 

A study of French history from the reign of Louis XIV to the end of the American 
Revolution. Major topics include France's relationship with the Continent and Great 
Britain, the leading figures of the French Enlightenment, and recent work in the 
social history of the period. 

HIS 333 Modern Germany, 1789-1933 (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A study of Germany from the pluralism of the Holy Roman Empire through the 
German confederation to the unified Reich. Attention will be given to the 
political, social, and cultural developments in Austria, Prussia, and the "Third 
Germany." 

HIS 336 Modern East Central Europe (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A survey of the history of the nations between Germany and Russia in the 19th 
and 20th centuries. Topics to be covered include the rise of nationalism, the 
gaining of independence, problems in establishing democracy, experience 
during World War II, the establishment of communist control, and post- 
communist developments. 

HIS 342 Ancient History (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle East, the Greek city states, the Roman 
republic and empire, with special emphasis on the social, political and cultural 
contributions of these ancient peoples. 

HIS 343 Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333 - c. 1000 (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire through the Carolingian 
period with special emphasis on the institutional developments which led to the 
emergence of stable kingdoms out of the chaos of the barbarian invasions. 

HIS 344 The High Middle Ages, c. 1000 to c. 1300 (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

The history of Europe from c. 1000 to 1300 with emphasis on the struggle between 
church and state, the Crusade movement, and the 12th century intellectual renais- 
sance, all of which profoundly influenced the development of the various medieval 
kingdoms. 



140 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



HIS 345 The Late Middle Ages and Renaissance (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The history of Europe from c. 1300 to 1517 with emphasis on the political, cultural, and 

intellectual developments which transformed medieval and Renaissance society. 

HIS 346 Reformation Era (5-0-5) 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing its major issues and movements, and 
their development through the Thirty Years War. Political, social, and economic, as 
well as religious facets of the upheaval will be considered. 

HIS 348 Europe in the Nineteenth Century (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A study of the most important social, political, and intellectual directions of 

European history from the Congress of Vienna to the end of the nineteenth century. 

HIS 349 Europe in the Twentieth Century (5-0-5) 

A study of the major developments in Europe since 1900. 

HIS 483/484 Independent Study In European History (V-V-Q-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 450 and at least 15 additional hours in 
upper division History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 
(after completion of 120 hours), and an approved application. 
Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and reading in 
the chosen field under the supervision of a member of the History faculty. An 
application must be filed with the department, in advance, normally by mid-quarter 
preceding the independent study. A full description of the requirements and an 
application may be obtained in the departmental office. 

HIS 492 Research Seminar in European History (5-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admission. 

A detailed asnalysis of a specific problem in European history by examination of 

primary materials. 

HIS 497 European Historiography (5-0-5) 

Winter (evening). See major program outlines, part B.l, for the historiography 

requirement. 

A study of the writers of history in the Western cultural tradition, with an emphasis 

on the historical philosophies, interpretations, and problems raised by the major 

modern European historians. Recommended especially to students contemplating 

graduate work in History. 

500-Level Courses: All 500-level courses listed as Topics courses may be repeated as 
topics vary. All 500-level courses are open to advanced undergraduate students and 
graduate students. 

HIS 545 Topics in Medieval History (5-0-5) 

The study of a topic in medieval history. Possible topics include the Crusades or Byzantine 
History or other medieval subjects, based on available primary source material. 

HIS 546 Topics in European History (5-0-5) 

A study of the most important social, political, and intellectual directions of 
European history from the Congress of Vienna through the twentieth century. 

HIS 547 French Revolution & Napoleon 

Fall 

This course covers the period from the reign of Louis XIV to the French Revolution, 
considering the major political, social, and intellectual trends on the Continent. 
Particular emphasis is placed on France. 

HIS 548 Topics in Modern Europe (5-0-5) 

A study of the most important social, political, and intellectual directions of 
European history from the Congress of Vienna through the twentieth century. 

HIS 550 Topics in British History (5-0-5) 

A study of selected topics in British history. The time period and topics may vary. 

HIS 564 Topics in the History of Technology and Culture (5-0-5) 

An examination of developments in the history of technology. The course defines 
technology broadly, rather than stressing specific machines, and emphasizes rela- 
tionships among European and American technology, societies and cultures. 






HISTORY 141 



Russian, Asian, African and Latin American History Courses 

HIS 300 Special Topics in History (5-0-5) 

Reserved for courses not in the regular curriculum which may be taught by visiting 
professors with expertise in areas of history other than those normally taught by 
members of the department. May be repeated for credit as topics vary. 

HIS 313 History of Africa to A.D. 1800 (5-0-5) 

A survey of African history and culture from human origins through the 17th 
century. Focuses on ancient civilizations of the Nile Valley including eastern, 
southern, and western Africa. 

HIS 314 History of Africa since 1800 (5-0-5) 

A survey ot African history with emphasis on the political, economic, social and cultural 
processes of the last two centuries with some particular attention to the emergence of 
new states and nations, and their challenges as they enter the 21st century. 

HIS 320 Traditional China (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The history of Chinese civilization from ancient times to the early nineteenth 

century, with emphasis on its characteristic political, social, economic, and cultural 

developments. 

HIS 321 Modern China (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

The history of China from the nineteenth century to the present, with emphasis on 

political, social, economic, and intellectual developments. 

HIS 322 History of Japan (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of the history of Japan from the earliest times to the present, with primary 
emphasis on its emergence as a world power since the late nineteenth century. 

HIS 323 History of the Middle East (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of Middle Eastern history from Muhammad to the present, and of Islamic 
culture and civilization. Emphasis will be placed on the background of current 
issues and conflicts in the region. 

HIS 329 Medieval Russia (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of the economic, social, and political development of the Russian state 
from its foundation in the 9th century through its modernization by Peter the Great 
in the early 18th century. 

HIS 330 Modern Russia (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. The major political, 
cultural, economic, and social developments of Russia in both the Imperial and 
Soviet periods as well as the collapse of the Soviet Union will be covered. 

HIS 331 Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western influence on the Muscovite state in the 

sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. 

HIS 481/482 Independent Study In Non-Western History (V-VU-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 450 and at least 15 additional hours in 
upper division History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 
(after completion of 120 hours), and an approved application. 
Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and reading in 
the chosen field under the supervision of a member of the History faculty. An 
application must be filed with the department, in advance, normally by mid-quarter 
preceding the independent study. A full description of the requirements and an 
application may be obtained in the departmental office. 



142 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



HIS 530 History of Russian/Soviet Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

An examination of topics of Soviet foreign policy: Europe from 1917 to 1940, World 
War II, the Cold War, the Communist world system, and the Soviet role in the Third 
World after 1955. The effect on the international system of the collapse of the Soviet 
Union and the place of Russia in the world today will be analyzed. 

Public History Offerings 

HIS/PBH 380 Introduction to Public History (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the basic historiographic approaches used in public history and 
a survey of the different disciplines such as archaeology, architecture, folklife, 
decorative arts, museum studies, and preservation. 

HIS/PBH/ 

ANT 382 Introduction to Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The introductory archaeology course consists of a history of the field, basic tech- 
niques, theoretical underpinnings, and examples of field work from all types of 
excavation. It is cross-cultural and globally oriented. 

PBH 487/488 Independent Study in Public History (5-0-5) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisite: HIS 450 and at least 15 additional hours in 
upper division Public History or PBH cross-listed courses (with a minimum GPA 
3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 hours), and an approved 
application. Open to transient students by permission of the Dean of Faculty of 
Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue individual research and reading in 
the chosen field under the supervision of a member of the History faculty. An 
application must be filed with the department, in advance, normally by mid-term 
preceding the independent study. A full description of the requirements and an 
application may be obtained in the departmental office. 

PBH 498 Internship in Public History (V-V- (1-5)) 

Prerequisites: HIS 450 and at least fifteen additional hours of Public History or PBH 
cross-listed courses (with a minimum GPA 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after 
completion of 120 hours, and an approved application. 

An individually designed course involving off-campus study and research in an 
appropriate public or private agency or business. Assignments are normally de- 
signed to require the full term for completion, during which time the student will 
be under the joint supervision of the sponsoring organization and the academic 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 
This internship, graded on an S or U basis, will be credited only among electives. 

500-Level Courses: All 500-level courses listed as Topics courses may be repeated as 
topics vary. All 500-level courses are open to advanced undergraduate students and 
graduate students. 

HIS/PBH 570 American Material Culture (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Introductory Anthropology or permission of instructor. 
An introduction to the study of the non-literary remains of our society, past and present. 
Vernacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mortuary art, community and settlement 
patterns, dress, diet, and disease are among the topics that will be discussed. 

HIS/PBH/ 

ANT 572 Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HIS /PBH /ANT 382 

The historical archaeology of the New World from the first arrival of Europeans and 
African to ca. 1800. Attention will be focused on the South and the Caribbean, but 
other frontier contexts may also be included. Emphasis will be given to anthropo- 
logical archaeology as a perspective for the writing of history and as a sub-field 
within public history. 



HISTORY 



143 



HIS/PBH/ 

ANT 573 



HIS/PBH/ 

ANT 574 



HIS/PBH/ 

ANT 575 



HIS/ 

PBH 577 



HIS/PBH/ 

ANT 580 



HIS/ 
PBH 581 



PBH 583 



PBH 585 



Fieldwork In Historical Archaeology (0-20-10) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: HIS/PBH/ANT 382 or permission of instructor or director. 
An introduction to and first application of archaeological methods to a specific field 
project. Excavation techniques, surveying and map making, data collecting and 
recording, archaeological photography, the identification and analysis of art facts, 
and the interpretation or archaeological data will be presented in field and labora- 
tory work as well as in lectures and readings. (Under certain circumstances this 
course may be substituted in the Public History minor for PBH 498). Course may be 
repeated for credit. 

Practicum in Archaeology (V-V-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Application of archaeological interpretive techniques to a specific site or analytical 

problem. Individual research projects in the interpretation of archaeological data 

and the conservation of artifactual finds with special attention to the store and care 

of collections, display in the museum setting, and the preservation of archaeological 

information. 

Folklife (3-4-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of the creation and persistence of tradition in societies and of the process 
of change, as demonstrated in such aspects as narrative, music, song, celebration, 
festival belief, and material culture. Emphasis will be given to understanding the 
multi-ethnic nature of the traditions in American life. 

Oral History (2-6-5) 

Prerequisites: HIS 450, or permission of instructor. 

This course is designed to teach history students how to prepare for and conduct 
oral history interviews, how to transcribe, log and index oral history recordings, and 
how to use oral history collections in writing research papers. 

American Arts in Historical Perspective (5-0-5) 

A survey of American visual arts including painting, sculpture, architecture, and 
the decorative arts. The course will examine artistic material culture and as a means 
to critical understanding of American life. 

Topics in Architectural History (4-2-5) 

A study of selected topics in Architectural History, including various styles of 
architecture (Georgian, Federal, Neo-classical, Eclecticism, and Modern), and ver- 
nacular architecture. Recording techniques, research strategies, theoretical 
approaches, landscape architecture, field trips, and visiting lecturers may be used. 
Course may be repeated as topics vary. r 

Historic Preservation (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Students may find HIS 450 to be useful preparation for this course. 

An examination of the field including values, principles, practices, development of 

planning and organization for preservation; preservation law, economics and 

politics. 

Museum Studies (3-4-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of the development of museums in the United States and of the ethics and 
practices of the museum profession, to include collections management, planning, 
outreach, and public education. 



144 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

PBH 587 Heritage Tourism (5-0-5) 

A survey of the history of tourism, with emphasis on heritage and tourism, and of 
the function and impact of tourism on guest and host societies. Aspects of the 
modern tourist industry and its products, such as promotional and travel literature, 
accommodations and transport, and tourist arts, will also be investigated. 

HIS/PBH 589 Topics in Public History (V-V-5) 

A study of a special topic in the field of Public History to be defined by the instructor. 
This course may be taught as a colloquium or as a seminar. 

Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts 

Faculty 

* Baker, Christopher, Department Head 

* Andrews, Carol Marinara, Martha 
Blossman, M. Ellen Martin, William 
Canning, Rick Mellen, Peter 
Clancy, Frank Noble, David 

* Cooksey, Thomas * Nordquist, Richard 
Cottrell, Isabel Raines, Helon 
Deaver, William Sconduto, Leslie 
Holcomb, Gary Smith, James 

* Hollinger, Karen Welsh, John 
Jamison, Carol Winterhalter, Teresa 
Jenkins, Marvin 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

English Composition 

Entering students should begin the required English core sequence in their initial 
quarter of attendance. Students must not delay beginning this sequence beyond their 
second quarter of attendance. Students must enroll in the appropriate course in the core 
sequence and do so each quarter until they complete the sequence and pass the Regents' 
Test. ENG 101, 102, and 201 courses may not be dropped without permission of the 
Department Head. Students who do drop these courses without Department Head 
approval will receive a failing grade in the class. 

Exemptions from Core English 

Students who wish credit exemption for English 101 must take the CLEP Freshman 
College Composition (with Essay) examination and make a score of 49 (grade equivalent 
of a "B") and pass the essay portion of the test. Students who wish a credit exemption for 
English 102 must take the CLEP Analysis and Interpretation of Literature and Essay 
examination and make a score of 55 (Grade equivalent of "B") and pass the essay portion 
of the test. 

Students who score a "3" or higher on an AP exam (English: Language and Compo- 
sition or Literature and Composition), or who win an NCTE Writing Award, will have 
their English 101 requirement waived and will automatically gain entrance into English 
192. They are strongly urged to complete their remaining graduation hours by subse- 
quently enrolling in English 292 and an upper-level writing class such as ENG 372 
(Technical and Business Communication) or ENG 470 (Advanced Composition). 

English Composition Transfer Credit 

Transfer students from outside the University System of Georgia who have not yet 
completed the required English composition (ENG 101, 102) should visit the Director of 
Composition for a placement interview. At this interview, the Director of Composition 
will evaluate student transcripts for English credits, administer the English Placement 
Test (if necessary), provide information on the composition sequence and the Georgia 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 145 

Regents' Test, and determine placement in the appropriate composition course. Inter- 
view schedules are available in the Department of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 
Arts. 

Foreign Languages 

Students who, while enrolled at Armstrong Atlantic State University, take their 
foreign language courses on another campus must pass an appropriate national stan- 
dardized test with a score not lower than the 60 percentile on each part to receive credit 
for 103 and/or 201. Students transferring to Armstrong Atlantic State University, after 
having completed the required foreign language sequence at another college, with "C's" 
or above, are not required to complete the proficiency examinations at Armstrong. 

Exemptions from Foreign Languages 

Students who wish a credit exemption for the French or Spanish requirement must 
make a score of 45 (Grade equivalent of a "B") on the CLEP exam, and make a "C" or 
better in the appropriate 201 class. Students who wish a credit exemption for German 
must make a score of 44 (Grade equivalent of a "B") and make a "C" or higher in German 
201. For further information students should contact the Head of the Department of 
Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts, or Ms. Benson in Counseling and Placement. 

Satisfying Core Requirements 

Students majoring in English or in Drama-Speech should satisfy the college core 
requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the freshman and sophomore years. 

The "C" Average for Courses in Major and Minor 

Students must earn a grade of "C" or better in each 300 or 400 level course included 
in any major or minor area. 

CPC Requirement 

The CPC deficiency in foreign languages may be fulfilled by successfully completing 
any of the 100-level courses in Spanish, French, Latin, or German with a final course 
grade of C or better. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN ENGLISH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. Two from MAT 101, 103, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 and 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One from ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence through 201 20 

2. Two from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 227, 228; 

MUS 200; PHI 201; CS 115 10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 



146 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



B. Courses in the Major Field 50 

1. ENG 301 5 

2. ENG 311 and 312 10 

3. ENG 315 and 316 10 

4. ENG 545 or 546 5 

5. One from: ENG 541, 547, 550, 556, or 557 5 

6. One from: ENG 552, 553, 563 5 

7. One from: ENG 536, 537, 538, 564 5 

8. One from: English 372, 470, 474, 475, 580 or 582 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

Five courses numbered 300 or above in the School of Arts & Sciences or 

the Division of Education 25 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 and 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 .- 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence through 201 20 

2. DRS 228 or 341 5 

3. One from ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. ENG 301 5 

2. ENG 302 5 

3. ENG 311 and 312 10 

4. ENG 313 or 314 5 

5. ENG 315 or 316 5 

6. ENG 545 or 546 5 

7. ENG 470 5 

8. ENG 580 or 582 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 10 

1. DRS/FLM 350, 351, 340 or 349 5 

2. Approved electives 5 

D. Professional Sequence 45 

1. Orientation to Teaching Module, EDN 210, 335, 439, 463, 475 40 

2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 201 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 147 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN DRAMA-SPEECH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. Two from MAT 101, 103, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence through 201 20 

2. DRS 228 5 

3. DRS 227 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 50 

1. DRS 300 5 

2. DRS 304 5 

3. DRS 341 5 

4. DRS 344 5 

5. DRS 346 5 

6. Choice of DRS 340, 349, 350, 351, 401 10 

7. Choice of DRS 303, 342, 345, 347, 400, 447, 450, 451, 452, 490; 

ENG 500, 501, or 502 15 

C. Courses in Related Field 25 

1. ENG 545, 546, 556, 557, 560, 565 20 

2. ENG 301 5 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN ENGLISH (Communications) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. Two from: 

MAT 101, 103, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence through 201 20 

2. CS 115, and one from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 10 



148 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. ENG 311 or 312 5 

2. ENG 313 or 314 5 

3. ENG 315 or 316 5 

4. Three from ENG 372, 470, 474, 475, JRN 343 15 

5. Three from ENG 573, 580, 582, JRN 400, FLM 401 15 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

1. Two from DRS 228, 341, 349 10 

2. Two from ART 204, ENG 500, 501, 502, ENG 499, DRS 400 10 

3. One from FLM 340, 349, 350, 351 5 

D. Electives 20 

1. Electives 20 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPANISH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

One from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

Math 101 5 

Math 103 or 220 or 290 5 

Laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

One from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

Spanish foreign language sequence through 201 20 

Two from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273: DRS 227, 228; MUS 200; 

PHIL 201; CS 115 10 

AreaV 6 

PE 117 or 166 2 

Four PE activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 50 

Four from: SPA 303, 304, 305, 306, 310, 311, 312, 320 20 

Six from the following three categories. At least one course must be 

chosen from each category. Two courses must be at the 400 level 30 

Spanish Peninsular Literature 

SPA 321, 322, 407, 408, 410 
Spanish American Literature 

SPA 323, 324, 406, 409, 411 
Spanish Literature and Linguistics 

SPA 401, 402, 403, 404, 490, 499 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

Five courses numbered 300 or above in the School of Arts & Sciences 
or the School of Education 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 149 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPANISH WITH TEACHING CERTIFICATION 

Credit hrs. 

A. General Requirements 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

One from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

Math 101 5 

Math 103 or 220 or 290 5 

Laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

One from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

Spanish foreign language sequence through 201 20 

GEO 212 or pertinent social science 5 

One from: EDN 201, 210, PSY 201 5 

AreaV 6 

PE117orl66 2 

Four PE activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 50 

Four courses from: SPA 303, 304, 305, 306, 310, 311, 312, 320 20 

Six from the following three categories. At least one course must be 

chosen from each category. Two courses must be at the 400 level 30 

Spanish Peninsular Literature 
SPA 321, 322, 407, 408, 410 
Spanish American Literature 
SPA 323, 324, 406, 409, 411 
Spanish Literature and Linguistics 
SPA 401, 402, 403, 404, 490, 499 

C. Related Field Requirements 10 

ENG 313 or 314 5 

Approved Elective 5 

D. Professional education sequence 30 

EDN 335, 443, 463, 475 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 

Minor Concentrations 

The following minor concentrations are available from the Department of Languages, 
Literature, and Dramatic Arts. For completion of each of the minors, the student must 
earn a "Q" or better in each course offered for the minor. 
The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 
Communications 20 

1. Two from ENG 470, 372, 474, 475, DRS/FLM 349, JRN 343 10 

2. Two from ENG 573, 580, 582, JRN 400, FLM 501 10 

Drama-Speech 20 

DRS electives numbered 300 or above 20 

Note: 5 hours from ENG 545, 546, 556, 557 or 560 may be 
substituted for 5 hours of DRS courses. 



150 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



English 20 

English electives numbered 300 or above (only 5 hours of 499) 20 

Film 20 

1. DRS/FLM 340, 351 10 

2. DRS/FLM 350, DRS/FLM 501 10 

Foreign Language 20 

Language electives numbered 300 or above 20 

Linguistics 20 

Courses selected from ENG 580, 582; LIN 470; LIN 500 20 

Philosophy 20 

Philosophy electives numbered 300 or above 20 

Drama-Speech Offerings 

Successful completion of ENG 101 is prerequisite to all DRS courses with the exception 
of DRS 201, 227, 300, 303, 304 and 447. 

DRS 201 Theatre Appreciation (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the theatre as an art form and a profession. Students will study 
the various roles of playwright, actor, designer, director, stage manager, and theatre 
manager; the collaborative nature of theatre; the relationship of theatre to other art 
forms; and the organizational structure of educational, community, and profes- 
sional theatre. 

DRS 227 Theatre laboratory (0-3-1) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student will work on the Masquers' production 
of the quarter. Only one hour of credit may be earned per quarter. The maximum 
total credit allowed in Theatre Laboratory is five quarter hours. 

DRS 228 Speech Communication (5-0-5) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practice and theory of interpersonal communication and public speaking. Students 
develop skills through practice of the individual parts of speech, working in small 
groups, and performance of vocal exercises and oral readings. Each student pre- 
pares and delivers several major speeches. 

DRS 300 Introduction to Acting (5-0-5) 

A beginning course in acting which focuses on basic stage movement, fundamentals 
of voice and diction, improvisation, dramatic imagination, memory, scene analysis, 
and performance of scenes and monologues. 

DRS 301 Interpersonal Communication (5-0-5) 

The study of human communication as a complex set of on-going transactions. The 
student will explore and apply behavioral theories concerning how to create and 
maintain successful relationships, in and out of the work place. 

DRS 302 Small Group Communication (5-0-5) 

The study of various communication theories concerning how and why work 
groups succeed or fail in respect to achieving the twin goals of task completion and 
group harmony. Course assignments allow the students to implement the above 
mentioned theories in task-oriented group projects. 

DRS 303 Creative Dramatics and Children's Theatre (5-0-5) 

An introduction to 1) the elements of dramatic performance for all ages and groups, 
2) the teaching of dramatic arts to children, and 3) the production of plays for an 
audience of children or other special groups. Students explore how various ele- 
ments which make up a dramatic event, including improvisational-based acting 
and storytelling, can be used as teaching devices. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



151 






DRS 304 Stagecraft (5-0-5) 

A systematic introduction to the fundamentals of scenic design, construction and 
rigging. The course will rely heavily on hands-on experience with the tools, 
techniques and materials used in mounting a stage production. 

DRS/FLM 340 Development of the Cinema (5-0-5) 

Same as FLM 340. 

A study of the history and development of the cinema with special emphasis on the 

American dominance of the medium. 

DRS 341 Oral Interpretation (5-0-5) 

The oral interpretation of poetry, prose, and drama. The techniques of literary 
analysis and the vocal techniques needed to communicate an author's mood and 
meaning are stressed. 

DRS 342 Acting II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: DRS 300, at least two credit hours in DRS 227, or permission of 
instructor. 

Intensive study of characterization and styles of acting from several perspectives: 
historical, critical, practical, theoretical, and experimental. Emphasis on develop- 
ment of performance skills. 

DRS 344 History of the Theatre (5-0-5) 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginnings through the Elizabethan period, 
emphasizing theatrical conventions of Greek, Roman, Medieval, and Elizabethan 
theatre. 

DRS 345 History of the Theatre (5-0-5) 

A survey of theatrical art of the world, emphasizing theatrical conventions from the 
Restoration to the present. 

DRS 346 Play Directing I (5-0-5) 

The theory and practice of play directing with special attention to image-making on 
stage. Students under supervision prepare and execute the production of scenes and 
short plays. 

DRS 347 Theatre Management (5-0-5) 

Combines theory and practice in theatre management. Students will learn about 
budget planning, box office, publicity, royalties, literary management, public rela- 
tions, programming, guilds, unions, and other management aspects of the theatre. 



DRS/ 
FLM 349 



DRS/FLM/ 
JRN 350 



Television Theory and Criticism (5-0-5) 

A study of television theory and criticism with special emphasis on television as a 
media form. Topics include: television spectatorship, genres, production, and 
scholarship. 



Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM 350 and JRN 350. 

Study of film with emphasis on critical appreciation of film as an art form. 

DRS/FLM 351 Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Same as FLM 351. 

Studies in the translation of literature to film with emphasis on the differences of the 

media in form, content and perception. 

DRS 400 Special Topics in Communications (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

The special subject matter in this course is announced when the course is offered. 

DRS/FLM 501 Topics in Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Film 350 or 351. 

The special subject matter of this course will be announced when the course is 

offered. Topics include: Film Genres, Auteurs, and Critical Theory. 



152 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



DRS 447 Stage Managers and Designers Laboratory (0-2-2) 

Offered every quarter. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 

Practical experience in theatre for stage managers and designers of lighting, costumes, 

make-up, and settings. The maximum credit allowed in this Laboratory is 6 quarter 

hours. 

DRS 450/ 

451/452 Drama Workshop (0-15-5) 

Summer only. 

Summer stock theatre for credit. Students are instructed in all aspects of theatrical 

production. 

DRS 490 Independent Study (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior status plus ENG 101 plus at least one 300 
level DRS course. Open to transient students with the permission of Dean of Faculty 
at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

DRS/FLM 573 Rhetoric (5-0-5) 

See ENG /DRS 573 for course description. 

English Offerings 

ENG 201 is prerequisite to all ENG 300-400 courses. ENG 311, 312, 315 and 316 are 
strongly recommended as prerequisites for ENG 500 through 557 and 563 through 
565. 

ENG 025 Composition Review (5-0-5) 

Institutional Credit. 

Designed to correct deficiencies in writing revealed by the Regents' Test. Prerequi- 
site: Completion of the English core requirements of the student's program. 

ENG 101 Composition I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Each student must attain at least one of the following prior to enrolling: (a) a score 

of at least 380 SAT Verbal and 40 or above on the TSWE (Test of Standard Written 

English), or 20 on the verbal section of the ACT, or (b) a passing score on the 

placement CPE in English and in Reading, or (c) exit Learning Support English and 

Learning Support Reading successfully. 

For the student having demonstrable ability in reading, writing, and organizing. 

The student will sharpen composition skills by writing themes of varying length 

and complexity utilizing techniques learned from intensive study of essays. The 

course also aims to increase the student's awareness of language itself. Readings in 

addition to the essay may be used. 

ENG 102 Composition II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or ENG 

191. 

Gives the student guided practice in reading and composition skills. The 

course introduces literary forms and language — fiction, poetry, drama — using 

readings in and study oi those forms to stimulate the writing of interpretive 

and critical papers. 

ENG 192 Honors Composition and Introduction to Literature (5-0-5) 

Winter. Students may enroll in ENG 192 if they score a "3" or higher on an AP exam 
(English: Language and Composition or Literature and Composition), win an NCTE 
Writing Award, or earn a "B" in ENG 101 and gain the recommendation of their 
instructor and the approval of the Department Head. 
The student will read and write in greater depth than in English 102. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 153 

ENG 201 Selections in World Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: ENG 102 or ENG 192. 

Completes the Core I sequence. Organized around literary and extra-literary 
materials, the course facilitates student investigation of enduring issues and ideas 
found in world literature. Research techniques are introduced. The specific content 
in each section of this course is announced quarterly. 

ENG 292 Honors Composition and Literature (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "C" in English 192 or minimum grade of 
"B" in English 102 and the recommendation of the English 102 instructor. 
The student will read and write in greater depth than in English 201. 

ENG 301 Introduction to Literary Studies (5-0-5) 

Fall or Spring. 

Familiarizes the English major with the vocabulary and approaches of modern 
literary criticism, advances abilities in the reading and interpretation of liter- 
ary texts, and promotes understanding of the tools of literary research and 
writing. 

ENG 302 Introduction to Composition Studies (5-0-5) 

Students apply theories on the teaching of composition by devising assignments, 
conducting class sessions, writing essays, and responding to academic writing. 

ENG 311 Survey of English Literature I (5-0-5) 

Alternate quarters. 

A study of the major works of English literature from its beginnings to the end of the 

18th century. Includes the Beowulf poet, Chaucer, Spenser and Milton. 

ENG 312 Survey of English Literature II (5-0-5) 

Alternate quarters. 

A study of major works from the beginning of the 19th century to the contemporary 

period. Includes the Romantics, the Victorians and the Moderns. 

ENG 313 World Literature I (5-0-5) 

A study of major works and movements in world literature through the Renais- 
sance. 

ENG 314 World Literature II (5-0-5) 

A study of major works and movements in modern world literature. 

ENG 315 Survey of American Literature I (5-0-5) 

A study of American literature from its beginnings to 1865, with emphasis on 
historical, philosophical, and cultural contexts. 

ENG 316 Survey of American Literature II (5-0-5) 

A study of American literature from 1865 to the present, with emphasis on historical, 
philosophical, and cultural contexts. 

ENG 372 Technical and Business Communication (5-0-5) 

Offered Fall, Winter, Summer. 

Students learn to report technical information clearly and persuasively. Assign- 
ments include technical descriptions and instructions, memoranda, business letters, 
reports, and research articles. Emphasizes writing and includes oral presentations 
using visual aids. 

ENG 470 Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

The study of expository and argumentative techniques. 

ENG 474 Creative Writing (Poetry) (5-0-5) 

Students submit poems which they then critique by written statement and by class 
discussion under the guidance of the professor. The professor supplements this 
workshop method with a relevant textbook. Students wishing to take the course 
should submit a writing sample to the professor for an initial screening. 



154 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



ENG 475 Creative Writing (Fiction) (5-0-5) 

Students submit stories which they then critique by written statement and by class 
discussion under the guidance of the professor. The professor supplements this 
workshop method with a relevant textbook. Students wishing to take the course 
should submit a writing sample to the professor for an initial screening. 

ENG 490 Independent Study (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status or department head's approval. Available to transient 
students under the following conditions: approval of the Dean of the faculty and 
Dean of the college from which the student comes. 

ENG 491 Independent Study (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status or department head's approval. Available to transient 
students under the following conditions; approval of the Dean of the Faculty and 
Dean of the college from which the student comes. 

ENG 499 Internship (up to 15 hrs) 

Offered by Special arrangement. Prerequisite: Junior status, a 2.5 GPA, a super- 
visory staff member, recommendation of the departmental internship Committee, 
and approval of the Department head. May be repeated to a maximum of 15 
credit hours. The student pursues an individually designed project involving 
off-campus work, study, and /or research. Projects are under the joint supervi- 
sion of the sponsoring institution and the staff member. Fifteen hours credit 
requires forty hours a week at the sponsoring institution. Ten hours credit 
requires twenty-five hours a week; five hours credit requires fifteen hours a 
week. 

ENG 500 Special Topic (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is offered. Typical subjects include: Modern- 
ism: 1880-1940, Apartheid in Perspective; World-wide English Literature, Decadence, 
Women in Literature. 

ENG 501 Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is offered. Typical genres include: New 
England Poets, Victorian Novel, Eighteenth Century Novel, Russian Novel, South- 
ern Fiction, British Drama, Short Story. 

ENG 502 Special Author (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is offered. Typical authors include: Faulkner, 
Joyce, Dickens, Twain, Hardy, Fielding, Chaucer, Milton, Dante, Frost, Dickinson, 
Austen, and Flannery O'Connor. 

ENG 536 The American Novel (5-0-5) 

A study of the American novel as a distinctive literary form. 

ENG 537 American Poetry (5-0-5) 

A study of American poetry in the context of technological developments, philo- 
sophical movements, and literary currents. 

ENG 538 Southern Literature (5-0-5) 

A study of Southern literature in its distinctive social and aesthetic contexts. 

ENG 541 Early English Literature, Beginnings through 1603 (5-0-5) 

Surveys major English literature from its beginning to the 15th century. Emphasis 
is on the development of a literature that reflects the diversified England of this 800- 
year period. Writers include: the Beowulf poet and other Old English authors, early 
Middle English lyrics and the major figures of the 14th century (the Pearl Poet, 
Chaucer, Langland, Gower). 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 155 



ENG 545 Shakespeare I (5-0-5) 

Fall or Spring. 

A comprehensive study of the tragedies, comedies, and history plays drawn from 
Taming of the Shrew, Merchant of Venice, Merry Wives of Windsor, Much Ado About 
Nothing, As You Like It, Troilus and Cressida, Measure for Measure, Richard II, Henry IV 
Parts 1 and 2, Henry V, Titus Andronicus, Julius Caesar, King Lear, Macbeth, Antony and 
Cleopatra, and Coriolanus. 

ENG 546 Shakespeare II (5-0-5) 

Spring or Fall. 

A second comprehensive study of the tragedies, comedies and history plays drawn 
from A Comedy of Errors, Love's Labor's Lost, Romeo and Juliet, Midsummer Night's 
Dream, Twelfth Night, Hamlet, Othello, A Winter's Tale, The Tempest, Pericles, Cymbeline, 
All's Well That Ends Well, Two Gentlemen of Verona, King John, Timon of Athens, Richard 
III, Henry VI, and Henry VIII. 

ENG 547 17th Century British Poetry and Prose: 1603-1689 (5-0-5) 

Alternate years. 

A survey of the major non-dramatic literature from the death of Elizabeth I to the 
reign of William and Mary, this course places its major emphasis upon the meta- 
physical and classical traditions in English poetry. Authors include Donne, Jonson, 
Herbert, Herrick, Crashaw, Vaughan, Marvell, Milton, Bacon, Brown, Bunyan, 
Dryden, and Rochester. 

ENG 550 18th Century British Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of British poetry and prose from 1690 to 1784, this course acquaints 
students with the philosophic and aesthetic concerns of the age as reflected chiefly 
but not exclusively in the works of Swift, Pope, Johnson, and Fielding. 

ENG 551 The British Novel (5-0-5) 

A study of the British novel as a distinctive literary form. The course examines the 
aesthetic, philosophical and social concerns that inform selected works from the 18th, 
19th, and 20th centuries. 

ENG 552 19th Century I: British Romantic Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 553. 

An examination of the works of the major Romantic writers including Blake, 

Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. 

ENG 553 19th Century II: British Victorian Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 552. 

An examination of the responses of novelists, poets, and prose writers to the issues 
troubling Victorian England: the conflict between science and religion, the faith in 
"progress," the growth of industrialism, the rights of the individual and of the 
society, and the role of the artist. 

ENG 556 British Drama I: Beginnings to 1630 (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 557 and 565. 

Medieval and Renaissance non-Shakespearean drama; stresses the plays of Marlowe, 
Jonson, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton and Webster; and grounds the student 
in the conventions and traditions of Medieval and early Tudor drama. 

ENG 557 British Drama II: 1630-1800 (5-0-5) 

Alternates with English 556 and 565. 

Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama; begins with Pre-Restoration, late 
Caroline drama; and stresses the plays of Ford, Shirley, Dryden, Lee, Otway, 
Etherege, Wycherley, Congreve, Goldsmith, and Sheridan. 



156 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



ENG 560 Ancient Epic and Drama (5-0-5) 

Spring. Alternate years. 

A study of major works of antiquity. Authors include Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, 

Euripides, and other significant figures. 

ENG 563 Modernism (5-0-5) 

A study of major British and American fiction and poetry of the early twentieth 
century in the context of continental developments. Writers may include Conrad, 
Proust, Joyce, Woolf, Yeats, Eliot, and Faulkner. 

ENG 564 Contemporary Literature (5-0-5) 

A study of fiction or poetry (or both) since World War II as it relates to literary 
traditions and cultural movements. Topics may include the following: postmodernist 
fiction, ethnic writers, and confessional poetry. 

ENG 565 British, American, and Continental Drama: Ibsen to the Present (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 556 and 557. 

A survey of 19th and 20th century British, American and European plays. Move- 
ments include Realism, the Irish Renaissance. Expressionism, Impressionism, and 
Theater of the Absurd. Ibsen, Shaw, Yeats, O'Casey, Wilde, Strindberg, O'Neill, and 
Williams are among the dramatists studied. 

ENG/DRS 573 Rhetoric (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the study of rhetoric, from Aristotle to the present, with 
emphasis on rhetorical analyses of literature and other forms of discourse. 

ENG/LIN 580 Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

A study of current approaches to grammar (including generative transformational); 
phonology, morphology and syntax are studied. 

ENG/LIN 582 History of English Language (5-0-5) 

A study of the English language from its beginnings in the fifth and sixth centuries 
to its worldwide expansion in the 20th. Traces the language chronologically from 
Old to Middle to Modern English. Emphasis is on the phonetic, syntactic, and lexical 
changes with weight given both to internal and external influences. 

Film Offerings 

FLM/DRS 340 Development of the Cinema (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the history and development of the cinema with special emphasis on the 

American dominance of the medium. 

FLM/DRS 349 Television Theory and Criticism (5-0-5) 

See DRS/FLM 349 for course description. 

FLM/DRS 350 Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Same as JRN 350. 

Study of film with emphasis on critical appreciation of film as an art form. 

FLM/DRS 351 Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Studies in the translation of literature to film with emphasis on the differences of the 
media in form, content, and perception. 

FLM/DRS 501 Topics in Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FLM 350 or 351. 

Special subject matter is announced when the course is offered. Topics: film genres, 

auteurs, and critical theory. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



157 



Foreign Language Offerings 

Prerequisite for all foreign languages 101 and Spanish 105 is eligibility for English 101. 
Students must earn a grade of "C" or better in Foreign Language (French, German, Latin, 
Spanish) 103 in order to enter Foreign Language 201. Any exception to this rule may be 
granted at the discretion of the individual instructor of the FL 201. 



FRE 101/ 
102/103 



FRE 201 



FRE 301 



FRE 302 



FRE 303 



FRE 310 



FRE 311 



FRE 320 



FRE 351/ 
352/353 



Elementary French One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Provides the student with the elements of French grammar, pronunciation, and oral 
comprehension, together with an introduction to the culture and civilization of the 
French-speaking world. Regular practice with tape recordings is required. No 
foreign language background is necessary to begin 101. 

Intermediate French (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. Prerequisite: Three quarters of college French or permission of 

instructor. 

Continues to develop reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills. 

French Conversation and Compositon I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 201 or equivalent. 

Emphasis is on conversational French in simulated situations to develop greater 
oral proficiency and to promote continued awareness of the French speaking 
culture. Students will review grammar and syntax through guided essays to 
develop writing skills in the contact language. Classes will be conducted entirely 
in French. 

French Conversation and Composition II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 301 or permission of instructor. 
The continuation of French 301. 

Advanced Grammar and Syntax (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 302 or equivalent. 

Advanced analysis and examination of the grammar and syntax of French, stressing 
written usage through written grammar exercises, essays and translations of English 
texts into French. Classes will be conducted entirely in French. 

French Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 302 or permission of instructor. 

Survey of the culture and civilization of France. Areas of study include history, 
geography, politics, the arts, and daily life from the middle ages to the Revolution. 
Classes will be conducted entirely in French. 

French Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: FRE 302 or permission of instructor. 

Continuation of French 310. The analysis of contemporary French society: geogra- 
phy, sociology, art, and science since 1789 (the French Revolution). This course will 
also survey the cultures of other French-speaking countries. Classes will be con- 
ducted entirely in French. 

Special Topics in French Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 303 or permission of instructor. 

Subject matter is announced when the course is offered. Includes: surveys of 

Nineteenth and Twentieth-Century literature. Classes conducted in French. 

Study Abroad in France (V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: FRE 103. 

A summer quarter's residence and study in France in conjunction with the Studies 
Abroad Program of the University System of Georgia. The program lasts for a period 
of 8-9 weeks. The student receives intensive instruction in language and culture and 
participates in University-sponsored activities. 



158 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



GER 101/ 
102/103 



FRE 401 Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 320 or permission of instructor. 

Subject matter is announced when the course is offered. Typical subjects include: 
Seventeenth, Eighteenth, Nineteenth and Twentieth-Century Fiction and Theatre. 
Classes conducted in French. 

FRE 402 Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 320 or permission of instructor. 

Subject matter is announced when the course is offered. Typical authors include: 

Flaubert, Hugo, Zola, Malraux, Camus. 

FRE 490 Independent Study (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Prerequisites: FRE 320 or permission of instructor. 

Transient students may take this course only with permission of the Dean of Faculty 

at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 

FRE 499 Language Internship (0-6-3) 

Offered by special arrangement. 

Prerequisites: Junior status, a minimum 2.75 overall G.P.A., a 3.0 G.P.A. in French, 
recommendation of the department head and an instructor of French. 
The student pursues an individually designed project involving off-campus in- 
struction at the elementary school level (grades 1-6). Each week the student will 
prepare for five hours to teach a one hour class. A supervisor from the sponsoring 
institution and an instructor of French will coordinate instruction with the class- 
room teacher and the intern. The AASU instructor will observe the student's class 
twice quarterly and evaluate the teaching. 

Elementary German One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Provide the student with the elements of German grammar, pronunciation, and oral 
comprehension, together with an introduction to the culture and civilization of the 
German-speaking world. Regular practice with tape recordings is required. No 
foreign language background is necessary to begin 101. 

GER 201 Intermediate German (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. Prerequisite: Three quarters of college German or permission of instructor. 
Continues to develop reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills. 

GER 301 German Conversation and Composition I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 201 or equivalent. 

Emphasis is on conversational German in simulated situations to develop greater 
oral proficiency and to promote continued awareness of German culture. Review of 
grammar and syntax through guided essays to develop writing skills in the contact 
language. Classes will be conducted entirely in German. 

Conversation and Composition II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 301. 

The continuation of GER 301. 

Study Abroad in Germany (V-V15) 

Prerequisite: GER 103. 

An 8-9 week summer quarter's residence and study at the Friedrich Alexandar 
University at Erlangen, Germany. An IISP program operating in conjunction with 
the University of Georgia; offers intensive instruction in the German language and 
culture, complemented by a number of excursions. 

GER 401 Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 301 or permission of instructor. 

Subject is announced when the course is offered. Subjects include: Medieval Poetry; 
Prose, Poetry, and Drama in the 17th and 18th Century; the Novella in the 19th 
Century; 20th Century Prose. 

GER 402 Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 301 or permission of instructor. 



GER 302 



GER 351/ 
352/353 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



159 



GER 490 



LAT 101/ 
102/103 



LAT 201 
LAT 300 
LAT 301 
LAT 302 



LAT/CIA 

351/352/353 



LAT 396 



LAT 401 



SPA 101/ 
102/103 



SPA 105 



SPA 201 



Subject is announced when the course is offered. Authors include: Grimmeishausen, 
Goethe, Schiller, Thomas Mann, Kafka, Grass. 

Independent Study (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor or GER 301. Transient students may take this 
course only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

Elementary Latin One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 

Essentials of grammar; readings from selected Latin authors. 

Intermediate Latin (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Latin or three years of high school Latin. 
Further readings in Latin literature with special emphasis on Vergil and Ovid. 

Readings in Latin (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: LAT 201. 

Readings from the 2,000 years of Latinity from Plautus to the recent encyclicals. 

Readings in Latin II (5-0-5) 

Readings of Latin poetry; may include Horace, Catullus, Ovid, Propertius, and 
Tibullus. 

Ovid (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: LAT 201. 

Readings from the Metamorphoses, with emphasis on familiar mythology, and 

from other selected works. 

Study Abroad in Rome and Athens (V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: LAT 103. 

An 8-9 week summer quarter's residence and study in Rome and Athens in 
conjunction with the Studies Abroad Program of the University System of Georgia. 
Taught in English. Through visits to monuments, museums, and classical ruins, and 
on excursions to Crete, Delphi, Ostia, Tivoli, Tarquinia, and Frascati, the student 
experiences first hand the reality of life in the ancient world. 

Latin Language and Culture in Rome (15-0-15) 

Summer. Prerequisite: LAT 201 or the equivalent. 

Classes meet in Rome for 3 hours a day, 6 days a week, for 7 weeks, to speak, read, 
and hear Latin. Students practice composition outside of class and travel to places 
of cultural significance. 

Vergil (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: LAT 201, permission of professor. 

Readings from the Aeneid, with emphasis on books II, IV, VI, and VIII, and from 

other selected works. 

Elementary Spanish One-Two-Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Provide the student with the elements of Spanish grammar, pronunciation, and oral 
comprehension, together with an introduction to the culture and civilization of the 
spanish-speaking world. Regular practice with tape recordings is required. No 
foreign language background is necessary to begin 101. 

Spanish for Survival in Health Care Delivery Systems (5-0-5) 

A one-quarter designed for the student who has had little or no formal study of 
Spanish. The purpose of the course is to provide the student with the most basic 
communications skills in the language so that he/she might be able to deal with non- 
English speaking patients in a wide variety of clinical situations. This course will 
fulfill the CPC requirement in foreign languages. 

Intermediate Spanish (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Spanish or permission of 

instructor. 

Continues to develop reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills. 



160 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



SPA 3C3 Spanish Conversation and Composition I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or equivalent. 

Emphasis is on conversational Spanish in simulated situations to develop greater 
oral proficiency and to promote continued awareness of Hispanic culture. Review 
of grammar and syntax through guided essays to develop writing skills in the 
contact language. Classes will be conducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 304 Spanish Conversation and Composition II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or equivalent. 
The continuation of Spanish 303. 

SPA 305 Advanced Grammar and Syntax (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or equivalent. 

Advanced analysis and examination of the grammar and syntax of Spanish, stress- 
ing written usage through written grammar exercises, essays and translations of 
English texts into Spanish. Class will be conducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 306 Advanced Grammar and Syntax for Native Speakers 
of Spanish (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Advanced analysis and examination of the grammar and syntax of Spanish for the 
native speakers of Spanish, stressing written usage through written grammar 
exercises and essays. Class will be conducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 310 Civilization and Culture of Spain I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or equivalent. 

An historical survey of the culture of Spain from the Pre-Roman era to the end of the 

Hapsburg Dynasty (1700). Classes will be conducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 311 Civilization and Culture of Spain II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or equivalent. 

The continuation of Spanish 310. An historical survey of Modern Spain, from the 
establishment of the Bourbon Dynasty (1700) to the present. Classes will be con- 
ducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 312 Civilization and Culture of Latin America (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or equivalent. 

An historical survey of the culture of Latin America from the pre-Columbian era to 

the present day. Classes will be conducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 320 Introduction to Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

A study of Spanish, Spanish- American, and U. S. Hispanic literature that introduces 

the student to the basic terminology used to analyze and interpret literature. 

SPA 321 Spanish Peninsular Literature I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

A study of Spanish literature through the Illustration. It provides the student with 
analytical methods and approaches toward understanding the literary tradition in 
Spain. Movements will include: the pre-Hispanic tradition (las jarchas), the Medi- 
eval tradition, the Golden Age, and the Illustration. 

SPA 322 Spanish Peninsular Literature II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

A study of literature from Romanticism to the present in Spain. It provides the 
student with analytical methods and approaches toward understanding the literary 
tradition in Spain. Movements will include: Romanticism, the Generation of 1898, 
the Generation of 1927, and the post-Civil War traditions. 

SPA 323 Spanish American Literature I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

A study of Spanish American literature through Modernism. It provides the student 
with analytical methods and approaches toward understanding the literary tradi- 
tion in Spanish America. Movements will include: the pre-Hispanic tradition 
(indigenous works), Chronicles of the Indies, the Baroque, Romanticism, and 
Modernism. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 161 

SPA 324 Spanish American Literature II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

A study of Spanish American literature from the Mexican Revolution to the present. 
It provides the student with analytical methods and approaches toward under- 
standing the literary tradition in Latin America. Movements will include: the 
Mexican-Revolution, the Telluric, the Boom, Post-Boom. 

SPA 351/ 

352/353 Study Abroad in Spain (V-V-l-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 103 and a 3.0 minimum G.P.A. in all Spanish course work. 
A 8-9 week summer quarter's residence and study at the Universidad de Salamanca 
in Salamanca, Spain. An I.I.S.P. program operating in conjunction with the Univer- 
sity System of Georgia, offers intensive instruction in languages and culture 
complemented by a number of excursions. 

SPA 401 Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Any 300 level Spanish course and permission of the instructor. 
Hispanic Literature: Subject is announced when course is offered. Classes will be 
conducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 402 Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Any 300 level Spanish course and permission of the instructor. 
Hispanic Literature: Subject is announced when course is offered. Classes will be 
conducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 403 Special Topics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Any 300 level Spanish course and permission of the instructor. 
Hispanic Literature: Subject is announced when course is offered. Thematic studies 
of Hispanic literary topics, such as "The Anti-hero in Spanish Literature" or "The 
Theme of the Dictator in Latin American Literature." Classes will be conducted 
entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 404 Spanish Phonetics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Any 300 level Spanish course and permission of the instructor. 
This course will examine the phonological system of the Spanish language. Classes 
will be conducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 406 Contemporary Spanish American Novel (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

A study of the twentieth century novel and its impact on world literature. Authors 
to be studied include, but are not limited to: Bioy Casares, Asturias (Nobel winner), 
Rulfo, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez (Nobel winner), Vargas Llosa, Puig, Cortazar, 
Gallegos, Rivera, Cabrera Infante, Allende, and Carpentier. The Latin Boom, its 
antecedents, and the Post Boom will form the central impetus for this course. 

SPA 407 Contemporary Peninsular Novel (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

A study of the Spanish peninsular novel from the Naturalists to the Post-War 
writers. Authors to be studied include, but are not limited to: Pardo Bazan, 
Caballero, Ganivet, Galdos, Unamuno, Valle-lnclan, Baroja, Sanchez Ferlosio, Martin 
Santos, Mendoza, Cela (Nobel winner), Goytisolo, Laforet. The course will discuss 
the importance of the Generation of 1898 and its influence on posterior writers as 
well as the effects of censorship and Franco's dictatorship on those same authors. 

SPA 408 Spanish Peninsular Theater (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

The Golden Age and its playwrights such as Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, 

Quevedo, Tirso de Molina, and Alarcon produced one of the best national drama 

traditions in the world. Later, Romanticism (Espronceda, Don Juan), the esperpento 

(Valle-lnclan), and protest drama (Lorca, Sastre, Buero Vallejo) contributed to the 

tradition. 



1 62 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



SPA 409 Spanish American Theater (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

Drama is negligible in Spanish America until the 20th century. Its theater reflects a 
search for national and personal identity and also portrays revolutionary tendencies 
and political protest against oppressive regimes. Authors include Carballido, 
Usigli, Mondragon, Vodanovic, Marques, Sollorzano, Dragon. 

SPA 410 Spanish Peninsular Poetry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

A study of the beginnings of Spanish poetry from the jarchas, to the medieval epic 
(EL CID), Berceo, to poets of the Golden Age (Garcilaso, Gongora, Quevedo, Santa 
Teresa, Fray Luis, Lope de Vega, etc.), to the Romantics (Becquer, Espronceda), to 
the Generation of 1927 (Guillen, Lorca, Salinas), to the Civil War poets (Hernandez, 
et al). Nobel laureates include Jimenez and Aleixandre. 

SPA 411 Spanish American Poetry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of instructor. 

This course covers the poetry of the Baroque (Sor Juana), the Neo-Classical (Bello, 

et.al.), the Romantics, the Modernists (Dario, Marti), the Avant-Garde (Vallejo) as 

well as contemporary poets (Parra, Cardenal). Nobel winners include Mistral, Paz, 

Neruda. 

SPA 490 Independent Study (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and SPA 201 . Transient students may take this 
course only with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

SPA 499 Language Internship (0-6-3) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: Junior status, a minimum 2.75 overall 
G.P.A., a 3.0 G.P.A. in Spanish, recommendation of the departmental internship 
committee, and approval of the department head and a Spanish faculty member. The 
student pursues an individually designed project involving off-campus instruction at 
the elementary school level (grades 1-6). Weekly preparation of five hours towards a 
class instruction period of one hour is expected. The project is under supervision of the 
sponsoring institution and a Spanish faculty member who will coordinate it with the 
classroom teacher and the intern. The supervisor in charge will evaluate by observa- 
tion (twice quarterly) the quality of the intern's performance. 

Journalism Offerings 

JRN 343 Journalistic Writing and Editing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

Investigation of and intensive practice in the techniques of modern journalism with 

emphasis on writing and editing for newspapers and magazines. 

JRN 347 Basic TV Production (2-9-5) 

A study of the theory and practice of television production styles, forms, and 
concepts, with special emphasis on the critical appreciation of electronic communi- 
cation techniques. 

JRN 350 Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Same as FLM/DRS 350. 

Study of film with emphasis on critical appreciation of film as an art form. 

JRN 400 Topics in Journalism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permission of instructor. 

A seminar on the impact of the media on the world today. Topics include rights and 
responsibilities of journalists, censorship, media control, propaganda, and other 
current issues. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 163 

Linguistics Offerings 

LIN 470 Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 201 or permission of instructor. Same as ENG 370. 
A study of expository and report techniques. 

LIN 500 Topics in Linguistics (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. 

A seminar in subjects of interest in both theoretical and applied linguistics. Topics 

are announced. The course may be taken more than once for credit as topics change. 

LIN 580 Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as ENG /LIN 580. 

LIN 582 History of the English Language (5-0-5) 

SameasENG/LIN382. 

Philosophy Offerings 

ENG 101 is prerequisite to all PHI courses. 

PHI 201 Introduction to Philosophy (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the basic themes, problems, vocabulary, and representative 
figures of philosophy. 

PHI 251 Introduction to Ethics and Contemporary Moral Issues (5-0-5) 

A study of the principal ethical traditions of Western culture and their application 
of historic perspectives to contemporary moral issues in medicine, business, and 
environmental relations. 

PHI 311 Ancient Philosophy (5-0-5) 

A survey of ancient philosophy with special emphasis on the Pre-Socratics, Plato, 
Aristotle, the Stoics and Epicureans, and Neo-Platonism. 

PHI 312 Medieval Philosophy and the Rise of Humanism (5-0-5) 

A survey of medieval philosophy and the rise of humanistic studies in the Renais- 
sance, with emphasis on Boethius, Augustine, Aquinas, Anselm, Occam, Erasmus, 
Bacon, Machiavelli, and Montaigne. 

PHI 313 Continental Rationalism and British Empiricism (5-0-5) 

A survey of the modern rationalist tradition and its rival empirical tradition, with 
emphasis on Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz and on Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. 

PHI 314 Kant and the 19th Century (5-0-5) 

A survey of the nineteenth century, with emphasis on Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, 
James, Marx, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche. 

PHI 315 Twentieth Century Philosophy (5-0-5) 

A survey of the twentieth century, with attention to such figures as Heidegger, 
Whitehead, Moore, Wittgenstein, Sartre, and Ayer. 

PHI 400 Special Topics (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: PHI 201 or a 300 philosophy course. 

Topics are announced. Current courses: Aesthetics, Philosophy of Religion, Ethics, Nietzsche. 

PHI 490 Independent Study (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior status and one 300-philosophy course. 
The student, with the advice and permission of this supervising professor and of the 
department head, selects the topic for supervised independent study and submits 
a prospectus for department approval before the quarter in which the course is to be 
taken. Transient students may take this course only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which the student comes. 



164 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Mathematics 

Faculty 

* Wheeler, Ed, Department Head 

* Barnard, Jane Leo, John 

* Hansen, John McMillan, Tim 

* Hollis, Selwyn Munson, Richard 

* Kilhefner, Dale Ouzts, Susan 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The Department of Mathematics offers a wide range of services to the AASU student. 
Several introductory courses are available both to satisfy the general education needs of 
the student and to satisfy prerequisites in the major program. A minor in mathematics 
can be designed to complement the rest of a student's program. A major in the 
mathematical sciences allows the student to choose from among four options. 

The Mathematical Sciences Major: Option 1 of this major is entitled "Mathematics" and 
prepares students intending to pursue graduate studies in mathematics. Option 3 is entitled 
"Mathematics Education" and prepares students to teach in public and private secondary 
schools. This option is an approved program for the Georgia Teacher's Professional Four 
Year Certificate (T-4). Option 4 is entitled "Computer Science" and is available for students 
who desire a dual concentration in mathematics and computer science. 

The most flexible of the four options is Option 2 entitled "Applied Mathematics." This 
option is a good choice for students preparing for a variety of careers in business and 
industry, intending to attend graduate school in a quantitative area such as biostatistics, 
economics, or operations research, or wishing to participate in a Dual-Degree Program 
in engineering. 

The Dual Degree Program: Under arrangements with Georgia Tech, students may in 
five years of study earn simultaneously the BS degree in the mathematical sciences from 
Armstrong and the Bachelor's degree in any one of a number of fields of engineering 
from Georgia Tech. Armstrong participates in similar programs with other major 
universities. Students considering this option should contact an advisor in the Depart- 
ment of Mathematics as soon as possible. 

Minor in Mathematics: 

1. MAT 207, 208, 216 

2. Ten additional quarter hours chosen from MAT 260, MAT 265, 300-400 level 
mathematics courses (excluding MAT 391 and MAT 393). MAT 260 and MAT 
265 may not both be included in the minor. 

Special Academic Regulations: 

1 . To earn the BS degree in the mathematical sciences, a student must successfully 
complete with a grade of C or better all mathematics and computer science 
courses required in the program of study. 

2. To fulfill the prerequisites for any mathematics or computer science course one 
must obtain a grade of "C" (or above) in each prerequisite course except 
Mathematics 101. 



i 



MATHEMATICS 165 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 103, 206 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 102; CHE 128, 129 (required for 

dual degree students); PHY 217, 218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113 and one course selected from: PSY 101 (required for 

math education option); SOC 201; ECO 201, 202; ANT 201 10 

Area IV 30 

1. CS 142 5 

2. MAT 207, 208, 216, 260 20 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Major Field Requirements 30 

Option One — Mathematics: 

1. MAT 309, 311, 401 

2. One of MAT 317, 402, or 416 

3. Additional approved electives in mathematics 
Option Two — Applied Mathematics 

1. MAT 321, 341 

2. One of CS 242, 246, 247 

3. One of MAT 311, 317, 401, 416 

4. Additional courses from: MAT 309, 317, 322, 342, 346, 353, 401, 406, 490 
Option Three — Mathematics Education 

1. MAT 311, 321, 336 

2. MAT 416 or 470 

3. Additional approved mathematics electives 
Option Four — Computer Science 

1. MAT 321, 353 

2. One of MAT 322, 341, 346 

3. CS 242, 303, 304 

C. Courses Related to Major 25 

Option One — Mathematics 

1. Language or approved computer science 10 

2. Approved electives from mathematics or related field 15 

Option Two — Applied Mathematics 

One of the following sequences: 

1. PHY 217, 218, 219 with additional approved electives in chemistry, 
physics, or engineering 

2. ACC 211, 212 and ECO 201, 202, 330 

3. Approved computer science courses 

4. Approved biology courses including BIO 370 or 480 

5. Approved chemistry courses 



166 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Option Three — Mathematics Education 

1. PSY 201 or EDN 201 

2. MAT 393 

3. Orientation to Teaching Module, EDN 210, 335, 463 
Option Four — Computer Science 

1. CS 312 and approved electives in computer science 

D. Electives 40 

Students in Options 1, 2, and 4 may choose any electives. Students in option 3 must also 
use these hours to complete the professional education sequence EDN 441, 475. 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 
OFFERINGS 



Mathematics Offerings 



MAT 101 



MAT 103 



MAT 195 



MAT 206 



MAT 207 



MAT 208 



College Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: Student must satisfy one of the follow- 
ing: (a) fulfillment of the College Preparatory Curriculum mathematics requirement 
and a score of at least 380 on the SAT Math, (b) a passing grade on the math 
component of the College Placement Exam, or (c) successful exit from Learning 
Support Mathematics. Real and complex number arithmetic, polynomial and ratio- 
nal expressions, equations and inequalities, absolute value, functions and graphs, 
exponential and logarithmic functions, systems of equations and matrices. 
Placement Recommendation: Some students who satisfy the prerequisites for MAT 
101 nonetheless need to reinforce their mathematical skills in a learning support 
mathematics course before taking MAT 101. In particular if any of the following 
is true, the student should consider enrolling in LSM 099: 

a) The student did not complete two years of algebra and one year of geometry in 
high school. 

b) The student has not completed a mathematics course in five or more years. 

c) The student made below 420 on the mathematics portion of the SAT examination. 

Pre-Calculus Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 101, a score of at least 550 on the 
mathematics portion of the SAT, or permission of the department head. 
Functions: polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric, and in- 
verse trigonometric; trigonometric identities; law of sines and cosines; complex 
numbers. 

Applied Mathematics for Business and Social Sciences (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

An applied mathematics course featuring applications in economics and the social 
sciences. Linear functions and models; matrix operations and applications; in- 
equalities and linear programming; exponential functions and log functions; single 
and multivariant differentiation. 

Calculus I (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 103, a score of at least 600 on the 
mathematics portion of the SAT, or permission of the department head. 
Functions; the derivative and its applications, antidifferentiation; the definite 
integral. 

Calculus II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 206. 

Techniques and applications of integration; transcendental functions; indetermi- 
nate forms; improper integrals; parametric equations and polar coordinates. 

Calculus of Several Variables I (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 207. 

Sequences and series; Taylor's theorem; vectors, curves, and surfaces in three- 
dimensional space; partial differentiation; multiple integrals. 



MATHEMATICS 



167 



MAT 216 



MAT 220 



MAT 225 



MAT 260 



MAT 265 



MAT 290 



MAT 295 



MAT 309 



MAT 311 



MAT 317 



MAT 321 



MAT 322 



MAT 336 



Linear Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 207. 

Linear systems and matrices; vector spaces; linear independence, rank of a matrix; 
linear transformations; determinants; introduction to eigenvalues and eigenvec- 
tors; diagonalization; applications. 

Elementary Statistics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; probability distributions; inferences 

concerning means; analysis of variance; correlation; linear regression. 

Computational Methods in Statistics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 220 and CS 115 or 142. 

Statistical programming with Minitab and SAS software, including data analyses 

involving ANOVA, multiple regression, and nonparatetric statistics. 

Introduction to Mathematical Proof (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 207. 

Elementary logic, sets, functions and relations, methods of proof including induc- 
tion, and selected topics from abstract algebra. 

Discrete Mathematics for Computer Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 142. 

Elementary logic; naive set theory; relations and functions; graphs; finite automata; 

Turing machines; formal languages and grammars. 

The Spirit and Structure of Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

A terminal course of selected topics designed to portray the history, philosophy, and 
aesthetics of mathematics, and to develop an appreciation of the role of mathematics 
in western thought and contemporary culture. 

Topics in Mathematics [(l-5)-(0-6)-(l-5)] 

Prerequisites: Announced with course. 

Topics of current interest in freshman and sophomore mathematics. 

Calculus of Several Variables II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 208. 

Vectors in n-dimensional space; vector fields; line and surface integrals; Green's 

theorem; the Divergence theorem; Stokes theorem; change of variables in multiple 

integrals. 

Abstract Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

Elementary properties of integers; groups, rings, and fields; mappings, homomor- 

phisms, kernels, and quotient structures. 

Advanced Linear Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 216, MAT 260. 

Abstract vector spaces, linear transformations, eigenvectors and eigenvalues, di- 
agonalization, inner product spaces, real quadratic forms. 

Probability & Mathematical Statistics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207. MAT 260 or MAT 265. 

Data collection, organization, and description; probability; random variables; dis- 
crete and continuous probability distributions; Central Limit Theorem; point and 
interval estimation; tests of hypotheses; simple linear regression and correlation. 

Probability & Mathematical Statistics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 321. 

Analysis of variance; nonlinear and multiple regression; chi-square tests for cat- 
egorical data; nonparametric methods; Bayesian inference. This course uses statistical 
packages to analyze data sets. 

Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 
A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry. 



168 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



MAT 353 



MAT 341 Differential Equations I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 208. 

First order linear and nonlinear equations; second and higher order linear equa- 
tions; applications; the Laplace transform; numerical solutions with emphasis on 
computer aided solution. 

MAT 342 Differential Equations II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 341. 

Series solutions; linear and non-linear first order systems; applications; numerical 
methods; boundary value problems; introduction to Fourier series and partial 
differential equations. 

MAT 346 Mathematical Modeling and Optimization (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 321. 

Design, solution, and interpretation of mathematical models of problems in the 
social, life, and management sciences. Topics chosen from linear programming, 
dynamic programming, scheduling theory, Markov chains, game theory, queuing 
theory, inventory theory, and computer based simulation. Various projects are 
assigned which require computer software packages for solution. 

Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207 and CS 120 or 142. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; systems of linear equations; numerical 
integration and numerical solution of differential equations; matrix inversion; 
evaluation of determinants; calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; boundary 
value problems. 

Mathematical Logic (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207, 260. 

The elementary statement and predicate calculus; formal systems; applications of 

logic in mathematics. 

Mathematics for the Elementary School Teacher (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 290 with a grade of "C" or better, and admission to Teacher 
Education. 

A study of the mathematics in the K-6 curriculum, with emphasis on appropriate 
methods of teaching for understanding through activity based and problem solving 
experiences. Communication and connections will be emphasized. Frequent use of 
wide range of concrete manipulatives to embody concepts in arithmetic and whole 
numbers, fractions and decimals, and in geometry and measurement. Directed field 
experience and required laboratory. (Credit will not apply toward a degree in the 
mathematical sciences.) 

MAT 393 Teaching of Middle School/ General Mathematics (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 391. 

Problems of teaching traditional topics such as fractions, decimals, percentage, mea- 
surement (especially the metric system), informal geometry, algebraic structures, 
probability, and statistics. Cooperative learning in an activity-based, problem solving 
environment will be emphasized. Incorporation of drill and practice in necessary skills 
with appropriate games and laboratory exercises. Directed field experience and re- 
quired laboratory . (Credit will not apply toward a degree in the mathematical sciences.) 

MAT 400 Putnam Seminar (0-2-1) 

Fall. Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

A variety of mathematical problems, considered with the aim of developing 

problem solving techniques. 

MAT 401/402 Advanced Calculus I, II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

The real number system; sequences; limits of functions; the Bolzano-Weierstrass 
theorem; compactness; uniform continuity; the derivative; the Riemann integral; 
Euclidean n-space; sequences of functions; the Weierstrass approximation theorem; 
series; elementary functions. 



MAT 360 



MAT 391 



. 



MATHEMATICS 



169 



MAT 406 



MAT 436 



MAT 490 



MAT 496/ 
497/498 



MAT 516 

MAT 560 
MAT 570 

MAT 590 
MED 550 



MED 590 
MED 594 



Functions of a Complex Variable (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and transformations; the Cauchy theory; 

conformal mapping; Riemann's mapping theorem. 

Topology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 401. 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; separability; compactness; connected- 
ness; completeness; metrizability; introduction to homotopy theory. 

Special Topics (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and per- 
mission of the department head. 

Individual readings and research under the direction of a member of the mathemat- 
ics faculty. 

Internship In Mathematics ((0-l)-(12-15)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: Permission of the department head. 
Experience, in a variety of mathematical applications suited to the educational and 
professional aspirations of the student, under the direction of the faculty and 
appropriate off-campus supervisory personnel. (Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and that of the appropriate 
official of the college from which the student comes.) 

Theory of Numbers (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: At least 25 hours of college mathematics at the calculus level or 
beyond, including calculus and at least one proof-oriented course. 
A survey of topics from number theory to include: divisibility and congruence; 
diophantine equations; distribution of prime numbers, famous unsolved problems, 
number-theoretic functions and their applications; Theorems of Fermat and Euler. 

Foundations of Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 207. 

Fundamental ideas of axiomatic mathematics, including sets, relations, functions, 

algebraic structures, with emphasis on techniques of writing proofs. 

History of Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: At least 25 hours of college mathematics at the calculus level or beyond, 
including calculus and at least one proof-oriented course and a college geometry course. 
The historical development of mathematics from its empirical beginnings to its 
present state. 

Topics in Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Individual readings and research under the direction of the mathematics faculty. 

Teaching Mathematics with Technology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. 

Use of graphing calculators and special computer software to teach algebra, geom- 
etry, advanced algebra, and precalculus. 

Special Topics in Mathematics Education (5-0-5) 

Teaching of Middle School/General Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. 

Problems of teaching traditional topics, such as fractions, decimals, percentage, mea- 
surement, informal geometry, algebraic structures, probability, and statistics. Cooperative 
learning in an activity-based problem solving environment will be emphasized. Incor- 
poration of drill and practice in necessary skills with appropriate games and exercises. 



170 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Social and Behavioral Sciences 

Faculty 

* Martin, Grace, Head 

McCormick, Cynthia, Coordinator of Psychology 

* Adams, Joseph * Palefsky, Elliot 
Cornell, David Saadatmand, Yassaman 
Douglass, Keith Taylor, Stephen 
Khondker, Karim Walker, Deborah 
Kingery, Dorothy 

* Lane, Joseph 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The Division of Social and Behavioral Sciences offers two four-year degrees, the 
Bachelor of Arts with a major in Psychology and the Bachelor of Arts with a major in 
Economics, and also minor concentrations in Anthropology, Economics, Mental Health, 
Organizational Psychology, Psychology, and Sociology. 

The Psychology program is based in the research tradition and offers preparation for 
both graduate school and entry into the job market. Besides specific courses required for 
the degree, students select from a variety of content courses which include clinical, 
developmental, testing, personality, physiological, social and industrial/organizational 
psychology. During the senior year, capstone courses include research projects, commu- 
nity internships, and senior seminar. Studies have shown that Psychology majors have 
the opportunity to develop strengths in five important areas: critical thinking, problem 
solving, oral communication, written communication, and interpersonal skills. 

The Economics program of study is consistent with the liberal arts tradition, requiring 
two lower-division, two intermediate, and six upper-divisions courses in Economics, 
along with courses in other social sciences and 25 hours that can be applied to any 
college-approved minor or unspecified electives. A primary objective is to enable 
graduates to accept positions in the workplace that utilize their general college prepara- 
tion and specialized economic education. Economics majors may benefit by making 
good decisions as workers, consumers, investors, and entrepreneurs. Opportunities 
exist for internships and research experience. 

Along with other academic policies of the college, candidates for the B.A. degrees in 
Psychology and Economics must earn at least a "C" in every required course in the major. 
All division minors require a "C" or better in each course. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 220 10 

2. One of the sequences: CHE 121, 122; CHE 128, 129; or PHS 121, 122 .. 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192, POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 or SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101, 102 10 

2. CS 115 5 



SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 171 



3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. PSY 101, ANT 201 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Degree Requirements 65 

1. PSY 220, 312, 408, 410 and 411 or 412 25 

2. Approved selection of psychology courses 25 

3. Foreign language sequence 15 

C. Elective Courses 10-25 

1. An appropriate minor or selected upper division courses 10-25 

D. Unspecified 20 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191-206 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 

WITH A MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY (Leading to Teacher Licensure in 

Special Education: Behavior Disorders) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 220 10 

2. One of the sequences: CHE 121, 122, CHE 128, 129, or PHS 121, 122 .. 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192, POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 or SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101, 102 10 

2. CS 115 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. PSY 101, ANT 201 10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Degree Requirements 110 

1. PSY 220, 312, 408, 410 and 411 or 412 25 

2. PSY 201, 316, 328, 350, 406 25 

3. Foreign language sequence-SPA 101, 102, 103 15 

C. Professional Sequence 45 

1. EDN 210, EDN 320, EDN 422 or EDN 428, plus 15 hours in courses 
now being developed 30 

2. EDN 471, 472, 473 Student Teaching 15 

D. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 206 



172 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN ECONOMICS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One of the following courses: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; 

MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 or 103 and MAT 195 or 206 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 102; CHE 121, 122; CHE 128, 129; 

PHY 211, 212; PHY 217, 218; PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192, POS 113 15 

2. One course selected from: PSY 101, SOC 201, ANT 201, GEO 212 5 

Area IV 30 

1. MAT 220 5 

2. Foreign language sequence 15 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. CS 115 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Degree Requirements 50 

1. ECO 201, 202, 205, 206 20 

2. Six courses selected from at least three of the following 

five catagories. Advisor consultation required 30 

International (ECO 310, 320, 431, 440, 445) 

Quantitative Economics (ECO 360, 370) 

Applied Economics (ECO 330, 340, 350) 

Public Policy and Economic History (ECO 363, 421, 441, 450) 

Internship (ECO 452, 453, 454) 

C. Courses Related to Major 20 

1. ACC 211, 212 10 

2. Two courses from: Psychology, Sociology, Anthropology, 

Political Science or Geography 10 

D. Minor or Unspecified Electives 25 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 

Minor Concentrations 

The Social and Behavioral Sciences offers minors in the following five areas: 

A. Psychology — which requires 20 credit hours of upper division work. 

B. Mental Health— which requires PSY 302, 316, 328, 406, 515. 

C. Organizational Psychology — which requires five of the following: PSY 302, 406, 
315, 320, 321, 322. 

D. Anthropology — which requires 20 hours of upper division anthropology credits. 

E. Sociology — which requires 20 credit hours of upper division work. 

F. Economics — which requires 20 hours of upper division work selected from ECO 
310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 363, 421, 431, 440, 441, 445, 450, and 401-403. 

All minor concentrations require a grade of "C" or better in each course. 



SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 



173 



Anthropology Offerings 



ANT 201 



ANT/ 
PBH 207 



ANT 302 



ANT 305 



ANT 308 



ANT 310 



ANT 395 



ANT 400 



Introduction to Anthropology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the biocultural nature of humans through a survey of the 
subdisciplines of anthropology. The course is organized around an ecological and 
evolutionary framework. 

Introduction to Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1994. 

The introductory archaeology course consists of a history of the field, basic tech- 
niques, theoretical underpinnings, and examples of field work from all types of 
excavation. It covers the range from early man to industrial and urban archaeology 
in a general fashion. Analysis is introduced along with survey techniques, preser- 
vation, reporting and other skills. (Identical with PBH 207.) 

Human Evolution (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ANT 201 or permission of instructor; BIO 101 and 102 strongly 

recommended. 

Biological anthropology is introduced through the principles of evolution and 

genetics, evolutionary forces, human variation and adaptation, primate evolution 

and behavior, the fossil record of human ancestors and early modern humans, and 

the relationship between human biology and culture. 

North American Indians (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ANT 201 or permission of instructor. 

A study of the prehistoric, historic and contemporary Native American populations 
north of Mexico, emphasizing the role of the environment in the diversity and 
complexity of Native American cultures. 

Primate Social Behavior and Ecology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ANT 201 or permission of instructor. 

The social behavior and ecology of prosimians, monkeys, and apes and implications 
for the evolution of human social behavior are examined. Topics include primate 
origins and evolutionary trends, survey of living primates, social organization, 
ecology and social behavior, and models for the evolution of human behavior. 

Anthropology of Sex and Gender (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ANT 201 or permission of instructor. 

A study of the biological and cultural determinants of sex differences and sex roles. 
The relationship between sex roles and control of resources will be examined cross- 
culturally. 

Research in the Social and Behavioral Sciences {V-V (1-5)} 
Prerequisites: Junior standing, permission of department head, and agreement by 
a faculty member to supervise the research. 

Uncompensated research to be assigned and directed by a faculty member of the 
appropriate discipline. Students will conduct research using methods appropriate for that 
discipline. Student research may include a literature search, field or laboratory observa- 
tion and experimentation, data reduction and analysis, and written and / or oral presentation 
of results. The research experience will be evaluated by a rotating committee of the 
departmental faculty before the initiation of the project, and again upon completion of the 
work. Credit will vary depending on the work to be completed. Up to five (5) credit hours 
may be earned in any one discipline, for a maximum of ten (10) credit hours. 

Sorcery, Demons and Gods (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Anthropological analysis of religion as a universal category of culture. The super- 
natural will be considered: Mother goddesses myth, sorcery, shamanism, sacrifice 
and totemism. Belief systems in their sociocultural contexts will be emphasized. 



174 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



ANT/ 
PBH 401 



ANT/ 
PBH 402 



ANT 405 



ANT/HIS/ 
PBH 455 



ANT/HIS/ 
PBH 459 



ANT/ 
PBH 480 



ANT/HIS/ 
PBH 501 



Fieldwork In Historical Archaeology (0-20-10) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: PBH 207 or permission of instructor or director. 
An introduction to and first application of archaeological methods to a specific field 
project. Excavation techniques, surveying and map making, data collecting and 
recording, archaeological photography, the identification and analysis of artifacts, 
and the interpretation of archaeological data will be presented in field and labora- 
tory work as well as in lectures and readings. (Identical with PBH 551.) (Under 
certain circumstances this course may be substituted in the Preservation Studies 
minor for PBH 598.) Course may be repeated for credit. 

Practicum In Archaeological Analysis (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: permission of instructor or director. 
The application of archaeological interpretative techniques to a specific site or 
analytical problem. Individual research projects in the interpretation of archaeo- 
logical data and the conservation of artifactual finds with special attention to the 
care and storage of collections, display in the museum setting, and the presentation 
of archaeologically-derived information. 

Sociobiology of Human Behavior (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ANT 201 or permission of instructor. 

The evolution of human social behavior is examined from a biological anthropologi- 
cal perspective. Topics include altruism and kinship, human mating systems, 
reproduction and parenting, ecology of social systems, and life history strategies. 

Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1995. 

Prerequisite: PBH 207 or permission of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North America since the arrival of Europeans in 

the New World. Some attention will be paid to British and Continental Post Medieval 

Archaeology as well as to the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Archaeology. 

Emphasis will be given to anthropological archaeology's method and theory both as a 

perspective for the writing of history and as a component of Historic Preservation. 

American Material Culture (4-2-5) 

Winter, 1994. 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary remains of our society, past and present. 
Vernacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mortuary art, community and settlement 
patterns, diet, dress and disease are among the topics that will be discussed. 

Special Topics In Archaeology (V-V-(l-5)) 

Prerequisites: ANT/PBH 207, ANT/PBH 551 

The course is designed to offer a wide variety of experience to advanced, upper level 
students in archaeological techniques. Subject matter will center on such topics as 
archaeological graphics, faunal analysis (zooarchaeology), conservation, or involve 
some off-campus archaeological experience. 

Fieldwork in Historical Archaeology (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Introductory Anthropology or permission of the instructor. 
The course is designed to familiarize students with basic archaeological field 
techniques. Students will participate in mapping, excavation, processing and cata- 
loging artifactual materials from a multicomponent site. The fieldwork will be an 
intensive introduction to practical archaeology. 



SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 175 



ANT/HIS/ 

PBH 553 Historical Archaeology II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PBH 207 or the permission of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North America. Attention will be given to British 
and Continental Post-Medieval Archaeology as well as the special areas of industrial 
and nautical archaeology, anthropological archaeology's methods, and theory both as 
a perspective for the writing of history and as a component of historical preservation. 

Economics Offerings 

ECO 201 Principles of Macro Economics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

A survey of macro-economics, including basic economic concepts, national income, 

the monetary system, and the international economy. 

ECO 202 Principles of Micro Economics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101; ECO 201 not 
a prerequisite. 

A survey of micro-economics, including the composition and pricing of national 
output, government and the market economy, factor pricing and income distribu- 
tion, and a comparison of market systems. 

ECO 203 Principles of Accounting I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for MAT 101. 

An introduction to the fundamental principles and practices of accounting; the 
construction and interpretation of balance sheet and profit and loss statements; the 
theory of debits and credits and their application to the accounting process. 

ECO 204 Principles of Accounting II (5-0-5) 
Prerequisite: ECO 203. 

The application of accounting principles to specialized problems found in proprietorships, 
partnerships, and corporations, with emphasis on cost accounting theory, modern 
methods of data processing, and the sources and applications of funds. 

ECO 205 Intermediate Macro Economics ( 5-0- 5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

Analysis of theories of national income determination, the factors affecting employ- 
ment and price level as presented by neo-Keynesians and the monetarists. Also 
included are some of the recent developments in the field of macroeconomics. 

ECO 206 Intermediate Micro Economics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202. 

The theory of pricing, distribution and /or allocation of resources in a market 

economy. Also included are production and cost theories. 

ECO 310 Multinational Economic Enterprises (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

Topics include how multinational economic enterprises have evolved over time, 
how they affect jobs and exports/imports in the U.S., and how they affect the 
economics of less developed countries. 

ECO 320 International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202 or permission of instructor. 

This course examines the economic importance and problems of international trade. 
Topics include theories of international trade, the gains from trade, tariffs and 
non-tariff barrier to trade, U.S. commercial policy, economic integration and trade 
policies of developing countries. 

ECO 330 Money & Banking (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The study of governmental and corporate finance, with emphasis on fiscal and 
monetary policy. Open-market operations, discount policy, and the functions and 
problems associated with central banking will be examined and analyzed. 



176 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



ECO 340 Economics of Labor (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202. 

An introductory general survey of labor economics and labor relations. Organiza- 
tion and operation of American trade unionism, collective bargaining, economics of 
the labor market, wage theory and income distribution also among topics studied. 

ECO 350 Managerial Economics 

Prerequisite: ECO 202, or permission of instructor. 

An examination of how economic theories may be used to aid in decision making in 
the private sector. Topics include demand and elasticity, production and cost 
theory, pricing policies, linear programming and capital budgeting. 

ECO 360 Mathematical Economics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202, MAT 195 or MAT 206, or permission of instructor. 
An examination of selected topics in economic theory using mathematics. Topics 
include the development of portions of consumer and producer theory, the study of 
static and dynamic models from macro theory and international finance. 

ECO 363 Economic History of the United States (5-0-5) 

Offer alternate years. Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

This course surveys the growth and development of economic institutions in the 
United States from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis on the period 
since 1860. Developments in agriculture, industry, labor, transportation, and fi- 
nance will be studied and analyzed. (Identical with HIS 363). 

ECO 370 Econometrics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202, MAT 220. 

Introduction of applied econometrics. Included are parameter estimation, infer- 
ence, hypothesis testing and problems of designing econometric models. 

ECO 395 Research in the Social and Behavioral Sciences {V-V (1-5)} 

Prerequisites: Junior standing, permission of department head, and agreement by 
a faculty member to supervise the research. 

Uncompensated research to be assigned and directed by a faculty member of the 
appropriate discipline. Students will conduct research using methods appropriate 
for that discipline. Student research may include a literature search, field or 
laboratory observation and experimentation, data reduction and analysis, and 
written and /or oral presentation of results. The research experience will be evalu- 
ated by a rotating committee of the departmental faculty before the initiation of the 
project, and again upon completion of the work. Credit will vary depending on the 
work to be completed. Up to five (5) credit hours may be earned in any one 
discipline, for a maximum of ten (10) credit hours. 

ECO 401/ 

402/403 Special Topics in Economics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 or ECO 202 or permission of instructor. 
Upper-level courses not otherwise offered in the economics curriculum. Coverage 
of substantive topics, problems and issues, not covered in other courses, which are 
of contemporary importance to students. Topics to be announced prior to each 
offering of the course. May be repeated for credit with different topics. Normally, 
no more than two such courses may be counted toward the minor in economics. 

ECO 421 International Law of Expropriation and Compensation (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113. Corequisite: POS 326, "International Law," or permission of 
instructor. 

The course will examine the traditional Western view of the right of governments 
to expropriate foreign-owned property, and compare it to the views of many third- 
world and Marxist governments. Major takings of property owned by U.S. citizens 
and corporations will be highlighted. Arbitration and adjudication processes, as 
well as the role of the executive and legislative branches, will be examined. 



. 



SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 177 



ECO 431 International Financial Institutions (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 or permission of instructor. 

This course analyzes international monetary relations. Topics include different 
exchange rate systems, the balance of payments, adjustment to balance of payments 
disequilibrium, and a survey of major international financial institutions, including 
IMF and the World Bank. Additional focus is on the role of central banks of the major 
countries in attempting to help stabilize the foreign exchange market. 

ECO 440 Seminar In Third World Economic Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 or permission of instructor 

The developing areas and their prospect for economic betterment are studied in this 
course. Topics include different theories of underdevelopment, analyzing different 
techniques employed by various less developed countries for development, includ- 
ing import substitutions and export-led growth. Focus is also on problems facing the 
third world at the present time, such as Third World debt. 

ECO 441 Regional Economics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 320 or permission of instructor. 

Study of transnational labor and transportation economics and of international 
trade, posited in the regional context. Emphasis will be placed on such topics as the 
European Economic Community and the Caribbean Basin Initiative. The social and 
political, as well as economic consequences of migratory labor and permanent 
immigrant labor will be addressed. 

ECO 445 Comparative Economic Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic tenets of the major economic systems 
developed in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of government and politics will 
be examined, along with the contributions to economic and political thought of such 
men as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. 

ECO 450 Public Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: 201 or equivalent. 

An Application of economic principles to the study of the role of government. 
Emphasis is on the reasons for and the effects of government intervention in the 
economy. Topics covered include market failure, public goods and externalities, 
public choice and political equilibrium, taxation, public debt and cost benefit analysis, 
and some selected areas of public policy such as welfare, defense, and health care. 

ECO 452/ 

453/454 Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. 
This course is designed to provide the student with an opportunity to relate 
academic understanding to an applied economic setting. Settings will include 
nonprofit agencies such as the Chamber of Commerce, as well as financial institu- 
tions and international businesses. This course will be jointly supervised by 
departmental instructors and agency officials. Transient students must have per- 
mission of the school dean at Armstrong and of the college which the student comes. 

ECO 520 International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202 or permission of instructor. 

This course examines the economic importance and problems of international trade. 
Topics include theories of international trade, the gains from trade, tariffs and non- 
tariff barrier to trade, U.S. commercial policy, economic integration and trade 
policies of developing countries. 

ECO 530 Money and Banking (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The study of governmental and corporate finance, with emphasis on fiscal and 
monetary policy. Open-market operations, discount policy, and the functions and 
problems associated with central banking will be examined and analyzed. 



178 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



ECO 540 Economics of Labor (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202. 

An introductory general survey of labor economics and labor relations. Organiza- 
tion and operation of American trade unionism, collective bargaining, economics of 
the labor market, wage theory and income distribution also among topics studied. 

ECO 545 Comparative Economic Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic tenets of the major economic systems 
developed in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of government and politics will 
be examined, along with the contributions to economic and political thought of such 
men as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. 
(Identical with POS 545.) 

ECO 563 Economic History of the United States (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

This course surveys the growth and development of economic institutions in the 
United States from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis on the period 
since 1860. Developments in agriculture, industry, labor, transportation, and fi- 
nance will be studied and analyzed. (Identical with HIS 363). 

Psychology Offerings 

PSY 101 General Psychology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, and methods of the science of behav- 
ior. Discussion and demonstrations assist in surveying all the areas of psychology. 
Psychology 101 is prerequisite to all other courses in the department. Eligibility for 
ENG 101 is strongly recommended. 

PSY 191 Honors General Psychology (2-3-5) 

Prerequisites: SAT verbal of at least 550. 

This course may be substituted for PSY 101 by qualified students. Course content is 
similar to PSY 101, but emphasis is on psychology as a laboratory science. Students 
will conduct a variety of experiments and demonstrations and will write research 
reports on these topics. 

PSY 201 Human Growth and Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of lifespan development that focuses on physical, emotional, cognitive and 
social development. Understandings of growth and development are applied to 
classroom teaching and learning. Not recommended for Psychology majors. 

PSY 208 Psychology of Parenting (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the psychological research and issues related to the family with an 
emphasis on child development, parenting styles, child abuse, dysfunctional fami- 
lies and community resources. This course can be used by the Criminal Justice 
Training Center program. 

PSY 220 Introduction to Psychological Research (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An introduction to scientific methodology and its application to behavior analysis. 

Various techniques of data collection and the statistical analysis of such data are 

emphasized. 

PSY 295 Developmental Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the origin and development of psychological processes from the life span 
perspective. The effects of genetic/maturational and socio-cultural/environmental 
factors on the development of behavior throughout the life span are included. 



SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 179 



PSY 301 Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. Offered each quarter. 

The application of behavioral science to the problem of learning in the classroom. 

Primarily for teacher preparation. 

PSY 302 Psychological Testing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

Survey of individual and group tests in psychological, educational, and clinical 
settings. Course focuses on the theoretical and statistical principles that underlie 
psychological and educational measurement. Standardized psychological instru- 
ments are critically analyzed. Ethical issues in psychological testing are considered. 

PSY 303 Social Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

The study of the behavior of others as determinants of the behavior of the individual. 

The cultural milieu and group pressures will be examined in terms of their effect on 

behavior. 

PSY 304 Fundamentals of Counseling and Psychotherapy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of personality theories and the behavior changing techniques arising from 

them. The emphasis will be on learning theory and environmental influences. 

PSY 305 Topics in Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of the fundamental issues, processes and theories of the field of develop- 
mental psychology. This approach to developmental concepts will focus on relevant 
research and practical applications through adolescence. This course may not be 
substituted for PSY 295 or PSY 201. 

PSY 307 Perception (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 

The nature of perceptual processes will be explored through experiment and 

theoretical analysis. 

PSY 309 Physiological Psychology (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, BIO 101 and 102. 

The structure and function of the nervous system will be analyzed and related to 

behavior using lecture, slide presentations, and tissue. 

PSY 310 Psychology of Human Sexuality (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An examination of the developmental, physiological, clinical and social aspects of 
human sexuality. The emphasis of the course will be on the various components of 
human sexuality from a developmental perspective. 

PSY 311 Theories of Personality (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of selected personality theories with emphasis on normal behavior. Attention will 
be given to both experimental and clinical data. The determinants of personality structure 
and the development of personality will be examined from divergent points of view. 

PSY 312 Measurement (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101, 220. 

An examination of the theory of measurement. Reliability and validity techniques 

are discussed, using current psychological tests as examples. 

PSY 315 Psychology of Conflict and Stress (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the interactions between physiological and psychological processes in 
the development and maintenance of stress related disorders. Emphasis is on 
environmental factors and stress management techniques. 

PSY 316 Clinical Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of behavioral problems, treatment modes, and theories. 



180 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PSY 319 Animal Behavior (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

The adaptations and behaviors with which living organisms cope with their 
environments will be studied through lecture and field work. Naturalistic observa- 
tion and experimental methods will be considered. 

PSY 320 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of applications of psychological principles to business and professional 

settings. Included are work motivation, goal setting, power politics, leadership and 

communication. 

PSY 321 Psychology of Work Behavior (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A psychological analysis of issues related to the individual worker in industry and 
organizations. Included are employee selection, training strategies, performance 
evaluation and job satisfaction. 

PSY 322 Psychology of Organizational Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

Psychological principles applied to interpersonal and intergroup relations, organi- 
zational leadership, management of organizational change relating to the social 
environment and communication systems. 

PSY 328 Abnormal Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of various conceptions of undesirable 

behavior. Application of principles derived from basic research will be emphasized. 

PSY 350 Cognitive Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the issues related to the various models of human information processing 
with an emphasis on perceptual and linguistic development. Principles and appli- 
cations derived from basic research will be included. 

PSY 375 The Psychology of Aging (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An analysis of the aging process as physical and biosocial change. Important 
adaptive aspects from health to economics will be considered with an emphasis on 
maintaining an optimal quality of life. 

PSY 395 Research in the Social and Behavioral Sciences {V-V (1-5)} 

Prerequisites: Junior standing, permission of department head, and agreement by 
a faculty member to supervise the research. 

Uncompensated research to be assigned and directed by a faculty member of the 
appropriate discipline. Students will conduct research using methods appropriate 
for that discipline. Student research may include a literature search, field or 
laboratory observation and experimentation, data reduction and analysis, and 
written and /or oral presentation of results. The research experience will be evalu- 
ated by a rotating committee of the departmental faculty before the initiation of the 
project, and again upon completion of the work. Credit will vary depending on the 
work to be completed. Up to five (5) credit hours may be eartnerd in any one 
discipline, for a maximum of ten ( 10) credit hours. 

PSY 401/ 

402/403 Special Topics in Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

Upper-level courses not otherwise offered in the psychology curriculum. Coverage of 
substantive topics, theoretical issues and problems not covered in other courses, which 
are of contemporary importance to students. Topics to be announced prior to each 
offering of the course. May be repeated for credit with different topics. Normally, no 
more than two such courses may be counted toward the minor in psychology. 



1 



SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 181 



PSY 406 Behavior Modification (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of proven methods of generating behavioral change, their empirical 

foundations and their applications in clinical, educational and social settings. 

PSY 408 Learning and Motivation (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 

A study of the methodology and theory associated with the various forms of 
learning and their motivational concomitant. The laboratory will provide an intro- 
duction to animal care, training, and experimentation. 

PSY 410 History and Systems of Psychology (5-0-5) 

Open only to Psychology majors or by invitation of the instructor. 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from early animism to modern behavioristics. 

Special attention is given to the philosophical basis at various times in the history of 

psychology. 

PSY 411 Senior Seminar (5-0-5) 

Open only to senior psychology majors or by invitation of the professor. 

A reading and discussion group which will concentrate on selected contemporary 

issues in psychology. Specific content will vary from year to year. 

PSY 412 Senior Project (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Each student will work with a faculty member qualified in the student's area of 
interest. Work is to begin in the first quarter of the senior year (register for the 
quarter of expected completion). The student will produce a scholarly paper which 
must be acceptable to the departmental faculty. 

PSY 413 Senior Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Students may petition the faculty to receive academic credit for an individually 
designed work experience in an applied setting. The sponsoring organization must 
provide a qualified supervisor. A faculty advisor will establish performance criteria 
and evaluate accordingly. The student will produce a scholarly paper which must 
be acceptable to the departmental faculty. 

PSY 515 Psychology of Conflict and Stress (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the interactions between physiological and psychological processes in 
the development and maintenance of stress related disorders. Emphasis is on 
environmental factors and stress management techniques. 

PSY 520 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of applications of psychological principles to business and professional 

settings. Included are work motivation, goal setting, power politics, leadership and 

communication. 

PSY 521 Psychology of Work Behavior (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A psychological analysis of issues related to the individual worker in industry and 
organizations. Included are employee selection, training strategies, performance 
evaluation and job satisfaction. 

PSY 522 Psychology of Organizational Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

Psychological principles applied to interpersonal and intergroup relations, organi- 
zational leadership, management of organizational change relating to the social 
environment and communication systems. 

PSY 575 The Psychology of Aging (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An analysis of the aging process as physical and biosocial change. Important 
adaptive aspects from health to economics will be considered with an emphasis on 
maintaining an optimal quality of life. 



182 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Sociology Offerings 

SOC 201 Introductory Sociology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the concepts and methods of the science of human group 
behavior. Includes the study of socialization, culture, race, ethnicity, gender, age, 
and social institutions. It is designed to provide a better understanding of American 
society and social phenomena. Eligibility for ENG 101 is strongly recommended. 

SOC 315 The Family and Alternative Lifestyles (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

A study of the institution which has major responsibility for socializing members of 

society. Consideration will be given to various forms and types of families. 

SOC 320 Ethnic minorities (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course focuses on the historical and /or contemporary realities of sub-cultural 
life in these United States, especially where skin color and language pose social and 
economic barriers. Examined are the cultural and structural factors which shape 
and inform the particular experiences of groups. It looks at dominant public 
institutions and patterns of response by minorities such as Black Americans, 
Chicanos, Puerto Ricans, Native Americans, and other sizeable ethnic groups. 

SOC 333 Exploring Popular Culture (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

An examination of popular culture using music, radio, television, texts, magazines, 

movies, technology and language to explore a given era. Comparisons will be made 

of lifestyles, sex roles, racial attitudes and the national regional mood of times 

examined. 

SOC 340 Methods of Social Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course will explore several methods of applied social research including case 
studies, record research, experimental designs, surveys, observation and systems 
interaction as they apply to social data. The student must demonstrate a working 
knowledge of each method in the context of social work practice. 

SOC 350 Social Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course is an examination of deviant behavior, normalcy, and the differences 

between social ideals and social realities in the context of sociological theory. 

SOC 395 Research in the Social and Behavioral Sciences {V-V (1-5)} 

Prerequisites: Junior standing, permission of department head, and agreement by 
a faculty member to supervise the research. 

Uncompensated research to be assigned and directed by a faculty member of the 
appropriate discipline. Students will conduct research using methods appropriate 
for that discipline. Student research may include a literature search, field or 
laboratory observation and experimentation, data reduction and analysis, and 
written and /or oral presentation of results. The research experience will be evalu- 
ated by a rotating committee of the departmental faculty before the initiation of the 
project, and again upon completion of the work. Credit will vary depending on the 
work to be completed. Up to five (5) credit hours may be earned in any one 
discipline, for a maximum of ten (10) credit hours. 

SOC 401/ 

402/403 Special Topics in Sociology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

Upper-level courses not otherwise offered in the sociology curriculum. Coverage of 
substantive topics, theoretical issues, and problems will vary. May be repeated for 
credit with different topics. No more than two such courses may be counted toward 
the minor in sociology. 






SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 183 



SOC 430 Alcohol and Drug Studies (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

A course focusing on the various forms of alcohol and drug abuse with emphasis on 

the stages of harmful dependence and addiction. There will be an examination of the 

legal and social implications of addiction as well as approaches to treatment and 

rehabilitation. 

SOC 450 Independent Study (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

By invitation of the professor. Offered on demand. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of Arts, Sciences and Education at Armstrong. 



184 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 





fitltjl** put 




186 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

Newberry, S. Lloyd, Dean 
Brandt, Patricia, Assistant Dean 

Conceptual Framework 

The College of Education faculty believes that a definitive definition of teaching does 
not presently exist but instead is ever evolving. Essentials of teaching gleaned from the 
literature and adopted by the faculty are knowledge of curriculum, content, character- 
istics of learners, general pedagogy, the role of the educational content in designing 
instruction, and the products, purposes, and values of education in the global society. 

Curriculum activity, implementation, and evaluation within the College of Education are 
guided by seven principles: (1 ) P-16 initiatives; (20 collaboration with faculty in the College of 
Arts and Sciences; (3) sensitivity to diversity within our society; (4) management and utilization 
of technology; (5) acceptance of the evolving definition of teaching and all the implications for 
curriculum activity; (6) learned societies and program standards; and (7) proactive programs 
of study which are goal driven and developmental in scope and sequence. 

Degree candidates exit the program with the skills and knowledge to think critically, 
plan comprehensively, engage in synthesis and analysis of data, advocate the dignity 
and worth of each student, and foster lifelong learning in themselves and their students. 
They become reflective decision makers. 

Philosophy, Goals, and Objectives 

The College of Education offers a variety of degree programs designed for the 
preparation of competent teachers who are committed to excellence in the profession and 
who are ultimately prepared to become reflective decision makers in the classroom. 
Appropriate to this philosophy the faculty have established three program outcomes 
which develop and exemplify the teacher as: (1) deliverer of content, (2) manager of 
classroom dynamics, and (3) developer of professional self. 

Pursuant and preamble to these outcomes the College of Education has developed the 
following goals: 

To provide prospective teachers with proficiency in the content of their selected 
teaching field. 

To provide the prospective teacher with the appropriate learning theory and method- 
ology necessary to successful implementation of classroom plans and procedures. 

To provide prospective teachers with the abilities and skills which will enable them 
to offer appropriate educational opportunities to students representing a variety of 
cultural and economic backgrounds. 

To provide prospective teachers with the abilities and skills that will enable them to 
meet the special needs of exceptional children. 

To provide a teacher education program that will offer the professional and educa- 
tional atmosphere conducive to the development of teachers who possess the highest 
qualities of character, commitment, and professional competence. 

Each degree program in the College of Education is guided by an individual set of 
objectives which is specific to that degree program, but also reflects the College goals. 

Organization and Degrees 

The College of Education consists of four departments: They are Early Childhood; 
Middles Grades and Secondary; Special Education; and Physical Education. 
The Department of Early Childhood offers the following degree: 

Bachelor of Science in Education in Early Childhood Education. 
The Department of Middles Grades and Secondary offers the following degrees: 

Bachelor of Science in Middles Grades 

Bachelor of Science in Social Sciences (History) 

Bachelor of Science in Social Sciences (Political Science) 

Bachelor of Science in Art Education 

Bachelor of Science in Business Education 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 187 



With the College of Arts and Sciences: 

Biology with Teacher Certification 

Chemistry with Teacher Certification 

English with Teacher Certification 

History with Teacher Certification 

Mathematics with Teacher Certification 

Music Education 

Political Science with Teacher Certification 

Spanish with Teacher Certification 
The Department of Special Education offers the following degree: 

Bachelor of Science in Speech Language Pathology 
The Department of Physical Education offers the following degree: 

Bachelor of Science in Physical Education 
Master of Education Degrees are offered in: 

Elementary Education 

Middles Grades Education 

Secondary Education 

Business Education 

English Education 

Mathematics Education 

Science Education 

Social Science Education 

Special Education 

Behavior Disorders 

Learning Disabilities 

Speech /Language Pathology 

Refer to the Armstrong Atlantic State University Graduate Catalog for further 
information on graduate programs. 

Accreditation 

All teacher education programs at Armstrong Atlantic State University are accredited 
by the Georgia Professional Standards Commission and the National Council for 
Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

Academic Advisement 

Students desiring to pursue a teacher education program should seek academic advise- 
ment in the appropriate department (Early Childhood, Middle /Secondary, Special 
Education, Physical Education). An advisor will be assigned to each student and will assist 
the student in establishing a program of study form which should be followed without 
deviation. These forms will be filed in the appropriate departmental office and a copy 
provided to each student. It is the responsibility of the student to initiate and maintain the 
advisement process. 

All completed courses to be used to satisfy the requirements of a student's course of 
study must be included on the official Program Studies Planning Form at the time of its 
acceptance by the department head. 

All Teacher Education majors complete the following module prior to 
being admitted to the Teacher Education Program. 

Orientation to Teaching: An Independent Study 

This exploration is designed to introduce students to the teaching profession. The 
student will engage in an independent study as well as directed activities to learn about 
the profession. The module will help the student gain valuable insights in to the role of 
the teacher in modern society, provide an overview of the history of education in the 
United States, and examine current trends in educational thought. Additionally, ethical 
and legal responsibilities of teachers, certification requirements, and the roles of admin- 
istrators and other support personnel will be examined. 



1 88 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

Students must be enrolled at AASU, SSU or the Brunswick Center in order to sign-up 
for the module. See the secretary in their department at the beginning of each quarter to 
sign up for the module. 

Admission to Teacher Education: Curriculum and Instruction 

A student wishing to pursue a teacher education program leading to teacher certifi- 
cation must apply for admission to the teacher education program. This application will 
be filed normally during the second quarter of the sophomore year or, for transfer 
students, in the first quarter of the junior year. Application forms may be secured from 
the appropriate division. 

The following criteria apply for admission to the teacher education program: 

1. Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of college credit with a minimum 2.5 
(unrounded) GPA over all college coursework attempted. 

2. Completion of Introductory Course to Education or equivalent, and ENG 101, 102, 
and 201 or their equivalents, with a "C" or better in each course. 

3. Completion of MAT 101. 

4. Successful completion of oral and written screening. 

5. Indication of desirable attitude, character, and teaching potential. 

6. Satisfactory completion of the Regents' Test. Students already holding baccalau- 
reate degrees from an accredited institution are exempted from the Regents' Test. 

7. Submission of four letters of recommendation; such letters may be secured from 
college or universities where applicants may have been previously enrolled. 

8. Submission of an up-to-date copy of the program of study planning sheet. 

9. Completion of approved ten hours of volunteer service in an educational setting. 

10. Notarized consent form. 

Admission to Teacher Education: Health and Physical Education 

Application forms may be secured from the appropriate department: 

1 . Completion of at least 60 hours of college credit with a minimum 2.5 (unrounded) GPA. 

2. Completion of the Orientation to Teaching Module, and Eng 101, 102 and 201 or 
their equivalents, with a "C" or better in each course. 

3. Completion of Math 101. 

4. Satisfactory completion of the Regent's Test. Students already holding a baccalau- 
reate degree from an accredited institution are exempt from the Regent's Test. 

5. Submission of an up-to-date copy of the program of study. 

6. Completion of DRS 228 and CS 115 or their equivalent with a "C" or better in each 
course. 

7. Three (3) hours of Physical Education activity courses with a "B" or better. 

8. A "2.5" overall GPA in PEM 250, PEM 253 and PEM 254. 

9. Submission of three (3) letters of recommendation with at least two from major 
professors. 

Recommendation for Certificate 

To be recommended for a teaching certificate, a student must complete the degree 
requirements for an approved teacher certification program of Armstrong Atlantic State 
University and must complete at Armstrong Atlantic State University a majority of the 
courses in each of the following areas: the professional sequence, the teaching field, and 
the related field. 

Although physical education is not required of anyone who is beyond the age of 25 at the 
time of initial matriculation at Armstrong Atlantic or of anyone enrolled primarily in evening 
classes, state and program certification guidelines require that all students including 
those beyond the age of 25 must take PE 117 and show proof of passing the American 
Red Cross advanced course in safety and first aid, and adult, child, and infant CPR. 
Students should check their program of study for PE 117 and /or PE 166 requirements. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 189 



Liability Insurance Requirement 

All students who participate in courses for which field experiences (i.e., laboratory 
practicum) are required must provide evidence of liability insurance (i.e., SGAE mem- 
bership or must sign a waiver of insurance coverage). Students should consult their 
advisors regarding this requirement. 

September Practicum 

The purpose of the September Practicum is to provide an opportunity for future 
teachers (1) to learn what teachers do at the beginning of a new school term, (2) to 
participate in experiences that will assist the prospective teacher with future decisions 
concerning teaching as a career, and (3) to become acquainted with the organization and 
curriculum of a particular school. 

The September Practicum occurs during the first two weeks of the public school term (usually 
in late August and early September) and should be scheduled during the student's junior or senior 
year. No credit is given for the September Practicum, but it is a requirement in all of the teaching 
fields in the Armstrong Atlantic State University Teacher Education Program. 

Application for the September Practicum should be made during the first week of the 
Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in the forthcoming September. The student 
should contact the Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences. 

Portfolio Requirement 

Students will be required to create portfolios which must include their demonstration 
of program goals and Professional Standards Commission standards. 

Any undergraduate student admitted into the Teacher Education Program Spring Quarter 
1996 or later must submit a completed portfolio prior to Admission to Student Teaching. 

Any alternative preparation student admitted to the Teacher Education Program Winter 
Quater 1997 or later must submit a completed portfolio prior to Admission to Student 
Teaching. This includes the AASU/SSU Collaboration Program and The Brunswick Center. 

Student Teaching 

Student teaching, the culminating activity of the professional sequence, is provided 
in selected off-campus school centers. The full quarter of student teaching is arranged 
cooperatively by the university, the participating schools, and supervising teachers. 
Completed applications for admission to student teaching must be submitted to the 
Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences two quarters prior to the student 
teaching quarter. While student teaching, the student is required to adhere to estab- 
lished policies and procedures of the cooperating school system in addition to those 
policies and procedures established by the university. 

A student is admitted to student teaching at the time assignment is made. School 
placement is jointly arranged by the university and the participating school system. The 
student will receive a letter of assignment. Orientation to student teaching will be held 
during the first several days of the quarter in which student teaching is scheduled. The 
following requirements must be met before a student can enroll in student teaching: 

1. Completion of the core curriculum. 

2. Admission to Teacher Education. 

3. Completion of all teaching field courses. 

14. Satisfactory completion of the September Practicum and the Regents' Exam. 
5. Satisfactory completion of the Orientation to the Technology Center. 
6. Have at least senior status. 
7. Completion of 15 hours of approved coursework at Armstrong Atlantic. 
8. Completion of methods and curriculum course(s) and the classroom management 
course at Armstrong Atlantic. 
9. Have a 2.5 average on all courses attempted, and "C" or better in all courses acceptable 
toward the teaching field, professional sequence, concentration, and related electives. 



190 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



10. Be endorsed by four approved full time members of the faculty, one of whom must 
be the student's advisor. 

11. Be endorsed by their department. 

Students who are completing requirements for certification as outlined in a 
State Department of Education Letter and are requesting a student teaching 
assignment must have a minimum 2.5 GPA and be in good academic standing. 
They must also meet the requirements found in items 7, 8, 9, and 10 above. 

12. Student teaching may be attempted twice if the student follows the prescribed 
program remediation as outlined by the university supervisor. 

13. Valid CPR and First Aid are required prior to Student Teaching and Internship. 
Certification must be current when you begin the field experience. 

14. Completion of an approved preservice teaching portfolio. 

A student will not be permitted to take additional courses during student teaching. 
Student teachers are not permitted to teach in a school in which their children are enrolled 
or spouse is employed. 

Policies for Internship Applications 

Effective Summer Quarter 1997, applications for internship must be turned in to the 
Office of Professional Laboratory Experiences one quarter prior to the quarter in which 
the beginning internship is requested. Students will be informed of their eligibility 
within two weeks of the receipt of the completed application. Any questions about 
policies or the application procedure should be addressed to the Director of Laboratory 
Experiences. Students must show their letter of eligibility in order to register for 
internship (EDN 481, 482, 483). A 2.50 GPA or higher on all previous college work 
attempted is required. 

Program Completion 

A student must complete the university's approved program for certification within 
the four years following admission to the Teacher Education program. In the event that 
the student does not complete the program in four years, the individual must meet the 
requirements of the program in effect at that time. 

For acceptable completion, each course in the teaching field, professional education 
sequence concentration, and related fields must be passed with a grade of "C" or better. 

Alternative Teacher Preparation Program 

Students who have taken staff development courses covering content of EDN 422, The 
Teaching of Reading, and EDN 210, Teaching and the Exceptional Child, must pass a 
challenge examination in order to receive credit. Alternative Preparation students must 
meet program and course prerequisites. Please see the Coordinator for the Alternative 
Preparation Program. 

Exit Examination 

Students are required to take the Georgia Teacher Certification Test during student 
teaching or immediately upon completion of their degree program. 

Application for Graduation 

Students are required to complete the Application for Graduation at least two (2) 
quarters prior to graduating. Students need to submit an application for graduation, 
updated copy of their transcripts and Program of Study to their advisors. The application 
will be checked by the appropriate division head. 

Brunswick Center Programs 

The Bachelor of Science in Education with concentrations in Early Childhood and 
Middle Grades Education is offered by Armstrong Atlantic State University at Coastal 
Georgia Community College through the Brunswick Center. The program, which is 






COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 191 



primarily an evening program, allows students who have an associate degree to 
complete their baccalaureate degree in Brunswick. Interested students should contact 
Dr. Gene Barber, Director of the Brunswick Center or Dr. Warren Schollaert, Director of 
Teacher Education. 

Cooperative Program 

Savannah State University cooperates with Armstrong Atlantic State University in 
offering a major in Business Education. Coursework in the major field of study for this 
program is offered by Savannah State. Students interested in this program should contact the 
head of the Department of Middle Grades/Secondary at Armstrong Atlantic State Univer- 
sity. 

Minor Concentration 

A minor in teacher education is available for students who do not wish to earn teacher 
certification. The minor incorporates courses which address leading concepts and 
problems in the field of education. Students majoring in general studies, psychology, 
health science, and other fields may find this minor a valuable adjunct to their programs 
of study. For the minor to be officially recognized, all courses in the minor must be passed 
with a grade of "C" or better. 

Orientation to Teaching Module 

EDN 210 - Teaching and the Exceptional Child 5 

EDN 201 - or PSY 201 - Human Growth and Development 5 

EDN 305 or 306 5 

One additional upper divisional education course 5 

(Illustrative courses include library media courses, EDN courses and 

EXC courses.) 

Total 20 



Academic Departments 



Department of Early Childhood 

Faculty 

* Battiste, Bettye Anne, Department Head 

* Agyekum, Stephen * Dandy, Evelyn 
Anderson, Donald Garcia, Migdalia 
Ball, A. Patricia Hobe, John 
Bjom, Edith Jacobs, Cynthia 
Brandt, Patricia Moore, Marsha 

* Cosgrove, Maryellen Walworth, Margaret 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 
Baccalaureate Advisor, Bradley, Vicki A. 

Bachelor Programs 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 
EDUCATION IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 



192 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 290 (with a grade of C or better) 10 

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 210, 201 or PSY 201 10 

2. DRS 228, PSY 101 10 

3. HIS 251 or 252 and GEO 101, 211 or 212 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Specialized Content Courses 45 

1. ART 320 or MUS 320 5 

2. MAT 391 5 

3. EDN 324, 336, 342, 422, 434, 435 30 

4. CS 296 and PE 117 5 

C. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDN 304, 305, 461, 475 : 35 

D. Electives (upper division content) 15 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 191 

Department of Middles Grades and Secondary Education 

Faculty 

Coberly, Patricia, Acting Head 

Coleman, JoAnn Sisson, Michelle 

Chenault, George Strauser, Edward 

* Newberry, Lloyd Worley, Thomas 
Schollaert, Warren Zipperer, Freya 
Schuberth, Chris 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 
Baccalaureate Advisor, Bradley, Vicki A. 

Bachelor Programs 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN MIDDLE GRADES EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 290 (with a grade of C or better) 10 

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. GEO 101, 211 or 212 and HIS 251 or 252 10 

2. DRS 228, PSY 101, EDN 210 15 

3. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 






COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 193 






Area V 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Content Courses Required and /or Appropriate for Concentration Choices: 

(15 hrs. required) 15 

EDN 336, 342, 418, 428, 434, 435, MAT 391, 393. (EDN 428 and MAT 391 
must be included here or in C.) 

C. Concentrations 45 

MAT Concentration must incl. MAT 391, 393 

SCI Concentration must incl. EDN 434, 435 
LA Concentration must incl. EDN 336, 418, 428 
SOC. ST. Concentration must incl. EDN 342 

1. Concentration I 25 

Language Arts, Mathematics, Science or Social Studies 

2. Concentration II 20 

Must be from remainder in Concentration I 

D. Professional Sequence 38 

1. CS296 3 

2. EDN 304, 306, 462, 475 35 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 194 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 
EDUCATION IN SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION (HISTORY) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 104, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 210 and EDN 201 or PSY 201 10 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

3. Approved language sequence through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

3. Required Elective: 

One course from ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 35 

1. HIS 251 or 252; HIS 371 or 377 10 

2. HIS 450 5 

3. Approved Non-Western HIS 

course(s) 5-10 

4. Approved 300+ US HIS course 5 

5. Approved European HIS course(s) 5-10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 30 

1. ECO 201, 202, 363 10-15 

2. GEO 211, 212, elective 10-15 

3. POS 305 5 

4. POS 317, 318 5-10 



194 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



D. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EDN 335, 449, 463 15 

2. EDN 475 15 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 196 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN SOCIAL SCIENCES 
EDUCATION (POLITICAL SCIENCE) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 210 and EDN 201 or PSY 201 10 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; any GEO course; SOC 201 .. 5 

3. Approved language sequence through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

3. Required elective; 

One course from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 30 

1. POS 305 and 317 or 318 10 

2. POS 333 5 

3. POS 320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 330, 331, 332, 424, 426, or 429 5 

4. POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 445 or 447 5 

5. POS Upper Level Elective 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 35 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Courses from three of the following: 

a. GEO 211, 212, elective 10-15 

b. ECO 201, 202, 363 10-15 

c. 300+ HIS electives 10-15 

d. ANT, PSY, SOC electives 10-15 

D. Professional sequence 30 

1. EDN 463 5 

2. EDN 335, 449, 475 25 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 196 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 195 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN ART EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 210, PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. ART 111, 112, 213 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 63-68 

1. ART 201, 202, 204 15 

2. ART 271, 272, 273** 10-15 

3. ART 313, 314, 330, 340, 350, 351, 370, 400 38 

4. Elective 5 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1. EDN 335, 463, 475 25 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 194-199 
**May not be duplicated in Area I. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 
EDUCATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 106 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192, POS 113, ECO 201 20 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 210, PSY 101, DRS 228 15 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201, MAT 220, HIS 251 or 252 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Additional Requirements 

May Be Exempted 5 

OSM121 2 

OSM122 3 



1 96 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

C. Teaching Concentration 75 

1. BAD 201, ACC 211, ACC 212 15 

2. BAD 225, ECO 202 10 

3. ACC 300, OSM 320, OSM 340, BAD 317, BAD 320, BAD 340 BAD 362, 

OSM 405, OSM 420 BAD 440 50 

D. Professional Sequence 32 

1. EDN 240 2 

2. EDN 335, EDN 463, BED 350 15 

3. EDN 475 15 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

Total 203 

Department of Special Education 

Faculty 

* Harwood, Pamela, Acting Head 

Barton, Robin Garcia, Migdalia 

Bergin, Joyce Wambold, Constance 

Brooks, Donna White, Susan 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 
Baccalaureate Advisor, Bradley, Vicki A. 

Bachelor Programs 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN 
EDUCATION WITH A MAJOR IN SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 290, or 103, or 195, or 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192; POS 113 15 

2. ANT 201 or ECO 201 or SOC 201 or ECO 202 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 210; PSY 101, 295 15 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; DRS 228 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Teaching Concentration 60 

1. EXC 220, 225, 230, 315, 335 25 

2. EXC 410, 411, 412, 413, 415, 420, 421 35 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 15 

PSY 328 5 

PSY 302 5 

Approved elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 25 

1. EXC 419 5 

2. EDN 422, 475 20 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 196 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 197 



Speech-Language Pathology 

All Speech-Language Pathology majors must satisfy the following Pre-Admission 
requirements; 

1. Each student must pass a speech-language and hearing screening test adminis- 
tered by the faculty in the program of Speech-Language Pathology. 

2. Each student must earn a grade of B or better in EXC 220 and EXC 225. 

3. Each student must have one letter of recommendation from a member of the 
faculty in the area of Speech-Language Pathology. 

4 . Each student must have a cumulative over all GP A of 2 . 5 for acceptance into the program . 

5. Each student must have accrued at least 5 of the 10 minimum hours of service in 
the educational community needed as a part of the Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion requirements. 

6. Each student shall have no more than 3 core courses (Areas I-IV) outstanding at the 
time the application for pre-admission is made. 

Pre-Service SLP's must also meet the requirements for Admission to Teacher Education. 
The Speech-Language Pathology Program of Study follows a designated sequence of courses 
which begins in the Spring of each year. Pre-service SLP's are required to participate in various 
practicum experiences in local public school systems and are responsible for providing their 
own transportation. Upon completion of degree requirements, Speech-Language Pathology 
majors are eligible for a Non-Renewable Service Certificate (NS-4); however that certificate 
must be upgraded to an S-5 (Master's level) within five (5) years. 

Library Science/Media 

The Library Science/Media program has three emphases: (1) basic information skills 
courses and specialized skill courses designed to help students in specific subject areas 
develop research skills; (2) career courses for prospective media specialists and persons 
interested in public and special libraries; and (3) basic research courses which may be 
elected by majors in other areas. 

Certification Program 

The NS-4 in media is a non-renewable certificate that must be upgraded to an S-5 
(master's level) within five (5) years. 

Certification in Library Media may be obtained by completing 40 quarter hours in 
media and related courses with grades of "C" or better. This program must be incorpo- 
rated into an existing teaching major. The following courses are required for certification 
as a school library media specialist: 

Hours 

A. LM 300, 310, 320, 410, 420, 425 25 

B. EDN 451; CS 115 10 

C. One course from: EDN 324, 418; EDN 423 5 

TOTAL 40 

Non-Certification Program 

A student may choose any field of concentration which allows a double major. The 
major in Library Media is comprised of the following: 

Hours 

A. LM 300, 310, 320, 410, 420, 425 25 

B. EDN 451; CS 296 or 115 10 

C. One course from: EDN 324, 418; EDN 423 5 






TOTAL 40 

NOTE: Bachelor's level certification (NS-4) in Library Media is discontinued effective 
July 1, 1996. Certification may be obtained only at the graduate level. 



1 98 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Library Media Minor 

A student choosing to minor in Library Media is required to complete the following 
courses with grades of "C" or better in each: 

Hours 

A. LM 300, 310, 320 12 

B. LM 410, 420, 425 13 



TOTAL 25 

Education Offerings 

EDN 201 Human Growth and Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite or Corequisite: Orientation to Teaching Module or its equivalent. 
A survey of lifespan development that focuses on physical, emotional, cognitive, 
and social development. Understandings of growth and development are applied 
to classroom teaching and learning. 

EDN 202 Health and the Young Child (3-0-3) 

Study of factors impacting upon the physical social and emotional health of young 
children, including food and nutrition, safety, disease and trauma. 

EDN 203 Adolescent Growth and Development (5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 201. 

An overview of the developmental processes affecting adolescents from the onset 
of puberty to the transition to adulthood, including physical, cognitive, emotional, 
vocational and social development. Students will explore factors which affect 
development, especially the effects of socio-cultural factors on academic and 
interpersonal growth. Directed observations. 

EDN 210 Teaching and the Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 201 or EDN 201. 

An orientation to the professional aspects of teaching and to exceptional children. 
Special emphasis on educational implications and rehabilitation requirements. 
Includes self-study, classroom discussion of and visitations to facilities. 

EDN 304 Childhood and Adolescence (4-6-5) 

Prerequisite or Corequisite: Orientation to Teaching Module or its equivalent. 
An overview of the developmental process of children from birth through adolescence. 
Students will explore various factors which affect development and will examine the 
inter-relationship of school achievement and societal factors. The six hours per week 
laboratory component will include use of school and community resources. 

EDN 305 Curriculum and Instruction (P-5) (5-4-5) 

Prerequisite or Corequisite: Orientation to Teaching Module or its equivalent. 
This course is designed to introduce the pre-service teacher to the development of 
curricula and the selection of instructional methods and materials appropriate for 
the P-5 level. Students should complete this course during the first quarter after 
acceptance into the Teacher Education Program since it is an introduction to writing 
lesson plans, thematic units and professional portfolios. 

EDN 306 Curriculum and Instruction for the Middle Grades Learner (5-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course is designed to give an overview of the philosophy and purpose of the 
middle school; characteristics of the middle level learner, appropriate programs 
curricula, role of the middle level teacher, and administrative and instructional 
organization. This course will have directed field experiences. 

EDN 324 Literature for Children (5-1-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of children's books and selections from books. Designed to assist future 
teachers in the selection of the best that has been written in the realm of children's 
literature for each period of the child's life. Directed field experiences. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 199 



EDN 335 Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, General (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education; PSY 201 or EDN 201. 
The study of secondary school curriculum and methods. Detailed study is given to 
techniques of systematic observation, preparation of behavioral objectives, analysis 
of critical incidents, production of media materials, practices of classroom control, 
and examination of instruction models. Directed field experiences include two 
hours per day, for six weeks or 60 hours as arranged. 

EDN 336 Methods and Curriculum: Language Arts (5-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Designed to offer the student the opportunity to explore methods, content, and materials 

used in teaching the skills of communicative arts to children. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 342 Methods and Curriculum: Social Studies (5-2-5) ' 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Focus upon fundamental social studies skills and processes needed by children. 

Directed observation. 

EDN 350 Effective Oral Communication for Teachers (5-0-5) 

A survey of human speech development, underlying causes, and resultant handi- 
caps. Studying standards of efficiency in oral communication with opportunities for 
self-help in upgrading personal performances. Open to all students, especially 
teaching majors. 

EDN 410 Independent Study (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Students conduct an in-depth, closely supervised instructor-approved study of a topic in 

education. The student is required to evidence skills in independent research and study. 

EDN 418 Literature for the Middle School Learner (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, EDN 324 and EDN 336. 
Provides opportunity for prospective and inservice teachers to explore multimedia 
offerings of literary value and of significance to age level of learners found in the 
middle school. Relates literature to all areas of the middle school curriculum. 

EDN 422 The Teaching of Reading P-5 (5-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, EDN 324 and EDN 336. 
Study of the developmental reading program. Emphasis will be placed on reading 
skills, approaches, techniques, materials and evaluation for classroom use. 
Directed field experiences. 

EDN 423 Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of significant literature appropriate for adolescents. 

EDN 424 Practicum In Individual Reading Instruction (2-8-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422 or EDN 428. 

Designed to provide prospective teachers with directed practice in the teaching of 
reading. Special emphasis will be placed upon diagnosis and teaching of needed 
reading skills. Students will be required to tutor at least one remedial reader. 
Directed field experiences. 

EDN 428 Teaching Literacy Through Reading in the Content Areas (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Primary focus upon reading as a tool for extending learning in the content areas of 

the middle school. 

EDN 430 Diagnosing and Prescribing for Learning Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422 or 428. 

Diagnostic and prescriptive process principles underlying assessment and correc- 
tion of learning problems. Designed to help the classroom teacher (1) determine 
performance levels and needs of pupils and (2) provide effective learning assistance. 

EDN 432 Methods and Materials for P-5 (5-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education and EDN 304. 
Examination of teaching resources, teaching strategies and the range of interper- 
sonal relationships involved in teaching young children. Directed field experiences. 



200 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



EDN 434 Methods and Curriculum: Life Science (5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Interpretation of life science for elementary school teaching: exploration of pro- 
cesses for translating meaning into classroom practice, emphasis upon inquiry, the 
discovery process and other science teaching strategies. Field experiences. 

EDN 435 Methods and Curriculum: Physical Science (5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Interpretation of physical science for elementary school teaching including explo- 
ration of processes for translating meaning into classroom practice, with emphasis 
upon the discovery process and other science teaching strategies. Field experiences. 

EDN 436 Curriculum and Teaching P-5 (5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and EDN 304. 
This course is the study of early elementary curricula, existing administrative and 
instructional organizations, evaluation procedures, and experiences in curriculum 
at the primary level (P-5). It includes study and development of teaching materials. 
Directed field experiences. 

EDN 438 Curriculum and Teaching (4-8) (5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and EDN 304. 
This course is the study of Middle Grades curricula, existing administrative and 
instructional organizations, evaluation procedures, and experiences in curriculum 
at the middle school level (4-8). It includes study and development of teaching 
materials. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 439 Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, English (5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 201 or EDN 201, EDN 335 and admission to Teacher Education. 
The study of secondary school English curriculum with emphasis upon materials 
and methods of teaching English. Directed observation. 

EDN 441 Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, Mathematics (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, EDN 335, EDN 201 or PSY 201. 
The study of secondary school mathematics curriculum with emphasis upon 
materials and methods of teaching mathematics. Directed observations. 

EDN 443 Curriculum and Methods of Spanish Education P-12 (5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and EDN 335. 
This course is to provide students with theory, methods, and materials appropriate 
for second language acquisition. The emphasis of the course will be teaching 
students how to teach a second language. The course includes the study of the 
historical, theoretical, and practical dimensions of materials and methodology in 
second language education. The student is expected to evaluate techniques and 
materials as well as to develop them for teaching Spanish at elementary (P-5), 
middle and high school levels. 

EDN 447 Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, Science (5-2-5) 

Offered Fall Quarter only. 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education, PSY 201 or EDN 201, and EDN 335. 
The study of secondary school science curriculum with emphasis upon materials 
and methods of teaching science. Directed observations. 

EDN 449 Secondary School Curriculum and Methods, Social Science (5-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education; PSY 201 or EDN 201 and EDN 335. 
The study of secondary school social science curriculum with emphasis upon 
materials and methods of teaching social science. Directed observations. 

EDN 450 The Middle School (5-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and EDN 304. 
An overview of the history and purpose of the middle school; characteristics of the 
middle school learner, emphasis upon the nature and role of the middle school 
teacher and upon appropriate programs and methods for the needs of middle school 
learners. Directed field experiences. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 201 



EDN 451 Teaching Media (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Laboratory course in designing and producing instructional media: transparencies, 

slides, tapes and other media for teaching. 

EDN 460 Multi-Cultural Education (5-0-5) 

Designed to study the educational implications of cultural diversity. Examination 
of the school programs designed to meet the needs and interests of children from 
different ethnic backgrounds. 

EDN 461 Classroom Management (P-5) (3-8-10) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and EDN 305. 
This course is designed to provide pre-service teachers with a research knowledge 
base to create a well-managed classroom. There is an opportunity to practice and reflect 
upon methods during a five-week practicum experience in two different P-5 levels. 

EDN 462 Classroom Management (4-8) (3-8-10) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and EDN 306. 
This course is designed to address the day to day operation of the classroom 
environment. It provides students with the opportunity to develop knowledge and 
skills in management strategies, interpersonal skills, communication skills and 
professional responsibilities. Fifty percent of the field experience will be in the 
upper elementary grades and the other fifty percent in a middle school. 

EDN 463 Classroom Management (7-12) (3-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and EDN 335. 

This course is designed to provide secondary teachers with effective and efficient 
classroom management strategies. Students will examine a variety of procedures 
and models for establishing classroom routines, managing time and developing 
classroom environments conducive to learning. Students will learn strategies for 
working collaboratively with other professionals as well as for conducting parent 
conferences. The course will have directed field experiences. 

EDN 475 Student Teaching (O-V-15) 

Prerequisite: See "General Requirements: Teacher Education Programs." Students 
are placed in selected schools for one quarter as full-time student staff members. No 
additional credit hours may be earned while student teaching. Classroom experi- 
ences and other staff responsibilities are jointly supervised by the university staff, 
supervising teachers and principals in the selected schools. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Director of Professional Laboratory Experi- 
ences at Armstrong and of the college from which the student comes. 

EDN 481 Internship (0-V-1 to 5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of the Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences; 
criteria for meeting prerequisites are on file in the Director's office. 
Students who hold teaching positions in school and /or clinic settings will be 
supervised by College staff member for one academic quarter. Supervisors will 
observe and hold conferences with each candidate. Completion of the fifteen hour 
sequence will depend on program requirements. 

EDN 482 Internship (0-V-1 to 5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of the Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences; 
criteria for meeting prerequisites are on file in the Director's office. 
Students who hold teaching positions in school and /or clinic settings will be 
supervised by College staff member for one academic quarter. Supervisors will 
observe and hold conferences with each candidate. Completion of the fifteen hour 
sequence will depend on program requirements. 
EDN 483 Internship (0-V-1 to 5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of the Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences; 
criteria for meeting prerequisites are on file in the Director's office. 
Students who hold teaching positions in school and /or clinic settings will be 
supervised by College staff member for one academic quarter. Supervisors will 
observe and hold conferences with each candidate. Completion of the fifteen hour 
sequence will depend on program requirements. 



202 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



FED 501 Education Test and Measurements (5-0-5) 

A beginning course in measurement which covers statistical methods, research 
designs and research problems. Students are provided experiences in the adminis- 
tration and evaluation of psychological tests. 

Exceptional Children Offerings 

EXC courses must be taken in the approved sequence. These courses must be completed 
with a grade of "C" or better to continue in the sequence. You should see the Education 
Program Advisor before you begin taking any EXC courses. 

EXC 220 Introduction to Communicative Disorders (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

An orientation to the types, etiologies, and treatment methodologies of various 
communication disorders in children and adults. It will expose students to the 
multidimensional aspects in the field of speech-language pathology. Field experi- 
ences required. 

EXC 225 Phonetics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Deals with the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) in speech-language 
pathology. IPA transcription of connected speech (normal and disordered) and the 
important characteristics of regional/cultural dialects. 

EXC 230 Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and Hearing 
Mechanism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and admission to Speech-Language Pathol- 
ogy Program. 

An in-depth study of the anatomy and physiology of the speech and hearing 
mechanism in the areas of respiration, phonation, articulation, cerebration /nervous 
system and audition and the functional correlates to the communication process. 
Field experiences required. 

EXC 315 Normal Speech and Language Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and admission to the Speech-Language 
Pathology Program. 

Course traces speech and language development by examining phonological, morpho- 
logical, semantic, syntactic, and pragmatic growth. 

EXC 335 Speech Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and admission to the Speech-Language 
Pathology Program. 

Course presents speech communication from a psychophysical viewpoint. Study 
focuses on acoustics, physics of speech, analysis of speech, and the technology- 
related instrumentation available to assess the parameters of speech production. 

EXC 410 Introduction to Audiology (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and permission of instructor. 
An introduction to the etiology, characteristics, assessment, and rehabilitation of 
individuals with hearing impairments. Observation and supervised practicum 
required. 

EXC 411 Stuttering (5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and permission of instructor. 
Study of the etiology, characteristics, assessment, and treatment of fluency disor- 
ders. Supervised practicum required. 

EXC 412 Language Disorders (5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and permission of instructor. 
Study of the etiology, characteristics, classification, assessment, and treatment of 
language disorders. Supervised practicum required. 

EXC 413 Organically Based Communication Problems (5-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and permission of instructor. 
Study of the etiology, characteristics, assessment, and treatment of the disorders of 
voice, cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. Supervised practicum required. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 203 



EXC 415 Articulation Disorders (5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 225, admission to Teacher Education and permission of 

instructor. 

Study of the etiology, characteristics, classification, assessment and treatment of 

articulation and phonological disorders. Supervised practicum required. 

EXC 419 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Speech-Language Pathology (3-5-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and permLsion of instructor. 
An introduction to the organization, scope and requirements of clinical practicum. 
The course includes a study of intervention plans, conferencing, recordkeeping, 
professionalism, behavior management, and various treatment approaches. Super- 
vised practicum is required. 

EXC 420 Public School Program Administration (5-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and permission of instructor. 
Administration and implementation of public school speech-language impaired 
programs including; scheduling, case load selection, due process eligibility, indi- 
vidual education programs, records management, and marketing. Supervised 
practicum required. 

EXC 421 Senior Seminar - Speech Language Pathology (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and permission of instructor. 
An overview of contemporary issues, principles, and practices specific to speech- 
language pathology in an educational setting. Detailed study will be given to the 
areas of diagnostic assessment, alternative /augmentative communication, service 
delivery models, and diversity. Supervised practicum required. 

EXC 422 Manual Language (5-1-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Provides the student with basic knowledge and usage of manual sign language 

together with an introduction to teaching manual communication and the historical 

philosophies. 

Library Media Offerings 

LM 300 Introduction to Media Profession (2-0-2) 

An introductory course in which students examine the role, functions and services 
of different types of libraries and information centers. Emphasizes the role and 
responsibilities of librarians/media specialists. Includes also the social role of 
libraries and library networks. The student is given an opportunity to be involved 
in public, school, and special libraries during field experience. 

LM 310 Reference Sources (5-0-5) 

Study of basic reference sources, electronic resources, and searching strategies. The course 
has two phases: (1) study and evaluation of major types of references and information 
sources; (2) study of specific sources of information in elementary and secondary schools 
as well as specific sources for a subject field. Directed field experiences. 

LM 320 Cataloging and Classification (5-0-5) 

Introduction to the basic principles of cataloging and classification of multimedia 
materials combined with practical experience. Dewey Decimal and Library of Con- 
gress Classification; Sears and Library of Congress Subject headings; MARC formats, 
OCLC and AACR2. Both manual and automated methods are stressed. Problems 
peculiar to the media specialist are considered. Practical experience is also offered. 

LM 410 Media Selection (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

Selection of various types of media, based on fundamental principles and objectives. The 
course has three phases: (1) selection criteria, source lists and their use in media selection, 
publishing, and order processing; (2) selection and evaluation of media for children 
considering curricular considerations and understanding of the media specialist's re- 
sponsibilities toward guidance in media; and (3) selection and evaluation of media for 
young adults considering curricular correlations and enrichment; recreational and devel- 
opmental needs; young adult services and programs. Includes field experiences. 



204 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



LM 420 Administration of Information Centers (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Prerequisites: LM 300, 310, 320, 410. 

Study of organization and administration of all types of information centers including 

administering the budget, purchase of materials, personnel, circulation, equipment, 

routines and schedules, maintenance of the collection, preventive maintenance and 

minor repairs of equipment, library automation, and relations with administration 

and users will be considered. Students will examine the role of the media specialist in 

the curriculum process and media center instruction and orientation. 

School library media philosophies and educational objectives will also be examined. 

Concurrent enrollment in Media Internship is recommended. 

LM 425 Media Internship (0-12-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: LM 300, 310, 320, 410, with a grade of "C" or 
higher and concurrent enrollment in LM 420. 

Supervised experience in library media center, or other appropriate setting. Stu- 
dents must complete 1 20 clock hours of work. Offered on a pass / fail basis. Application 
for the Internship must be made at least one quarter in advance. 

NOTE: (The following library science courses are administered by the Director of 
Library Services and are taught by professional library faculty.) 

Library Science Offerings 

LS 110 Introduction to Library Research and Materials (1-0-1) 

An orientation to the library, library terminology, search strategy formation, and 
major library aids such as the online catalog, classification and subject heading 
guides, periodical indexes and abstracts, CD-ROM network, encyclopedias, dictio- 
naries, almanacs, handbooks and yearbooks, reviews, and criticisms, and biographical 
sources. This course will provide students with opportunities to learn how to access 
information in a variety of formats so that they can continue life-long learning. 
Directed to the individual student's subject interest. 

LS 311 Library Research and Electronic Information Resources (2-0-2) 

This course introduces students to searching appropriate printed and electronic 
databases. Emphasis will be on-line catalogs, locally mounted databases, CD-ROM 
databases, bibliographic utilities, GC EduNET, Internet resources, and evaluative 
tools. Directed to the individual student's interest. 

LS 312 Information Resources In the Humanities (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search techniques in 
the humanities. 

LS 313 Information Resources In the Social Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search techniques in 
the social sciences. 

LS 314 Information Resources In the Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced reference materials and search techniques in 
the sciences. 

SSU Business Education Offerings 

NOTE: The following courses are requirements of the Bachelor of Science in Education 
in Business Education offered cooperatively with Savannah State University. 

ACC 211 Principles of Accounting I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Math 110, BAD 201. 

The fundamental concepts and procedures of accounting are studied with emphasis 
both on rationale and technique. The elements of accounting, the accounting cycle, and 
financial statement presentation are covered in depth for the transactions of a merchan- 
dising firm. Computer Aided Instruction (CAI) will be utilized wherever applicable. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



205 



ACC 300 



BAD 225 



BAD 317 



BED 350 



ACC 212 Principles of Accounting II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 211. 

Continuation of ACC 211 with emphasis on partnership and corporate financial 
reporting. Coverage also includes basic accounting concepts in job order and process 
costing, the statement of changes in financial position and interpretation of financial 
statements. Computer Aided Instruction (CAI) will be used wherever appropriate. 

Managerial Accounting (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 211, ACC 212. 

Study, interpretation, and analysis of accounting data as used in the decision 

making process of business and not-for-profit organizations. 

Business Communications and Report Writing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 109. 

The application of basic principles of English grammar, basic report writing, and 
research techniques to presentations and written communications as demanded in 
business. The role of written communications in relation to news media enters into 
the consideration given to communication theory. 

Legal Environment of Business (5-0-5) 

A study of legal rights, social forces and government regulations affecting business; 
an in depth study of the law of contracts; the law of personal property and bailments. 

Methods of Teaching Business Subjects (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites (all courses are SSC courses): BAD 201, BAD 225, ACC 211, ACC 212, 
ECO 201, ECO 202, background in Business Administration, OSM 320, OSM 340, 
OSM 420, and admission to the teacher education program. 

An analysis of specialized methods used to teach business subjects on the secondary 
level. The student incorporates a personal philosophy and relevant research to 
determine teaching procedures. The course includes basic principles and curricu- 
lum structure of general and vocational business education. 

CIS 201 Introduction to Information Systems (3-5) 

Prerequisite: OSM 121 or keyboarding proficiency. 

A concepts and tools course; includes study of information processing concepts and 
history; familiarization with terminals and microcomputers; developing introductory 
level proficiency with a micro based spreadsheet, word processor and filer package. 

CIS 440 Management Information Systems (5-0-5) 

Total information system for managerial strategy, planning, and control. Informa- 
tion management, the systems approach, storage and data bases, functional 
information systems, information systems development. 

ECO 201 Principles of Macro-Economics (5-0-5) 

Basic economic concept, with emphasis on the role of government; national income 
and products; business cycles; money and banking; fiscal and monetary policy, and 
international trade. 

ECO 202 Principles of Micro-Economics (5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts continued from 201. Factors of production; supply and 
demand; determination of prices and of income; monopolies; the problem of 
economic growth; and comparative economic systems. 

FIN 320 Principles of Business Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BAD 331. 

Principles, problems, and practices associated with the financial management of 
business institutions; nature and types of equity financing; major types of short- 
term and long-term debt; capitalization; financial statements, working capital 
requirements, reorganization; bankruptcy; methods of intercorporate financing. 

MAN 362 Organizational Theory and Behavior (5-0-5) 

Basic principles and functions of management, with emphasis on the process of 
integrating people into the work situation so that they work together productively 
and with economic, psychological, and social satisfaction. 



206 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



MKT 340 



OSM 121 



OSM 122 



OSM 320 



OSM 340 



OSM 405 



OSM 420 



Principles of Marketing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The distribution of goods, and services from producers to consumers, market methods 
employed in assembling, transporting, storage, sales, and risk taking; analysis of the 
commodity, brands, sales methods and management; advertising plans and media. 

Keyboarding for Information Processing (1-2-2) 

Introductory course covering alphanumeric keyboarding skills for students who intend 
to use typewriters, microcomputers, word processors, computer terminals, and other 
types of information processing equipment. Student may take a proficiency test to exempt. 

Keyboarding Applications for Business (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: keyboarding proficiency. 

For students who have had one or two semesters of high school typewriting (or OSM 
121) and are able to touch type. Course covers formatting of documents, including 
letters, manuscripts, and tables. Introduction to production keyboarding. Mini- 
mum passing speed: 35 words a minute on five-minute timed writings. 

Advanced Keyboarding Applications (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: OSM 122. Spring. 

Further skill development in production of office documents. Includes machine 

transcription. Minimum passing speed: 50 words per minute. 

Word Processing Concepts and Technique (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The development of basic concepts and operational techniques on selected word 

processing units. Typewriting proficiency required. 

Information and Records Management (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Creation, maintenance, and disposition of records including hard copy and elec- 
tronic media. Indexing rules and procedures; records management programs 
including inventory, retention and disposition schedules; vital records protection, 
the management of electronic files, micrographics, active and inactive records 
control are major components of the course. 

Office Information Systems (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Trends and issues in office automation. A study of information processing functions 
focusing on the integration and management of automated office systems. The organi- 
zational concept; the traditional and emerging office; characteristics of major support 
systems; information /data /user interface; analysis and design; future office systems. 



Department of Physical Education 

Faculty 

Lariscy, Michael, Acting Head 

Aenchbacher, Eddie Knorr, Virginia 

Ford, Betty Koth, Andreas 

Jones, Lynda Roberts, Lynn 

Goals and Objectives 

The mission of the Department of Physical Education is to provide a range of 
academic, service and athletic programs in an intellectually, physically, and socially 
stimulating environment. To accomplish these goals, the objectives of the various units 
of the department are: 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM: 

To provide depth and breadth of content, pedagogy and practical application in the 

preparation of subject matter for both health and physical education. 

To provide knowledge of health and educational concepts and principles, and their 

applications in an educational environment and society. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 207 



To develop competency in using the processes of health and physical education in a 
broad range of activities to include research, laboratory skills, and field experiences. 

To develop a positive attitude toward health and physical education, and the 
motivation to participate in a wholesome program of health-enhancing activities. 

To demonstrate the ability to teach health and physical education processes, attitudes, 
and content to learners representing a wide range of abilities from various socioeco- 
nomic and ethnic backgrounds. 

To gain the necessary knowledge of the learning process and broad range of instruc- 
tional strategies and materials, with proper selection best suited for a given teaching and 
learning situation. 

To demonstrate an understanding of the goals and objectives of the overall educa- 
tional system, and how health and physical education relates to these broader purposes. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION SERVICE PROGRAM: 

To provide a wide variety of offerings that focus upon life-long physical activities. 

To develop knowledge, basic skills and appreciation of recreational sports and 
activities. 

To provide instruction which will certify and qualify students in the areas of aquatics 
and safety, first aid and CPR. 

To provide basic instruction in personal health practices and behaviors. 

THE INTRAMURAL PROGRAM: 

To provide opportunities for participation, regardless of ability, in a wide variety of 
sports and recreational activities to the entire college community. 

To provide an opportunity to develop friendships, to increase physical fitness, and to 
use leisure time wisely. 

To foster a spirit of sportsmanship and fair play among all participants and spectators. 

THE INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC PROGRAM: 

To provide the opportunity for student-alumni to participate in an intercollegiate 
athletic program. 

To furnish a spectator sports program for the students and general public which in 
turn will provide a public relations opportunity for the university. 

To provide an environment for learning and enjoyment regardless of whether a 
student is a participant or a spectator. 

THE COMMUNITY EDUCATION SERVICE PROGRAM: 

To offer a range of activities designed to appeal to the community. 

To utilize the campus gymnasia and field facilities to enhance the community image 

of the university. 

To provide an environment of learning and enjoyment for the participants. 

Required Activity Courses 

During the freshman and sophomore years, students should take PE 117 (Basic 
Health) or 166 (Safety and First Aid) and any four activity courses. During the sophomore 
year, students may elect any three Physical Education activity courses. Students unable 
to participate in the regular program should plan an alternate program with the 
Department Head of the Physical Education Programs. Students should note the Physi- 
cal Education Requirements section located in the Academic Policies and Information 
section of the catalog. 

Advisement 

Any student who declares physical education as his/her major is assigned an advisor 
who is a faculty member. A conference should be scheduled to determine any/all 
conditions and requirements the student must meet in order to complete the degree and 



208 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

certification objectives. It is the responsibility of the student to initiate and maintain the 
advisement process. 

Transfer of Courses 

Provisions for transfer of credits are delineated in the Academic Regulations section 
of the catalog. The procedure for transferring CATES courses is published in the 
Graduate section of the catalog. 

Bachelor of Science in Education in 
Health and Physical Education 

The Bachelor of Science Degree in Education with a Major in Health and Physical 
Education provides the student with a degree leading to teacher certification P-12 in the 
areas of Health and Physical Education. The program is approved by the National 
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NC ATE) and the Georgia State Depart- 
ment of Education. Students selecting this major should seek advisement in the Division 
of Physical Education and Athletics. Students pursuing this degree should refer to the 
Teacher Certification section of the catalog to find those stipulations affecting all 
undergraduate education programs at Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

Progression Requirements: 

1. Successful completion of basic core requirements 

a. General Requirements 

b. Regents Exam 

2. Application for Admission to Major Program 

a. Departmental Advisor Assigned 

b. Program of Study Established 

3. Application for Admission to Teacher Education (2.5 G.P.A. required) 

a. Media Competency Completion 

b. September practicum 

c. Application for Student Teaching Assignment 

4. Successful Completion of Departmental Requirements 

a. All additional major courses 

b. Proficiency tests 

c. TCT 

5. Application for Graduation 

Physical Education Minor 

The minor in physical education requires 25 credit hours with grades of "C" or better. 
The student will select 25 hours from the following courses: 

1. PE 210, 216, 217, 219, 311, 345, 346, 348, 413, 421, 558, PEM 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 
351, 352, 410, 425. 

2. No more than two courses from: PE 212, 213, 214 or 215. 
See course offerings for the description of courses. 

Athletic Training Internship 

The Athletic Training Internship requires 41 credit hours from the following classes: 
PE 117, PE 345, PE 346, PE 347, PE 431-439, PEM 228, PEM 229, PEM 410, PEM 352. 
In addition to the above courses, students are required to complete 1500 hours in an 
athletic training setting in order to be eligible to sit for NATA Boards. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 209 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 
IN EDUCATION IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 103 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, DRS 228, PSY 101 15 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or HIS 252 5 

4. CS 115 or CS 120 5 

AreaV 5 

Five hours of activity courses 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 72 

1. PE 103, 108, 203, 311, or 316 1 

2. PE 166 2 

3. PEM 228, 229, 250, 251, 253, 254, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355 48 

4. HE 260, 360, 361, 362 and HSC 530 21 

C. Professional Sequence 32 

1. EXC 310; EDN 335, 471, 472, 473 25 

2. HE 460 5 

D. Electives 7 

E. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 199 

Physical Education Offerings 

PE 100 Beginning Weight Training (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Emphasis on developing physical fitness through a variety of fundamental weight 
training exercises. Introduction of mechanical principles and techniques necessary 
for the understanding of weight training programs. Only one of PE 100 or PE 204 
may count as an activity course toward the six hours of required physical education. 

PE 101 Lifetime Fitness (0-3-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Basic fitness concepts and their application to our everyday life. Students will participate 

in an individualized program of aerobic activity and lectures on fitness and nutrition. 

PE 102 Team Sports (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Consists of two of the following sports: basketball, volleyball, soccer and softball. 

PE 103 Basic Swimming Skills (0-3-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. (PE 311 or 316 may be substituted for PE 103 or 108). 
Skills and strokes for the student unfamiliar with or afraid of the water and who 
cannot swim. 

PE 104 Bowling (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills in bowling. Minimum of two games required per class period at 

student's expense. Must provide own transportation. 



21 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PE 105 Badminton (0-2-1 ) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills, rules, strategies and practices for singles and doubles. 

PE 106 Beginning Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. 

Fundamentals and practice in beginning tumbling and gymnastic apparatus. 

PE 108 Intermediate Swimming (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. (PE 311 or the American Red Cross WSI course may 
be substituted for PE 103 or 108). 

Six basic strokes, skills, endurance and knowledge pertaining to safety in, on, or 
about water. 

PE 109 Intermediate Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106 or permission of instructor. 

Continuation of PE 106 with additional practice of tumbling and gymnastic apparatus. 

PE 110 Aerobic Dance (0-3-1) 

A fitness course in which the cardiovascular, muscular endurance and strength, 
flexibility, and body composition components of physical fitness can all be improved; 
a combination of exercise and dance steps (exertion and rhythmical movement). 

PE 117 Basic Health (2-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

A basic course in health education with emphasis on personal health. 

PE 118 Officiating Team Sports (2-2-2) 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the rules, mechanics and ethics 
involved in officiating a variety of team sports activities. The student will develop 
a fundamental understanding of the rules and proper application of mechanics 
associated with the following: Basketball, Baseball, Football, Soccer, Softball and 
Volleyball. Student must provide own equipment appropriate to the sports and 
transportation for off-campus assignment. 

PE 120 Jazz Dancing (0-2-1) 

An introduction to modern, lyrical and hip hop forms of jazz, including fundamen- 
tal techniques and choreography. 

PE 166 Community First Aid and CPR (3-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

The American Red Cross advanced course in safety and first aid and adult, child 
and infant CPR. Required of majors. To receive a certification card, students must 
pay an administrative fee to the American Red Cross. 

PE 167 Community First Aid and Stress Management For The Law 

Enforcement Officer (3-1-3) 

Summer. 

This course is designed to provide the student with American Red Cross First Aid 
and CPR Certification. Stress management skills of particular significance to the law 
enforcement officer will be an integral part of the course. Students will be required 
to pay an administrative fee to the American Red Cross. 

PE 199 Basic Water Safety (0-2-1) 

This course is designed to create an awareness of causes and prevention of water accidents, 
to develop a desire to be safe, and to encourage health and safe water recreation. The 
focus is on personal and community water safety. No swimming skills required. 

PE 200 Archery (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills in archery for recreational use. Students must provide own arm and 

fingerguards. 

PE 201 Elementary Tennis (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills, rules, strategies and practice for singles and doubles in tennis. Student 

must provide own racquet and one can of new tennis balls. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 21 1 



PE 202 Racquetball (0-2-1) 

Designed to develop enthusiasm and appreciation for the game of racquetball. 
Course content will include strokes, strategy, forms of play, rules, equipment, safety 
and etiquette. Classes held off campus. Students must provide transportation. 
Additional fee is required. 

PE 203 Beginning Scuba (0-3-1) 

Prerequisite: Tread 10 minutes, swim 200 yards any style. 

Equips student to engage in beginning recreational scuba diving activities in local 
aquatic environments. Topics covered include: adapting to the underwater world, 
underwater communications, dive planning, diving equipment, boat diving, health 
for diving, dive tables, marine life identification, and the underwater environment. 
Additional fee is required. Must provide own transportation. 

PE 204 Advanced Weight Training (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 100 or permission of instructor. 
Emphasis on continued development of physical fitness through a variety of 
advanced weight training exercises. Improvement of maximal muscular strength 
and endurance in the main muscle groups of the body through progressive resis- 
tance exercises. Only one of PE 100 or PE 204 may count as an activity course toward 
the six hours of required physical education. 

PE 205 Folk Square, Social Dancing (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Instruction and practice in many forms of folk, square, and social dancing. 

PE 206 Beginning Modern Dance (0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Introduction to the art of modern dance. Includes technique, exercise, basic impro- 
visation, dance positions, and locomotor movement. 

PE 207 Basic Ballet (0-2-1) 

A review of basic ballet steps, exercises and stretches. Emphasis on body placement 
and practice in using steps in combinations. 

PE 208 Golf (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic techniques and instruction for the beginning golfer. Minimum of 9 holes of golf 

must be played outside of class at student's expense. Must provide 12 shag balls for class. 

PE 209 Intermediate Modern Dance (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 206 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of PE 206 with emphasis on dynamics, composition, and choreography. 

PE 210 Prevention and Treatment of Athletic Injuries (2-1-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Prerequisite: PEM 228 or an anatomy lab course. 

Theory and practice of caring for and preventing injuries relating to a variety of 
sports. Students required to assist in laboratory experiences with treating and 
preventive training through the athletic, intramural or physical education pro- 
grams. Student must provide own athletic tape. 

PE 212 Coaching Football (3-0-2) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, coaching courses is 

required of majors. Minimum of two games must be scouted at student's expense. 

PE 213 Coaching Basketball (3-0-2) 

Winter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play, emphasizing methods 
and drills used by leading coaches. One of the coaching courses is required of 
majors. Minimum of two games must be scouted at student's expense. 

PE 214 Coaching Baseball and Softball (3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills and team play emphasizing methods 
and drills used by leading coaches. Minimum of two games must be scouted at 
student's expense. 



212 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PE 215 Coaching Volleyball and Soccer (3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Introduction to the rules and fundamental skills of volleyball and soccer. Individual 
development and application of successful coaching methods. Coaching methods 
will include acquisition of sound organizational practices and understanding of 
various coaching types. 

PE 216 Basic Games (2-0-1) 

Spring. 

Designed to acquaint student with the various categories of games, the appropriate- 
ness for each type of various age levels, proper progressions, and the best ways to 
use games teach physical skills, emotional and social skills, and actual sports skills. 

PE 217 Techniques of Dance (2-0-1) 

Winter. 

Overview of the art of dance and its various categories. Stresses similarities and 
differences in form, technique and history of the ballet modern dance, jazz dance, 
ballroom dance, square dance, aerobic dance and folk dance with emphasis on 
teaching and techniques. 

PE 219 Techniques of Safety In Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106. 

Course designed to give majors thorough understanding of the basic principles of 
spotting in gymnastics to assure maximum safety for learners as well as proper 
teaching progressions and lead-up skills necessary at each level of learning. 

PE 220 Principles of Sports Training (2-1-2) 

Study of the basic principles, methods and characteristics associated with a variety 
of sports. Students will develop and participate in a variety of training and 
nutritional programs used in sport settings. 

PE 300 Psycho-Social Aspects of Sports (5-0-5) 

Study of the research relevant to sports behavior and performance. The student will 
be provided with knowledge about various psycho-social factors and influences in 
sports settings. 

PE 311 Lifeguard Training (1-2-2) 

Prerequisite: 500 yd. continuous swim; submerge to depth of 7 ft. /retrieve 10 lb. 

weight; tread water for two minutes with arms crossed over chest. 

This course parallels the certification qualifications for the American Red Cross 

Lifeguard Training course, covering topics such as: recognizing and responding to 

aquatic mishaps: pool health, sanitation, and management; and spinal injury 

management. 

PE 316 Swimming Methods and Techniques (2-2-2) 

Prerequisite: Minimum 17 years old, current Safety, First Aid, and CPR. 
This course parallels the certification qualifications for American Red Cross Water 
Safety Instructor, covering the methods of teaching Infant and Pre-School Aquatics, 
Whales Tales, the seven levels of "learn to swim program," as well as Community 
Water Safety, Emergency Water Safety, ICT and Safety Training for Swim Coaches. 

PE 320 Health and Physical Education for the Elementary School Teacher (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of health and physical education at the 
elementary school level. Designed to meet the requirement for elementary certifica- 
tion. Directed field experience included. 

PE 345 Athletic Injuries I (3-4-5) 

Fall. 

Prerequisite: PE 210. 

Introduction to the assessment, care and prevention of lower extremity injuries. 

Specifically, sports related injuries to feet, toes, knee, lower leg, thigh, hip and pelvis 

will be studied. Students must provide own athletic tape. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 213 



PE 346 Athletic Injuries II (3-4-5) 

Winter. 

Prerequisite: PE 345 or permission of instructor. 

Introduction to the assessment, care and prevention of upper extremity injuries. 

Specifically, sports related injuries to the axial skeleton, shoulder girdle, elbow, 

wrist, hand and fingers, and injuries to the solid and hollow organs will be studied. 

Students must supply own athletic tape. 

PE 347 Therapeutic Modalities (4-2-5) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: PE 345 or permission of the instructor. 

An investigation of the theoretical and technological basis of sports injury rehabili- 
tation, therapeutic modalities and taping techniques associated with athletic injuries. 
Each student is responsible for his/her own transportation to off-campus sites and 
must supply own athletic tape. 

PE 348 Seminar in Athletic Training (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Presentation and discussion by faculty and students of research and topics of 

current interest in the field of athletic training. 

PE 364 Physical Education for the Exceptional Child (3-2-5) 

Student is introduced to methods of identifying and programming for the exceptional child. 

PE 421 Management of Sports Programs (5-0-5) 

Designed to apply principles of management to a variety of sports settings. 
Management applications for school, municipal, and proprietary sports organiza- 
tions will be examined. 

PE 431 Practicum in Athletic Training I (V-V-Q-3)) 

Prerequisite: PEM 228, PE 345 and PE 346. 

To become familiar with the daily procedures of the treatment center and to learn 
the basic skills associated with athletic training. Orientation to athletic training 
through 150 hours of supervised observation in various activities associated with 
athletic training. Students are responsible for providing their own transportation to 
off-campus lab sites. 

PE 432 Practicum in Athletic Training II (V-V-(l-3)) 

Prerequisite: PEA 431. 

Emphasis in the areas of evaluation and rehabilitation of athletic and sport injuries. 
Supervised clinical experience through 150 hours of practical field work. Students 
are responsible for providing their own transportation to off-campus lab sites. 

PE 433 Practicum in Athletic Training III (V-V-Q-3)) 

Prerequisite: PEA 432. 

Emphasis on lower extremity modalities. Supervised clinical experience through 
150 hours of practical field work. Students are responsible for providing their own 
transportation to off-campus lab sites. 

PE 434 Practicum in Athletic Training IV (V-V-(l-3)) 

Prerequisite: PEA 433. 

Emphasis on upper body modalities. Supervised clinical experience through 150 
hours of practical field work. Students are responsible for providing their own 
transportation to off-campus lab sites. 

PE 435 Practicum in Athletic Training V (V-V-(l-3)) 

Prerequisite: PEA 434. 

Supervision of conditioning and rehabilitation programs. Supervised clinical expe- 
rience through 150 hours of practical field work. Students are responsible for 
providing their own transportation to off-campus lab sites. 

PE 436 Practicum in Athletic Training VI (V-V-(l-3)) 

Prerequisite: PEA 435. 

Assuming a leadership role in a practical phase of athletic training. Supervised 
clinical experience through 150 hours of practical field work. Students are respon- 
sible for providing their own transportation to off-campus lab sites. 

PE 437 Athletic Training Internship I (V-V-(l-5)) 

Prerequisite: PEM 352 and PEA 436. 

Assist in assessment, prevention, and treatment of injuries. The internship in athletic 
training allows students to broaden their experience and to complete 200 hours required 
by the National Athletic Trainers Association (NATA) for certification. Students are 
responsible for providing their own transportation to off-campus lab sites. 



214 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PE438 



PE439 



PEM 228 
PEM 229 

PEM 250 
PEM 251 



PEM 253 



PEM 254 



PEM 351 



PEM 352 



PEM 353 



Athletic Training Internship II (V-V-(l-5)) 

Prerequisite: PEA 437. 

To assume a role as a lead trainer for emergency procedures and assessment. Continu- 
ation of Athletic Internship I. Students are required to complete 200 hours of service. 
Students are responsible for providing their own transportation to off-campus lab 
sites. 

Athletic Training Internship III (V-V-U-5)) 

Prerequisite: PEA 438. 

To perfect advanced skills and techniques of athletic training while assuming 

responsibility for the management and operation of a clinical setting. Continuation 

of Athletic Internship II. Students are required to complete 200 hours of service. 

Students are responsible for providing their own transportation to off-campus lab 

sites. 

Structure and Function of the Human Body I (3-0-3) 

A study of the skeletal and muscle systems of the human body. Required of majors. 

Structure and Function of the Human Body II (2-0-2) 

A continuation of PEM 228 with emphasis on certain organ systems including the 
circulatory, respiratory and digestive. Required of majors. 

Introduction to Physical Education (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the subdisciplines of physical education. Study will include a 
survey of historical foundations, relationships between health and physical educa- 
tion, professional skills, and career opportunities. 

lntramurals and Recreation (3-0-3) 

This course is designed to prepare the student to organize and administer intramu- 
ral and recreational sports activities for elementary and secondary schools, for the 
college level and for the community. Activities range from canoeing to horseshoes. 
Students are required to participate in field experiences and observations. Trans- 
portation must be supplied by the student. 

Individual and Dual Sports (3-4-5) 

Designed to acquaint student with the various individual and dual sports. The 
student will analyze and gain practice in teaching activities such as: archery, 
badminton, bicycling, bowling, fencing, fitness, golf, hiking, backpacking, racketball, 
tennis and weight training. 

Team Sports Techniques (3-4-5) 

Designed for the enhancement of sports skills and for the analysis and practice in 
teaching these skills. Team sports include: basketball, field hockey, flag/tag foot- 
ball, soccer, softball, speedball and volleyball. 

Measurement and Evaluation In Health, Physical Education (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Math 220. 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in the development, evaluation and 
application of tests in health and physical education. Students will learn to utilize 
computer software for instructional and administrative purposes. 

Physiology of Exercise (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 228, 229. 

A study of body systems and their reactions to various types and levels of exercise. 
Study will include parts and functions of systems most involved in the exercise 
process. Students will investigate various components of physical fitness, weight 
control, and exercise prescription. 

Elementary School Physical Education (4-2-5) 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of elementary physical education 
including developmental tumbling and gymnastics, basic movement patterns, 
fundamental and creative rhythmic activities, activities related to health- fitness and 
basic skill pattern development. Multicultural considerations in planning and 
implementing adequate elementary physical education programs to meet the needs 
and interests of all students will be explored. Directed field experience included. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 21 5 



PEM 354 Middle School Physical Education (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 351, PEM 353, PEM 254 and Admission to Teacher Education. 
Theory and current practice in the teaching of middle school physical education 
including physical fitness concepts and activities, rhythmic and dance activities, 
individual/partner/group games, lead-up and modified individual/dual/team 
sports. Multicultural considerations in planning and implementing adequate middle 
school physical education programs to meet the needs and interests of all students 
will be explored. Directed field experience included. 

PEM 355 Secondary School Physical Education (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 354 and Admission to Teacher Education. 

The study of curricular methods, media and assessment of secondary physical 
education programs as they apply to the developmental levels of the secondary age 
student. Multicultural considerations in planning and implementing adequate 
secondary physical education programs to meet the needs and interests of all 
students will be explored. Directed field experience included. 

PEM 410 Kinesiology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 228, 229. 

Analysis of human sports performances using physiological principles and the 

physical laws of motion. 

PEM 413 Special Topics In Physical Education (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: PEM 351. 

Research methods in health and physical education. Allows students an opportu- 
nity for in depth pursuit into areas of their interests. Open to majors only. 

PEM 425 Law in Sports and Physical Activity (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the major issues and legal principles 

involved in the realm of physical education, athletics and recreational sports. 

PEM 430 Facility Management and Operation (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Analysis of management competencies necessary to operate physical education, 
sports, recreational and athletic facilities. Conceptual and technical aspects of 
planning and design are introduced. 

PE 558 Physical Activity and the Older Adult (3-4-5) 

This course is concerned with the impact of fitness activities in the lives of older 
adults. The focus is upon the physiological and psychological benefits associated 
with leading an active life and their effects upon the quality and quantity of life. 



216 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 











0nr5Ei 



m 



' 




w 



218 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

SCHOOL OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS 

*Repella / James, Dean 
*Buck, Marilyn, Assistant Dean 

Goals and Objectives 

The faculty of the School of Health Professions believes that the development of the 
student as an individual is a primary objective of a college education. The central role and 
function of the School of Health Professions is to provide an appropriate academic, 
intellectual, and professional milieu to develop the skills required for a high level of 
professional competence. This includes the development of intellectual and physical 
competencies; personal values and beliefs; leadership abilities; a sense of integrity, self- 
worth, and self- reliance; and a sense of responsibility toward the community and 
society. To achieve these objectives, the goals of the School are: 

To prepare graduates who possess, at the appropriate level, the competencies re- 
quired in their professional endeavors, and whose practice is compatible with the ethics 
of democratic humanistic philosophy; 

To prepare an educational environment which will motivate the student to develop 
a life-long commitment to learning and services; stimulate creativity, flexibility, and 
independence of thought and judgement within acceptable professional and humanistic 
constraints; and foster appreciation for scholarship and critical reasoning; 

To develop the leadership abilities of students so they may function effectively as 
leaders both in their professions and in their communities; To anticipate and to identify 
problems and needs and to encourage change and open-mindedness in finding solutions 
through appropriate research. 

To develop the School as a planning and resource center for professional growth and 
community service; 

To complement other Schools of the College by providing programs of a uniquely 
professional character which enhance the educational opportunities of Armstrong 
Atlantic State University. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Health Professions includes the departments of Nursing (which offers 
Associate Baccalaureate and Masters Degrees in Nursing), Dental Hygiene, Health 
Science, Physical Therapy, Radiologic Sciences, Respiratory Therapy; and the degree 
program in Medical Technology. 

The following degree programs are offered within the School: 
Associate in Science in: 

Dental Hygiene 

Nursing 

Radiologic Technologies 

Respiratory Therapy 
Bachelor of Health Science 
Bachelor of Science in: 

Dental Hygiene Education 

Medical Technology 

Nursing 

Physical Therapy 

Radiologic Technologies 

Respiratory Therapy 
Master of Health Science 
Master of Science in Nursing 
Master of Science in Physical Therapy 

Refer to the Armstrong Atlantic State University Graduate Catalog for further 
information on graduate programs. 

The School of Health Professions has developed a series of interdisciplinary courses 
designed to provide health professions students with common knowledge, skills and 
values necessary to practice in the evolving health care delivery systems. 



ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING 219 

HP 101 Introduction to Health Care (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

An interdisciplinary course designed to introduce the student to concepts necessary 
for effective and ethical performance in health care. Interpersonal skills develop- 
ment, self-awareness, health care delivery systems and ethical / legal issues pertinent 
to the health care professional will be explored. 
HP 102 Multidisciplinary Skills in Health Professions (1-2-2) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: HP 101, or permission of the Dean of the School of Health 

Professions. 

This course includes basic patient care skills common to all health professions with 

emphasis on patient and health practitioner safety. Interdisciplinary learning 

activities will introduce the theoretical, ethical, and legal foundations of basic 

patient care skills. The laboratory activities included in this course are an essential 

component in the development of these skills. 

HP 150 Medical Terminology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

A study of the language of medicine: Word construction; definition; abbreviations, 
and symbols; and use of terms related to all areas of medical science, hospital service 
and the medical specialties. 

HP 200 Introduction to Research in the Health Professions (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: ENG 102, MAT 101. 

An introduction to methods of scientific research in the health professions. Empha- 
sis will be placed on steps of the research process, critique of the research report, and 
completion of a literature review. 

HP 240 Principles of Pharmacology (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 209 or permission of the instructor. 

An introduction to the fundamental principles of pharmacology common to all 
health care providers. Historical, legal, and ethical issues as well as routes of 
administration, pharmacodynamics, drug interactions, toxicity, and factors which 
influence effectiveness are among the topics that will be discussed. 

HP/NUR 255 Pathophysiology for Health Professions (4-0-4) 
Prerequisite: ZOO 208, 209 

This interdisciplinary course focuses on normal physiology and pathophysiological 
changes, signs and symptoms, and the body's adaptive mechanisms. These con- 
cepts provide a rationale for preventive measures and therapeutic interventions. 

HP 400 Interdisciplinary Seminar in Health Care (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite /Corequisite: Enrollment in one of the last two quarters of a health 
professions program. 

An advanced course which utilizes interdisciplinary case presentation and analysis to 
examine health care practice concepts. Collaboration, leadership, and health care out- 
comes are emphasized. National, state, and local health care policy issues are discussed. 

HP 410 Interdisciplinary Research Seminar (2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: HP 200, MAT 220, Enrollment in a Health Professions program. 
This group activity based seminar will explore the evolution, purpose, application, 
and theory bases of research in the health professions. 

Department of Nursing 

Buck, Marilyn, Department Head 

Massey, Carole, Program Coordinator Baccalaureate Degree Nursing 
* Stern, Camille, Graduate Coordinator 

Cross, Deanna, Program Coordinator Associate Degree Nursing 

Associate Degree Nursing 

Faculty 

Cross Deanna, Program Coordinator 
Connor, Sara Reilly, Nancy 

Cornell, Marsha Williamson, Jane 

Cross, Deanna Wright, Janet 

Pruden, Ethel 

The Associate Degree Nursing Program provides the student with the opportunity to 
obtain a general education and to study nursing at the college level. The program is 



220 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and accredited by the National League for 
Nursing (NLN). Graduates are eligible to take the National Council of State Boards of 
Nursing Licensure Examination (NCLEX-RN) for licensure to practice as Registered Nurses. 
Graduates must meet all legal requirements for licensure as established by the State Board 
of Nursing. Student nurses participate in nursing clinical experiences at local hospitals and 
other community agencies and are responsible for providing their own transportation. 

The Georgia Board of Nursing Legal Requirements 

The Georgia Board of Nursing has the authority to refuse to grant a license to an 
applicant upon a finding by the board that the applicant has been convicted of any felony, 
crime involving moral turpitude, or crime violating a federal or state law relating to 
controlled substances or dangerous drugs in the courts of this state, any other state, 
territory, or country, or in the courts of the United States, including but not limited to a 
plea of nolo contendere entered to the charge. 

Unlicensed students may be employed only as unlicensed, nursing personnel. They 
may not represent themselves or practice as nursing students except as part of a 
scheduled clinical learning activity in the curriculum. 

Admission Requirements 

The Associate Degree Nursing Program has been deactivated. The last class admitted 
will complete the program of study in the Spring and /or Summer of 1998. Because of the 
closure of the program, transfers from other nursing programs will not be accepted. 

The Associate Degree Nursing Program is approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing 
and is fully accredited by the National League for Nursing (NLN). 

Time Limit for Program Completion Due to Deactivation of the Program 

Students must complete the Associate Degree Nursing Program within two consecu- 
tive academic years from the date of their initial entry into the program. Students who 
do not complete the program within this time limit may not reapply. Students who are 
readmitted must meet course requirements in effect at the time of their readmission. In 
case a student fails a course during the deactivation process, the faculty has developed 
a procedure for progression. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmission application for Armstrong Atlantic 
State University and the Associate Degree Nursing Program. 

2. The student will be required to meet admission and curriculum requirements in 
effect at the time of readmission. 

3. If eligible, the student's readmission will be based upon space availability and 
recommendation by the Associate Degree Nursing Program. 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Associate Degree Nursing Program, the following must 
be maintained: 

1. Natural science courses (CHE 201; ZOO 208, ZOO 209, BIO 210) (See "Limits on 
Admission to Health Professions Programs, #3" in the "Admissions" section of 
this catalog for the policy regarding the repeat of science courses.) 

a. A grade of C or above is required for ZOO 208 and 209. 

b. A grade of D or above is required for CHE 201 and BIO 210. Only one D will 
be allowed. 

2. Nursing courses: 

a. A grade of C or above is required in each nursing course. 

b. A student who must repeat a course will be subject to availability of space in 
the subsequent course. 



ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING 221 



c. Only one repeat in a nursing course will be allowed. A student who fails a 
nursing course may repeat this course. An additional failure in this nursing 
course or any other nursing course will result in dismissal and the student 
will be ineligible for readmission to the program as a generic Associate 
Degree Nursing student. 

3. Grade Point Average: 

An overall grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 is required to remain in the 
program. 

4. Regents' Test. 

All students must have passed the Regents' Test before entering their last 
nursing course. 

5. CPR Certification 

All students are required to be certified in Basic Life Support (adult and child) 
prior to entering NUR 110 and must remain certified throughout the program. 

Insurance 

To meet contractual obligations with the cooperating clinical agencies, the program 
requires students to submit a completed health history and evidence of hospitalization 
insurance prior to the first day of class. Once admitted, all students must obtain nursing 
liability insurance. Nursing liability and hospitalization insurance must remain current 
throughout the program. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ASSOCIATE 
IN SCIENCE IN NURSING 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

Area 1 10 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

Area II 5 

1. MAT 101 5 

Area III 15 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. POS 113 5 

3. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 20 

1. ZOO 208, 209 10 

2. BIO 210, CHE 201 10 

AreaV 3 

1. PE 117 or 166 and one activity course or three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 55 

1. NUR 110, 111, 113, 134, (for advanced placement students only) 

230, 231, 232, 233 55 

C. Regents' Test and National Standardized Nursing Examinations 

TOTAL 108 

Curriculum Design 

Prerequisites 

ZOO 208 5 

CHE 201 5 

MAT 101 5 

15 



222 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



1st Quarter 

NUR110 6 

ZOO 209 5 

ENG101 5 

16 
2nd Quarter 

NUR111 7 

BIO 210 5 

ENG102 5 

*NUR113 (3) 

17(20) 
3rd Quarter 

NUR134 9 

PSY101 5 

PE 117 or 166 2 

16 
4th Quarter 

NUR230 9 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PE ACTIVITY 1 

15 
5th Quarter 

NUR231 10 

POS113 5 

15 
6th Quarter 

NUR232 8 

NUR213 6 



14 



Offerings 

NUR 230 



NUR 231 



Adult Nursing II (6-9-9) 

Fall, Winter. Prerequisite: NUR 134. Corequisite: HIS 251/252. 
This course is the second quarter of study of the physically ill adult. Basic human 
needs are further evolved into the concepts of oxygenation, inflammation/immu- 
nity, fluid and electrolytes/metabolism, and perception/coordination/mobility. 
These concepts focus on more complex common health problems in which there is 
a maladaptive response of the body's ability to meet its needs. Concurrent clinical 
learning experiences are provided in acute care hospitals. 

Advanced Nursing (4-18-10) 

Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 230. Corequisite: POS 113. 
This course is the third quarter of study of the physically ill adult. The concepts 
previously taught are applied to the adult with multiple system failure and /or 
trauma. The focus of study is on caring for clients in emergency, home and 
rehabilitation settings as well as developing beginning skills as coordinator of care 
for patients with multiple needs. Transition from the role of student to practitioner, 
leadership skills and trends/issues are emphasized. Concurrent learning experi- 
ences are provided. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



223 



NUR 232 Maternal Child Nursing (5-9-8) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 231. Corequisite: NUR 213. 

This course concentrates on the experience of the childbearing family/developing 
child as they relate to the health care system. The nursing process is used during the 
stages of childbearing and into the life cycle from birth through adolescence. The 
teaching /learning interaction and developmental appropriateness of care are addi- 
tional foci. Concurrent clinical learning experiences are provided on maternity and 
pediatric units in acute care hospitals, clinics and community based settings. 

NUR 233 Mental Health-Psychiatric Nursing (3-9-6) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 210. Corequisite: NUR 212. 
This course focuses on the development of self-awareness and on the therapeutic use of self 
in assisting man to achieve mental health. The nursing process is used for the patient with 
problems of psychosocial adaptation. Examined are therapeutic communication skills, 
teaching/learning, developmental level and the roles of the psychiatric nurse. Concurrent 
clinical learning experiences are provided in a variety of community /mental health facilities. 

NUR 299 Special Topics in Associate Degree Nursing (V-V-Q-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission of the ADN Department. 

Selected topics and special clinical activities. The course, topics and /or activity will 

be designed to meet individual learning needs. 



* Miller, Mary 
Neuman, Bonnie 

* Powell, Catharine 

* Repella, James 

* Roesel, Rosalyn 
Silcox, Elaine 
Taggart, Helen 



Baccalaureate Degree Nursing 

Faculty 

Massey, Carole, Program Coordinator 

* Buck, Marilyn 
Caldwell, Eva 
Clark, Sandra 
Conway, Marian 
Dunn, Barbara 
Dutko, Kathy 
Keller, Carola 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The Armstrong Atlantic State University Program in Baccalaureate Nursing offers 
entering freshmen and transfer students the opportunity to earn a Bachelor of Science in 
Nursing Degree. The American Nurses Association (ANA) and the National League for 
Nursing (NLN) have adopted a position statement calling for the baccalaureate degree 
in nursing as the academic preparation for professional nursing practice. Graduates are 
prepared to provide comprehensive nursing care for people in a variety of settings. The 
BSN degree also provides the foundation for graduate education in nursing. 

The program is approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is fully accredited by 
the National League for Nursing (NLN). Graduates must meet all legal requirements for 
licensure as established by the State Board of Nursing in order to be eligible to take the 
National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX-RN) for licensure as a Registered 
Nurse (RN). 

The Georgia Board of Nursing Legal Requirements 

The Georgia Board of Nursing has the authority to refuse to grant a license to an applicant 
upon a finding by the board that the applicant has been convicted of any felony, crime 
involving moral turpitude, or crime violating a federal or state law relating to controlled 
substances or dangerous drugs in the courts of this state, any other state, territory, or country, 
or in the courts of the United States, including but not limited to a plea of nolo contendere 
entered to the charge. Unlicensed students may be employed only as unlicensed, nursing 
personnel. They may not represent themselves or practice as nursing students except as 
part of a scheduled clinical learning activity in the curriculum. 



224 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

Admission Requirements 

See "Limits on Admission to Health Professions Programs" in the "Admissions" 
section of this catalog. 

Applicants to the program must be regularly admitted to Armstrong Atlantic State 
University prior to making application to the nursing major. Students must meet the 
admission requirements of the Baccalaureate Nursing Program to be eligible for admis- 
sion to the nursing major. Admission to the nursing major is the function of the Faculty. 
Only completed applications will be considered. 

Students will be admitted to the nursing major during Winter Quarter, sophomore 
year. Students who are not admitted may reapply for the next year. 

Applicants may address the Program Coordinator of the Baccalaureate Nursing 
Program if they require additional information concerning admission procedures. 

The Bachelor of Science degree program is approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing 
and is fully accredited by the National League for Nursing (NLN). 

Criteria for Admission for Generic Students 

Admission criteria include: 

1. Regular admission to Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

2. A minimum SAT verbal score of 460. 

3. A minimum SAT mathematics score of 460. (SAT scores will not be required for 
those applicants with Associate, Bachelor's or Master's Degrees). 

4. A grade of "C" or better in each science course. 

5. A minimum adjusted GPA of 2.5 in all prerequisite course work attempted. 
However, meeting minimal requirements does not guarantee admission to the 
nursing major. Those applicants who, in the judgment of the Recruitment and 
Retention Committee present the strongest academic record and show the most 
promise of success in the nursing major will be accepted. In making comparisons 
between applicants, the Recruitment and Retention Committee evaluates the 
academic record of each applicant thoroughly, including an evaluation of grades 
received in particular courses, number of hours completed at A ASU, and Regents' 
Test status. 

6. Application to the nursing major must be submitted by the published date. 
(Consult the BSN office for details.) 

7. Students must meet all legal requirements for licensure. See "Baccalaureate Degree 
Nursing" section of this catalog titled "Georgia Board of Nursing Legal Requirements." 

8. Admitted students must submit all required health data, CPR certification, proof 
of health insurance and liability insurance by August 1, prior to Fall quarter entry. 

9. Students are expected to comply with the Core Performance Standards for nurs- 
ing. See list of standards included on application. 

It should be noted that the pool of applicants has increased in quality and quantity in 
recent quarters, and that admission to the nursing major is of a competitive nature. 

Transfer Applicants and those with degrees in other fields must meet the criteria 
established for admission to the nursing major. Transfer credit will be awarded depend- 
ing upon equivalency of courses. These decisions will be determined by the Nursing 
Faculty who will use actual course outlines, descriptions, etc., supplied by the student. 

Registered Nurse applicants must meet the criteria established for admission to the 
nursing major and must also submit proof of licensure. The program follows the RN to 
BSN admission procedures defined by the Georgia State Articulation Committee (For 
further information see the BSN Program.) 

Program Completion Requirements 

Students must complete the Baccalaureate Nursing Program within four consecutive 
years from the date of their initial admission to the nursing major. Students who do not 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 225 

complete the program within this time limit must apply for readmission, meet current 
criteria for admission, and have their previous credits evaluated. Students who are 
granted readmission must meet course requirements in effect at the time of read- 
mission. 

Senior nursing students are required to take a written comprehensive exam prior to 
graduation. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmission application for Armstrong Atlantic 
State University and the nursing major. 

2. The student will be required to meet admission and curriculum requirements in 
effect at the time of readmission. 

3. The student's admission will be based upon space available and recommendation by 
the Recruitment and Retention Committee of the Baccalaureate Nursing Program. 

4. Readmission to the nursing major is the function of the faculty. 

5. Readmitted students must submit a current health history and proof of a negative 
tuberculin test or chest x-ray, immunization record, CPR certification, liability 
insurance and health insurance prior to the quarter of re-entry. 

Progression Requirements 

For the generic Bachelor of Science program: 

1. A "C" or better must be earned in each science course (see School of Health 
Professions policy regarding repeat of science courses, p. 33). 

2. A "C" or better must be earned in each nursing course. 

3. Students who earn less than a "C" in a nursing course must apply for readmission 
to the nursing major. If readmitted, the course may be repeated at its next offering 
on a space available basis. This course may be taken concurrently with a non- 
sequential course. No more than one nursing course may be repeated. 

4 . An overall grade-point average (GP A) of 2.0 is required to remain in the nursing program. 

5. Students must submit and update annually, current health history, tuberculin test 
or proof of negative chest x-ray, and immunization record prior to September 1. 
Proof of current CPR certification, liability insurance, and health insurance must 
be submitted each year prior to September 1 . Additional institutional requirements 
may exist or may change over time, depending on clinical agency policy. 

6. If a student does not matriculate each quarter, excluding Summer Quarter, the 
student must apply for readmission to the program. 

7. All students must pass the Regents' Test prior to entering the last quarter before 
graduation. 

8. Failure to comply with any of the above requirements while in the nursing 
program constitutes grounds for dismissal from the program. 

9. The student is responsible for reading and abiding by the policies in the BSN 
Program Student Handbook. 

10. Students are expected to meet the Core Performance Standards of the BSN 
program. (Please refer to BSN Department's Student Handbook.) 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE IN NURSING 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 ... 5 



226 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Area II 20 

1. CHE 121, 122* 10 

2. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area III 25 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113 and HIS 251 or 252 10 

3. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 210; PSY 295; SOC 201; ZOO 208, 209, 215 30 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Courses in the Major Field 82 

1. BSN 240, 310, 320, 334, 335, 336, 340, 350, 422, 423, 432, 

433,436 82 

C. Courses in Allied Fields 10 

1. Electives 10 

D. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

Total 193 
*Students who have already completed an approved Area II lab science sequence may 
take CHE 201 to meet the prerequisite for ZOO 208. Armstrong Atlantic State University 
health professions associate degree graduates who were required to take CHE 201 in that 
program may use CHE 201-CHE 122 in core area II. 

Curriculum Design 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall 

ENG101 5 

CHE 121 5 

MAT 101 5 

PE 1 

16 
Winter 

ENG102orl92 5 

CHE 122 5 

HIS 114 or 191 5 

PE 103 or 108 1 

16 
Spring 

ENG201or292 5 

HIS 115 or 192 5 

ZOO 208 5 

PE 117 or 166 2 

17 
SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall 

PSY 101 5 

ZOO 209 5 

Area I Elective 5 

PE 1 

16 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 227 



Winter 

BIO 210 5 

MAT 220 5 

SOC201 5 

PE 1 

16 
Spring 

PSY295 5 

BSN240 5 

ZOO 215 5 



15 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall 

BSN310 7 

BSN320 5 

*Pol. Sci./Am. His 5 

17 
Winter 

**BSN334 6 

BSN340 5 

Elective, or 5 

**BSN335 6 

16 or 17 
Spring 

BSN336 3 

**BSN 350 or BSN 423 6 

**BSN335,or 6 

Elective 5 

14 or 15 
SENIOR YEAR 

Fall 

**BSN 350 or BSN 423 6 

**BSN422 6 

BSN 432 or 

Elective 5 

17 
Winter 

BSN 433 or BSN 436 10 or 12 

Elective or BSN 432 5 

15or 17 
Spring 

BSN 433 or BSN 436 10 or 12 

10 or 12 

*By State law, each student who receives a diploma or certificate from a school 
supported by the State of Georgia must demonstrate proficiency in United States History 
and Government and Georgia History and Government. Students at Armstrong Atlantic 
State University may demonstrate such proficiency by successfully completing exami- 
nations for which credit will be awarded for Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252. 
If students elect to take courses instead of challenging them, students will be responsible 
for arranging their schedules to complete both of the courses before graduation. 

**Although clinical laboratory hours are computed on the basis of 6 hours per week; 
actual clinical laboratory hours are 12 hours every other week. 



228 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Offerings 

BSN 240 Introduction to Professional Nursing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101, SOC 201. 

This course is designed for beginning students of professional nursing. The philoso- 
phy and objectives of the baccalaureate nursing curriculum is examined. Major 
emphasis is placed on an introduction to the concepts of Client, Environment, 
Health, and Nursing. 

BSN 310 Concepts of Nursing Practice (4-9-7) 

Prerequisites: BSN 231, PSY 295, all required science courses. 
This introductory course provides the foundational knowledge for clinical nursing. 
Emphasis is placed on concepts for professional nursing practice that will assist 
individuals to meet health needs. The student assumes the role of professional nurse 
by implementing various cognitive, psychomotor, and interpersonal skills to pro- 
mote positive adaptation. 

BSN 320 Health Appraisal of the Individual (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 215, BSN 231 or permission of program coordinator. 
This is a beginning course in physical assessment which provides knowledge and 
experience for the nursing student and interested health professional, with a focus 
on appraisal of the individual throughout the lifecycle. Emphasis is placed upon 
understanding of physical assessment skills appropriate for nursing. Course didac- 
tic and laboratory components focus on normal findings of the physical appraisal 
and common deviations from normal are addressed as necessary. 

BSN 334 Health Restoration of Adults I** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310, 320. 

This course provides students with the opportunity to assist adult individuals cope 
with alterations in the ability to meet human needs related to the concepts of 
oxygenation, fluid and electrolytes, perception and coordination, and metabolism. 
Clinical experiences are provided in secondary health care settings. 

BSN 335 Promotion of Psychosocial Adaptation** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 310, 320. 

This course is designed to assist students to promote positive adaptive behavior of 
individuals and families with psychosocial problems through the use of the nursing 
process. Trends in mental health, legal issues and the role of the nurse in the 
psychiatric setting are examined. Clinical experiences are provided in secondary 
health care settings and community mental health facilities. 

BSN 336 Leadership In Nursing Care Management (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310. 

Management and leadership principles are introduced and applied to nursing. The 
focus of this course is on the leadership role of the professional nurse in the 
management of health care. 

BSN 340 Nursing and Family Health (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310 or permission of program coordinator. 
This course is designed to explore the family as a biopsychosocial unit of a multi-cultural 
society. Internal and external variables affecting the health and adaptation of the family 
system are considered. The nursing process is utilized as a framework to assess structural 
and functional needs, plan nursing interventions, and develop outcome criteria. 

BSN 350 Nursing and the Childbearing Family** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 334, 340. 

Using the developmental approach, this course focuses on health promotion and 
restoration of the childbearing family. The nursing process is utilized to assess 
health needs and promote positive adaptation. Clinical learning experiences are 
provided in a variety of settings. 

BSN 361 Professional Nursing Externship (2-9-5) 

An experiential nursing course which provides role expansion opportunities for the 
students. Therapeutic nursing interventions will be implemented within current 
scope of practice. The student will assume the role of professional nurse under the 
guidance of a preceptor in the clinical setting. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 229 



BSN 422 Health Restoration of Adults II** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 334, 335, 336, 340, senior status. 

This course provides students with the opportunity to assume a beginning leadership 
role in the management of nursing care of adult individuals and their families who are 
experiencing maladaptive responses related to complex alterations in the ability to meet 
basic human needs. Clinical experiences are provided in secondary health care settings. 

BSN 423 Health Restoration of the Child** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 340, 334. 

The student uses the nursing process as a problem solving approach in the care of children 
experiencing alterations in their ability to meet human needs from infancy to adolescence. 
Clinical experiences are provided in secondary care and community settings. 

BSN 432 Nursing Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Three clinical Nursing courses and co-requisite MAT 220. 
This course focuses on the research process from problem identification to communi- 
cation of results. The evolution of nursing research is examined. The role that clinical 
nursing research plays in the improvement of the quality of care is emphasized. 

BSN 433 Nursing and Community Health (5-15-10) 

Prerequisites: BSN 320, 340, 350, 422, 423, 432. 

This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge and opportunity to 
utilize the nursing process to assist clients to attain their maximum level of wellness 
through the promotion and maintenance of health and the prevention of disease. The 
student functions as a beginning member of the interdisciplinary health care team to 
plan and provide comprehensive nursing care in selected community settings. 

BSN 436 Professional Nursing Practicum (4-24-12) 

Prerequisites: BSN 320, 340, 350, 422, 423. 

This course provides the opportunity for students to synthesize knowledge from the 
liberal arts, sciences, and nursing as a basis for professional nursing practice. 
Students practice the leadership role of the professional nurse in assessing, plan- 
ning, implementing and evaluating nursing care in a selected clinical setting. 
Seminar sessions are provided for students to share experiences and to discuss 
trends and issues which influence change in professional nursing practice. 

BSN 360 Issues In Gerontological Nursing (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, SOC 201, BSN 310, or permission of program coordinator. 
Application of the nursing process to the older adult population is the focus of this 
course. The emphasis is on promotion of health among the population in order to 
foster successful aging through positive adaptation. The student will explore 
nursing strategies which promote the health of older adults. 

BSN 361 Professional Nursing Externship (2-9-5) 

Prerequisites: Three clinical nursing courses. Current enrollment in the BSN program. 
Co-requisite: Simultaneous employment at an approved externship agency. 
This is an experiential nursing course which provides role expansion opportunities 
for the student. Therapeutic nursing interventions will be implemented within 
current scope of practice. The student will assume the role of the professional nurse 
under the guidance of a preceptor in the clinical setting. 

BSN 450 Health Restoration of Individuals and Families Experiencing Critical 
Illness (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: BSN 422 or permission of program coordinator. 
This course provides the opportunity for students to synthesize knowledge from the 
liberal arts, sciences, and nursing to assist in the promotion of positive adaptation 
of individuals and families experiencing multisystem failure. Critical thinking and 
problem solving opportunities from a nursing perspective are provided in selected 
critical care settings. 

BSN 460 Independent Study (V-V-U-3)) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Senior status or permission of program coordinator. 

The student, in consultation with the professor, will select the topic for supervised 

independent study. The student will submit an independent study proposal prior 

to the quarter in which the course is to be taken. 



230 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

RN OPTIONS PROGRAM 

The Department of Nursing at Armstrong Atlantic State University offers an innova- 
tive program for RN students, the RN OPTIONS Track. This special track allows RN 
students to enter and progress in the RN OPTIONS program before selecting their degree 
objective. Students may choose to pursue the baccalaureate degree (BSN), and complete 
nursing requirements in one academic calendar year, or students may elect to pursue a 
Master of Science in Nursing degree (MSN), which may be obtained in two years of 
full-time nursing study. The BSN is awarded concurrently upon completion of degree 
requirements for the Master of Science in Nursing degree. Graduate Track options 
include Adult Clinical Nurse Specialist; Adult Nurse Practitioner or Nursing Adminis- 
tration. The program of study is designed to meet the needs of the registered nurse whose 
dedication to life long learning demands the attainment of formal advanced education. 
This preparation is provided with experienced and dedicated faculty, in a scholarly 
atmosphere in which the RN OPTIONS student can interact regularly with leaders in 
nursing. Full and part time study is available. 

Admission to RN Options Program: 

1. Regular admission to Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

2. A separate application form is required for RN OPTIONS admission. 

3. A grade of "C" or better in each science course. 

4. A minimum adjusted GPA of 2.5 on all prerequisite course work attempted. 

5. RN applicants must submit a copy of current Georgia license. 

Admitted students must meet specific criteria and compete all necessary prerequisite 
courses before they are eligible to enroll in nursing major courses. One hundred five to 
one hundred eleven (105-111 ) credits of core course work is required. 

BSN Option: Admission 

1. Completion of RN Options Courses. 

2. At least two quarters before entering the BSN Option, students must submit a letter 
of intent. 

3. Complete nursing sequence within four (4) years of enrollment in the RN Options 
courses. 

The Georgia RN-BSN Articulation Model: Advanced Placement through 
Validation of Previous Learning: 

Armstrong Atlantic State University participates in the Georgia RN-BSN Articulation 
Model for RNs. Thirty-seven (37) hours of previously earned nursing credit will be 
placed on the RN student's transcript after successful completion of twelve (12) RN 
Options credit hours. 

All ADN and Diploma Graduates of Nursing Programs in Georgia or NLN 
Accredited Programs in USA Outside Georgia: 

0-4 years after graduation No testing required* 

>4 years after graduation with >1000 No testing required* (Written validation of 
clinical practice hours in previous 3 years clinical practice required) 

>4 years after graduation with <1000 NLN Mobility Profile II Test required 
clinical practice hours in previous 3 years 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 231 

All ADN and Diploma Graduates of Non-NLN Accredited Programs 
Outside Georgia: 

NLN Mobility Profile II Test is required. The NLN Mobility Profile II consists of three 
exams that validate 37 hours of general nursing knowledge in the care of the adult client, 
the childbearing client and the child, and the client with mental disorders. The exams are 
administered quarterly. NMP II information brochures and applications are available in 
the Department of Nursing Office. 

RN OPTIONS CURRICULUM: 

Courses: Quarter Hours: 
General Pre-Professional Core Requirements 105-111 

I. Humanities 20 

English 101, 102, 201 

One of the following courses: 
Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 
Music 200; DRS 201; or 
Philosophy 201, 251 

II. Mathematics and the Natural Sciences 20 

Chemistry 121,122** 

Mathematics 101, 220 
III. Social Sciences 20 

History 114, 115 

Political Science 113 

Psychology 101 
IV.Courses Appropriate to Major Field 30 

Zoology 208, 209 

Biology 210 

Sociology 201 

DRS 228 

Psychology 295 
State Requirement: 5 

HIS 251 or 252 
V. Physical Education (25 years and under) 6 

Physical Education 117 or 166, 

4 Activity Courses 

VI.Electives 10 

VII. Regents Test & Exit Examination 

**Students who have already completed an approved Area II lab science sequence may 
take CHE 201 to meet the prerequisite for ZOO 208. Armstrong Atlantic State University 
health professions associate degree graduates who were required to take CHE 201 in that 
program may use CHE 201-CHE 122 in Core Area II. 

RN Options: 61 

Advanced RN Placement 37* 

*Credit will be awarded after successful completion of twelve (12) 
RN Options credit hours) for the following courses: BSN 310, 334, 
335, 350, 422, 423 

RN Options 24 

NUR 300, NUR 315, NUR 325, HP 200, 
NUR 330, NUR 345, HP/NUR 255 



232 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



BSN Option: 

BSN 453, HP 400, HP 410, BSN 456 



21 



TOTAL 



190-193 



RN Options 

NUR 300 
NUR 315 
NUR 325 
HP 200 
NUR 330 
NUR 345 
HP/NUR 255 
BSN 453 
HP 410 
HP 400 
BSN 456 

RN Options 
BSN Option 

TOTAL 
Degree 



-3) 



Professional Transitions: Socialization (2-0-2) 
Professional Role Transitions: Communication (3-3-4) 
Professional Role Transitions: Basis for Practice (3-0-3) 
Research (3-0-3) 

Health Assessment for Promotion of Wellness (2-3- 
Health Care of Families (4-3-5) 
Pathophysiology for Health Professionals (4-0-4) 
Health Promotion of Populations (4-12-8) 
Interdisciplinary Research Seminar (2-0-2) 
Interdisciplinary Seminar in Health Care (3-0-3) 
Professional Nursing Practicum (4-12-8) 

24 hours 
21 hours 

45 hours 
BSN 



RN Options Courses 

NUR 300 Professional Role Transitions: Socialization (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Admission to RN Options. 

This course begins the active learning and socialization process of professional 
nursing practice. Students will explore multiple aspects of the practice of profes- 
sional nursing within the changing health environment. Nursing with a global 
perspective is introduced. 

NUR 315 Professional Role Transitions: Communication (3-3-4) 

Prerequisite: Admission to RN Options. 

This course develops effective oral and written communication skills which will enable 
students to facilitate interdisciplinary and therapeutic nursing interventions with 
individuals and groups. Various multimedia and technologic resources will be utilized. 

NUR 325 Professions Role Transitions: Basis for Practice (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to RN Options. 

This course prepares the student for the development of a conceptual and philo- 
sophical basis for professional and advanced nursing practice. Various nursing and 
support theories will be discussed as they apply to professional nursing practice. 

NUR 330 Health Assessment for Promotion of Wellness (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to RN Options and PSY 295. 

The purpose of this course is to provide the registered nurse with the opportunity 
to conduct comprehensive health assessments of individuals throughout the life 
cycle. Didactic and laboratory activities focus on normal findings although common 
deviations from normal are addressed. 

NUR 345 Health Care of Families (4-3-5) 

Co-Prerequisite: NUR 315. 

This course unites the nursing process to develop therapeutic nursing interventions 
for family health promotion in the multi cultural society. Family health is analyzed 
through the home visit experience and the nursing case management model. 
Community resources are utilized to meet family health needs. 

HP/NUR 255 Pathophysiology for Health Professionals (4-0-4) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 208 and ZOO 209. 

This interdisciplinary course focuses on normal physiology and pathophysiological 
changes, signs and symptoms, and the body's adaptive mechanisms. These con- 
cepts provide a rationale for preventive measures and therapeutic interventions. 



DENTAL HYGIENE 233 



BSN 453 Health Promotion of Populations (4-12-8) 

Prerequisite: All RN Options courses. 

This population-focused course is designed to provide the student with the knowl- 
edge and opportunity to utilize public health principles and nursing science to assist 
clients to attain their maximum level of wellness through the promotion and 
maintenance of health and prevention of disease. The student functions as a 
beginning member of the interdisciplinary health care team in a variety of settings. 
The role of community health nurse as political change agent within the context of 
the larger health care environment is stressed. 

BSN 456 Professional Nursing Practicum (4-12-8) 

Prerequisite: All RN Options courses. 

This course provides the opportunity for students to synthesize knowledge 
from the liberal arts, sciences, and nursing as a basis for professional nursing 
practice. Students practice the leadership role of the professional nurse in 
assessing, planning, implementing and evaluating nursing care in a selected 
clinical setting. Seminar sessions are provided for students to share experi- 
ences and to discuss trends and issues which influence change in professional 
nursing practice. 

MSN Option: Admission 

Please see current Graduate Catalog for full listing of prerequisite and admission 
requirements. 

Dental Hygiene 

Faculty 

* Tanenbaum, Barbara, Department Head 

Coursey, Teresa 
Edenfield, Suzanne 
Mengle, Janice 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The mission of the dental hygiene programs is to educate dental hygiene gradu- 
ates who demonstrate competent clinical skills, effective communication skills, 
respect for the dental team, and professional and ethical standards in providing 
complete dental hygiene patient care. During the educational process, the program 
fosters the development of life long learning with faculty that are current in academic 
and clinical knowledge. 

Student Outcomes 

1. The dental hygiene student and graduate will exhibit the ability to demonstrate 
competent clinical skills. 

2. The dental hygiene student and graduate will demonstrate respect for the dental team 
and possess ethical and professional standards. 

3. The dental hygiene student and graduate will integrate academic knowledge from 
general education, biomedical sciences, dental sciences, and dental hygiene sciences 
into practical application. 

4. The dental hygiene student and graduate will develop effective communication skills 
to disseminate preventive dental health education in the clinical setting and in the 
community. 

5. The dental hygiene student and graduate will develop an interest in life long learning 
through development of critical thinking and research skills to become an effective 
change agent. 



234 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



The student must complete a curriculum of 120 quarter hours for the two-year program 
leading to the Associate in Science Degree in Dental Hygiene. Dental hygienists provide 
dental health services in private dental offices, civil service positions, industry, and in 
various public health fields. They practice under the supervision of a dentist and must pass 
a national and a regional or state board examination for licensure. The curriculum is fully 
approved by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association. 

Legal Requirements 

The Georgia Board of Dentistry shall have the authority to refuse to grant a license to 
an applicant who has been convicted of any felony or any crime involving moral 
turpitude. This law is further defined in 43-11-47 of the Georgia Board of Dentistry Laws. 
Because of the inability of these persons to become or remain Registered Dental 
Hygienists, persons to whom this law applies may not be admitted into the Program or 
may be dismissed from the Program. 

Technical Standards 

Minimum physical and communication technical standards are part of the admission 
process. Complete technical standards are included in the admissions information 
packet. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE 

Admission Requirements 

See "Limits on Admission to Health Professions Programs" in the "Admissions" 
section of this catalog. 

Admission to Armstrong Atlantic State University does not in any way guarantee 
admission to the Associate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. Applicants must first be 
accepted for admission to the University with regular admission status before the Dental 
Hygiene Admissions Committee evaluates the application to the Associate Degree 
Program in Dental Hygiene. 

Admission to the program is limited in each class. Students matriculate in the Fall 
Quarter of each year. Applications for admission should be completed as soon as 
possible for the Fall quarter and must include a transcript of all academic work. 

The Department has a separate formal admission process in addition to the admission 
process to Armstrong Atlantic State University. The Admissions Committee will act only 
on completed applications. 

The program requires students to submit a complete health history form, evidence of 
health insurance, and evidence of liability (malpractice) insurance prior to participation 
in clinical experiences. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Dental Hygiene major is on a space available basis 
and is limited to the best qualified students as determined by the Dental Hygiene 
Admissions Committee using an Admission Point Index system. This system is based 
upon College GPA, number of college credits completed, and science GPA. Special 
emphasis is placed upon grades earned in Chemistry 201, Zoology 208, Zoology 209, and 
Biology 210 (or their equivalents). The following are admission criteria: 

1. Admission to Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

2. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

3. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0. 

4. Students must meet all legal requirements for licensure. See "Dental Hygeine" 
section of this catalog, "Legal Requirements." 



DENTAL HYGIENE 235 



Meeting requirements does not guarantee admission to the Dental Hygiene Major. 

After admission to the Dental Hygiene Department, the student must pay a $50.00 
non-refundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve a seat in the program. This deposit 
is applied to the student's first quarter matriculation fee. 

Students must complete the Associate in Science degree dental hygiene program 
within four consecutive academic years from the date of their initial entry into the 
program. Students who do not complete the program within this time limit must reapply 
for admission, meet current criteria for admission, and have their previous credits 
evaluated at the time of their subsequent admission. Students who are readmitted must 
meet course requirements in effect at the time of their readmission. 

Challenge Examinations 

Challenge examinations for specific dental hygiene subject areas are available in the 
department. Contact the department for information. 

Transfer Applicants 

Transfer applicants and those with degrees in other fields must meet the criteria 
established for admission to the dental hygiene major. Transfer credit will be awarded 
depending upon equivalency of courses. These decisions will be determined by the 
Department of Dental Hygiene faculty who will use actual course outlines, descriptions, 
etc., supplied by the student. 

Readmission Procedures 

1 . The student must complete the readmission application for Armstrong Atlantic State 
University and the Department of Dental Hygiene. 

2. The student will be required to meet admission and curriculum requirements in effect 
at the time of readmission. 

3. The student's readmission will be based upon space availability and recommendation 
by the Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee. 

4. The student must have his/her previous credits evaluated at the time of readmission. 

Armstrong Atlantic/Coastal Georgia Innovative Curriculum 

The Department of Dental Hygiene offers a part-time curriculum via distance learn- 
ing for students who have been formally admitted to the program and reside within the 
Brunswick service area. Application, admission, requirements, and policies for this 
program are consistent with the traditional associate degree program. Information and 
applications for this program can be obtained by contacting the Department. 

Progression Requirements 

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in each Dental Hygiene course before register- 
ing for subsequent dental hygiene courses; therefore, a grade of "C" or better in the 
previous course(s) is a prerequisite for each dental hygiene course for which the 
student registers after the first quarter of the first year. 

2. A passing grade in all related natural science courses is a prerequisite to the 200 level 
Dental Hygiene courses; therefore, CHE 201, ZOO 208-209, and BIO 210 must be 
satisfactorily completed before the student will be admitted into second-year status 
in the Dental Hygiene Program. A grade of "C" or better must be achieved in 3 of these 
4 courses. See "Limits on Admission to Health Professions Programs," in the "Admis- 
sions" section of this catalog for the policy regarding the repeat of science courses. 

3. If a student fails two courses in the dental hygiene major or fails the same course twice 
in the dental hygiene major, that student is ineligible for readmission to the dental 
hygiene program. 

4. Challenge examinations for specific dental hygiene subject areas are available in the 
department. Contact the department for information. 



236 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



5. Audited and/or repeated coursework may affect a student's academic progress in 
relation to the requirements for financial aid. In addition, federal assistance and VA 
educational benefits will not be paid for audited and/or repeated coursework. 

6. All students must submit a complete medical report form, evidence of health insur- 
ance, and evidence of liability (malpractice) insurance prior to participation in clinical 
experiences. 

7. Students must obtain CPR certification prior to entering DH 113. 

8. All students must have passed the Regents' Exam before entering their last quarter. 

9. An overall GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation. 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 48 

Area 1 15 

1. ENG 101; 102 or 192 10 

2. DRS 228 5 

Area II 5 

1. MAT 101 5 

Area III 20 

1. PSY 101 5 

2. SOC 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. POS 113 5 

Area IV 5 

1. CHE 201 5 

AreaV 3 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. One activity course 1 

B. Courses in the Major Field 57 

1. DH 111 , 112, 113, 118, 120, 122, 123, 125, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216, 221, 
222, 223, 225, 228 57 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

1. BIO 210 5 

2. ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 120 

Offerings 

DH 111 Clinical Dental Hygiene I (2-6-4) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Formal admission to the program. 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the dental hygiene profession. 
The subject matter includes fundamental knowledge of clinical procedures and 
techniques of removing deposits from the teeth. Clinical procedures are introduced 
on the manikins and the student is required to practice these techniques until 
proficiency is achieved. 

DH 112 Clinical Dental Hygiene II (2-6-4) 

Winter. 

Prerequisite: DH 111 and DH 122. 

The student further develops clinical skills by performing instrumentation proce- 
dures on classmates. Additionally, the student performs oral prophylactic techniques 
on patients in the clinic under supervision. The subject matter includes procedures 
which the hygienist will use in the performance of clinical duties. The student 
applies acquired knowledge in clinical situations. 



DENTAL HYGIENE 237 



DH 113 Clinical Dental Hygiene III (1-9-4) 

Spring. Prerequisite: DH 112. 

Students continue with oral prophylactic techniques on patients in the clinic under 
supervision. The subject matter includes material which the student will integrate 
into the performance of clinical procedures. 

DH 118 Periodontics (2-0-2) 

Spring. Prerequisite: DH 112. 

The basic principles of periodontal health and disease in relation to the total health of 
the patient are presented in this course. Concepts of etiology and periodontal pathology 
are considered. Periodontal knowledge is applied in the clinical experience. 

DH 120 Dental Roentgenology (2-3-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: DH 111 and DH 122. 

This course will include a series of lectures, demonstrations, and directed laboratory 
experience in the fundamentals of dental radiology. Intraoral and extraoral tech- 
niques for the taking and processing of radiographs are taught. Clinical time in 
subsequent quarters will afford the application of these principles. 

DH 122 Head and Neck Anatomy (2-0-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Formal admission to the program. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student with gross 
anatomical relationships in the head and neck. Special emphasis is given to the 
anatomy of the oral cavity and its clinical application. 

DH 123 Dental Anatomy and Oral Histology (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Formal admission to the program. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental hygiene student with the nomen- 
clature, morphology, eruption sequence of the primary and secondary dentition 
and oral histology and embryology of the oral cavity. 

DH 125 General and Oral Pathology (2-0-2) 

Spring. Prerequisite: DH 112. 

This course is designed to familiarize dental hygiene students with the principles of 
general pathology in relation to the common oral diseases. Emphasis is placed on 
clinical manifestations and the importance of early recognition of abnormal conditions. 

DH 211/ 

212/213 Clinical Dental Hygiene IV, V, VI (2-12-6) (2-12-6) (1-15-6) 

Fall, Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequisites: DH 111, 112, 113; BIO 210. 
These courses are a continuation of the preceding clinical courses. Emphasis centers 
on the students' advancement and improved proficiency in all areas of a working 
clinic. Students are supervised and evaluated on all clinical procedures using a 
sequenced level of difficulty to determine competency of clinical skills as well as 
assimilation of didactic knowledge into clinical arenas. Lecture time is devoted to 
pertinent material related to the dental hygiene profession and discussion of 
experiences encountered in clinical situations. 

DH 214 Anesthesiology and Pharmacology (2-0-2) 

Winter. Prerequisite: DH 211. 

This course is designed to familiarize the student with drugs and anesthetics with 
particular emphasis on those used in dentistry. The subject matter will include origin, 
physical and chemical properties, preparation, modes of administration, and effects 
upon the body systems. The fundamentals of prescription writing will be introduced. 

DH 216 Dental Public Health (3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: DH 211. 

This course introduces the student to the various aspects of public health with 
reference to the dental needs of the community. The distribution of dental disease 
and current public health trends are considered. Epidemiology and interpretation 
of data related to community dental health programs are emphasized. Directed field 
experience is included. 



238 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



DH 221 Scopes of Dental Hygiene Practice (1-0-1) 

Spring. Prerequisite: DH 212. 

This course is designed to acquaint students with various scopes of dental hygiene 
practice, the jurisprudence governing the practice of dental hygiene, and the 
structure and function of professional associations. 

DH 222 Dental Materials (2-3-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: DH 113. 

This course is designed to provide the student with a basic knowledge of the 
chemical, physical, and mechanical properties of dental materials. The indications 
and limitations of materials are stressed as well as proper manipulation of those 
materials used by dental hygienists. The principles of dental materials utilization 
are presented and applied during the clinical experience. 

DH 223 Applied Nutrition (2-0-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: DH 113. 

This course presents the aspects of nutrition as applied to the practice of dentistry. 
The course acquaints the student with nutrition education as an integral component 
of the duties and functions of a dental hygienist. 

DH 225 Preventive Periodontics (2-0-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: DH 113. 

The emphasis of this course is the prevention of periodontal diseases. Many facets 
of preventive periodontics are included with emphasis on mechanical and chemical 
plaque control measures and patient motivation. Various aspects of periodontal 
diseases are presented. Treatment planning and case presentations allow the 
synthesis of knowledge which is applied in the clinical experience. 

DH 228 Dental Health Education (1-3-2) 

Winter. Prerequisite: DH 211. 

The student is familiarized with the practical application of modern methods of dental 
health education. Course content includes development of teaching materials for dental 
health education demonstrations, presentation of materials, and field experiences. 

DH 299 Independent Study for Re-entry into Professional Dental Hygiene (V-V-l-6) 

Offered on demand with approval of the department head. 

This course is designed for the registered dental hygienist who wishes to either re- 
enter the dental hygiene workplace or to reinstate the dental hygiene license. The 
hygienist will spend time didactically and clinically updating knowledge of and 
skills in current dental hygiene practice. Course content and time will vary depend- 
ing on the needs of the individual hygienist. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE EDUCATION 

The Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education Program is designed for the post 
associate degree registered dental hygienist. The goal of the program is to provide 
additional education in preparation to assume key roles in educational and other 
settings. Students may choose to enter the program as a full or part-time student allowing 
for flexibility of class and work schedules. The program is comprised of preparatory 
courses that will enable the student to be employed in areas such as dental hygiene and 
dental assisting instruction, dental health education, and public health. The student will 
work with the dental hygiene faculty and participate in the student teaching practicums 
in various associate degree classes, clinics, laboratories, and extra-mural facilities. 

Admission Requirements 

Candidates for the program must be graduates of accredited associate degree dental 
hygiene programs and licensed as registered dental hygienists. 

Students begin their course of sequenced dental hygiene courses in the Fall Quarter. 
Application for admission should be completed as soon as possible. 

Transfer credits are accepted for courses other than the professional sequence. A 
minimum of 45 quarter hours must be earned at Armstrong Atlantic State University for 
the Bachelor of Science Degree in Dental Hygiene Education to be awarded from this 
institution. The Office of the Registrar will evaluate all transfer credits. The Department 
has a separate formal admissions process in addition to the admission process to 
Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

The program requires students to submit a complete health history form, evidence of 
health insurance, and evidence of liability (malpractice) insurance prior to participation 
in clinical experiences. 



DENTAL HYGIENE 239 



Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1. Dental Hygiene Licensure. 

2. One year of professional experience preferred. This may include any dental- 
related work experience. 

3. A minimum 2.0 GPA on all provious college work. Students transferring from 
another college must have this average to be considered for admission. The 2.0 
average must be maintained to date of actual matriculation in the program. 

Application Process 

1 . Complete all application forms required for admission to Armstrong Atlantic State 
University. 

2. Complete the separate Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Application Form and 
return to the Department. 

3. Submit National Board Scores to the Department of Dental Hygiene. 

4. Submit proof of State licensure. 

Progression Requirements 

The student must earn a "C" or better in each dental hygiene course before registering 
for subsequent dental hygiene courses. 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; 

MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. BIO 101, 102 or CHE 121, 122 10 

Area III 25 

1. SOC 201 5 

2. HIS 251 or 252 and 114, 115 or 192 15 

3. POS 113 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CS 115 5 

2. DRS 228 5 

3. PSY 101 5 

4. PSY 201 or EDN 201 or PSY 295 5 

5. ZOO 208, 209 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Courses in the Major Field 77 

1. DH 111, 112, 113, 118, 120, 122, 123, 125, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216, 221, 

222, 223, 225, 228 57 

2. DH 401, 402, 403, 404 20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

1. BIO 210 5 

2. GRN 500 or GRN 510 5 

3. LS 311 and LS 314 or HP 200 3 

4. Two courses selected from: HS 320, 350, 432 10 

D. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 201 

Offerings 

DH 401 Practicum In Dental Hygiene Education I (3-6-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Admission into the Dental Hygiene Education Program. 
This course is an introductory field experience in the college dental hygiene clinic, 
community agencies, and patient care facilities with emphasis on observation and 
individual and small group teaching. Computer technology will be applied in the field 
of dentistry. The first professional course for majors in Dental Hygiene Education. 



240 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



DH 402 Practicum In Dental Hygiene Education II (3-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: DH 401. 

This course is a continuation of Dental Hygiene 401 . Problems common to beginning 
dental hygiene teachers, practices and procedures designed to accomplish program 
objectives, establishment and organization of content, methods of evaluation and 
supervision in the dental hygiene clinic are included. 

DH 403 Practicum In Dental Hygiene Education III (3-6-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: DH 402. 

This course is an advanced field experience designed to assist the student in the 
development of learning activities, teaching procedures, and the presentation of materials 
pertinent to dental hygiene education. The student will develop and teach selected units 
in the basic dental hygiene sequence at community agencies, and patient care facilities. 

DH 404 Directed and Individual Study (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite or Corequisite: DH 403. 

This course is a directed individual study in an area of major interest with emphasis 
relevant to dental hygiene and future career objectives. Scientific research and 
evaluation methods will be reviewed and used in the student's individual project. 

Health Science 

Faculty 

* Streater, James, Department Head & Graduate Coordinator 

Crosby, Joey * Lefavi, Robert 

DiGioacchino, Rita * Simon, Emma T. 

Dumpe, Dave Wright, Linda L. 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

The overall mission of the Bachelor of Health Science program is to make available an 
educational opportunity for persons interested in entering a health field and an academic 
program for experienced health professionals who wish to further their career opportu- 
nities. More specifically, the objectives of the program are: 

1 . To prepare students with the knowledge that behavioral change can occur through 
education; 

2. To prepare students to foster health, health promotion, and disease prevention; 

3. To provide the opportunity for students to gain expertise in the health related areas 
of health promotion/education, administration, nursing and allied health profes- 
sions, or health and fitness management. 

The emphasis of the curriculum is to view "health" as different from "illness" and to teach 
new students and practicing health professionals of this difference. The curriculum will permit 
the student to earn a baccalaureate degree that reflects expertise in health science while focusing 
on an applied health related area. Upon graduation, these health professionals will implement 
the concepts they have learned and direct the efforts of the public in the promotion, enhance- 
ment, and maintenance of health and in the prevention of health problems. 

Admission Requirements 

1. Regular admission to Armstrong Atlantic State University. 

2. Eligible for MAT 101 and ENG 101. 

3. Adjusted college GPA of 2.25, if applicable. 

4. Formal interview conducted by health science faculty members. 

5. Completed health science program application. 

Program Completion Requirements 

Students must complete the Bachelor of Health Science Program within six consecu- 
tive years from the date of their initial admission to the major. Students who do not 
complete the program within this time limit must apply for readmission, meet current 
criteria for admission, and have their previous credits calculated. Students who are 
granted readmission must meet course requirements in effect at the time of readmission. 



HEALTH SCIENCE 241 



Progression Requirements 

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in each course in the Health Science core and 
emphasis area. 

2. If the student does not earn a "C" or better in a course in the Health Science core and 
emphasis area, the student may repeat the course only one time. If a student fails to 
earn a "C" or better on the second attempt, the student will be dismissed from the 
program. 

3. Senior Bachelor of Health Science Students must successfully complete the Bachelor 
of Health Science Exit Exam in the last quarter before graduation. 

4. All Bachelor of Health Science students must have current CPR certification at the 
time of graduation. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF 
HEALTH SCIENCE 

General Requirements (96 hours) 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; DRS 201; 
PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. One of the following laboratory science sequences: 10 

BIO 101, 102 or 111, 112 

CHE 121, 122 
CHE 128, 129 
PHS 121, 122 
PHY 211, 212 

2. MAT 101 and 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course selected from: ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HS 100 5 

2. HIS 251 or 252 5 

3. PSY 101 5 

4. PEM 228(3), 229(2) 5 

5. CS 115 5 

6. DRS 228 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 166 2 

2. PE 101 1 

3. Three activity courses 3 

Health Science Core (45 hours) 

HS 350 Health in the Community 5 

HS 440 Health Planning and Evaluation 5 

HS 445 Seminar in Health Science 5 

HS 450 Health Science Practicum 5 

HS 480 Epidemiology 5 

HE 301 Marketing Health 5 

ENG 372 Technical and Business Comm 5 

PSY 220 Intro to Psychological Research 5 

PSY 295 Developmental Psychology 5 



242 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Specialty Tracks (55 hours) (Student will choose one specialty track) 
Track I - Public/Community Health Promotion Education (55 hours) 

HS 300 Health Problems in a Changing Society 5 

HSC 530 Nutrition 5 

GRN 500 Survey of Gerontology 5 

HS 432 Health Law and Ethics 5 

HE 361 Health and Human Sexuality Education 5 

HE 370 Health Promotion 5 

HE 420 Health Education in Rehabilitation 5 

PSY 515 Psychology of Conflict and Stress 5 

PSY 406 Behavior Modification 5 

(2)Electives 10 

Track II - Health Administration (55 hours) 

ACC 211 Principles of Accounting I 5 

HE 370 Health Promotion 5 

HS 430 Health Care Economics 5 

HS 431 Health Finance 5 

HS 432 Health Law and Ethics 5 

HS 433 Health Administration 5 

PSY 520 Industrial /Organizational Psychology 5 

PSY 521 Psychology of Work Behavior 5 

PSY 522 Psychology of Organizational Development 5 

Electives 10 

Track III - Health and Fitness Management (55 hours) 

ACC 211 Principles of Accounting I 5 

HS 431 Health Finance 5 

HS 432 Health Law and Ethics 5 

HS 434 Wellness Management 5 

HS 452 Health /Fitness Practicum 5 

HE 420 Health Education in Rehabilitation 5 

PSY 521 Psychology of Work Behavior 5 

PSY 522 Psy of Organizational Development 5 

PSY 406 Behavior Modification 5 

Electives 10 

Track IV- Associate Degree Nursing, Allied Health and Athletic Training (55 hours) 
Forty-five (45) quarter hours from associate degree nursing, allied health or athletic 
training major course work and ten (10) hours of electives may be utilized. The fifty- 
five (55) hours utilized will be determined by the Health Science Department Head. 

Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL HOURS FOR THE BACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE 196 

NOTE: All BHS students must be currently CPR certified at the time of graduation. 

Minor Concentration: 

The minor in Health Science requires 20 quarter hours with grades of "C" or better. The 
student will complete the following: 

4 courses from: 20 

HE 301- Marketing Health 

HE 480- Epidemiology 

HS 350 - Health in the Community 

HS 440 - Health Planning and Evaluation 

HS 445 - Seminar in Health Science 

TOTAL HOURS FOR THE BACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE MINOR 20 



HEALTH SCIENCE 243 



Health Science Gerontology Certificate Program 

Goal: To provide students with a multi-disciplinary background in aging and present 
them the opportunity to explore aspects of aging and relevant to interests and career goals. 
Securing Admission to the Certificate Program: As soon as a student determines that he 
or she would like to complete the Gerontology Certificate Program, the student must 
complete the application for admission and return it to the Health Science Department. Upon 
receipt of the application, the student will be invited to meet with an assigned faculty member 
to discuss the proposed program of study. A minimum grade of "C " or better must be earned 
in each course for the certificate to be awarded on the undergraduate level. 

Curriculum Requirements: The Gerontology Certificate Program consists of six 
courses (30 qtr. hours). 

GRN 500 - Survey of Gerontology 5 

GRN 520 - Gerontological Practicum 5 

[Prerequisite/Corequisites: GRN 500 and four (4) courses 20 

chosen from: HSC 530 - Nutrition, PSY 575 - Psychology of Aging, 

PE 558 - Physical Activity and the Older Adult, GRN 510 - Healthy Aging 

or Elective - (from approved list).] 

Health Science Offerings 

HS 100 Introduction to Health Science (5-0-5) 

Exploration of the science of health. Based on the health (versus illness) model, this 
course will emphasize the enhancement of health as part of natural human devel- 
opment. The multifaceted health care delivery system will be introduced, and some 
ethical, philosophical, and socio-cultural issues of health care will be discussed. 

HS 200 Health and Human Development I (5-0-5) 

A presentation of human growth and development theory. Emphasis will be placed 
on the physical, cognitive and psychosocial development of man from pre-natal 
development to the adolescent stage of the human lifespan. This will be examined 
from the perspective of enhancing health and concomitantly avoiding illness. 

HS 201 Health and Human Development II (5-0-5) 

The continuation of the study of human development from young adulthood to the 
completion of the life cycle. Special emphasis is placed on health concerns and 
lifestyle consequences of the adult years of the life span. 

HS 300 Health Problems In A Changing Society (5-0-5) 

A review of health as a function of changing societal health status indicators. Topics 
may include, but are not limited to, substance abuse, violence, environmental 
issues, and technology. 

HS 320 Introduction to Managed Health Care (5-0-5) 

An overview of the dynamics driving health care reform in America and of the 
effects that one contemporary model - managed care - has on integrated health care 
delivery systems. Topics will include, but are not limited to, the basic terminology 
of managed care in selected communities, the economics of managed care, the 
financial models which support managed care systems and how information 
systems drive this process. 

HS 350 Health In the Community (5-0-5) 

Analysis of major community health problems, their causes, the role of individuals, 
community institutions, and government. 

HS 430 Health Care Economics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 or equivalent. 

Economics of the health care sector. An economic analysis of public policy alterna- 
tives in the health care industry. Roles of the physician, hospital, insurance companies, 
government and other forces that influence health care economics are examined. 



244 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



HS 431 Health Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC 211. 

Introductory survey of theoretical and practical approaches to the financial man- 
agement of health care institutions. Financing issues specific to the health care 
industry will be discussed. 

HS 432 Health Law and Ethics (5-0-5) 

Introduction of the legal bases and ethical dimensions of healthcare decision 
making. Designed to give the student a philosophical foundation in the discussion 
of specific legal and ethical topics in health care. 

HS 433 Health Administration (5-0-5) 

Application of theory and concepts of administration in health services systems and 
organizations. Course covers the broad spectrum of health policy, planning, and 
management of the health services system. 

HS 434 Wellness Management (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide students with the skills necessary to design, 
implement, manage and evaluate profit-oriented health promotion and fitness 
programs in various settings. Emphasis will be on financing /budgeting, human 
resources, marketing, program effectiveness, solvency and legal issues specific to 
wellness centers. 

HS 440 Health Planning and Evaluation (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 100. 

Planning and evaluation of health programs in a variety of settings. 

HS 445 Seminar In Health Science (5-0-5) 

Corequisite/Prerequisite: HS 440. 

Health Science concepts are analyzed and synthesized. Emerging and emergent 

issues and trends are investigated. 

HS 450 Health Science Practicum (1-8-5) 

Corequisite/Prerequisite: PSY 220, HS 445, 440. 

This course provides the health science student the opportunity to be an active 

participant in an area of the health care industry. 

HS 452 Health/Fitness Practicum (1-8-5) 

Practicum in health and fitness management. 

HS 480 Epidemiology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 100. 

The application of ecology to health and illness. An investigation into the various 
factors and conditions that determine the occurrence and distribution of health, 
disease, and death among groups of individuals. 

HSC 530 Nutrition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Area II Lab Science sequence. 

Nutrition, as a major component of lifestyle, is related to enhancement of health and 

contribution to illness. Basic concepts of nutrition and various "diets" are studied. 

HSC 540 Women and Minorities' Health Issues (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to present the opportunity to explore contemporary health 
issues of concern to women and selected minority populations. This course should 
be of interest not only for those who may be preparing to work in health settings, but 
also for an emerging student population who desires to participate actively in 
decisions affecting their own health. 

GRN 500 Survey of Gerontology (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to introduce students to the elements necessary for under- 
standing the aging situation. Emphasis will be placed on the physiological and 
functional changes associated with the aging process: chronic diseases, illness and 
morbidity, death and dying, and effects of aging on health, attitudes, and activities. 
Research methods in gerontology, major public policy issues, and financial issues 
will be included. 



HEALTH SCIENCE 245 



GRN 510 Healthy Aging (5-0-5) 

This course will address the physical, social emotional, intellectual, occupational, 
and spiritual needs of older adults with emphasis on the new image of holistic aging 
and health. The focus of this course is on the development of community based 
programs to serve an aging population. 

GRN 520 Gerontological Practicum (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is designed to assist the student in applying the knowledge obtained 
from previous courses in order to implement a chosen role in gerontology. Each 
sponsoring organization will provide a qualified supervisor. A member of the 
AASU Faculty will be assigned to the practicum; he/she will establish performance 
criteria and evaluate accordingly. 

Health Education Offerings 

HE 260 Contemporary Health Issues (5-0-5) 

Study of major health topics along with their effects on modern society. Such topics 
as environmental pollution, medical ethics, health care costs, personal health, and 
health consumerism will be investigated. 

HE 301 Marketing Health (5-0-5) 

A survey of marketing strategies utilized in health settings. Basic principles of 
communication integrated with various media modalities are explored. The meth- 
ods and media will be designed for the biopsychosocial requirements of the client. 

HE 360 School Health Education (3-0-3) 

An investigation of the total school health environment and health instruction. 

HE 361 Health and Human Sexuality Education (5-0-5) 

A study of the relationship between health and sexuality education. Health promo- 
tion strategies dealing with sexual behavior, sexually transmitted diseases, 
pregnancy, pregnancy prevention, and parenthood are involved. Emphasis is on 
interventions and curriculum material available for teachers and health educators. 

HE 362 Health and Drug Education (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: HE 260. 

This course emphasizes effective educational strategies and techniques for teaching 
material related to chemical dependency and abuse. It includes precursors to abuse, 
physiological and psychological effects, rehabilitation methods and costs to society. 

HE 370 Health Promotion (5-0-5) 

Students will learn the multiple skills needed to design, implement and evaluate 
health promotion and wellness programs in various settings, such as hospitals, 
corporations, and school systems. All aspects of program administration and 
evaluation will be discussed from program justification to participant motivation. 
In addition, specific modalities of health promotion at the worksite will be 
addressed. 

HE 420 Health Education In Rehabilitation (5-0-5) 

The role of health promotion/education in the rehabilitative process will be dis- 
cussed and evaluated. Various strategies and their effectiveness will help students 
identify the best methods for ensuring compliance and improved health status of 
clients. The specific needs of various populations will also be discussed. 

HE 460 Health In the Curriculum (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: HE 260, 360, 361, 362, HSC 530 and admittance to Teacher Education. 
The study of health education curriculum with emphasis upon materials and 
methods of teaching health education K-12. This course places special focus on the 
development of health education curriculum, instructional units, writing objec- 
tives, lesson and unit planning, and the relationship of health education to the total 
education program. Directed field experience included. 



246 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Medical Technology 

Faculty 

Hardegree, Lester Jr., Program Director 
Edgar, John Ralph, Medical Director 
Rodgers, Anne 

Medical technology is a career in clinical laboratory science. Medical technologists 
perform and /or supervise the testing of blood, urine, spinal fluid and other body 
specimens. Applying the knowledge of chemistry, mathematics and biology, the medical 
technologist uses both manual and automated techniques to provide diagnostic data to 
physicians. 

The Medical Technology Program offers the Bachelor of Science degree in Medical 
Technology and a Post-Bachelor's Certificate of the Medical Technology Program. The B.S. 
in Medical Technology is awarded to students who complete all degree requirements for 
Armstrong Atlantic State University. Entering Freshman, transfer students, and associate 
degree medical laboratory technicians are eligible for the degree. The Post-Bachelor's 
Certificate is awarded to those who have completed a degree in biology, chemistry, 
microbiology or related science fields and to transient students from other institutions 
affiliated with the program which award the Bachelor of Science degree (Georgia College 
and State University, Georgia Southern University and Savannah State University). 

The B.S. in Medical Technology curriculum is a 4 year program. During the first two 
or three years students complete core curriculum courses in chemistry, biology, math- 
ematics, humanities and social science. The five quarter professional phase starts each 
fall quarter. Courses cover the major laboratory areas (urinalysis, hematology, clinical 
chemistry, blood banking, microbiology, serology), and are taught on campus. The 
clinical practicum is provided in the clinical laboratories of Candler Hospital, the South 
Atlantic Red Cross Blood Center, Memorial Medical Center, St. Joseph's Hospital and 
Tuttle Army Health Clinic, all located in Savannah; Bulloch Memorial Hospital in 
Statesboro, GA, and Effingham Hospital in Springfield. Upon completion of the pro- 
gram, graduates are eligible to take the certification examination of the Board of Registry 
for Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the 
Clinical Laboratory Scientist examination of the National Certification Agency for 
Medical Laboratory Personnel. 

Admission Requirements 

The professional phase of the Medical Technology curriculum begins in the Fall 
quarter of each year with the MT courses. Students desiring acceptance to the Medical 
Technology Program should make application to the program before April 1 for the 
September class. 

Minimum Admission Requirements 

1. SAT of at least 830 with 400 or more in Math and 430 or more in Verbal. 

2. Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.2 or more. 

3. Completion of required chemistry and biology courses prior to the senior year. 

4. Science course (Chemistry and Biology) average of 2.25 or better with no more than 
one required science course with a grade of "D" 

5. Satisfactory completion of Regents' Testing Program. 

Other Requirements 

Per NA ACLS requirement, all applicants must have taken the organic or biochemistry 
course and the microbiology course within the past seven years. Updating coursework 
can be done by completion (a grade of "C" or better) of the appropriate course or by a 
challenge examination. 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 247 



Currently enrolled Armstrong Atlantic State University students must also meet the 
requirements for admission to the MT program and apply to the program. 

Transfer students must be accepted to the college with "Regular Status" admission. 

Certified associate degree medical laboratory technicians may receive transfer credit 
for junior level MT courses upon presentation of acceptable certification scores and /or 
transfer credit and satisfactory completion of written and/or practical examinations in 
the professional content areas. 

An applicant with B.S. degree not desiring the B.S. in Medical Technology degree 
must meet the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences academic 
prerequisites for Medical Technology. These students will be awarded a certificate upon 
completion of the professional coursework. 

Foreign applicants must meet the requirements for admission to Armstrong Atlantic 
State University as outlined in the college catalog. 

Application Process 

1 . Complete all requirements for Application for Admission to Armstrong Atlantic State 
University if not currently enrolled at AASU. 

2. Complete an Application to Medical Technology Program form. 

3. Have official transcripts sent to Program Director. 

4. If certified, have scores sent to Program Director. (Ask Program Director for form 
letter.) 

5. A select number of applicants who meet the minimum admission requirements will 
be invited for an interview with the Admission Committee. 

6. Request two references to complete Confidential Appraisal Form to be forwarded to 
Program Director. 

7. All applicants will be informed by letter of their application status. 

Post Acceptance Requirements 

Students accepted into the program will be required to submit a complete Armstrong 
Atlantic State University Health Professions Student Health Appraisal form. Prior to 
enrollment in the clinical practicum the student will be required to provide evidence of 
liability insurance and medical coverage. Students are responsible for their own trans- 
portation to and from the clinical sites and are required to adhere to arranged hospital 
time schedule. Current requirements may be found in the latest MT Application 
brochure. 

Progression Requirements 

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in each Medical Technology course. 

2. A student may repeat a single MT course only one time and at the next offering 
provided space is available. 

3. A student who must repeat a single MT course more than once or more than one MT 
course will be dismissed from the program with no option for readmission. 

4. The student must maintain an overall adjusted Grade Point Average of 2.0 or better. 
A student who falls below the 2.0 GPA will be placed on "Suspension" for one quarter. 
If the student's GPA is not raised by the end of the next quarter, then the student will 
be dismissed from the program. 

5. The student must complete the Professional coursework within three (3) consecutive 
years from the date of their initial admission to the Medical Technology Program. 



248 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; 

MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. CHE 128, 129 10 

2. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course selected from: ANT 201, ECO 201, GEO 212, 

PSY 101, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101 5 

2. ZOO 208 5 

3. Electives in BIO, CHE and/or CS 20 

(Must contain at least 1 Biology or Zoology course which completes 

a 10 hour sequence, and 1 Chemistry course.) 
AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 98 

1. Upper Division Sequences 20 

BIO 351, 353 10 

CHE 341, 342, 10 

2. Professional Courses 78 

MT 200, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 450, 

411, 421, 431, 441, 451, 460, 461, 490 78 

C. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 198 

Offerings 

MT 200 Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science (2-2-3) 

An introductory course to acquaint the student with the role of the Medical 
Technologist as a member of the health care team and basic skills needed for the 
practice of clinical laboratory science. Topics will include content common to 
several discipline areas and basic laboratory mathematics. The laboratory will 
emphasize basic skills common to many diagnostic procedures/tests. 

MT 310 Urinalysis and Body Fluids (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A qualitative and quantitative study of the chemical and microscopic constituents 
of urine and other body fluids and the clinical significance of the test results. 

MT 311 Urinalysis and Body Fluids (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A qualitative and quantitative study of the chemical and microscopic constituents 
of urine and other body fluids and the clinical significance of test results. Open to 
students with an associate degree with acceptable national certification as a medical 
laboratory technician (MLT) and clinical laboratory experience. Offered concur- 
rently with MT 310 or on demand as directed study. 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 249 



MT 320 Clinical Microbiology (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: BIO 351 or permission of program director. 

A study of the relationship of bacteria to disease. Major emphasis is placed on the 
isolation and identification of bacteria responsible for human diseases. Also in- 
cluded is sensitivity testing and mycobacteriology. 

MT 321 Clinical Microbiology (4-0-4) 

Prerequisite: Completion of BIO 351 or permission of program director. 
A study of the relationship of bacteria to disease. Major emphasis is placed on the 
isolation and identification of bacteria responsible for human diseases. Also in- 
cluded is sensitivity testing and mycobacteriology. Open to students with an 
associate degree with acceptable national certification as a medical laboratory 
technician (MLT) and clinical laboratory experience. Offered concurrently with MT 
320 or on demand as directed study. 

MT 330 Clinical Hematology (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A qualitative and quantitative study of the formed elements of the blood. To include 
the complete blood count and specialized test procedures. This course will also 
include the basic principles of hemostasis and blood coagulation. 

MT 331 Clinical Hematology (4-0-4) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A qualitative and quantitative study of the formed elements of blood. To include the 
complete blood count and specialized test procedures. This course will also include 
the basic principles of hemostasis and blood coagulation. Open to students with an 
associate degree with acceptable national certification as a medical laboratory 
technician (MLT) and clinical laboratory experience. Offered concurrently with MT 
330 or on demand as directed study. 

MT 340 Clinical Immunohematology (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A study of basic immunohematologic principles and their application to the prepara- 
tion and administration of whole blood and blood components. To include the selection 
and processing of donors, cross matching procedures, and antibody identification. 

MT 341 Clinical Immunohematology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A study of basic immunohematologic principles and their application to the 
preparation and administration of whole blood and blood components. To include 
the selection and processing of donors, cross matching procedures, and antibody 
identification. Open to students with an associate degree with acceptable national 
certification as a medical laboratory technician (MLT) and clinical laboratory 
experience. Offered concurrently with MT 340 or on demand as directed study. 

MT 350 Clinical Chemistry I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: CHE 342, and MT 360 or permission of program director. 

A comprehensive study of the physiological principles, methodology and clinical 

significance of the biochemicals and elements found in the body fluids. 

MT 351 Clinical Chemistry I (4-0-4) 

Prerequisite: Completion of CHE 342 or MT 360 or permission of program director. 
A comprehensive study of the physiological principles, methodology and clinical 
significance of biochemicals and elements found in body fluids. Open to students 
with an associate degree with acceptable national certification as a medical labora- 
tory technician (MLT) and clinical laboratory experience. Offered concurrently with 
MT 350 or on demand as directed study. 

MT 360 Clinical Instrumentation (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A basic study of the principles and operation of laboratory instrumentation. 
Emphasis will be placed on the individual components and the inter-relationship of 
the components. Electronics will be included. 



250 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



MT 361 Clinical Instrumentation (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A basic study of the principles and operation of laboratory instrumentation. Emphasis will 
be placed on the individual components and the interrelationship of the components. 
Electronics will be included. Open to students with an associate degree with acceptable 
national certification as a medical laboratory technician (MLT) and clinical laboratory 
experience. Offered concurrently with MT 360 or on demand as directed study. 

MT 370 Clinical Serology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A study of the principles and procedures used in the isolation, identification and 
quantitation of diagnostically significant antigens and antibodies. 

MT 371 Clinical Serology (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A study of the principles and procedures used in the isolation, identification and 
quantitation of diagnostically significant antigens and antibodies. Open to students 
with an associate degree with acceptable national certification as a medical labora- 
tory technician (MLT) and clinical laboratory experience. Offered concurrently with 
MT 370 or on demand as directed study. 

MT 380 Clinical Parasitology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis, life cycle, and laboratory identification of human parasites. 

MT 381 Clinical Parasitology (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A study of the pathogenesis, life cycle, and laboratory identification of human 
parasites. Open to students with an associate degree with acceptable national 
certification as a medical laboratory technician (MLT) and clinical laboratory 
experience. Offered concurrently with MT 380 or on demand as directed study. 

MT 390 Clinical Mycology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A study of the pathogenesis and laboratory isolation and identification of fungi that 
can invade humans. 

MT 391 Clinical Mycology (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or permission of program director. 
A study of the pathogenesis and laboratory isolation and identification of fungi that 
can invade humans. Open to students with an associate degree with acceptable 
national certification as a medical laboratory technician (MLT) and clinical labora- 
tory experience. Offered concurrently with MT 390 or on demand as directed study. 

MT 400 Directed Study (l-5)-0-(l-5) 

Offered on demand with approval of program director. 

A study of selected Medical Technology topics designed to meet the needs of the student. 

Credit will depend upon the work to be done. May be repeated up to 10 quarter hours. 

MT 411 Phlebotomy Practicum (0-4-1) 

Prerequisites: Completion of respective didactive MT courses. 

MT 421 Clinical Microbiology Practicum (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: Completion of respective didactive MT courses. 

MT 431 Clinical Hematology Practicum (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: Completion of respective didactive MT courses. 

MT 441 Clinical Immunohematology Practicum (0-8-2) 

Prerequisites: Completion of respective didactive MT courses. 

MT 450 Clinical Chemistry II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical practicum and completion of MT 350. 
Advanced level lecture presentations of special topics in clinical chemistry. 

MT 451 Clinical Chemistry Practicum (0-20-5) 

Prerequisites: Completion of respective didactive MT courses. 

MT 460 Seminar (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Completion of MT 320, 330, 340, and 350. 
Corerquisite: Enrollment in Clinical practicum course(s). 



PHYSICAL THERAPY 251 



A study of advanced level topics in clinical laboratory science. Emphasis will be on 
analysis and presentation of multi-disciplinary case studies. A research paper will 
be required. 

MT 461 Clinical Urinalysis Practicum (0-8-2) 

Prerequisites: Completion of respective didactive MT courses. 
A structured clinical laboratory experience where the students integrate theory and 
application under supervision in the identified content area. This will provide time 
and facilities to allow the students to develop speed, confidence, and organization 
and to analyze and solve technical problems. 

MT 490 Management and Education (4-0-4) 

An introduction to fundamental concepts of laboratory management, laboratory 
operation and finance, managerial leadership, and personnel administration. 

Physical Therapy 

Faculty 

* Lake, David A., Department Head 

Thompson, Anne, Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education 
Andersen, J.C. 
Lander, Jennifer 
Mincer, Andi Beth 
Viar-Tucker, Debbie 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

Physical therapy is a health care profession based upon scientific knowledge and 
principles whose practitioners evaluate, diagnose, treat, and instruct persons of all ages 
with movement disorders. Evaluation, diagnosis and treatment planning requires the 
ability to critically analyze a large number of factors, determine the most important of 
those factors and develop a treatment plan based on that analysis. Physical therapists 
must effectively communicate their findings to the clients, the clients' families, other 
health care providers and the agencies that reimburse the clients and /or the physical 
therapists for the physical therapy service. Physical therapists must provide care in a 
compassionate, competent, legal and ethical manner. A major aspect of physical therapy care 
is the prevention of injuries and disabilities and communicating these plans to the client. 

To meet the needs of the physical therapy profession, all course work in this program 
is clinical case centered with the emphasis on problem identification and problem 
solving. This allows students to integrate the pathophysiology, evaluation methods, 
treatment approaches and psychosocial principles into each case. Students are encour- 
aged to seek new solutions to the clinical problems and propose new treatment approaches. 
Active learning promotes independent thinking. Students learn to seek and confirm 
answers on their own rather than relying on faculty to give them answers. This pattern 
of independent learning develops in the student a goal of life-long learning. Active 
learning methods develop self-reliance and an increase in self assessment skills. 

By working in small groups, students develop a respect and understanding for the 
problem solving skills and clinical solutions developed by their classmates. Small group 
activities promote the development of teamwork and leadership skills. Clinical labora- 
tories and clinical practice experiences in the curriculum are designed to foster the 
development of intellectual and physical competencies and strong professional values. 

The central principle in the Department's educational philosophy is that the primary 
role of the instructor is as a facilitator of learning, not as the source of knowledge. The 
Department provides a supportive environment in which students take responsibility 
for their own learning. The Department fosters mutual respect between faculty and 
students, between students and their classmates and between students and other health 



252 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



care professionals. The Department promotes a respect and understanding for all 
individuals regardless of their cultural background. 

The Physical Therapy Program is a "three-plus-three" curriculum configuration. This 
configuration consists of three years of pre-professional (pre-physical therapy) educa- 
tion followed by three years of professional education. 

Accreditation Status and Degrees Offered 

The Department of Physical Therapy is seeking accreditation by the Commission on 
Accreditation of Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE). The first step in accreditation 
was completed in September, 1994. The program was granted candidacy status in 
November, 1995. Full accreditation is anticipated in the Spring, 1997. The final accredi- 
tation decision in Spring, 1997 will apply to all students in the program. 

The Georgia Board of Physical Therapy Legal Requirements 

Graduation from an accredited professional physical therapy education program 
allows students to take the National Physical Therapy Examination (NPTE). Passing this 
exam is required for licensure in any jurisdiction within the United States and its 
territories. The Georgia Board of Physical Therapy has the authority to refuse or revoke 
licensure to an applicant upon a finding by the board that the applicant has been 
convicted of any felony, crime involving moral turpitude, or crime violating any state, 
federal or comparable jurisdictional law including laws relating to controlled substances 
or dangerous drugs. This applies to any conviction or pleas of nolo condendere entered to 
the charge in the courts of this state, any other state, territory, or country or in the federal 
courts of the United States. 

Admission Requirements 

See "Limits on Admission to Health Professions Programs" in the "Admissions" 
section of this catalog. 

Students in the program must be admitted to Armstrong Atlantic State University 
prior to enrolling in the Physical Therapy Program. Students must meet the admission 
requirements of the Department of Physical Therapy to be eligible for admission to the 
physical therapy major. Admission to the Physical Therapy Program is a function of the 
physical therapy faculty. 

Students enrolled in the Physical Therapy Program graduate with the Master of 
Science degree. At Armstrong Atlantic State University, the professional degree is the 
Master of Science degree. Students must complete the entire program prior to sitting for 
the National Physical Therapy Examination (NPTE) and qualifying for licensure. Stu- 
dents may enter the program as either a graduate student or a senior undergraduate 
student. Students who are admitted to the Physical Therapy Program as undergraduates 
must meet all core and program requirements for an undergraduate degree at Armstrong 
Atlantic State University and the graduate record examination (GRE) prior to admission 
to the program. Upon completion of the first year of academic courses, these students are 
admitted into the graduate school. Upon completion of the entire program these students 
are awarded the Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy and the Master of Science 
degrees. Armstrong Atlantic State University does not award a separate undergraduate 
degree in Physical Therapy. The Bachelor of Science degree is awarded only to students 
who have completed the entire Master of Science Degree Program. Students who are 
admitted to the Physical Therapy Program as graduate students will receive the Master 
of Science degree upon graduation. Sixty-five to seventy percent of students who are 
admitted to the PT Program have already completed an undergraduate degree. 

After admission to the Physical Therapy Program, students must formally accept the 
position in the professional phase of the physical therapy curriculum and submit a non- 
refundable $150.00 deposit to retain their position in the physical therapy program. This 
deposit is applied to the student's first quarter matriculation fee. 



PHYSICAL THERAPY 253 



Applicants must obtain the most recent information and application packets from the 
Department of Physical Therapy or the Office of the Graduate School. The information 
packets are changed every year and contain the most updated information about the 
Physical Therapy Program including any changes in the Program. Information in the 
Information Packet supersedes what is contained in this catalog. New Information 
Packets are available in March of the year preceding the application deadline (for 
example: for admission in 1998, the information packets are available in March, 1997). 
The application packets contain both the Physical Therapy Program and Armstrong 
Atlantic State University Applications and are available in October of each year. 
Deadline for application is January 15th of each year. 

Criteria for Application 

Application for admission criteria include: 

1. Effective oral and written communication skills. 

2. An understanding of the physical sciences so that students can comprehend 
physiological, pharmacological and biomechanical principles and integrate those 
principles into physical therapy practice. Minimal satisfaction of this criterion will 
include the completion of 2 terms of basic chemistry with labs and 2 terms of basic 
physics with labs (must include mechanics, electricity, magnetism and light). 

3. An understanding of the functional and structural characteristics of all human 
body systems so that students can comprehend pathology and dysfunction as they 
relate to physical therapy practice. Minimal satisfaction of this criterion will 
include the completion of 2 terms of anatomy and physiology with labs. These 
courses must be completed in a basic science department. 

4. An understanding of individual and group human behavior. 

5. A knowledge of the political process at different levels. 

6. A knowledge of the scope of physical therapy practice. 

7. A knowledge of computers and computer software applications. 

8. Certification in adult CPR and first aid. 

9. Involvement in extracurricular activities and community service. 

10. Immunizations and physical exams required of all Health Professions' students. 

11. A minimum science (two anatomy and physiology courses, two general chemistry 
courses, two general physics courses) grade point average of 2.75. No science grade 
of a D or F will be acceptable and no more than one science course may be repeated. 

12. Graduate Record Exam (GRE) scores of 450 verbal and 450 quantitative (or analytic)* 

13. A knowledge of basic statistics. 

14. A knowledge of basic research methodology and research design. 
* required for admission to School of Graduate Studies. 

Enrollment as a pre-physical therapy major at Armstrong Atlantic State University 
does not guarantee admission to the physical therapy major. Meeting the minimum 
criteria for application does not guarantee admission to the physical therapy major. It 
should be noted that the pool of applicants for the physical therapy program includes 
many highly qualified applicants, and the number of available positions is limited. 
Therefore, admission to the physical therapy program is highly competitive. 

Transfer applicants who wish to complete a bachelor's degree and pre-physical therapy 
majors at Armstrong Atlantic State University must complete the general education 
requirements (see core requirements) and completion of the Regents' Testing Program 
prior to beginning physical therapy courses. Transfer credit for prerequisite courses may 
be accepted for required core courses upon receiving approval from physical therapy 
faculty, the Department in which the course is taught at Armstrong Atlantic State 
University and the Office of the Registrar. 



254 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Transfer applicants who already have a bachelor's degree must meet the 14 admissions 
criteria listed previously. 

All physical therapy students shall comply with the standards of the Georgia Physical 
Therapy Practice Act. Failure to adhere to these standards may be cause for denial of a 
license to practice as a physical therapist in accordance with Georgia law and will be a 
cause for expulsion from the Physical Therapy Program at Armstrong Atlantic State 
University. 

Program Completion Requirements 

Students must complete the physical therapy program within four consecutive years 
from the date of their initial admissions to the physical therapy major. Students who do not 
complete the program in the required period of time may apply for readmission. To qualify 
for readmission, there must be space in the class into which the former student is seeking 
admission. The former student must meet the current criteria for admission and be 
evaluated along with the other applicants to the program. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmission application for Armstrong Atlantic State 

University and the physical therapy major. 

2. The student will be required to meet admission and curriculum requirements in 
effect at the time of application for readmission. 

3. The student's admission will be based upon space available in the class into which 
the former student is seeking admission and recommendation of the Department 
faculty. 

4. The former student, who has failed out of the program because of an inability to meet 
the grade requirements (B in all 500 level PT courses) or has been dismissed from the 
physical therapy program for any reason, is not eligible to apply for readmission. 

Progression Requirements 

To progress within the Physical Therapy Program, students must: 

1. earn a "B" or better in all PT courses. If less than the required grade is earned in a PT 
course, that course must be repeated. Only 1 course can be repeated and that course 
can be repeated only once. A course can be repeated only when it is normally offered 
again in the curricular sequence. No additional courses can be taken in the Physical 
Therapy Curriculum until the course deficiency is satisfied. Thus, failure to pass a 
course will require the student to "drop back" to the next graduating class. 

2. be continuously enrolled in the Program through the entire 10 quarter sequence of 
courses. Medical or personal leave may be granted but will also require the student 
to "drop back" to the next graduating class. 

3. maintain malpractice /liability and health/medical insurance, CPR/First Aid certifi- 
cation, yearly physical exams, and required medical tests and immunizations. 

4. complete all courses in the physical therapy curriculum within four consecutive years 
from the date of their initial admissions to the physical therapy major. Students who 
do not complete the program in the required period of time may apply for readmission. 

5. obtain faculty permission to "drop back" for academic, medical or personal reasons. 
A student may re-enroll in PT courses only if the faculty have determined that space 
is available for that student. 

Failure to pass ("B" or better in all PT courses ) two or more PT courses will result in 
dismissal from the Program. Failure to pass a failed PT course on the second attempt will 
also result in dismissal from the Program. If the former student has failed out of the 
program because of an inability to meet the grade requirements, she/he is not eligible to 
apply for readmission. 



PHYSICAL THERAPY 255 



PROGRAM FOR THE COMBINED DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE AND MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 (or 192), 201 or 292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 201; 

MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 20 

1. CHE 128, 129 10 

2. MAT 101, 103 10 

Area III 25 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113 and HIS 251 or 252 10 

3. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 40 

1. MAT 220 5 

2. PHY 211, 212 10 

3. ZOO 208, 209 10 

4. PSY 220 5 

5. Two courses selected from: ANT 201, 310, 405, BIO 101, 102; CS 115; 

PSY 201, 295, 328, 375; SOC 201, 315, 320 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 166 2 

2. Four activity courses 4 

B. Courses in the Major Field 156 

1. PT 511, 513, 515, 517, 521, 523, 525, 527, 531, 533, 535, 539, 547, 
549, 550, 710, 712, 714, 716, 720, 722, 724, 726, 730, 732, 734, 
736, 746, 756, 760, 762, 768, 799 

C. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 257 

Curriculum Design of Bachelor's Degree Program 

PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY COURSES - FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall 

ENG 101 5 

Elective 5 

MAT 101 5 

PE 103 or 108 1 

16 
Winter 

ENG 102 (or 192) 5 

CHE 121 (or 128) 5 

MAT 103 5 

PE166 2 

17 



256 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Spring 

ENG201 5 

CHE 122 (or 129) 5 

Elective 5 



15 
PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY COURSES- SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall 

Elective 5 

HIS 114 5 

ZOO 208 5 



15 
Winter 

PSY101 5 

ZOO 209 5 

Area IV Elective 5 

15 
Spring 

HIS 115 5 

MAT 220 5 

Area I Elective 5 

PE 1 



16 
PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY COURSES - JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall 

PHY 211 5 

Elective 5 

PSY220 5 

15 
Winter 

PHY 212 5 

POS113 5 

Area IV Elective 5 

PE 1 

16 
Spring 

Elective 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Area IV Elective 5 

PE 1 



16 
PHYSICAL THERAPY COURSES - FIRST YEAR 
Summer 

PT511 5 

PT513 8 

PT515 2 

PT517 3 

18 



PHYSICAL THERAPY 257 



Fall 

PT521 5 

PT523 8 

PT525 2 

PT527 3 

18 
Winter 

PT531 5 

PT533 8 

PT535 2 

PT539 3 



18 
Spring 

PT547 10 

PT549 2 

PT550 3 

15 

Offerings (Physical Therapy courses years two and three. Graduate 
courses are listed and described in the AASU Graduate Catalog.) 

PT 511 Functional and Structural Aspects of Movement 1 (2-6-5) 

Prerequisites: admission to the professional phase of the Physical Therapy Program. 
Corequisites: PT 513, PT 515, PT 517. 

This course will cover the gross anatomy, physiology, and kinesiology of the back and 
upper limb. Laboratory sessions will involve human cadaver dissection, surface anatomy 
and introduction to manual muscle testing. Problem-solving, case-centered discussions 
will be used to guide the integration of the basic science of movement with the 
introduction to physical therapy assessment and treatment techniques. 

PT 513 Foundation of Physical Therapy Assessment and Treatment 1 (2-12-8) 

Prerequisites: admission to the professional phase of the Physical Therapy Program. 
Corequisites: PT 511, PT 515, PT 517. 

This course will cover fundamental patient care skills including basic evaluation, 
treatment, patient draping and positioning, patient transfers, therapeutic modalities 
and documentation. Laboratory sessions will emphasize the application of evaluation 
and treatment techniques to the back, neck and upper limb. Case-centered discussions 
will be used to guide the integration of the basic physical therapy assessment and 
treatment techniques with the scientific principles of movement. 

PT 515 Physical Therapy Practice Issues 1 (2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: admission to the professional phase of the Physical Therapy Program. 
Corequisites: PT 511, PT 513, PT 517. 

This course will focus on discussions of professional socialization, roles of the 
physical therapist, physical therapist assistant and physical therapy aide, clinical 
documentation, stress management, the importance of lifelong learning to effective 
practice, legal and ethical aspects of health care and psychosocial aspects of illness, 
disability and health care. Case studies will link the material presented in this course 
with other courses taught in this quarter. 

PT 517 Clinical Practicum 1 (2-2-3) 

Prerequisites: admission to the professional phase of the Physical Therapy Program. 
Corequisites: PT 511, PT 513, PT 515. 

This course will provide an initial exposure to the health care setting and health care 
professionals through laboratory and half-day, on-site observational experiences. 



258 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



PT 521 Functional and Structural Aspects of Movement 2 (2-6-5) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 
physical therapy curriculum. 
Corequisites: PT 523, PT 525, PT 527. 

This course will cover the gross anatomy, physiology, and kinesiology of the lower limb 
and trunk. Laboratory sessions will involve complete dissection of human cadaver 
lower limb and trunk, study of surface anatomy, and palpation. Case-centered discus- 
sions will be used to guide the integration of the basic science of movement with the 
introduction to physical therapy assessment and treatment techniques. 

PT 523 Foundations of Physical Therapy Assessment and Treatment 2 (2-12-8) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 
physical therapy curriculum. 
Corequisites: PT 521, PT 525, PT 527. 

This course will cover fundamental patient care skills including gait and posture 
evaluation, wound management, strengthening protocols, fitness evaluation and 
cardiopulmonary conditioning, and documentation. Laboratory sessions will em- 
phasize the application of evaluation and treatment techniques to the lower extremity 
and cardiopulmonary function. Case-centered discussions will be used to guide the 
integration of the basic physical therapy assessment and treatment techniques with 
the scientific principles of movement. 

PT 525 Physical Therapy Practice Issues 2 (2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 

physical therapy curriculum. 

Corequisites: PT 521, PT 523, PT 527. 

This course will focus on discussions of the role of research in physical therapy, 

documentation using quantitative terminology, and the importance of a knowledge 

of cultural diversity to effective health care practice. Case studies will link the 

material presented in this course with other courses taught in this quarter. 

PT 527 Clinical Practicum 2 (0-6-3) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 

physical therapy curriculum. 

Corequisites: PT 521, PT 523, PT 525. 

This course will provide an observational and introductory hands-on exposure in 

health care settings where physical therapy plays an integral role in patient care. 

Care settings will include specialty clinics, long term care facilities, hospitals, and 

school systems. 

PT 531 Functional and Structural Aspects of Movement 3 (2-6-5) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 

physical therapy curriculum. 

Corequisites: PT 533, PT 535, PT 539. 

This course will cover the gross anatomy, surface anatomy, physiology, and 

kinesiology of the head and face, including neuroanatomy. Discussions and cases 

will focus on the neurophysiological and anatomical basis of normal function of the 

brain and head as well as common disorders. 

PT 533 Foundations of Physical Therapy Assessment and Treatment 3 (2-12-8) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 
physical therapy curriculum. 
Corequisites: PT 531, PT 535, PT 539. 

This course is a continuation of Foundations 1 & 2. The content of this course will 
focus on basic evaluation and treatment of balance, gait, and somatosensory 
dysfunctions. Included will be basic principles of motor control, motor learning, 
and biofeedback as applied to physical therapy intervention. Case studies will be 
presented that will link this course with corequisite courses. 



RADIOLOGIC SCIENCES 259 



PT 535 Physical Therapy Practice Issues 3 (2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 
physical therapy curriculum. 
Corequisites: PT 531, PT 533, PT 539. 

This course addresses practice issues of scope of practice versus scope of abilities, 
the disabled /impaired practitioner, and "burn-out" syndrome. Additional profes- 
sional issues covered in this course include practical and legal aspects of supervision 
of PTAs and aides, clinical documentation, health promotion and injury prevention 
education, adult learning skills used in patient and family education and 
home-health/home environmental assessment. 

PT 539 Physical Therapy Case Management (2-2-3) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 

physical therapy curriculum. 

Corequisites: PT 531, PT 533, PT 535. 

Presentation of specific cases for students to manage from referral to discharge 

utilizing given information with increasingly complicated scenarios. Students work 

in small groups to develop total management of each case. The cases presented will 

link this course to the corequisite courses. 

PT 547 Supervised Clinical Education 1 (0-32-10) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 

physical therapy curriculum. 

Corequisites: PT 549, PT 550. 

This course provides 8 weeks of full time clinical affiliation in general care settings. 

This course provides an opportunity for students to practice the skills learned in all 

preceding courses in the clinical setting. 

PT 549 Clinical Education Synthesis 1 (0-4-2) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 

physical therapy curriculum. 

Corequisites: PT 547, PT 550. 

This course presents an opportunity to incorporate clinical learning experiences 

with academic principles from the classroom. Students will work in small groups, 

with emphasis on case studies based on clinical experiences in Supervised Clinical 

Education 1. 

PT 550 Critical Inquiry in Physical Therapy (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: successful completion of all preceding courses in the professional 

physical therapy curriculum. 

Corequisites: PT 547, PT 549. 

This course involves students in a critical analysis of physical therapy literature. 



Radiologic Sciences 

Faculty 

Gibson, Sharyn, Department Head 

* Tilson, Elwin, Clinical Coordinator 

Adams, Laurie, Program Director, Radiation Therapy 

* Graduate Faculty with full status 

Radiologic Sciences is a broad term describing the medical science of using radiation, 
radioactive substances, magnetism and sound waves to produce medical images and/ 
or treat diseases under the prescription of a physician. There are four specialities in 
radiologic science: radiography, radiation therapy, nuclear medicine and sonography. 
Two of these, radiography and radiation therapy, are currently offered at AASU. 
Radiography uses radiation and magnetism to produce medical images. Typical areas of 
radiography are general bone and systems radiology. Computed Tomography, MRI, and 
angiograms. Radiation therapy uses radiation to treat diseases - most often cancer. 



260 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Department of Radiologic Sciences Goals 

The goals of the Radiologic Sciences Department are as follows: 

1. Prepare empathetic, competent radiologic science professionals. 

2. Develop critical thinking practitioners who possess the knowledge and skill to function 
in a changing health care environment and shape practice through research and service. 

3. Expand the scope of practice in the community by increasing professional awareness 
and developing new entry points for professional practice. 

Professional Insurance, Transportation 

Local hospitals are affiliated with the college for the Clinical Education courses. 
Students are responsible for providing their own transportation to the hospitals. 

Prior to matriculation through Clinical Education Courses, students are required to 
submit evidence of professional liability insurance, health insurance, CPR certification, 
and a physical examination. Specific information regarding these requirements will be 
distributed to students admitted to the Program. 

Admission Requirements 

Students interested in pursuing an education in the field of radiologic technology at 
Armstrong Atlantic State University have four options as follows: an associate degree 
program in radiography, a certificate program in radiation therapy, and a baccalaureate 
degree program in radiologic technologies with emphasis areas in radiography and 
radiation therapy. There is a separate admissions process for each of the four options. The 
following guidelines are provided for general information only. 

1. All programs begin in the Fall of each year. 

2. Students who are in learning support are ineligible to apply to any of the programs. 

3. Admission to the programs is competitive. 

Option I: 

Associate Degree in Radiologic Technologies with an emphasis in Radiography. 

NOTE: The Associate Degree Program will be deactivated in 1998. The last associate 
degree class of students will be accepted in Fall 1997. 

— This program prepares individuals who have no prior experience in radiologic 
technology for an entry level position in radiography. 

— A 2.2 grade point average in all college courses is required in order to apply to this program. 

Option II: 

Certificate Program in Radiation Therapy 

NOTE: The Certificate Program in Radiation Therapy will be deactivated in 1998. The 
last class of students for the certificate program in Radiation Therapy will be 
accepted in Fall 1997. 

— This 12 month program is designed for registered technologists who wish to pursue 
certification in the specialty area of radiation therapy. 

— A 2.2 grade point average in the student's radiography program (if the student 
matriculated through a hospital based program) or college degree program is re- 
quired in order to apply to this program. 

Option III: 

Baccalaureate Degree in Radiologic Technologies with an emphasis in Radiography 

— This program prepares individuals who have no prior experience in radiologic technology 
for an entry level position in radiography. However, it also provides a mechanism by which 
registered radiologic technologists may earn an advanced degree. The program includes 
clinical exposure to advanced imaging areas of radiologic sciences such as CT and MRI. 

— A 2.2 grade point average in all college courses is required in order to apply to this program. 

— All CPC deficiencies must be satisfied prior to formal admission to the program. 

— The Regent's Test must be satisfied prior to formal admission to the program. 



RADIOLOGIC SCIENCES 261 



Option IV: 

Baccalaureate Degree in Radiologic Technologies with an emphasis in 
Radiation Therapy 

— This program prepares individuals who have no prior experience in radiologic sciences 
for an entry level position in radiation therapy. However, it also provides a mechanism 
by which registered radiologic technologists may earn an advanced degree. 

— A 2.2 grade point average in all college courses is required in order to apply to this 
program. 

— All CPC deficiencies must be satisfied prior to formal admission to the program. 

— The Regent's Test must be satisfied prior to formal admission to the program. 
After admission to the Department of Radiologic Sciences, the student must pay a 

$50.00 nonrefundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve a seat in the program. This 
deposit is applied to the student's first quarter matriculation fee. 

Detailed procedures and guidelines for program admission should be obtained by 
contacting the Department of Radiologic Sciences. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have enrolled in the programs in radiologic 
sciences, but who have either withdrawn or been dismissed without prejudice from the 
program, may apply for readmission to the program only if they have a cumulative 
college GPA of 2.0 at the time they wish to reenter. The student's readmission will be 
based upon space availability and recommendation by the Radiologic Technologies 
Admissions Committee. 

Technical Standards 

Minimum physical and communication technical standards are part of the admission 
process. Complete technical standards are included in the admissions information packet. 

All curricular options are subject to change with semester conversion; effective Fall 1998. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE 
IN RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 33 

Area 1 10 

ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

Area II 5 

MAT 101 5 

Area III 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

POS113 5 

Area IV 5 

CHE 201 5 

AreaV 3 

Any three physical education credits 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 69 

RAD 101, 104, 110, 115, 116, 117, 118, 121, 122 36 

RAD 201, 202, 203, 205, 221, 222, 223, 224 33 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

CS115 5 

ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

TOTAL 117 



262 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Radiologic Technologies Offerings 

RAD 101 Introduction to Radiologic Technology (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Formal admission to the program. 

The role of the Radiologic Technologist is presented in the historical context of 
medicine and radiology within the health care delivery system. The organizational 
structure of the Radiology Department, specialties within the profession, profes- 
sional organization, accreditation, certification, licensure, and professional 
development are discussed. Elementary radiation protection and elementary image 
control are emphasized. 

RAD 104 Principles of Radiographic Exposure (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Program. 

Factors influencing radiographic quality and conditions influencing exposures are 
presented. Attenuating devices, beam restricting devices, and accessory equipment 
are demonstrated. Technic charts and formation are vehicles for the application of 
the radiographic process. 

RAD 110 Patient Care and Interaction (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Formal admission to the Program. 

Concepts of patient care including physical and psychological needs of the family 
and patient will be addressed. Principles of body mechanics and patient transfer 
techniques, interaction with the terminally ill, obtaining vital signs, administration 
of injections, I.V. maintenance, urinary catherization, and dealing with emergency 
medical situations will be studied. Infectious disease processes and universal 
precautions will be included. 

RAD 115 Radiographic Procedures I (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the program. 

The theory and principles of radiographic examinations of the chest and abdomen are 
studied. Emphasis is placed on radiographic examination of the visceral organs requiring 
the use of contrast media, spatial relationships, patient positioning, equipment manipu- 
lation, and quality evaluation of the study. Basic medical terminology will be included. 

RAD 116 Radiographic Procedures II (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the program and a C or better in RAD 115. 
The basic theory and principles of radiographic procedures of the extremities and 
shoulder girdle are studied. Emphasis is placed on osteo anatomy, spatial relation- 
ships, patient positioning, equipment manipulation, and quality evaluation of the 
radiographic examinations. Basic medical terminology will be included. 

RAD 117 Radiographic Procedures III (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the program and RAD 116. 
The theory and principles of radiographic examinations of the spines, bony thorax, 
and pelvic girdle are studied. Emphasis is placed on the osteo anatomy, spatial 
relationships, patient positioning, equipment manipulation, and quality evaluation 
of the radiographic examinations. 

RAD 118 Radiographic Procedures IV (3.5-1.5-4) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the program and RAD 117. 
The theory and principles of facial bones, cranium, heart, breast, reproduction 
organs, and additional non-routine examinations are studied. Emphasis is placed 
on the osteo and soft-tissue anatomy, spatial relationships, patient positioning, 
equipment manipulation, and quality evaluation of the radiographic examinations. 

RAD 121 Clinical Education I (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Program, RAD 116, permission of the 
instructor, and CPR certified. 

Orientation to patient care, introduction to areas involving the field of radiology, 
and orientation to the clinical setting are presented. This is a supervised clinical 
practice in performing radiographic procedures, radiation protection, patient care, 
equipment orientation, radiographic technique, darkroom procedures, and film 
quality evaluation, observing and participating in routine radiographic examina- 
tions is included. 



RADIOLOGIC SCIENCES 



263 



RAD 122 Clinical Education II (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 117 and RAD 121 and permission of the instructor. 

This is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures with an 

emphasis on the competency evaluation of routine radiographic examinations. 

RAD 201/202Radiation Science I & II (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 or Permission of the instructor. 

This course deals with the application of radiation physics as it relates to the 
production, propagation and detection of electromagnetic and particulate radia- 
tion. Emphasis will be given to mechanisms describing the interaction of X- rays 
with matter, photographic and electronic image detection, electronic circuitry, and 
the physical function of associated radiographic equipment. 

RAD 203 Radiobiology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: RAD 202 and ZOO 209 or permission of instructor. 
This course is designed to give the radiography student an understanding of the 
effects of radiation exposure, dose limits, and structural protection requirements. 
Topics included will be somatic and genetic effects of radiation exposure, measure- 
ment and protection methods, plus NCRP and BRH standards. 

RAD 205 Quality Assurance (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is a study of equipment testing and instrumentation, record keeping systems, and 
statistical analysis of equipment and supply usage. Emphasis will be given to testing 
procedures, QA program implementation, and federal government guidelines. 

RAD 221 Clinical Education III (0-36-5) 

Prerequisites: RAD 122 and permission of the instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures 

with an emphasis on the competency evaluation of radiographic examinations. 

RAD 222 Clinical Education IV (0-40-5) 

Prerequisites: RAD 221 and permission of instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures 

with an emphasis on the competency evaluation of radiographic examinations. 

RAD 223 Clinical Education V (2-24-5) 

Prerequisites: RAD 222 and permission of the instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures 

with an emphasis on the competency evaluation of radiographic examinations. 

RAD 224 Clinical Education VI (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: RAD 223, successful completion of Regents' Examination, and per- 
mission of instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures 
with an emphasis on the competency evaluation of radiographic examinations. The 
program Exit Examination is included in this course. 

RAD 290 Selected Topics In Advanced Medical Imaging (4-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. 

This is an elective course that is offered upon demand. Topics such as neurovascular 
system examinations, central nervous system examination, abdominal and periph- 
eral vascular studies, heart studies, computerized imaging systems, and magnetic 
resonance imaging may be included. 

Program for the Certificate in Radiation Therapy Technology 

RAD 301, 302, 303, 304, 310, 313, 311, 314, 312, 318, 320, 321, 322, 323. 

Total 59 hours 

Radiation Therapy Course Offerings 

RAD 301 Principles of Radiation Therapy (5-0-5) 

Pre-requisite: Formal admission to the program. 

An introduction to radiation therapy including terminology, as well as clinical and 

technical criteria utilized in the treatment of cancer patients. 



264 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



RAD 302 Methods of Patient Care (5-0-5) 

Pre-requisite or co-requisite: RAD 301. 

Insight into the physical and emotional care of the cancer patient. Emphasis will be 
placed on radiation side effects as well as special care required by individuals 
receiving Radiation Therapy. 

RAD 303 Radiation Protection/Radiobiology in Radiation Therapy (5-0-5) 

Pre-requisite or co-requisite: RAD 301. 

The measurement and reduction of radiation exposure to the patient, healthcare 
worker, and general public will be studies. The principles of cellular response to low 
and high dose radiation will be thoroughly explored. 

RAD 304 Oncologic Pathology (4-0-4) 

Pre-requisite: RAD 301, RAD 303 and permission of the instructor. 
The underlying pathologic mechanisms of tumor development and the theories 
describing causation of cellular changes will be explored. Tumor classification will 
also be introduced. 

RAD 310 Radiation Oncology I (5-0-5) 

Pre-requisite or co-requisite: RAD 304 and permission of the instructor. 

Aspects of cancer as a disease including tumor classification, staging, and the 

rationale of treatment choice will be discussed. 

RAD 311 Radiation Oncology II (5-0-5) 

Pre-requisite: RAD 310. 

A study of malignant neoplasms with an emphasis on etiology, epidemiology, 

treatment methods, and prognosis for cancers affecting each major system of the 

body. 

RAD 312 Radiation Oncology HI (5-0-5) 

Pre-requisite: RAD 311. 

Special topics in cancer treatment will be explored including the latest innovations in 

the modalities of surgery, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, and immunotherapy. 

RAD 313 Radiation Therapy Physics (5-0-5) 

Pre-requisite: RAD 303. 

This course will cover basic and applied concepts of physics as related to Radiation 
Therapy. Emphasis will be placed on production of radiation, operating principles 
of therapeutic equipment, dosimetric principles and the use of radioactive sources 
in cancer treatment. 

RAD 318 Quality Assurance in Radiation Therapy (3-0-3) 

Pre-requisite: RAD 313 and permission of the instructor. 

Facets of quality assurance in a radiation oncology department including principles 
of record-keeping as well as methods of baseline testing and periodic calibration of 
commonly used equipment. 

RAD 314 Treatment Planning (5-0-5) 

Co-requisite: RAD 313 and permission of the instructor. 

Provides the student with the introductory skills necessary to plan and calculate 
dosage for a range of treatment techniques. Treatment planning methods with and 
without computer assistance will be included. 

RAD 320 Clinical Education I (0-16-2) 

Pre-requisite: Formal admission to the program. 

Clinical experience in the application and delivery of radiation therapy. Orientation 
to simulation, treatment planning, treatment delivery, and patient care activities 
within a radiation oncology department will be provided. 

RAD 321 Clinical Education II (0-24-3) 

Pre-requisite: RAD 320 and permission of the instructor. 

Clinical experience in the application and delivery of radiation therapy: simulation, 
planning, patient care, and delivery phases. Basic skills will be evaluated with 
clinical examinations designed to demonstrate competence. 



RADIOLOGIC SCIENCES 265 



RAD 322 Clinical Education III (0-24-3) 

Pre-requisite: RAD 321 and permission of the instructor. 

Clinical experience in the application and delivery of radiation therapy: simulation, 
planning, patient care, and delivery phases. Basic and advanced skills will be 
evaluated with clinical examinations designed to demonstrate competence. 

RAD 323 Clinical Education IV (0-32-4) 

Pre-requisite: RAD 322 and permission of the instructor. 

Clinical experience in the application and delivery of radiation therapy. Simulation, 
treatment planning, treatment delivery, and patient care skills will be refined. Advanced 
skills will be evaluated with clinical examinations designed to demonstrate competence. 

PROGRAM FOR THE BACCALAUREATE DEGREE IN SCIENCE IN 
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 

Area I Hours 

Humanities 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

One of the following courses: 

ART 200, 271, 272, 273, DRS 201, MUS 200, PHI 201, 251 5 

Area II 

Mathematics and Natural Sciences 20 

MAT 101, 103 or 195 or 220* or 290 10 

CHE 121, 122* or CHE 128, 129 or PHS 121, 122 or 

BIO 101, 102, or PHY 211, 212, or PHY 217, 218 10 

Area III 

Social Sciences 20 

HIS 114, 115 or 195 10 

POS113 5 

PSY 101, SOC 201, ANT 201, ECO 201, 

ECO 202, or GEO 212 5 

Area IV 

Courses Appropriate to Major Field 30 

HP 101, 102 5 

ZOO 208, 209, 215 15 

Two courses from: 

CS 115, PSY 295, DRS 228, SOC 201, or HE 260 10 

Area V 

Physical Education 6 

PE 117 or 166 2 

Four courses from: 

PE 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 200, 201, 203, 

204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, MIL 203 or MIL 206* 4 

* MIL 206 counts as one activity course 
State Requirements 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Total Core Curriculum 101 

Electives 10 

Suggested electives: HP 200, 400, 410 

Major Courses 42 

RAD 301 Intro, to Radiologic Technologies 4 

RAD 303 Principles of Radiographic Exposure 5 

RAD 305 Patient Care and Interaction 3 

RAD 307 Radiographic Procedures 1 5 

RAD 309 Introduction to Radiation Physics 5 

RAD 311 Radiobiology and Radiation Protection 5 

RAD 441 Cross-Sectional Anatomy 5 

RAD 443 Professional Practice Seminar 5 

RAD 445 Radiology Management & Leadership 5 



266 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Radiography Track 43 

RAD 308 Radiographic Procedures II 5 

RAD 317 Clinical Education I 2 

RAD 318 Clinical Education II 3 

RAD 405 Quality Assurance in Radiography 3 

RAD 407 Radiographic Procedures III 5 

RAD 409 Radiography Physics 5 

RAD 411 Advanced Imaging 5 

RAD 417 Clinical Education III 5 

RAD 418 Clinical Education IV 5 

RAD 419 Clinical Education V 5 

TOTAL HOURS RADIOGRAPHY TRACK 1 96 

Radiation Therapy Track 47 

RAD 320 Principles of Radiation Therapy 5 

RAD 330 Clinical Education I 1 

RAD 331 Clinical Education II 2 

RAD 332 Clinical Education III 2 

RAD 333 Clinical Education IV 3 

RAD 334 Clinical Education V 3 

RAD 335 Clinical Education VI 3 

RAD 420 Radiation Oncology I 5 

RAD 421 Radiation Oncology II 5 

RAD 422 Radiation Oncology III 5 

RAD 424 Radiation Therapy Physics 5 

RAD 426 Treatment Planning 5 

RAD 428 Quality Assurance in Radiation Therapy 3 

TOTAL HOURS RADIATION THERAPY TRACK 200 

Regents' Test and Exit Examination 

* Recommended course. If a science sequence other than CHE is taken, student will have 
to take CHE 201 as a prerequisite for ZOO 208. MAT 220 is a prerequisite for HP 410. 

Major (common professional) Courses 

RAD 300 Introduction to Radiologic Technologies (3-2-4) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the program. 

The role of the radiologic technologist is presented in the historical context of 
medicine and radiology within the health care delivery system. Topics include: the 
organizational structure of the Radiology and Radiation Oncology Departments, 
specialties within the profession, professional organization, accreditation, certifica- 
tion, licensure, professional development, ethics, legal issues, radiation protection 
methodology, and elementary imaging concepts. 

RAD 305 Patient Care and Interaction (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Formal admission to the program. 

Concepts of patient care including physical and psychological needs of the family 
and patient will be addressed. Principles of body mechanics and patient transfer 
techniques, interaction with the terminally ill, obtaining vital signs, administration 
of injections, I.V. maintenance, urinary catheterization, administration and inter- 
pretation of EKGs, and handling emergency medical situations will be studied. 
Infectious disease processes and universal precautions will be included. 

RAD 306 Principles of Radiographic Exposure (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the program. 

This is a laboratory based, seminar supported, experiential course. Students will 
perform experiments in the laboratory and derive the factors influencing radio- 
graphic quality and conditions influencing exposures. Development of technique 
charts is another vehicle for the application of the radiographic process. Artifact 
analysis is included. 



RADIOLOGIC SCIENCES 



267 



RAD 307 Radiographic Procedures I (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the program. 

Radiographic examinations of the chest and abdomen are studied in depth with 
emphasis placed on radiographic examination of the visceral organs requiring the 
use of contrast media. Spatial relationships, pathology, equipment manipulation, 
quality evaluation and basic medical terminology will also be studied. 

RAD 309 Introduction to Radiation Physics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 or Permission of the instructor. 

This course deals with mechanics, electromagnetic, physics and nuclear physics as 
they relate to electromagnetic and particulate radiation used in the medical setting. 
This course will be taught with a small group, problem based approach emphasiz- 
ing data assessment and problem solving. 

RAD 315 Radiobiology and Radiation Protection (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. 

Concepts of radiation measurement and exposure reduction will be integrated with 
an exploration of the biological, chemical and physical effects of radiation. Empha- 
sis will be placed on minimizing somatic and genetic effects of radiation. Laboratory 
experiences will include conducting radiation surveys, as well as radiation safety 
and radiobiologic research. 

RAD 441 Cross Sectional Anatomy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. 

This course is designed for the radiation sciences. Emphasis is placed on three 
dimensional anatomical relationships. Cross sectional anatomy slices will be com- 
pared to images produced by computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging. 

RAD 443 Professional Practice Seminar (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. 

This is a capstone course which will familiarize the student with the major trends 
and issues affecting present day radiologic technology. The content will include a 
broad range of issues but will include current topics from each major modality. 

RAD 445 Radiology Management and Leadership (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. 

The concepts of management, leadership, and health care financing are presented 
with adaptations specific to the radiation sciences. Total Quality concepts will be 
presented. Course includes selected field experiences. 

Radiography Track 

RAD 308 Radiographic Procedures II (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: C or better in RAD 307. 

Radiographic procedures of the extremities, shoulder girdle, and spines are studied. 
Emphasis is placed on osteo anatomy, pathology, spatial relationships, equipment 
manipulation, and quality evaluation of the radiographic examinations. Basic 
medical terminology will be included. 

RAD 316 Clinical Education I (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the program, permission of the instructor, and 
CPR certification. RAD 305, RAD 306, and RAD 307 must be taken as corequisite or 
prerequisite. 

Orientation to patient care, introduction to areas involving the field of radiology, 
and orientation to the clinical setting are presented. This is a supervised clinical 
practice in performing radiographic procedures, radiation protection, patient care, 
equipment orientation, radiographic technique, darkroom procedures, and film 
quality evaluation, observing and participating in routine radiographic examina- 
tions are included. 

RAD 317 Clinical Education II (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 316 and permission of the instructor. RAD 308 must be taken as 
corequisite or prerequisite. 

This is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of routine radiographic examinations. 






268 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



RAD 405 



RAD 407 



RAD 409 



RAD 411 



Quality Management in Radiography (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is a study of equipment testing, the analysis of quality control data and 
quality assurance data, as well as an introduction to Total Quality Management 
(TQM) concepts and procedures and federal government guidelines. 

Radiographic Procedures HI (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: RAD 308. 

Radiographic examinations of the bony thorax, pelvic girdle, facial bones, cranium, 
heart, breast, and reproductive organs are studied. Emphasis is placed on the osteo 
anatomy, pathology, spatial relationships, equipment manipulation, and quality 
evaluation of the radiographic examinations. 

Radiographic Physics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: RAD 309. 

This course is a continuation of RAD 309. Emphasis will be given to the physics 
principles of the interaction of radiation with matter and the formation of photo- 
graphic and electronic images. The physics of Nuclear Magnetic Imaging and 
Computer Tomography is included. 

Advanced Imaging (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: RAD 409 or permission of instructor. 

This course deals with the instrumentation, operation, and clinical aspects of 
computerized tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, cardiovascular/ 
interventional radiology, mammography, or other topics selected by the instructor. 
Emphasis will be placed on the clinical use of one of these technologies in each 
course offering. 

Clinical Education III (2-24-5) 

Prerequisites: RAD 317 and permission of the instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures 

with an emphasis on the competency evaluation of radiographic examinations. 

Clinical Education IV (2-24-5) 

Prerequisites: RAD 416 and permission of instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in performing radiographic procedures 

with an emphasis on the competency evaluation of radiographic examinations. 

Clinical Education V (2-24-5) 

Prerequisites: RAD 417 and permission of the instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in radiographic procedures with the 
completion of radiographic examination competency evaluations. Emphasis is placed 
on special clinical areas such as computerized tomography, magnetic resonance imag- 
ing, cardiovascular/ interventional radiology, and mammography. Exit Examination 
and Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS) certification are included in this course. 

Radiation Therapy Track 

RAD 319 Principles of Radiation Therapy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. 

An introduction to radiation therapy including terminology, clinical and technical 
criteria utilized in the treatment of cancer patients. Emphasis will be given to the 
emotional care of the patient receiving radiation therapy as well as the management 
of treatment related side effects. The underlying pathologic mechanisms of tumor 
development and the theories describing causation of cellular changes will be 
explored. Aspects of cancer as a disease including tumor classification, staging, and 
the rationale of treatment choice will be discussed. 

RAD 330 Clinical Education I (0-8-1) 

Prerequisite: RAD 305, RAD 306, RAD 307. Corequisite: RAD 319. 
This course provides a general introduction to the field of radiography for those 
students who are in the Radiation Therapy Track. This course is a supervised 
orientation to patient care, the clinical setting, radiation protection practices, dark- 
room procedures, radiographic technique, and film quality evaluation. Observation 
and participation of routine radiographic examinations are included. 



RAD 416 



RAD 417 



RAD 418 



RADIOLOGIC SCIENCES 



269 



RAD 331 Clinical Education II (0-16-2) 

Prerequisite: RAD 330 and permission of the instructor. 

This course is a clinical experience in the application and delivery of radiation 
therapy. Orientation to simulation, treatment planning, treatment delivery, and 
patient care activities within a radiation oncology department will be provided. 

RAD 332 Clinical Education III (0-16-2) 

Prerequisite: RAD 331 and permission of the instructor. 

This course is a clinical experience in the application and delivery of radiation 
therapy: simulation, planning, patient care, and delivery phases. Basic skills will be 
evaluated with clinical examinations designed to demonstrate competence. 

RAD 333 Clinical Education IV (0-24-3) 

Prerequisite: RAD 332 and permission of the instructor. 

This course is a clinical experience in the application and delivery of radiation 
therapy: simulation, planning, patient care, and delivery phases. Basic and ad- 
vanced skills will be evaluated with clinical examinations designed to demonstrate 
competence. 

RAD 334 Clinical Education V (0-24-3) 

Prerequisite: RAD 333 and permission of the instructor. 

This course is a clinical experience in the application and delivery of radiation 
therapy. Simulation, treatment planning, treatment delivery, and patient care skills 
will be refined. Advanced skills will be evaluated with clinical examinations 
designed to demonstrate competence. 

RAD 335 Clinical Education VI (0-24-3) 

Prerequisite: RAD 334 and permission of the instructor. 

This course is a capstone clinical education course in the application and delivery of 
radiation therapy. Students will follow a specific patient through all facets of their 
radiation therapy experience. They will be responsible for the simulation, treatment 
planning, and treatment delivery for the patient. In addition, they will be respon- 
sible for patient education, management of side effects and scheduling of 
appointments related to their cancer treatment. 

Radiation Oncology I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: RAD 39 and permission of the instructor. 

A study of malignant neoplasms affecting the head and neck with an emphasis on 

etiology, epidemiology, treatment methods, and prognosis. Carcinomas will be 

highlighted. 

Radiation Oncology II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: RAD 420 and permission of the instructor. 

A continuing study of malignant neoplasms with an emphasis on etiology, epide- 
miology, treatment methods, and prognosis for cancers affecting the central nervous 
system, respiratory system, digestive system/urinary system, integumentary sys- 
tem and reproductive system. Carcinomas will be highlighted. 

RAD 422 Radiation Oncology III (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: RAD 421 and permission of the instructor. 

A continuing study of malignant neoplasms with an emphasis on sarcomas, leuke- 
mia, and lymphomas. Special topics in cancer treatment will also be explored 
including the latest innovations in the modalities of surgery, radiation therapy, 
chemotherapy, and immunotherapy. 

RAD 424 Radiation Therapy Physics (5-1-5) 

Prerequisite: RAD 309 

This course will cover applied concepts of physics as related to Radiation 
Therapy. Emphasis will be placed on operating principles of therapeutic equip- 
ment, dosimetric principles and the physical principles of radioactive sources as 
cancer treatment. Laboratory experiences will highlight therapeutic equipment 
and brachytherapy sources. 



RAD 420 



RAD 421 



270 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



RAD 426 Treatment Planning (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: RAD 424 and permission of the instructor. 
Provides the student with the cognitive and psychomotor ability to plan and 
calculate dosage for a range of cancer treatment techniques. Treatment planning 
methods with and without computer assistance will be included. 

RAD 428 Quality Management in Radiation Therapy (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: RAD 424 and permission of the instructor. 
Facets of quality assurance in a radiation oncology department including: JCAHO 
standards; principles of record-keeping; and methods of baseline testing and 
calibration of commonly used equipment. Total Quality Management concepts will 
be included. Laboratory experiences will emphasize equipment calibration. 



Respiratory Therapy 

Faculty 

Bowers, Ross, Department Head 
Di Benedetto, Robert, Co-Medical Director 
Morris, Stephen, Co-Medical Director 
Smith, William, Director of Clinical Education 
Hopper, Keith 

For the two-year (seven consecutive quarters) program leading to the Associate in 
Science degree in Respiratory Therapy, the student must complete a curriculum of 59 
quarter hours in academic courses and 65 quarter hours within the major. The A.S. degree 
from an accredited Respiratory Therapy program qualifies the graduate for entry into the 
Registry credentialing system. The Registry is the highest professional credential available 
in the field of respiratory therapy. The credentialing process is a two-step nationally 
administered examination. Step 1 is a comprehensive written exam to be taken shortly after 
graduation. The graduate who passes this exam will earn the entry level credential C.R.T.T. 
and will be eligible to enter the registry credentialing system. The registry exam consists 
of a written and a clinical simulation component. The candidate who passes both parts of 
the registry exam will earn the credential Registered Respiratory Therapist. The C.R.T.T. 
credential is the criteria required for licensure by the State Board of Medical Examiners. 

Admission Requirements 

See Limits on Admission to Health Professions Programs in the Admissions section of 
this catalog. 

Admission to Armstrong Atlantic State University does not guarantee admission to the 
Respiratory Therapy program. The department has a separate formal admissions process. 

Students are normally admitted to the professional component of the program in the 
fall. The application deadline is April 1. Applications received after that date will be 
considered on a space available basis. Our maximum enrollment ceiling is 20 students. 

To meet contractual obligations with our clinical affiliates, students are required to 
submit a complete health history form and evidence of health insurance, immunizations, 
and liability (malpractice) insurance prior to participation in clinical practicums. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Respiratory Therapy Program is made on a space 
available basis and is limited to the best qualified students as determined by our faculty. 
Admission criteria include: 

1. Regular admission to Armstrong Atlantic State University 

2. Completion of ZOO 208 with a grade of C or better on the first attempt 

3. Completion of CHE 201 with a grade of C or better on the first attempt 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 271 



4. Completion of MAT 101, D or better, first attempt 

5. Eligibility for ENG 101 

6. A minimum adjusted GPA of 2.0 

Time Limit for Program Completion 

Students must complete the respiratory therapy program within 3 consecutive aca- 
demic years from the date of initial entry. Students who do not complete the program 
within this time limit must reapply for admission, meet current criteria for admission, and 
have their previous credits evaluated at the time of their subsequent admission. Students 
who are readmitted must meet course requirements in effect at the time of readmission. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmission application for Armstrong Atlantic 
State University and the respiratory therapy major. 

2. The student will be required to meet admission and curriculum requirements in 
effect at the time of readmission. 

3. The student must complete a comprehensive clinical evaluation prior to readmis- 
sion. The student is responsible for scheduling the clinical evaluation by the 
mid-term date of the quarter prior to admission. 

4. Readmission will be based on space availability and recommendation of the faculty. 

5. Readmission to the respiratory therapy major is a function of the faculty. 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Associate Degree Program in Respiratory Therapy, the 
following must be maintained: 

1. Courses Related to the Major (CHE 201, 202, ZOO 208, 209, 211, BIO 210, MAT 101) 

a. A student may carry no more than one grade of less than "C" 

b. A grade of "F" must be repeated the next quarter that the course is offered 

c. A student must have successfully completed the requirements for CHE 202 
and ZOO 211 by the end of the spring quarter of the freshman year. Failure 
to comply with this requirement will result in suspension from the program. 
A student suspended from the program will be eligible for readmission 

d. A student who must repeat more than one course because of a grade of "F" 
will be dismissed from the program with no option for readmission 

2. Courses in the Respiratory Therapy Major 

a. A grade of "C" or better is required for each course. Failure to comply with 
this requirement will result in suspension from the program. 

b. A student who earns a grade of less than "C" must repeat that course the 
next quarter it is offered. 

c. A student may repeat a respiratory therapy course only once. 

d. Students who must repeat a respiratory therapy course more than one time 
will be dismissed from the program with no option for readmission. 

e. Students who must repeat more than one respiratory therapy course will be 
dismissed from the program with no option for readmission. 

3. Grade Point Average 

The maintenance of a 2.0 GPA is desirable throughout the respiratory therapy 
program. Students who fall below 2.0 are subject to the academic status 
classification identified in the Academic Regulations section of this catalog. 
Students placed on academic Warning who do not raise their GPA to the 
minimum criteria for academic Good Standing the subsequent quarter will be 
suspended from the program until such time they return to Good Standing. 
Courses used to raise the GPA must be approved by their academic advisor. 



272 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



4. Regents' Test 

Successful completion of the Regents' Test is a requirement for all students 
receiving a degree from the University System of Georgia. The School of Health 
Professions requires that a student must have passed both parts of the Regents' 
Test prior to their last quarter in their major. Failure to comply with this 
requirement will result in suspension from the program until such time that the 
exam is successfully completed. 

5. Exit Exam 

The University System of Georgia requires that all students take a comprehen- 
sive Exit Exam in their major field. The department of respiratory therapy uses 
a nationally validated exam for this purpose. The exit exam is administered 
during the spring quarter of the sophomore year. All students are required to 
pass this exam prior to the end of the spring quarter. 

The Georgia Board of Medical Examiners Legal Requirements 

The Board of Medical Examiners has the authority to refuse to grant a license to an 
applicant upon a finding by the board that the applicant has been convicted of any felony, 
crime involving moral turpitude, or crime violating a federal or state law relating to 
controlled substances or dangerous drugs. 

Unlicensed students may be employed as long as they work under direct supervision. 
Graduates must apply for a temporary permit in order to work following graduation. In 
order to attain a full license the applicant must be employed under medical direction and 
have earned the CRTT credential. 

It is a misdemeanor to practice respiratory care or falsely represent oneself as an RCP 
unless licensed by the board. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN 
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 59 

Area 1 10 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

Area II 5 

1. MATH 101 5 

Area III 15 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. POS 113 5 

3. PSY 101 or SOC 201 or ANT 201 5 

Area IV 26 

1. CHE 201, 202 8 

2. ZOO 208, 209, 211 13 

3. BIO 210 5 

AreaV 3 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. PE Activity Course 1 

B. Courses in the Major Field 65 

1. RT 120, 121, 150, 151, 152, 153, 155, 250; HP 240 32 

2. RT 221, 222, 223, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256 33 

C. Regent's Test and National Standardized 
Self Assess Exams 



TOTAL 124 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 273 



Course Offerings 

RT 150 Medical Terminology (3-0-3) 

Offered: Fall quarter. 

A study of the language of medicine: word construction; definition; abbreviations 
and symbols; and use of terms related to all areas of medical science, hospital service 
and the medical specialties. Open to non-majors. 

RT 151 Patient Assessment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 208, CHE 201, RT 150. 
Offered: Winter Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 151 is to teach the student the assessment skills required to 
evaluate and develop a respiratory care plan. By the completion of RT 151 the 
student will be able to: review the medical record, conduct a patient interview, 
perform a physical examination of the chest, monitor and interpret vital signs, 
perform ventilatory monitoring procedures, interpret arterial blood gases and 
interpret the chest x-ray. The content of RT 151 is essential to the student's 
progression to the clinical phase of the curriculum. 

RT 152 Respiratory Therapy Equipment (3-2-4) 

Prerequisite: CHE 202, RT 151. 

Offered: Spring Quarter. 

A course designed to focus on the technology and equipment used in providing 

respiratory care. The student will be able to select and obtain equipment appropriate 

to the care plan, assemble and check for proper function and identify and correct 

equipment malfunctions. Quality control and asepsis procedures will also be 

emphasized. 

RT 153 General Patient Care (3-2-4) 

Prerequisite: RT 151. 

Corequisite: RT 120, 152, ZOO 211. 

Offered: Spring Quarter. 

A course designed to focus on implementation and evaluation of the respiratory 

care plan. The student will develop the cognitive and technical skills necessary to 

initiate and evaluate the patient's response to: 02 therapy, CPR, aerosol and 

humidity therapy, bronchial hygiene, IPPB therapy and airway care. A protocol for 

initiating a change in the care plan will also be emphasized. 

RT 120 Applied Patient Care (0-8-2) 

Prerequisite: RT 151. 

Corequisite: RT 152, 153. 

Offered: Spring Quarter. 

A clinical practicum designed to orient the student to the hospital environment. Basic 

assessment skills and 02 rounds will be emphasized . Students will also participate in the 

cleaning, sterilization, assembly, and routine maintenance of equipment. 

RT 121 Applied Respiratory Care I (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 120. 
Offered: Summer Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 121 is to provide the student sufficient opportunities to apply the 
cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills developed in RT 152 and RT 153 in the clinical 
setting. By the completion of this course the student will be able to: collect data necessary 
for developing the care plan, implement the prescribed care plan, evaluate the patient's 
response to therapy and modify or recommend modification of the care plan based on 
patient response. By the completion of RT 121 the student will be able to demonstrate 
problem solving skills in the clinical setting. The clinical competencies developed in RT 
121 are a prerequisite for progression to the critical care component of the curriculum. 

RT 155 Diagnostic Procedures (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 152, 153, ZOO 211. 
Offered: Summer Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 155 is to teach the student the cognitive and psychomotor 
skills necessary to perform or assist the physician in performing diagnostic proce- 
dures in the blood gas, pulmonary function and cardiovascular labs. 



274 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



The student will also develop competencies in cardiovascular assessment. By the 
completion of this course the student will be able to interpret diagnostic data and 
apply it to patient care. 

RT 221 Applied Respiratory Care II (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 121, 154, 155. 
Offered: Fall Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 221 is to provide the student sufficient opportunities to 
apply the cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills developed in RT 251 and RT 
252 in the clinical setting. Emphasis will be placed on developing clinical competen- 
cies in the ICU, diagnostic lab and operating room setting. 

RT 250 Respiratory Pharmacology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: HP 240. 
Offered: Spring Quarter. 

Emphasis will be placed on drug groups commonly used in the prevention manage- 
ment, and diagnosis of patients with diseases that affect the cardiopulmonary 
system. Drugs which affect the CNS and respiratory center will also be discussed. 

RT 251 Care of the Ventilator Dependent Patient (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: RT 116, RT 121; Corequisite: RT 252, RT 221. 
Offered: Fall Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 251 is to teach the principles and management of the 
ventilator-dependent patient. Emphasis will be placed on recognizing indications 
for and initiating ventilatory support, monitoring and modifying ventilatory sup- 
port based on the patient's response and weaning from ventilatory support. Emphasis 
will be placed on developing the students' analysis and decision making skills. 

RT 252 Ventilator Technology (3-3-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 116, RT 121; Corequisite: RT 251, RT 221. 

Offered: Fall Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 252 is to teach the technical and psychomotor skills 

associated with life support technology. Emphasis will be placed on ventilator 

classification, modes and monitoring systems. Students will work with ventilators 

used in the community as part of their laboratory experience. Emphasis will be 

placed on developing the students' problem solving and decision making skills. 

RT 253 Advanced Critical Care (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: RT 221, 251, 252. 
Offered: Winter Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 253 is to teach the student how to evaluate the effect of 
mechanical ventilation on other organs or body systems and to apply that knowl- 
edge to the total care of the patient. The student will develop a broader base for 
understanding the total patient care plan. Emphasis will be placed on hemodynamic 
monitoring, critical care pharmacology, fluid balance, shock and trauma. 

RT 222 Applied Respiratory Care III (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 221, 251, 252. 

Offered: Winter Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 222 is to provide the student with sufficient opportunities 

to apply cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills to the care of the critically ill 

patient. The emphasis will be placed on patient monitoring and evaluating the effect 

of therapeutic procedures on other organs or body systems. 

RT 254 Perinatal Care (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 221, 251, 252. 
Offered: Winter Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 254 is to teach the student the cognitive, affective and 
psychomotor skills necessary to care for the critically ill pediatric patient and 
neonate. Emphasis will be placed on knowledge of ventilatory support equipment 
as well as techniques for initiation assessment, modification and discontinuation of 
ventilatory support systems. The student will also study embryology, assessment of 
the fetus in utero, complicated pregnancies and deliveries, resuscitation of the 
newborn and abnormal pathophysiologic states. 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 275 



RT 255 Cardiopulmonary Medicine (4-0-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 221, 251, 252. 
Offered: Winter Quarter. 

The primary goal is to focus on the pathophysiology associated with cardiopulmo- 
nary diseases or conditions commonly seen in the hospital setting. Emphasis will be 
placed on assessment, rapid recognition, intervention and management of potential 
life-threatening conditions. Emphasis will be placed on developing decision mak- 
ing and problem solving skills. 

RT 223 Applied Respiratory Care IV (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 222, 253, 254, 255. 
Offered: Spring Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 223 is to provide the student with sufficient opportunities 
to apply cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills in the care of the critically ill 
neonate and pediatric patient. Emphasis will be placed on care of patients requiring 
ventilatory support. Students will continue to develop their skills in the adult 
critical care unit. The student will also be oriented to the care of the chronically ill 
patient in the home or secondary care facility. 

RT 256 Seminar In Respiratory Care (2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: RT 222, 253, 254, 255. 
Offered: Spring Quarter. 

The primary goal of RT 256 is to provide an open forum for discussion of contem- 
porary issues facing the profession and the health care delivery system. Topics to be 
discussed include credentialing, gerontology and the health care needs of the 
elderly, the shift in focus from primary to secondary care facilities, care of ventilator 
dependent patients in the home and the impact of DRG's and the prospective 
payment system on the traditional respiratory care service. 



Program for the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Respiratory Care 

The Department of Respiratory Therapy has adopted the Career-Ladder model as its 
basis for accepting RRTS into the baccalaureate program. The purpose of this model is 
to enable registered respiratory therapists (RRTS) to advance their education minimiz- 
ing duplication of knowledge and skills and /or loss of credit while maintaining the 
integrity of the educational process. The RRT may receive advanced placement via 
equivalency credit. Applicants who graduated more than three years before admission 
will need to validate current practice. 

Program Goals 

1. Educate individuals who will be able to assume responsibility and contribute to the 
growth and development of respiratory care as a health care profession. 

2. Educate respiratory care providers in a scientific approach to problem-solving and 
patient care. 

3. Create an environment wherein students establish respect for the dignity and worth 
of the individual, an appreciation for cultural diversity, the capacity for critical 
thinking and a genuine desire for knowledge, and in which the individual realizes his 
or her potential. 

4. Educate individuals with the interpersonal and communication skills necessary to 
work effectively as a member of the interdisciplinary health care team. 

5. Provide the opportunity for students to develop competency in specialty areas related 
to respiratory care. 



276 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Admission Criteria 

• Earned Associate Degree in Respiratory Therapy 

• RRT credential 

• Completion of all baccalaureate core 

• Cumulative GPA > 2.5 

• Completion of a professional portfolio 

Equivalency Credit 

Equivalent credit will be awarded on an individual basis following evaluation of the 
candidate's academic transcript and professional portfolio. 

Professional Portfolio 

Each candidate is responsible for developing a professional portfolio as a part of the 
application process. Each portfolio should contain: 

1. Verification of RRT credential 

2. Notarized copy of associate degree 

3. Resume with complete work history 

4. Current job description 

5. Letter of recommendation from immediate supervisor 

6. Verification of current Georgia license 

7. Documentation of specialty credentials and in-house certification (i.e., ACLS, etc.) 

Curriculum 

COURSE OF STUDY 
A. CORE REQUIREMENTS 

AREA 1: HUMANITIES 20 

ENG101 5 

ENG 102 or 192 5 

ENG 201 or 292 5 

Elective from: Art 200, 271, 272, 273; 

DRS 201; MUS 200; PHI 201, 251 5 

AREA 2: MATH AND NATURAL SCIENCES 20 

MAT 101, 103 or 206 5 

MAT 220 5 

CHE 121 5 

CHE 122 5 

AREA 3: SOCIAL SCIENCES 20 

HIS 114 5 

HIS 115 5 

POS113 5 

PSY101 5 

AREA 4: COURSES APPROPRIATE TO MAJOR 30 

CS115 5 

ZOO 208 5 

ZOO 209 5 

BIO 210 5 

ECO 201 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

AREA 5: PHYSICAL EDUCATION 6 

PE 117 or 166 2 

Four activity courses 4 

TOTAL 96 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 277 



B. MAJOR FIELD 

RT 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 320, 321 34 

RT 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 

417, 420, 421, 422 42 

C. Regents' Test and Exit Examination 



TOTAL 76 

D. COURSES RELATED TO MAJOR 21 

CHE 202 3 

ZOO 211 3 

HP 200 3 

HP 410 2 

HS320 5 

HS430 5 



TOTAL HOURS IN MAJOR AND RELATED FIELD 97 



TOTAL HOURS FOR DEGREE 1 93 



Course Offerings 

RT 310 Medical Terminology (3-0-3) 

Offered Spring Quarter. 

A study of the language of medicine. A systems approach incorporating function of 
organ systems and basic anatomy used to emphasize medical terminology. Medical 
word building, definitions, and abbreviations are related to medical specialties 
including oncology, trauma, surgery, and diagnostics. 

RT 311 Patient Assessment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 310. 

Offered Fall Quarter. 

This course uses a problem-solving approach to the evaluation and treatment of 

patients with conditions affecting the cardiopulmonary system. Basic and advanced 

assessment and treatment techniques, testing and technology will be emphasized. 

Case studies will be used extensively as an instructional methodology. 

RT 312 Pulmonary Pharmacology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 310. 

Offered Fall Quarter. 

A course designed to establish general principles of pharmacology as a basis for an 

in-depth discussion of drugs used in the management of patients with respiratory 

and cardiopulmonary diseases. Emphasis will be placed on pharmaco-kinetics and 

pharmaco-dynamics. 

RT 313 Respiratory Care Equipment (3-2-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 310. 
Offered Fall Quarter. 

A comprehensive technical course focusing on theory of operation, application and 
evaluation of equipment used in providing respiratory care. A review of gas physics 
is followed by detailed lecture examination and laboratory application of the 
technology involved in gas therapy, humidity and aerosol therapy, manual venti- 
lation, airway management, hyperinflation therapy, chest physical therapy and 
related topics. Laboratory experience emphasizes equipment selection, trouble- 
shooting, quality control and asepsis. 



278 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



RT 314 Fundamentals of Patient Care (3-2-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 311, 312, 313, CHE 202. 
Corequisites: RT 320, 315, ZOO 211. 
Offered Winter Quarter. 

A course designed to prepare students for analysis and application of treatment 
plans for hospitalized patients. Critical thinking is emphasized in the process and 
protocols of caring for patients with varying pathologies. This includes patients 
requiring basic and advanced CPR and protocols in the emergency room. Patient 
care therapies that include 02, aerosol and humidity, bronchial hygiene, IPPB, 
airway care, body substance isolation, and infection control protocols. 

RT 315 Diagnostic Procedures (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 311, 312, 313, CHE 202. 

Offered Winter Quarter. 

This course uses a problem-solving, case-study approach to the evaluation and 

diagnosis of cardiopulmonary diseases. Emphasis will be placed on procedural 

protocols, analysis of results and application to the care plan. The pulmonary 

function module will be offered through distance learning technology. 

RT 320 Clinical Practicum I (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 310, 311, 312, 313, CHE 202. 
Corequisites: RT 314, 315, ZOO 211. 
Offered Winter Quarter. 

A clinical practicum designed to orient the student to the hospital environment. The 
primary goal of this practicum is to provide students sufficient opportunities to 
apply cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills such as patient assessment includ- 
ing a thorough chart review. Emphasis will also be placed on student awareness of 
the patient and monitoring system when providing 02 therapy, treatments (IPPB, 
Nebulizer, CPPD and SMI), and airway care (emergency equipment, endotracheal 
and tracheostomy care). In addition, students will learn emergency department 
protocols and attend grand rounds with the medical staff in areas of radiology, 
infectious pulmonary diseases and surgery techniques, particularly tracheostomy. 

RT 321 Clinical Practicum II (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 320, 314, 315, ZOO 211. 
Corequisites: RT 410, 411. 
Offered Spring Quarter. 

Emphasis in this clinical practicum is in the areas of patient care related to adult life 
support systems, operating room protocols, trend monitoring of the patient, and 
calibration and set up of mechanical ventilators. Analysis of patient data and how 
it is applied to decision making is also emphasized. The student is expected to 
continue to develop critical thinking skills as the patient in the critical care and 
operating room setting is integrated with life support and monitoring technology. 

RT 410 Ventilator Management (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: RT 314, 315, 320, ZOO 211. 
Corequisites: RT 321, 411, PSY 220. 
Offered Spring Quarter. 

This course uses a problem-solving approach to the initiation, management and 
discontinuation of mechanical ventilation. Emphasis will be placed on monitoring, 
evaluating patient response and modifying the care plan. Assessment, problem- 
solving and decision making skills will be developed through extensive use of case 
studies and computerized clinical simulations. 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 279 



RT 411 Ventilator Technology (3-2-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 314, 315, 320, ZOO 211. 
Corequisites: RT 410, 321. 
Offered Spring Quarter. 

A technically-oriented companion course for RT 410. The course begins with the 
history, terminology, fundamental principles and concepts of mechanical ventila- 
tors and related technologies. A thorough investigation of mechanical ventilation 
modes, modalities and adjuncts accompanies detailed presentation of their applica- 
tion in current generation ventilators. Laboratory experience emphasizes ventilator 
classification, evaluation/selection, management, trouble-shooting and technical 
aspects of selected devices. Students must demonstrate systematic ventilator sys- 
tem operational analysis, system modification, monitoring and management in a 
simulated intensive care environment. Lecture and laboratory work is supple- 
mented by substantial use of computer-assisted-instruction applications. 

RT 412 Cardiopulmonary Critical Care (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: RT 410, 411, 321. 
Corequisites: RT 413, 414, 420. 
Offered Fall Quarter. 

An advanced respiratory care theory course with emphasis in cardiopulmonary 
critical care. This course requires students to bring to bear technical expertise 
provided in previous clinical, laboratory and classroom courses and provides an 
opportunity to assess essential organ system performance and devise intervention 
strategies. Emphasis is on hemodynamic monitoring and evaluation, fluid manage- 
ment and cardiovascular pharmacology. Data gathering and evaluation, analysis 
and independent critical thinking as a team member in the management of the 
critically ill are prime goals of this upper division course. 

RT 413 Perinatal Care (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 410, 411, 321. 
Corequisites: RT 412, 414, 420. 
Offered Fall Quarter. 

Care of the pediatric and neonatal patient in the critical care unit is the emphasis of 
this course. Students must exhibit information gathering skills to enable them to 
analyze and apply methods for providing life support techniques to perinatal 
patients. Areas emphasized are: high risk deliveries (including C-sections), resus- 
citation initiation, management, and discontinuance of ventilatory support of both 
conventional and high frequency Jet ventilators. The use of current technologies in 
areas of surfactant replacement therapy, oximetry, airway maintenance, radiogra- 
phy assessment and pathologies common to the perinatal populations. 

RT 414 Research in Respiratory Care (2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: RT 410, 411, 420. 

Offered Fall Quarter. 

A survey of research designs, methods and evaluation techniques applicable to 

clinical and bench research. Emphasis will be placed on reading, evaluating and 

communicating research. Each student will do a critical review and design a 

research proposal. 

RT 415 Seminar in Respiratory Care (2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: RT 412, 413, 414. 
Offered Winter Quarter. 

A capstone course designed to discuss contemporary issues in the profession and 
prepare students for their credentialing exams. Three standardized exams includ- 
ing the exit exams will be administered. Emphasis will be placed on application and 
analysis levels of cognition. 



280 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



RT 416 Cardiopulmonary Medicine (3-2-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 412, 413, 414, 420. 
Offered Winter Quarter. 

This course uses a problem-solving case study approach to teach the pathophysiol- 
ogy associated with common conditions or diseases affecting the cardiopulmonary 
system. Assessment, rapid recognition, intervention and management of potential 
life-threatening events will be emphasized. Extensive review of the literature and 
clinical simulations required. 

RT 417 Issues in Respiratory Care (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 415, 416, 421, HS 320. 
Corequisites: HS 430, RT 422. 
Offered Spring Quarter. 

A course designed to prepare senior-level students for the dynamic evolution of 
respiratory care as a profession. A non-technical course synthesizing previous 
didactic courses and clinical experience and investigating professional develop- 
ment topics of importance to respiratory care practitioners in leadership roles. 
Subjects of concentration include ethics of patient care, professional behavior, 
medical /legal issues, cultural trends in health care, licensure, grief, information 
systems, reimbursement and performance evaluation. This is a highly participatory 
class making use of a variety of instructional strategies including individual and 
group projects, literature research, specialty speakers and instructional technology. 
Successful students will demonstrate professional growth and progress toward 
mastery of the interactive and behavioral skills of the health care leader. 

RT 420 Clinical Practicum III (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 410, 411, 321. 
Corequisites: RT 412, 413, 414. 
Offered Fall Quarter. 

This clinical practicum is designed to develop critical care skills related to the 
medical or surgical adult patient requiring continuous mechanical ventilation. 
Topics of emphasis include ventilator circuits and support equipment, ventilator 
management, ventilator maintenance, initial life support control settings, weaning 
from mechanical ventilation, trouble-shooting and monitoring. 

RT 421 Clinical Practicum IV (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 412, 413, 414, 420. 
Corequisites: RT 415, 416, HS 320. 
Offered Winter Quarter. 

A clinical practicum that emphasizes analysis of patient diagnosis and care plans in the 
perinatal area. Students participate in the management of critically ill neonates and 
pediatric patients on mechanical ventilators. In addition, students attend high risk 
deliveries in labor and delivery and round with the neonatologists, pediatricians and 
internists. Procedures where individual students assist and /or observe management of 
include: conventional and high frequency Jet ventilator systems, surfactant replace- 
ment, UAC/UVC line insertion, closed chest needle aspiration, nebulizer therapy, 
CPPD, 02 therapy, arterial and capillary blood sampling and analyzation, and CPR. 
Summative evaluations for adult care are also completed during this rotation in all three 
hospitals along with cardiac and pulmonary rehabilitation therapy. 

RT 422 Clinical Practicum V (0-24-6) 

Prerequisites: RT 415, 416, 421. 
Corequisites: RT 417, HS 430. 
Offered Spring Quarter. 

A capstone clinical rotation individually tailored to meet the professional develop- 
mental goals of each student. Students entering this clinical rotation are expected to 
have achieved the clinical performance of a registered respiratory therapist. This 
rotation allows intensive specialization in an area of emphasis such as sleep 
medicine, intensive care, cardiopulmonary rehabilitation, cardiopulmonary test- 
ing, management or education. Students are expected to actively seek and nurture 
mentoring relationships and to devise goals and objectives consistent with upper 
division clinical course work. Course proposals will be evaluated and modified by 
the director of clinical education. Professional attributes such as networking, 
innovative problem solving and critical thinking will be emphasized. 



$ 



It 




--- ' 



282 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Study Abroad Programs 

The Study Abroad Programs (SAP) of the University System of Georgia provide 
students with a multitude of opportunities to study abroad while earning academic 
credit toward completion of the degree requirements at their home campus. The SAP 
currently offer summer study abroad programs in Western and Eastern Europe, the 
Russian Federation, Estonia and the Baltic states, Canada, Israel, Argentina, Brazil, Costa 
Rica, Mexico, China, Japan, Australia, Ethiopia, Tanzania, and Ivory Coast. The SAP also 
offer quarter, semester, and academic year opportunities in several countries in Western 
Europe. 

Studying abroad enables students to increase knowledge of a foreign language, 
provides the opportunity to gain insights into the appreciation for the cultures and 
institutions of other peoples, facilitates the development of relevant career skills, and 
contributes to personal maturity, a sense of independence, self-knowledge, and confidence. 

The SAP are open to all undergraduate students with a minimum cumulative GPA of 
2.5; however, certain programs may require a higher GPA and completion of prerequi- 
sites. Graduate students are required to have a 3.0 GPA. Students in the University 
System of Georgia who are eligible for financial aid may use that aid toward the SAP 
programs. A limited number of scholarships are available from some System institu- 
tions. For further information, see the Vice President and Dean of Faculty, or contact the 
System Coordinator for Study Abroad Programs, International Services and Programs, 
the University of Georgia, Athens, GA 30602. Telephone: (706) 542-1557. FAX: (706) 
542-6622. 

The Freshman Experience 

Freshman Orientation Program 

In order to assist freshman students in making the transition to college, the college 
encourages new students to enroll in US 101. In addition to the course content, enrolled 
students will receive special advising and other services. The course is described as 
follows: 

US 101 University Studies: Strategies for Success (3-0-3) 

This course aims to provide the student with the skills, information, and guidance 
useful for success in college. It will focus on the purposes of higher education, the 
roles of the student, and the resources available within the university for academic 
success and career choices. 



Learning Support 

Faculty 

Geoffroy, Cynthia, Department Head 

Childress, Beth Oglesby, Edward 

Diaz, Donna McMillan, Charlotte 

Harris, Karl Remler, Nancy 

Jones, Dianne Richardson, Edwin 

Josten, Denice Smith, Carolyn 

The Learning Support Program is intended to serve students who are not prepared for 
Core Curriculum courses and need additional learning support in reading, mathematics, 
and English. Two categories of students may be served within the overall Learning 
Support Program, of which University System requiredLearning Support Courses make 
up a significant component. First, students are required to take Learning Support 
Courses when they fall below either the University System minimum requirements or 
Armstrong's minimum requirements on the CPE. Second, students may elect to take 






LEARNING SUPPORT 283 



Learning Support Courses without penalty in order to prepare for the core. The 
department also administers the Regents' Remediation course in Reading. 

Conditionally admitted students must enroll in accordance with the stipulations of 
their admission (see the Conditional Admission section of this catalog). Those entitled to 
Veterans Administration educational benefits may be certified for no more than 45 credit 
hours in departmental courses, if these courses are required for regular admission. At 
most, 15 hours may be certified in each of the English, mathematics, and reading areas. 

Students who enroll in Learning Support are limited to four attempts per area including 
required or voluntary participation. An "attempt" is defined as a course (equivalent to a five 
quarter institutional-credit hour course) in which a student receives any grade or symbol 
except "W". Students who do not exit a required Learning Support area after four attempts 
will be suspended from the College. Students who elect to enroll in Learning Support are 
limited to four attempts per area, but are not subject to suspension. 

Students who are enrolled in or wish to register for required Learning Support 
courses must come to the Learning Support Department for advisement. Students taking 
required Learning Suport courses are limited to 13 hours per quarter. Students taking 
Learning Support Courses after having earned 30 hours of coursework above the 99 level 
may register for only required Learning Support Courses. A complete list of Learning 
Support policies is available in the Department of Learning Support. 

Offerings 

LSE 099 Basic Composition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: See Learning Support Policies above. 
Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course is for the student who has already mastered the basic skills of compo- 
sition but who needs additional practice in developing the essay. It will help the 
student construct more mature and sophisticated sentence patterns, create coherent 
and well developed paragraphs, and organize paragraphs into essays. 

LSM 098 Introductory Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course offers a review of arithmetic integrated into an introductory algebra 
course. Topics include operations on signed numbers and simple polynomials, 
integer exponents, equations, word problems, factoring, some graphing, and simple 
radicals. This course is for required Learning Support students only. 

LSM 099 Intermediate Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Prerequisite: See Learning Support Policies above. 

Topics include rational expressions, factoring, linear equations and inequalities, quadratic 

equations, word problems, graphs of linear functions, rational exponents, and radicals. 

LSR 099 Strategies for College Reading (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course offers reinforcement of basic reading strategies required for both literal 
comprehension and critical thinking. These strategies will build on what each 
student already knows to facilitate increased vocabulary, recognition of main ideas, 
supporting details, organizational and rhetorical patterns, transitions, tone, pur- 
pose, fact and opinion, and inferences. 

RED 025 Regents' Reading Preparation (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course is for any student who must remediate following an unsuccessful 
attemp to pass the Regents' Test in Reading. The course covers comprehension 
strategies, vocabulary enrichment, test-taking techniques, and reading fluency. 



284 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

Basic Law Enforcement Certificate Program 

Criminal Justice Training Center 
Faculty 

Sewell, G. Gregory, Department Head 

Eustace, John Washington, Warren 

Keele, Robert Watkins, Maurice 

Sullivan, Wynn 

The Basic Law Enforcement Certificate Program enables students to become candi- 
dates for Georgia Law Enforcement Certification. 

Students wishing to enroll in this Certificate Program must come to the Criminal 
Justice Training Center for advisement. A detailed admittance package is also available 
at the Criminal Justice Training Center. 

Admission Requirements 

A. Traditional Applicants: 

1. High School diploma or have completed the GED satisfactorily. 

2. SAT/ACT scores are required. 

3. Exempt from the College Preparatory Curriculum requirements. 

4. CPE or COMPASS Examination required if SAT/ACT is lower than 430-verbal, 
and/or 400-math. 

B. Non-Traditional Applicants: (have not attended high school or college within the 
previous five years and have earned fewer than 15 transferable semester hours of 
college credit) 

1. High School diploma or have completed the GED satisfactorily. 

2. Exempt from SAT/ACT requirement and from College Preparatory Curriculum 
requirements. 

3. CPE or COMPASS Examination required unless student reports SAT/ ACT scores 
at the level of 430-verbal, and 400-math, or above. 

For students who take no courses with a Learning Support prerequisite in an area (or 
areas) the Learning Support requirements in that area (or areas) are not mandatory. 

C. Transfer Applicants: 

1 . Applicants with less than 30 transferable semester hours will be subject to traditional 
applicant standards unless they meet the definition of a non-traditional student. 

2. Applicants with 30 or more transferable semester hours must have at least a 2.0 GPA. 
*Any student admitted to a certificate program who chooses to pursue an Armstrong Atlantic 
State University degree must meet all university and program admission requirements. 

Offerings 

CJT 071 Basic Law Enforcement Services (6-1-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to the Basic Law Enforcement Mandate Training Program. 
An introduction to the fundamentals of criminal investigation, crime scene processing, 
fingerprinting, law enforcement, report writing, interviews and interrogation, and ethics. 

CJT 072 Basic Law (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to the Basic Law Enforcement Mandate Training Program. 
Designed to focus on the Georgia Criminal Justice System, Georgia Law, rules of 
evidence, criminal procedures, and officer liability. 

CJT 073 Basic Law Enforcement Procedures (5-V-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to the Basic Law Enforcement Mandate Training Program. 
This course covers the topics of cultural diversity, police patrol, courtroom testi- 
mony, NCIC/GCIC communications and officer survival. 

CJT 074 Basic Traffic Services (3-V-3) 

Prerequisites: Admission to the Basic Law Enforcement Mandate Training Program. 
Designed to focus on traffic enforcement, traffic control, motor vehicle law, and 
accident reporting. 



MILITARY SCIENCE 285 



CJT 075 Basic Law Enforcement Skills (3-V-3) 

Prerequisites: Admission to the Basic Law Enforcement Mandate Training Program. 
This course focuses on firearms, mechanics of arrest, first aid /CPR, stress reduction, 
and universal precautions. 

CJT 076 Community Relations (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: Admission to the Basic Law Enforcement Mandate Training Program . 
This course focuses on interpersonal communication skills, media relations, crisis 
intervention, community policing, crime prevention, hazardous materials, and 
mental retardation. 

CJT 077 Law Enforcement Practicum (O-V-6) 

Prerequisites: Admission to the Basic Law Enforcement Mandate Training Program. 
This course focuses on performance based training in the areas of firearms, crime 
scene processing, vehicle pullovers, fingerprinting, traffic direction and control, 
mechanics of arrest and booking procedures, critical incident management, hazard- 
ous materials and law enforcement report writing. 

Military Science 

Faculty 

Jones, Zane H., Captain, Department Head 

Davis, Thomas, Sergeant Major 
Turner, Kenneth, Sergeant First Class 

The Army Department of Military Science is a Senior Division Reserve Officer 
Training Corps (ROTC), Instructor Group, staffed by active Army personnel. The 
department provides a curriculum available to Armstrong State and Savannah State 
students that qualifies the college graduate for a commission as an officer in the United 
States Army, United States Army Reserve, or the United States National Guard. Quali- 
fying for a commission adds an extra dimension to the student's employment capability 
in that, upon graduation from the college, the student has either military or civilian 
employment options. Enrollment in Military Science classes is open to all students. 

The course of study offered in military science is designed not only to prepare both the 
student for service as a commissioned officer in the United States Army but also to provide 
knowledge and practical experience in leadership and management that will be useful in 
any facet of society. Male and female students are eligible for enrollment. Each student is 
provided with a working knowledge of the organization and functioning of the Depart- 
ment of Defense and the role of the U.S. Army in national security and world affairs. 

The course of study pursued by students during their freshman and sophomore years 
is the basic military science course and /or related skill activities. The course of study 
normally pursued by students during their junior and senior years is the advanced 
military science course. 

For selection and retention in the advanced course, a student must be physically 
qualified, should have maintained above average military and academic standing, and 
must demonstrate a potential for further leadership development. 

Graduates of the advanced course are commissioned second lieutenants in the United 
States Army, United States Army Reserve, or the United States National Guard in the 
branch of service most appropriate to their interests and academic achievements, 
consistent with the needs of the Army. Regardless of the Branch selected, all officers will 
receive valuable experience in management, logistics and administration. Graduates 
may be granted a delay in reporting for duty for graduate study, if requested. A small 
number of outstanding students are designated Distinguished Military Graduates and 
are offered commissions in the Regular Army each year. 

Basic Military Science 

Basic military science courses involve six quarters during the freshman and sopho- 
more years. The student learns leadership and management and acquires essential 



286 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



background knowledge of customs and traditions, weapons, map reading, tactics and 
survival. Equally important, these courses have the objective of developing the student's 
self-discipline, integrity and sense of responsibility. 

Advanced Military Science 

The general objective of this course of instruction is to produce junior officers who by 
education, training, attitude and inherent qualities are suitable for continued develop- 
ment as officers in the Army. There are two avenues available for the student to be eligible 
for entry into the advanced program and obtain a commission as a second lieutenant. 

(a) satisfactory completion of, or placement credit for, the basic program at Armstrong 
State or at any other school, college or university offering basic ROTC and meeting the 
entrance and retention requirements established by the Army. 

(b) to be an active duty veteran or junior ROTC cadet graduate eligible for placement credit. 

Placement 

Veterans entering the military science programs will receive appropriate placement 
credit for their active military service. Students who have completed military science 
courses in military preparatory schools or junior colleges may be given appropriate 
credit. Students with at least three years of high school ROTC may also be granted 
placement credit. Placement credit or six quarters of basic military science, or the 
equivalent thereof, is a prerequisite to admission into the advanced program. 

Alternate Programs for Admittance 

Students with two years of coursework remaining, but who have not completed basic 
military science, are eligible to be considered for selection into the advanced military 
science program. Those selected under the provisions of the two-year advanced program 
must satisfactorily complete a basic summer camp of six weeks duration prior to entering 
the advanced program. Students attending the basic camp at Fort Knox, Kentucky, are 
paid at active army rates and given a travel allowance from their home to camp and 
return. Attendance at Basic Camp is voluntary and incurs no military obligation until the 
student returns and decides to sign a contract to pursue a commission. 

Participating Students and Aliens 

Participating students are students who participate in Military Science courses but are not 
fully enrolled or are ineligible for enrollment in the ROTC programs. Participating and alien 
students may enroll in the Military Science classes provided they meet the requirements 
outlined in Army Regulations and are approved by the Department Head and /or school 
authorities. Although these students may enroll in military science classes, they may only 
participate in classroom instructions. They will not participate in any high risk training, drill, 
marching, leadership laboratories, field training exercises, voluntary programs, or attend basic 
or advanced camp . These students will also not be issued or wear the uniform, nor receive credit 
toward commissioning or enlisted grade status through completion of ROTC courses. 

Advanced Summer Camp 

Students contracting to pursue the advanced courses are required to attend advanced 
summer camp, normally between their junior and senior academic years at Fort Bragg, 
North Carolina. 

Financial Assistance 

All contracted advanced course cadets are paid a subsistence allowance of $100 per 
month while enrolled in the advanced course. 

Scholarship Program 

Each year the U.S. Army awards two- and three-year scholarships to outstanding 
young men and women participating in the Army ROTC program who desire careers as 



MILITARY SCIENCE 287 



Army officers. The Army pays tuition, fees, books and laboratory expenses incurred by the 
scholarship student. In addition, each student receives $100 per month for the academic year. 
The Savannah Volunteer Guards have established a full-tuition scholarship for qualified 
incoming freshmen enrolled in ROTC classes. No military obligation is incurred. The 
scholarship is for one year, with a possibility of renewal for the next school year. Individuals 
desiring to compete for these scholarships should apply to the Military Science Department. 

Army ROTC Uniforms, Books and Supplies 

Students enrolling in the Army ROTC program will be issued U.S. Army uniforms, 
books and supplies by the Military Science Department. No fees or deposits of any kind 
will be required. Uniforms must be returned before commissioning or upon disenrollment 
from the ROTC program. 

MIL Courses 

The basic course of six quarters duration consists of two hours of instruction work per 
week. Students acquire knowledge of military leadership, weapons, tactics, basic mili- 
tary skills, and physical fitness. In field training exercises, potential for leadership is 
progressively developed. Basic course students are invited and encouraged to attend 
military science leadership laboratories and physical training sessions. 

The advanced course consists of three hours of classroom work and one hour of 
leadership laboratory per week. During the spring quarter prior to advanced camp the 
student will enroll in MIL 323 to prepare for attendance at Advanced Camp. HIS 357 
(American Military History) is normally taken spring quarter of the senior year. The 
coursework during the advanced course emphasizes techniques and management and 
leadership and the fundamentals and dynamics of the military team. Field training 
exercises provide the student with applied leadership experiences. Participation in 
leadership laboratories and physical training sessions are mandatory. 

Professional Military Education (PME) Requirements 

The Army's Professional Military Education requirements are established to provide 
cadets with the training and enrichment necessary to successfully compete in the Army. 
In addition to completing a baccalaureate degree, the cadet must complete one under- 
graduate course from each of the five designed fields of study (Some of these requirements 
may be waived for nursing majors). The five PME designated fields of study are listed 
below and the courses that meet the Cadet Command PME requirement: 

A. Written Communications Skills: ENG 101, ENG 102, and ENG 192. 

B. Human Behavior: PSY 101, SOC 201, HIS 114, HIS 115, and ANT 201. 

C. Math Reasoning: MAT 101 and MAT 103. 

D. Military History: HIS 357. 

E. Computer Literacy: CS 115, CS 120, CS 142, and CS 296. 

Minor Concentration 

The department offers a minor in Military Science. The program is designed to 
prepare the student for a commission in the United States Army and is offered to, but not 
required of, those students participating in the advanced course of Army ROTC instruc- 
tion. Whatever the major, a Military Science minor will strengthen the student's 
management, leadership, and interpersonal communication skills. The minor requires: 

Twenty credit hours with grades of "C" or better in any of the following upper 
division military science courses: 321, 322, 323, 421, 422, 423, and HIS 357. 

Offerings 

MIL 121 Introduction to Mountaineering (1-2-2) 

Prerequisite: Enrollment is restricted to ROTC-eligible freshmen (and sophomores 
who are compressing MSI and MSII level courses) who desire to pursue to commis- 
sion in the U.S. Army. 



288 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Instruction and practical exercises introducing the fundamentals of mountaineer- 
ing (climbing, rappelling, belaying, and rope-bridging techniques). Emphasis is 
placed on knot-tying, safety procedures, and the use of group dynamics to expand 
the learning experience in a wilderness environment. One weekend field trip is 
required. Acceptable as a P.E. requirement. 

MIL 122 Introduction to the Army (2-1-2) 

Instruction provides a basic understanding to the U.S. Army and its role in national 
defense. The course includes a study of the Army ROTC organization and branches of the 
U.S. Army, map reading, customs and traditions of the service, military writing, physical 
fitness, leadership drill and ceremonies, conduct and inspection, role of the Army 
National Guard and Army Reserves, and the role of the non-commissioned officer. This 
course includes a mandatory leadership laboratory for students pursuing a commission. 

MIL 123 Basic Military Leadership (2-1-2) 

Instruction covers the fundamentals of Army leadership and management tech- 
niques. This is accomplished through lectures and discussions on leadership and 
management theories, special readings, and student presentations. One weekend 
field training exercise (FTX) and attendance at leadership laboratory are mandatory 
for students pursuing a commission. 

MIL 221 Land Navigation/Map Reading (2-1-2) 

This course consists of a study of Land Navigation to include map reading and 
orientation, including practical land navigation exercises. Attendance at leadership 
laboratory is encouraged for students pursuing a commission. 

MIL 222 Individual Military Skills (2-1-2) 

This course consists of the study of and practical application of basic military skills 
to include basic first aid, survival, and individual tactical skills. Attendance at 
leadership laboratory is encouraged for students pursuing a commission. 

MIL 223 Basic Tactics (2-1-2) 

This course consists of a study of basic organization, tactics, and operational 
procedures executed at the (Light Infantry) platoon level. This course includes a 
mandatory leadership laboratory for students pursuing a commission. 

MIL 225 Basic Military Skills Practicum (V-V-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: Must be an academic sophomore or junior. 
A six-week training and leadership development program which will qualify 
students for entry into the ROTC advanced course of study. Encampment and 
training is conducted at Ft. Knox, KY. Grading for this course will be done on a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Instruction and evaluation is accomplished by 
U.S. Army personnel assigned to the U.S. Army ROTC Cadet Command. 

MIL 321 Advanced Tactics I (3-2-3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of the Basic Course or equivalent and approval of the 
Department Head. 

Instruction and practical exercises on the fundamentals of leadership and leaders 
role in directing individuals and small units in offensive and defensive tactics. 
Emphasis is placed on developing and executing orders under a given scenario, and 
troop leading procedures. Land navigation and communication subjects are in- 
cluded in the course. This course includes a mandatory leadership laboratory and 
attendance at physical training sessions. 

MIL 322 Advanced Tactics II (3-2-3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of the Basic Course or equivalent and approval of the 
Department Head. 

Instruction and practical exercises on the fundamentals of leadership and the 
leader's role in directing small and large units in offensive and defensive tactics. 
Emphasis is placed on squad tactical reaction, patrolling techniques, and conduct- 
ing after-action reviews. This course includes a mandatory leadership laboratory 
and attendance at physical training sessions. 

MIL 323 Advanced Military Leadership (3-2-3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of the Basic Course or equivalent and approval of the 
Department Head. 

Instruction and practical exercises on management, leadership, and motivation tech- 
niques which relate to both civilian and military environments. Emphasis is placed on 
Green lab leadership and leadership assessment. Course includes subjects deemed 
necessary as final preparation for advanced summer training. This course includes a 
mandatory leadership laboratory and attendance at physical training sessions 






NAVAL ROTC PROGRAM 289 



MIL 325 Military Skills Practicum (V-V-5) 
Summer. 

Prerequisites: MIL 323 and approval of the Department Head. 
The study and practical application of military skills and leadership ability during 
a six-week encampment experience. Grading for this course will be done on a 
satisfactory /unsatisfactory basis. Instruction and evaluation is jointly accomplished 
by Department staff and selected ROTC personnel assigned to 1st Region. 

MIL 421 Command and Staff Operations (3-2-3) 

Prerequisites: MIL 321 and 322 or approval of the Department head. 

This course provides the MS IV cadet with instruction in the Army Command and 

staff functions. Military and professional knowledge topics include: write in the 

Army style, write an After Action Report, oral communications, conduct briefings, 

prepare to and conduct training, evaluate training, and the Leadership Assessment 

Program. Attendance at leadership laboratory and physical training sessions is 

mandatory. 

MIL 422 Leadership and Management (3-2-3) 

Prerequisites: MIL 321 and 322 or approval of the Department Head. 
This course consists of study of military law, the law of war and basic professional 
knowledge an individual needs in order to be a professional officer. Attendance at 
Leadership Laboratory and physical training sessions is mandatory. 

MIL 423 Transition to an Army Lieutenant (1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: MIL 321 and 322 or approval of the Department Head. 
This course prepares and assists MS IV cadets in their transition from cadet/student 
to commissioned officer/professional. Attendance at leadership laboratory and 
physical training sessions is mandatory. 

Naval ROTC Program 

Faculty 

CDR Welch C. Fair, Jr., USN, Department Head 

CDR Hicks, James M., USN LT Bernard Doctor, USN 

CPT Heard, Drexel D., USMC 

General 

Naval Reserve Officer Training Corps (NROTC) prepares students for commissioned 
service as regular or reserve officers in the Navy or Marine Corps. 

Students enrolled in NROTC are referred to as Midshipmen (MIDN) or as Naval 
Science Students (NSS) and are classified based on Naval Science academic status as 
follows: 

ASC Student NROTC Midshipmen 

Senior 1 /C (First Class) 

Junior 2/C (Second Class) 

Sophomore 3/C (Third Class) 

Freshman 4/C (Fourth Class) 



290 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 

Naval Science Curriculum 
Basic Program 

ALL MIDSHIPMEN 

Hours 

A. Naval Science 24 

NSC 101, 102, 103 9 

NSC 210, 202, 203 15 

B. Advanced Program-Navy Option 20 

NSC 301, 302, 303 12 

NSC 401, 402, 403 8 

C. Advanced Program-Marine Corps Option 14 

NSC 303, 304, 305 8 

NSC 404, 405 6 

D. Additional and Substitute Requirements 

NSC 450 Naval Drill (0-2-0), required each academic term by all midshipmen. 
NSC 103, 303, and 450 satisfies 6 hours of physical education requirements. 

E. Navy Scholarship Midshipmen 

(1) Requirements 53 

Math 206-207-208 (to be completed by end of Sophomore Year) 15 

Physics 217-218-219 (to be completed by the end of Junior Year) 18 

Computer Science 136 or 142 or 246 or 120 5 

Must complete HIS 357 and PSC 201 (SSC) 10 

Must complete one academic term in a major Indo-European or 

Asian Language prior to commissioning 5 

(2) Navy Option in a non-technical curricula shall complete a sufficient 
number of technical electives from the below list to comprise 50 per- 
cent of all electives not required by the academic major or NROTC 
Program. Calculus and Physics courses count towards satisfying this 
requirement: 

Business (SSC): BAD 331, 332, 416 

Chemistry: any listed course 

Math, Physics, Physical Science: any listed courses except Math 290, 391, 

and 393. 

Computer Science: CS 120, 136, 142, 246 

Engineering Courses: Any listed course except EGR 100, 170, 171 

Navy College Program Midshipmen (nonscholarship) 

Must complete 1 year of Math, college algebra or higher, by the end of the Junior Year 
and 1 year Physical Science by the end of the Senior Year as a requisite for commissioning. 
The Physical Science requirement can be met by completing a one-year sequence, or two 
courses, in any area of physical science. One Mathematics course may be selected from 
the fields of computer science or statistics. 

Marine Corps Option 

All students shall take, during the Junior or Senior year, HIS 201 and PSC 201 (SSC). 
(Courses must be approved by the Marine Corps Officer Instructor and should not create 
an academic overload (increase time required for degree completion/commissioning 
and/or require student to carry more than 18 hours). 

NROTC Uniforms, Books, and Instructional Materials 

Will be issued at no cost to Naval Science students. Uniforms must be returned before 
commissioning or upon disenrollment from the NROTC Program; books and other 
instructional materials must be returned at the end of each academic term. 



NAVAL ROTC PROGRAM 291 



Scholarship Program 

Two and three-and-a-half year scholarships that pay tuition, fees, books and labora- 
tory expenses, in addition, scholarship midshipmen also receive a $100 per month tax 
free stipend during the academic year. 

Financial Assistance 

All midshipmen in the advanced NROTC Program (Junior and Senior Years) are paid 
a $100 per month tax free subsistence allowance (same as $100 per month stipend for 
scholarship midshipmen). 

Summer Training Cruises 

All scholarship midshipmen will go on Summer Training Cruises each year. While on 
summer training, midshipmen will be paid active duty Navy rates and will be provided 
travel, room and board at government expense. 

4 and 2- Year NROTC Programs 

4-year program students enroll in the program as Freshmen and participate until 
graduation. 

2-year program students enter the program after they complete approximately 90 
hours (end of Sophomore year) and complete a six-week professional, academic, and 
physical training program conducted each summer by the Navy, normally in Newport, 
RI and referred to as Naval Science Institute (NSI). Academic work at the Naval Science 
Institute is the equivalent of the NROTC basic course and 18 hours of credit will be given 
to students who successfully complete NSI. 

Naval Science Offerings 

NSC 101 Introduction to Naval Science (2-1-3) 

Introduce midshipmen to NROTC Program mission, organization, regulations, and broad 
warfare components of the naval service. Included is an overview of officer and enlisted rank 
and rating structure, training and education, promotion and advancement, and retirement 
policies. The course also covers naval courtesy and customs, a study of the organization of 
the naval service, career opportunities, and the duties of a Junior Officer in the naval 
service. Students are familiarized with the major challenges facing today's naval officer, 
especially in the areas of leadership and human resources management. Fall, Winter. 

NSC 102 Seapower and Maritime Affairs (5-0-5) 

A survey of American Naval and Maritime history from the American Revolution to the 
present with emphasis on major developments. Attention will be focused on Mahan's 
geopolitical theory; economic and maritime forces; U.S. military and maritime strategy; and 
a comparative analysis of American and Soviet maritime strategies. Winter. 

NSC 103 Basic Sailing I (Classroom) (1-1-1) 

A basic foundation course that provides students with the fundamental knowledge and 
skills to be a competent crew member. The course covers the basic theory of sailing, 
nomenclature, seamanship, boat equipment and safety, and inland waters navigation 
rules for sailing craft. An "A" crew qualification will be issued upon completion. 
Prerequisite: Student must be a certified third class swimmers. Fall, Spring. (PE Credit) 

NSC 201/202 Navigation I & II (3-2-5) 

An in-depth study of piloting and celestial navigation theory, principles, and 
procedures. Students learn piloting navigation: the use of charts, visual and elec- 
tronic aids, and the theory and operation of magnetic gyro compasses. Celestial 
navigation is covered in-depth including the celestial coordinate system, an intro- 
duction to spherical trigonometry, the theory and operation of the sextant, and a 
step-by-step treatment of the sight reduction process. Students develop practical 
skills in both piloting and celestial navigation. Other topics discussed include tides, 
currents, effects of wind and weather, plotting, use of navigation instruments, types 
and characteristics of electronic navigation systems. Fall, Winter sequences. 



292 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



NSC 203 Leadership and Management I (5-0-5) 

A comprehensive study of the principles and concepts of institutional management, 
organizational and human behavior, and effective leadership. Students will de- 
velop additional knowledge and practical skills in the areas of communication 
theory and practices; Human Resources Management; Stress Management; Coun- 
seling; Group Dynamics; and the nature and dynamics of individual and institutional 
change, human resistance to change and the strategy for implementing change. 
Spring. (BAD 362 Organizational Theory and Behavior offered at the School of 
Business (SSC) will substitute for this course. 

NSC 301 Naval Ships Systems I (Engineering) (5-0-5) 

A detailed study of ship characteristics and types including ship design, hydrody- 
namic forces, stability, compartmentation, propulsion, electrical and auxiliary 
systems, interior communications, ship control, and damage control. Basic concepts 
of the theory and design of steam, gas turbine, and nuclear propulsion, shipboard 
safety and firefighting are also covered. Spring. 

NSC 302 Naval Operations (5-0-5) 

A study of the international and inland rules of the nautical road, relative-motion 
vector-analysis theory, relative motion problems, formation tactics, and ship em- 
ployment. Also included is an introduction to Naval Operations and aspects of ship 
handling and afloat naval communication. Prerequisites: NSC 201-202. Winter. 

NSC 303 Intermediate Sailing (On-water) (1-3-2) 

Basic hands-on sail training leading to qualification as "B" skipper qualification. 
Practical skills to be mastered consist of rigging and sailing from a pier: sail to weather; 
sail two figure eight courses with two tacks and two jibes; man overboard maneuver; 
a capsize; and return to dock and secure. Prerequisites: NSC 103. Spring. (PE credit) 

NSC 304/305 Evolution of Warfare I & II (3-0-3) 

This course historically traces the development of warfare from the dawn of recorded 
history to the present, focusing on the impact of major military theorists, strategists, 
tacticians, and technological developments. Students acquire a basic sense of strategy, 
develop an understanding of military alternatives, and become aware of the impact 
of historical precedent on military thought and actions. Fall, Winter. 

NSC 306 Marine Corps Laboratory (0-3-0) 

A course for Marine Corps Option students which stresses the development of 
leadership, moral, and physical qualifications necessary for service as Marine Corps 
officers. Practical laboratory exercises in mission and organization of the Marine 
Corps, duties of interior guards, introduction to military tactics, troop leadership 
procedures, rifle squad weapons and theory of physical conditioning program. This 
course serves to prepare students for the Marine Corps Summer Training at Officer 
Candidate School (BULLDOG). Spring. 

NSC 401 Naval Ships Systems II (Weapons) (5-0-5) 

This course outlines the theory and employment of weapons systems. Students 
explore the processes of detection, evaluation, threat analysis, weapon selection, 
delivery, guidance, and naval ordinance. Fire control systems and major weapons 
types are discussed. The concepts of command-control-and- communications are 
explored as a means of weapons systems integration. Winter. 

NSC 402 Naval Operations Laboratory (0-1-0) 

Practical laboratory exercises conducted in a dynamic, composite and time oriented 
fleet environment to further develop and improve surface warfare skills for Navy 
Option midshipmen. Winter. 

NSC 404/405 Amphibious Warfare I & II (3-0-3) 

A historical survey of the development of amphibious doctrine and the conduct of 
amphibious operations. Emphasis is placed on the evolution of amphibious warfare 
in the 20th century, especially during World War II. Present day potential and 
limitations on amphibious operations, including the rapid deployment force con- 
cept. Fall, Winter. 

NSC 406 Advanced Leadership and Management I (1-0-1 ) 

A study of leadership, accountability, responsibility, loyalty, ethics, and navy core 
values. 



NAVAL ROTC PROGRAM 293 



NSC 407 Advanced Leadership and Management II (1-0-1) 

A study of leadership /motivation, counseling, crisis decision making, and equal 
opportunity. 

NSC 408 Advanced Leadership and Management 111 (1-0-1) 

A study of the tools, techniques, and traits of leadership with an emphasis on drug 
and alcohol abuse, financial management, military justice, and naval human 
resource management. 

NSC 450 Naval Drill (0-2-0) 

Introduces students to basic military formations, movements, commands, courte- 
sies and honors, and provides practice in Unit leadership and management. Physical 
conditioning and training are provided to ensure students meet Navy /Marine 
Corps physical fitness standards. Successful completion of three quarters of this 
course by NROTC students satisfies the College's six hour Physical Education 
requirement. NSC 450 is required each quarter for all NROTC students (450.1 for 
Freshman and Sophomores; 450.2 for Junior and Seniors). 



■B^^"^^™ 



294 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 








** 



■ 

H 



v 




296 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



FACULTY ROSTERS 



Permanent, Full-Time Members of the Teaching Corps or 
Administrative Staff 

(This list includes only individuals who have faculty voting privileges. The number 
in parentheses after the names represents the initial year of employment at Armstrong 
State College. Asterisk indicates full graduate faculty status.) 



Adams, Laurie McRae (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Radiation Therapy 
M.S., The University of North Florida 
B.S., University of Central Florida 

Aenchbacher, Louis E., Ill (1980) 

Athletic Director 

Associate Professor of Physical Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 

M.Ed., University of Georgia 

B.S., Armstrong State College 

*Agyekum, Stephen K. (1979) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., University of Georgia 
A.B., Johnson C. Smith University 

Andersen, Jody C. (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy 
Ph.D., Ohio University 
M.S., Texas Women's University 
B.S., Mankato State University 

'Anderson, James N. (1985) 
Head of Art & Music Department 
Professor of Music 

Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 
M.M., University of Houston 
B.M.E., Wichita State University 

♦Andrews, Carol M. (1988) 
Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., Furman University 

*Arens, Olavi (1974) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Columbia University 
M.A., Columbia University 
A.B., Harvard University 

Awong-Taylor, Judy (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.S., University of Florida 
B.S., University of the West Indies 

*Baker, Christopher P. (1994) 

Head of Languages, Literature and Dramatic Arts 

Professor or English 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina 
M.A., University of North Carolina 
B.A., St. Lawrence University 

Ball, Ardella P. (1968) 

Associate Professor of Library Science 
Sc.D., Nova University 
M.S., Atlanta University 
A.B., Fisk University 



'Barnard, Jane T. (1980) 

Associate Professor of Mathematics and 

Computer Science 

Ed.S. Georgia Southern College 
M.S., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Georgia Southern College 

*Battiste, Bettye A. (1980) 
Head of Curriculum and Instruction 
Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed., State University of New York 
B.S., Savannah State College 

Bennett, Katherine (1997) 

Associate Professor of Criminology 
Ph.D., Sam Houston State University 
M.C.J., University of South Carolina 
B.S., University of South Carolina - 
Spartanburg 

Bergin, Joyce (1992) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., East Texas State University 
M.Ed., William and Mary College 
MLS Texas Woman's University 
B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 

*Beumer, Ronald J. (1975) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of Arkansas 
B.S., University of Dayton 

Bjorn, Edith (1990) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ph.D., State University of New York 
M.S., State University of New York 
M.Ed., East Stroudsburg State College 
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College 

Blossman, M. Ellen (1995) 

Associate Professor of Spanish 
Ph.D., Louisiana State University 
M.A., Louisiana State University 
B.A., Louisiana State University 

Bowers, Ross L., Ill (1979) 

Head of Respiratory Therapy Department 
Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 

MHS, Armstrong State College 

B.S., Georgia State University 

Brandt, Patricia (1995) 

Assistant Dean of Education 
Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Florida Atlantic University 
M.S., California State University 
B.A., Houghton College 






FACULTY 



297 



Brewer, John G. (1968) 

Acting Head of Chemistry Department 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 

M.S., University of Georgia 

B.S., University of Georgia 

Brooks, Donna (1995) 

Associate Professor of Speech Correction 
Ph.D., Purdue University 
M.A., Hampton Institute 
B.S., Hampton Institute 

Brown, George E. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 
M.S.S.W., Atlanta University 
B.S.W., Armstrong State College 
A.B., Armstrong State College 

Brush, Sabitra S. (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.S., Florida State University 
B.S., University of the West Indies 

Buck, Joseph A., Ill (1968) 

Vice President for Student Affairs 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., Florida State University 
B.A., Auburn University 

*Buck, Marilyn M. (1974) 

Assistant Dean of Health Professions 

Professor of Nursing 

Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Boston University 

*Burnett, Robert A. (1978) 

President 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina 
M.A., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Wofford College 

*Butler, Frank A. (1985) 

Vice President and Dean of Faculty 

Professor of Physics 
Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic 
B.S.E.S., University of Miami 

*Bykat, Alexander (1992) 

Callaway Professor of Computer Science 
Ph.D., University of London 
M.Sc, University of London 
B.Sc, City of Leicester Polytechnic 

*Byrd, James T. (1990) 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.S.P.H., University of North Carolina 
A.B., University of North Carolina 

Caldwell, Eva (1987) 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Armstrong State College 



Canning, Rick (1996) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., University of Illinois 
M.A., University of Missouri-Columbia 
B.A., Oklahoma Christian College 

Carpenter, Suzanne (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Organic and General 

Chemistry 

M.S., University of North Carolina-Chapel 

Hill 
B.S., Auburn University 
A. A., Lake-Sumter Junior College 

Cato, Thomas (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Art 
M.Ed., Valdosta State College 
B.F.A., Valdosta State College 

Chenault, George S. (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ph.D., University of Iowa 
M.Ed., South Carolina State College 
B.S., South Carolina State College 

Childress, Beth (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Reading 
M.A., New York University 
B.A., Temple University 

Clancy, Frank M. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., Villanova University 
B.S., Villanova University 

Clark, Sandra H. (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Armstrong State College 

Coberly, Patricia (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Middle School 
Education 

Ed.D., University of Arkansas 

M.Ed., University of Arkansas 

B.S., Arkansas Tech University 

Coleman, Jo Ann (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Middle Grades 

Education 

Ed.D., East Texas State University 
M. A.T., University of Texas 
B.A., East Texas State University 

Comaskey, Bernard J. (1966) 

Assistant Professor of History 
M.A., New York University 
B.A., Fordham College 

Connor, Sara E. (1980) 

Assistant to the Vice President 

Professor of Nursing 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 

Conway, Marian (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Georgia College 



298 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



*Cooksey, Thomas L. (1987) 

Associate Professor of English and 

Philosophy 

Ph.D., University of Oregon 
M.A., California Polytechnic State 

University 
B.A., University of California 

Cornell, Marsha (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N., University of Evansville 
B.S.N. , University of Evansville 

*Cosgrove, Maryellen S. (1989) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ph.D., University of Connecticut 
M.A., University of Connecticut 
B.S., University of Connecticut 

Cottrell, Isabel D. (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Spanish 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.A., University of Texas at Arlington 
B. A., University of Texas at Austin 

Counsil, Roger L. (1991) 

Professor of Physical Education 
Ed.D., Indiana University 
M.S., Southern Illinois University 
B.S., Southern Illinois University 

Coursey, Teresa (1971) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., West Liberty State College 

Crosby, Joseph (1995) 

Assistant Professor of Health Services 
Administration 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 

B.S., University of Georgia 

Cross, Deanna S. (1989) 

Associate Degree Nursing Program 

Coordinator 
Associate Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., Boston College 

M.S.N., Boston College 

B.S.N., University of Akron 

*Dandy, Evelyn B. (1974) 

Professor of Education 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.Ed., Temple University 
B.S., Millersville State College 

Deaux, Patricia M. (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina 
B.F.A., University of Georgia 

Deaver, William (1994) 

Assistant Professor of Spanish 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.A., University of Virginia 
B.A., University of Virginia 

Diaz, Donna P. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

M.S., University of Southern Mississippi 
B.S., Mississippi College 



DiGioacchino, Rita (1995) 

Assistant Professor of Health Science 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina - 
Columbia 

M.P.H., University of South Carolina - 
Columbia 

B.S., State University of New York - 
Geneseo 

*Donahue, Michael E. (1993) 

Head, Government Department 
Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 
Ph.D., Michigan State University 
M.S., University of South Carolina 
B.A., University of North Carolina- 
Charlotte 

Douglass, W. Keith (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
M.A., Syracuse University 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

Dubus, Judy (1990) 

Reference / Bibliographic Instruction 

Librarian 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 

M.S., Florida State University 

A.B., University of Georgia 

Dumpe, David (1995) 

Assistant Professor of Health Science 
Administration 

Ph.D., Kent State University 

M.S., University of Northern Colorado 

B.A., Capital University 

*Duncan, John D. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Emory University 

M.A., University of South Carolina 

B.S., College of Charleston 

Dunn, Barbara (1994) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S., St. Louis University 
B.S., Maryville College 
A. A., Maryville College 

Dutko, Kathleen (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.A., New York University 
B.S.N. , Niagara University 

Edenfield, Suzanne (1983) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Fertig, Barbara (1992) 

Assistant Professor of History 

Ph.D., George Washington University 
B.S., Skidmore College 

Finlay, Mark (1992) 

Assistant Professor of History 
Ph.D., Iowa State University 
M.A., Iowa State University 
B.A., Grinnell College 



FACULTY 



299 



Ford, Elizabeth J. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Winthrop College 

Frazier, Douglas R. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.L.S., University of Washington 
B.A., Western Washington State College 

Garcia, Migdalia (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Coordinator of the SSU Collaborative Teacher 

Preparation Program 

Ed.D., Vanderbilt University 

M.Ed., University of Puerto Rico 

B.A, University of Puerto Rico 

Gehrm II, John A. (1992) 

Vice President for College Advancement 
M.Ed. Salisbury State University 
B.S. Salisbury State University 

Geoffroy, Cynthia D. (1978) 

Head of Department of Learning Support 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

M.S., University of South Carolina 

B.A., Westfield State College 

Gibson, Sharyn (1983) 

Head of Radiologic Technologies Department 

Assistant Professor of Radiologic Technologies 

M.H.S., Armstrong State College 

B.S., St. Joseph's College 

A. A., Armstrong State College 

Green, Rachel (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Art 
M.F.A., University of Georgia 
B.F.A., Middle Tennessee State University 

Guillou, Laurent J., Jr. (1970) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University 
M.S., Louisiana State University 
B.S., Louisiana State University 

Hansen, John R. (1967) 

Professor of Mathematics 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S., Troy State College 

Hardegree, Lester E., Jr. (1982) 

Director of Medical Technology Program 
Assistant Professor of Medical Technology 

M.Ed., Georgia State University 

B.S., Medical College of Georgia 

B.S., University of Georgia 

Harris, Henry E. (1966) 

Assistant Dean of Arts and Sciences 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 
B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 

Harris, Karl D. (1971) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Tennessee 
B.A., Carson-Newman College 



Harris, Robert L. (1981) 

Professor of Music 
D.M.A., University of Washington 
M.M., University of the Pacific 
B.M., University of the Pacific 

*Hart, Marcella (1986) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
M.N., University of Washington 
B.S.N., St. John College 

*Harwood, Pamela L. (1985) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
M.A., Appalachian State University 
B.S., Appalachian State University 

* Hendricks, Christopher E. (1993) 

Assistant Professor of History/Historic 

Preservation 
Ph.D., The College of William and Mary 
M.A., The College of William and Mary 
B.A., Wake Forest University 

*Hizer, Todd J. (1989) 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Old Dominion University 

Hobe, John J. (1991) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of San Francisco 
M.A., California State University 
B.S.Ed., Bowling Green State University 

Holcomb, Gary (1996) 

Assistant Professor of English 

Ph.D., Washington State University 
M.A., California State University 
B.A., California State University 

Zollinger, Karen (1990) 

Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D., University of Illinois 
M.A., Loyola University 
B.A., Loyola University 

*Hollis, Selwyn L. (1991) 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Hopkinson, Caroline (1989) 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

M.L.I.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee 
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison 

Hopper, Keith (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M.A., Boise State University 
B.S., Boise State University 

Howard, Thomas (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Historical Geography 

Ph.D., University of California 

M.A., University of California 

M.A., University of Chicago 

B.A., University of Chicago 



300 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Hyde, Linda (1995) 

Assistant Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University 
B.A., University of Delaware 

Jacobs, Cynthia (1994) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
M.A., Columbia University 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Jamison, Carol P. (1993) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M. A., University of South Alabama 
B.A., University of Montevallo 

Jaynes, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 

M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Appalachian State University 

Jensen, John G. (1985) 

Associate Professor of Art 
M.F.A., University of Arizona 
B.S., University of Wisconsin 

"Jensen, Linda G. (1985) 

Associate Professor of Art 

M.F.A., Memphis State University 
M.A.T., Memphis State University 
B.A.E., University of Mississippi 

Jodis, Stephen (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
Ph.D., Auburn University 
M.S., Auburn University 
B.C.P.E., Auburn University 

Jones, Dianne (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., William Carey College 
B.S., Mississippi State University 

Jones, Lynda B. (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.Ed., Armstrong State College 

Josi, Don (1996) 

Associate Professor of Criminology 
Ph.D., University of California - Irvine 
M.A., California State University 
B.A., California State University 

Josten, Denice (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Reading 
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University 
M.M., Southern Illinois University 
B.M., Southern Illinois University 

Kearnes, John (1988) 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

Ph.D., University of Utah 

M.A., Andrews University 

B.A., Union College 

Keller, Carola (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , University of Virginia 



Kempke, Suzanne (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Biology 
M.S., University of Illinois 
M.A., Northwestern University 
A.B., University of Illinois 
B.S., University of Illinois 

Khan, Ritin (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., George Washington University 
M.A., The American University 
B.S., University of Patna, India 

*Kilhefner, Dale Z. (1973) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science 
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Purdue University 
M.Ed., Washington State University 
B.S., Elizabethtown College 

Kingery, Dorothy (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., Georgia College 
B.S., University of Alabama 

Knorr, Virginia W. (1973) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.S., University of Tennessee (Knoxville) 
B.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga) 

Kolodny, Robert A. (1991) 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., Queens College of New York 

Koth, Andreas W. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Georgia Southern College 

*Lake, David (1994) 

Head of Physical Therapy Department 
Professor of Physical Therapy 

Ph.D., Texas Tech University 

M.S., Indiana State University 

B.S., University of California 

Lander, Jennifer (1994) 

Associate Professor of Physical Therapy 
Ed.D., Nova University 
M.S., Long Island University 
B.S., Indiana University 

*Lane, Joseph M., Jr. (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Lanier, Osmos, Jr. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.A., LaGrange College 






FACULTY 



301 



Lariscy, Michael L. (1976) 

Associate Professor of Physical Education 
Acting Head, Division of Physical Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Larson, Brett A. (1991) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., University of Oregon 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Lee, Byune Moo (1981) 

Director ofLibrary Services 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

M.L.S., University of Wisconsin 

B.A., University of Wisconsin 

B.A., Yon Sei University 

*Lefavi, Robert (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Health Science 
Ph.D., Auburn University 
M.B.A., Nova University 
B.S., Univerity of Florida 

Leo, John (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Ph.D., Louisiana State University 
M.S., Louisiana State University 
B.A., Whitman College 

Lynch, Will E. (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., Wayne State University 
B.A., Kalamazoo College 

MacGowan, Catherine E. (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
M.S., University of Colorado 
B.S., University of Michigan-Dearborn 

Marinara, Martha (1993) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., Lehigh University 
M.A., Southern Connecticut State University 
B.A., Southern Connecticut State University 

*Martin, Grace B. (1980) 

Head of Division of Social and Behavioral Sciences 
Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

M.S., Florida State University 

B.A., Armstrong State College 

Martin, Keith W. (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Engineering Studies 
Ph.D., Clemson University 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Martin, William B. (1980) 
Assistant Professor of English 

M.A., Duke University 

B.A., Armstrong State College 

Massey, Carole M. (1976) 
Baccalaureate Degree Nursing Program 
Coordinator 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 



McCormick, Cynthia (1989) 

Coordinator of Psychology 
Assistant Professor of Psychology 

M.A., Georgia Southern University 

B.A., Armstrong State College 

B.A., Regis College 

McMillan, Charlotte (1992) 

Associate Professor of English 

M.A., State University of New York 
B.A., University of California 

McMillan, Tim (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.S., University of Florida 
B.S., University of South Carolina 

*Megathlin, William L. (1971) 

Dean of Academic and Enrollment Services 
Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 

M.Ed., University of Georgia 

B.A., Presbyterian College 

Mellen, Peter J. (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Drama /Speech 
Ph.D., Bowling Green State University 
M.A., Bowling Green State University 
B.A., Bowling Green State University 

Mengle, Janice (1984) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Miller, Mary (1970) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Virginia 

Mincer, Andi Beth (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy 
M.S., Georgia State University 
B.S., University of Florida 
A. A., Pensacola Junior College 

Moore, Marsha S. (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Education and Teacher 
Induction Program 
M.Ed., SSC-ASC (Now SSU-AASU) 
B.A., Columbia College 

Munson, Richard E. (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science 
Ph.D., Rutgers University 
M.S., Rutgers University 
B.A., Houghton College 

*Murphy, Dennis D. (1981) 

Professor of Criminal Justice 
J.D., University of Florida 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.A., University of Florida 

Murray, Eric (1993) 
Assistant Professor of Physics 

Ph.D., Cornell University 

M.S., Cornell University 

B.S., Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology 



302 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Neuman, Bonnie (1990) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ph.D., Wayne State University 
M.S.N. , Wayne State University 
B.S.N., University of Michigan 

*Newberry, S. Lloyd (1968) 

Dean of Education 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S.Ed., University of Georgia 

Noble, David (1969) 

Professor of German and Latin 
Ph.D., McGill University 
A.M., Boston University 
A.B., Boston University 
Diploma Litterarum Latinarum, 
Pontificia Universitas Gregoriana 

Nordenhaug, Erik (1995) 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
Ph.D., Emory University 
M.A., Emory University 
B.A., Mercer University 

*Nordquist, Richard F. (1980) 

Assistant Dean, Academic Services 

Professor of English 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., University of Leicester 
B.A., State University of New York 

Norsworthy, Gary (1980) 

Dean, Coastal Georgia Center 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.A., Florida State University 
B.A., Florida State University 

Oglesby, Edward (1994) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., Savannah State College 
B.S., Savannah State College 
B.A., Savannah State College 

Ouzts, Susan (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

*Palefsky, Elliot H. (1971) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
Ed.S., Georgia Southern College 
Ed.M., Temple University 
B.S., University of Georgia 

*Patterson, Robert L. (1966) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.A., University of Kentucky 
B.A., Kentucky Wesleyan 

Phillips, Anthony B., CPT (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
B.S., Albany State College 



Powell, Catharine L. (1991) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ed.D., Indiana University 
M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.S.N. , DePauw University 

Price, Michael E. (1993) 

Assistant Professor of History 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., University of Georgia 
B.A., Kansas State University 

Pruden, Ethel B. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.N., University of South Carolina 
B.S.N., SUNY- Buffalo 

*Pruden, George B v Jr., (1982) 

Professor of History 
Ph.D., American University 
M.A., American University 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.A., Wake Forest 

Raines, Helon (1994) 

Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D., University of Denver 
M.A., University of Southern Mississippi 
B.S., Mississippi Southern College 

Reilly, Nancy E. (1990) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ph.D., University of Michigan 
M.S., University of Michigan 
B.S.N. , Georgetown University 

Relyea, Kenneth (1990) 

Head of Biology Department 
Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., Tulane University 

M.S., Florida State University 

B.A., Florida State University 

Remler, Nancy (1992) 

Assistant Professor of English 

M.A., Georgia Southern University 
B.S.Ed., University of Georgia 

*Repella, James F. (1976) 

Dean of Health Professions 

Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania 
B.S.Ed., Temple University 

*Rhee, Steve Y. (1974) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Missouri 
M. A., University of Oregon 
B.A., University of Oregon 

Richardson, Edwin G. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Maine 
B.A., University of South Florida 

Roberts, Lynn T. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 



FACULTY 



303 



Rodgers, Anne T. (1985) 

Professor of Medical Technology 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.A.T., University of Massachusetts 
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University 

*Roesel, Rosalyn L. (1984) 

Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., North Texas State University 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 

Saadatmand, Yassaman (1989) 

Associate Professor of Economics 
Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 
M.B.A., James Madison University 
B.S., National Iranian Oil Company 
College of Finance 

Sajwan, Maria (1992) 

Interlibrary Loan/Bibliographic Instruction 

Librarian 
M.L.S., University of Kentucky 
B.A., Colorado State University 

Schmidt, John C. (1979) 

Professor of Art 
M.F.A., Ohio University 
B.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University 

Schollaert, Warren L. (1989) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Roosevelt University 
B.A., Arizona State University 

Schuberth, Christopher A. (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Science Education 
Director of Troops to Teachers Program 

M.S., New York University 

B.S., City College of the City of New York 

*Schultz, Lucinda D. (1986) 

Professor of Music 

D.M. A., University of Coloradoo 
M.M., Colorado State University 
B.S., Dickinson State College 

Sconduto, Leslie (1995) 

Assistant Professor of French 

Ph.D., Rutgers, State University of New Jersey 
M. A., Rutgers, State University of New Jersey 
B.A., Augsburg College 

Shipley, Charles (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 

Science 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska 
M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 
M.A., University of Nebraska 
B.A., University of North Dakota 

Silcox, Elaine (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.S.N. , University of Florida 



*Simon, Emma T. (1974) 

Dean of Graduate Studies 

Professor of Health Science 
Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.H.E., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Sisson, Michelle W. (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S.Ed., University of Georgia 

Skidmore-Hess, Daniel (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
M.A., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., Oberlin College 

Smith, Carolyn G. (1977) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Smith, James (1990) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., Berry College 

Smith, William J., Jr. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Medical University of South 
Carolina 

Stegall, John L. (1981) 

Vice President for Business and Finance 
M.B. A, University of Georgia 
B.S., Indiana State University 

* Stern, Camille P. (1991) 

Graduate Nursing Program Coordinator 

Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., University of Texas 
M.S.N., University of Alabama 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 

Stevens, Mary Elizabeth (1995) 

Instructor of Library Science 
M.S., University of North 
M.S., Syracuse University 
B.A., Michigan State University 

*Stone, Janet D. (1975) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph.D., Emory University 
M.A., Purdue University 
A.B., Randolph-Macon Women's College 

Strauser, Edward B. (1991) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., State University of New York 
M.S., Canisius College 
B.S., State University of New York 

*Streater, James, Jr. (1988) 
Head of Health Science Department 
Associate Professor of Health Science 
Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.A., University of South Carolina 



304 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Taggart, Helen M. (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N. , Georgia Southern University 
B.S.N. , Armstrong State College 

*Tanenbaum, Barbara G. (1972) 

Head of Dental Hygiene Department 

Professor of Dental Hygiene 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 

Taylor, Stephen A. (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
B.A., Oswega State College 

Thompson, Anne W. (1994) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy 
M.S., Duke University 
B.S., College of William and Mary 

Thorne, Francis M. (1965) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., Stetson University 

*Tilson, Elwin R. (1982) 

Professor of Radiologic Technologies 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., San Francisco State University 
B.S., Arizona State University 

Tucker- Viar, Debbie A. (1995) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy 
M.D., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 

Wacker, Jonathan (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
Ph.D., Indiana University 
M.M., University of Nevada 
B.M., North Texas State University 

Walker, Deborah J. (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Pennsylvania State University 
B.S., University of Michigan 

Wallace, Richard (1995) 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., Clemson University 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Walworth, Margaret E. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., Clemson University 
B.S., Clemson University 

Wambold, Constance A. (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Speech Correction 
M.S., Towson State University 
B.A., Molloy College 

Weiner, Steven (1995) 

Assistant Professor of Organic /Biochemistry 
Ph.D., Brown University 
B.A., Brandeis University 



Welsh, John A., Ill (1967) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., Davidson College 

*Wheeler, Ed R. (1987) 

Head of Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

B.A., Samford University 

White, Christopher (1993) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
D.M.A., University of Colorado 
M.M., University of Northern Colorado 
B.M., University of Northern Colorado 

White, Laurie (1989) 

Associate Professor of Computer Science 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.S., University of Florida 
B.A., University of Virginia 

White, Nancy A. (1994) 

Head of History Department 

Professor of History 
Ph.D., The American University 
M.A., The American University 
B.A., Mount Holyoke College 

White, Susan S. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Winthrop College 

*Whiten, Morris L. (1970) 

Professor of Physics 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georia 

Williamson, Jane B. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S.N., University of Georgia 

Winterhalter, Teresa (1994) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., University of Rochester 
M.A., University of Rochester 
M.A., SUNY Cortland 
B.A., SUNY Brockport 

Worley, Milton (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Middle School 
Education 

Ed.D., Oklahoma State University 

M.Ed., Phillips University 

B.S., Phillips University 

Wright, Janet (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S., Syracuse University 
B.S.N., Syracuse University 

Wright, Linda (1994) 

Professor of Health Science 
Ph.D., Texas Tech University 
B.S., Eastern New Mexico University 



FACULTY 



305 



Wynn, Gail G. (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., Louisiana State University 
M.S., Louisiana State University 
B.S., Oglethorpe University 

*Yentsch, Anne (1992) 

Associate Professor of Historical 
Archaeology 

Ph.D., Brown University 

M.A., Brown University 

M.A., University of Miami (Florida) 



Zipperer, Freya M.J. (1996) 

Assistant Professor of Secondary Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.A., Armstrong State College (Now 
AASU) 

Zipperer, William C. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 



Emeriti Faculty 



Anderson, Donald D. (1966-1992) 

Dean of Community Services & Registrar 
Emeritus 

Beecher, Orson (1942-1982) 

Professor of History Emeritus 

Bell, Dorothy G. (1969-1991) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing Emerita 

Brooks, Sammy Kent (1966-1990) 

Professor of English Emeritus 

Brower, Moonyean (1967-1995) 

Associate Professor of Biology, Emerita 

Coyle, William (1957-1987) 

Professor of Political Science Emeritus 

Davenport, Leslie B., Jr. (1958-1983) 

Professor of Biology Emeritus 

Davis, Lamar W. 

Professor of Business Administration 
Emeritus 

Findeis, John (1968-1995) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus 

Gadsden, Ida (1956-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Harmond, Thelma (1963-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Killorin, Joseph I. (1947-1988) 

Professor of Philosophy & Literature Emeritus 

Lawson, Cornelia (1972-1987) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Magnus, Robert E. (1973-1991) 

Professor of Criminal Justice Emeritus 

McCarthy, John C. (1962-1990) 

Professor of Political Science Emeritus 



McClanahan, Billie F. (1981-1989) 

Assistant Professor of English Emerita 

Pendexter, Hugh III (1965-1983) 

Professor of English Emeritus 

Pingel, Allen L. (1969-1992) 

Professor of Biology Emeritus 

Propst, H. Dean (1969-1979) 

Professor of English, Vice President and 
Dean of Faculty Emeritus 

Robbins, Paul (1966-1986) 

Professor of Chemistry Emeritus 

Robinson, Aurella (1972-1986) 

Associate Professor of Education Emerita 

Sartor, Herman (1964-1981) 

Professor of Education Emeritus 

Sims, Roy Jesse (1955-1990) 

Professor of Physical Education Emeritus 

Stephens, Jacquelyn (1979-1990) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Stratton, Cedric (1965-1993) 

Professor of Chemistry Emeritus 

Strozier, Robert (1955-1959; 1965-1995) 

Professor of English, Emeritus 

Tapp, Lawrence (1959-1994) 

Professor of Physical Education Emeritus 

Warlick, Roger (1970-1994) 
Professor of History Emeritus 

Winn, William (1957-1971) 
Professor of Mathematics Emeritus 

Worthington, Clarke Stuart (1967-1993) 

Professor of Psychology Emeritus 



306 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Board of Regents Staff of the University System of Georgia 

Dr. Stephen R. Portch Chancellor 

Dr. Arthur N. Dunning Senior Vice Chancellor for Human and External Resources/Acting Deputy 

Dr. Martha T. Nesbitt Special Assistant to the Board of Regents 

Mr. Thomas E. Daniel Vice Chancellor of External Affairs 

Mr. T. Don Davis Associate Vice Chancellor of Human Resources 

Dr. Lindsay A. Desrochers Senior Vice Chancellor for Capital Resources/Treasurer 

Mr. William K. Chatham Vice Chancellor - Facilities 

Dr. James L. Muyskens Senior Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs 

Dr. Barry A. Fullerton Vice Chancellor - Student Services 

Dr. J. B. Mathews Vice Chancellor - Information /Instructional Technology /CIO 

Dr. Cathie M. Hudson Associate Vice Chancellor - Planning and Policy Analysis 

Dr. Joan M. Elifson Senior Policy Associate 

University System of Georgia 

244 Washington St., S.W. 

Atlanta, Georgia 30334 

Officers of Administration 

Robert A. Burnett President 

Frank A. Butler Vice President and Dean of Faculty 

John L. Stegall Vice President for Business and Finance 

Joseph A. Buck Vice President for Student Affairs 

John A. Gehrm II Vice President for College Advancement 

William L. Megathlin Dean, Academic and Enrollment Services 

Vacant Dean, College of Arts and Sciences 

S. Lloyd Newberry Dean, College of Education 

James F. Repella Dean, School of Health Professions 

Emma T. Simon Dean, School of Graduate Studies 

Sara Connor Assistant Vice President 

William P. Kelso Assistant to Vice President for Student Affairs 

Patricia A. Brandt Assistant Dean, School of Education 

Henry Harris Assistant Dean, School of Arts and Sciences 

Marilyn Buck Assistant Dean, School of Health Professions 

Richard Nordquist Assistant Dean, Academic Services and Nontraditional Learning 

Gary F. Norsworthy Dean, Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Education 

Kim West Registrar and Director of Admissions 

Gregory Anderson Director, Academic Orientation and Advisement 

Lynn Benson Director, Counseling Services 

Eddie Aenchbacher Director, Athletics 

Lorie Durant Director, Career Services 

Mark Eversoll Director, Computer and Information Services 

Daniel Harrell Director, Financial Services 

Al Harris Director, Student Activities 

Jan Jones Director, Disability Services 

Byung Moo Lee Director, Library Services 

Vacant Director, Alcohol and Drug Education 

Lauretta Hannon Director, Public Relations 

William Cebie Smith Director, Alumni Affairs and Annual Fund 

Alfred Owens Director, Minority Affairs and Minority Recruitment 

David Faircloth Director, Plant Operations 

Brad Burnett Director, Financial Aid and Veterans Affairs 

Ellen Struck Director, Human Resources 

Joann Windeler Director, Business and Auxiliary Services 

Ed Lyons Director, Public Safety 

Stephen Whalen Assistant Director, Public Service Center 

Renee Hutson Director, Elderhostel 



THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM 



307 



Institutions of the University System of Georgia 
Comprehensive and Special Purpose Universities 

Athens 30602 Atlanta 30303 

University of Georgia — h; BJ,M,S,D Georgia State University — A,B,J,M,S,D 

Atlanta 30332 Augusta 30912 

Georgia Institute of Technology — h; B,M,D Medical College of Georgia — h; A,B,M,D 

Regional Universities 

Statesboro 30460 Valdosta 31698 

Georgia Southern University— h; Valdosta State University— h; A,B,M,S,cD 

A,B,M,S,cD 



State Universities and Senior Colleges 



Albany 31705 

Albany State University — h; B,M 
Americus 31709 

Georgia Southwestern State University — h; A,B,M,S 
Augusta 30910 

Augusta State University — A,B,M,S 
Carrollton 30118 

State University of West Georgia — h; A,B,M,S 
Columbus 31993 

Columbus State University — A,B,M,S 
Dahlonega 30597 

North Georgia College and State University — h; A,B,M 
Fort Valley 31030 

Fort Valley State University — h; A,B,M 



Marietta 30061 

Kennesaw State University — A,B 
Marietta 30060 

Southern Polytechnic State University — h; A,B,M 
Milledgeville 31061 

Georgia College and State University — h; A,B,M,S 
Morrow 30260 

Clayton College and State University — A,B 
Savannah 31419 

Armstrong Atlantic State University — h; A,B,M 
Savannah 31404 

Savannah State University — h; A,B,M 



Two- Year Colleges 



Albany 31707 

Darton College — A 
Atlanta 30310 

Atlanta Metropolitan College — A 
Bainbridge 31717 

Bainbridge College — A 
Barnesville 30204 

Gordon College — h; A 
Brunswick 31523 

Coastal Georgia Community College — A 
Cochran 31014 

Middle Georgia College — h; A 
Dalton 30720 

Dalton College — A 
Decatur 30034 

Dekalb College — A 



Douglas 31533 

South Georgia College — h; A 
Gainesville 30503 

Gainesville College — A 
Macon 31297 

Macon College — A 
Rome 30163 

Floyd College — A 
Swainsboro 30401 

East Georgia College — A 
Tifton 31793 

Abraham Baldwin Agri. College — h; A 
Waycross 31501 

Waycross College — A 



On-Campus Student Housing Facilities Degrees Awarded: A - Associate: B - Baccalaureate; 
J - Juris Doctor; M - Masters; S - Specialist in Education; D - Doctorate 
cD - Doctorate offered in cooperation with a University System university, 
with degree awarded by the university 



308 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Board of Regents 

Allgood, Thomas F., Sr Tenth 

Anderson, John H., Jr State at Large 

Baranco, Juanita Powell, Vice Chair Eleventh 

Cannestra, Kenneth W Sixth 

Clark, John Howard Eighth 

Clark, S. William, Jr. M.D First 

Coleman, J. Tom, Jr State at Large 

Dahlberg, A.W. "Bill" Fourth 

Elson, Suzanne G State at Large 

Hand, Elsie P Second 

Jenkins, Edgar L Ninth 

Jones, Charles H State at Large 

Leebern, Donald M., Jr., Chair State at Large 

McMillan, Elridge W Fifth 

Rhodes, Edgar L Seventh 

Turner, William B Third 



GLOSSARY 309 



GLOSSARY OF TERMS 

academic advisement: students meet with an advisor each quarter before registering for 
courses (departmental advising for students who have declared a major, Advisement 
Center for students who have not, Learning Support for students required to take 
Learning Support courses) to discuss the classes planned for the next quarter. Advising 
ensures students are fulfilling academic progress requirements for their degree. 

academic probation: a status that indicates students are not maintaining the required 
minimum GPA. The first time a student falls below the required GPA he or she is placed 
on Good Standing with Warning. Failure to raise the adjusted GPA to the required level 
during the next quarter will result in Academic Probation. Students on Academic 
Probation are not in Good Standing. 

academic suspension: status given to students on academic Probation who neither 
achieve the required adjusted GPA nor earn at least a 2.0 grade point average during the 
probationary period. Such students will need to appeal to continue attending college. 

accredited: a designation that an institution has been evaluated and met criteria set by 
an independent oversight agency. The Commission on Colleges of the Southern Associa- 
tion of Colleges and Schools rules on accreditation for Armstrong State College. 

ACT- American College Testing: a standardized exam that tests verbal and math skills. 

add (a class): students may sign up for another class after their initial registration. 

adjusted GPA: the total honor points earned divided by the total hours attempted, with 
hours and honors points for repeated courses not duplicated in the calculation (see GPA) 
Includes transfer hours credited to the student's course of study at Armstrong. 

advance registration: an early registration period, usually about six weeks prior to the 
start of the quarter, available to currently enrolled students. Also known as pre- 
registration. 

area of concentration: a part of the course of study required for the Bachelor of General 
Studies degree; any minor approved by the Board of Regents can be chosen. 

Associate of Arts Degree (AA): a program of study lasting two years (full-time that 
completes a student's core curriculum requirements. 

Associate Degree (AD): a program of study lasting two years (full-time) in a specific 
discipline also known as a career degree, the program of study is designed to prepare 
students for immediate employment (see Associate of Applied Science and Associate of 
Science Degrees. 

Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS): a program of study lasting two years (full- 
time) in a specific discipline (see Associate Degree). 

Associate of Science Degree (AS): a program of study lasting two years (full-time) in a 
specific discipline (see Associate Degree). 

auditing: attending a class without receiving credit. Students must be enrolled, receive 
permission from the instructor, declare audit status at the time of registration, and pay 
the tuition and fees for the class. 

baccalaureate: a program of study lasting four years (full-time) consisting of two years 
of core curriculum and two years of courses in an area of specialization or major (see 
Bachelor of Arts/Science Degrees). 

Bachelor of Arts Degree (BAVBachelor of Science Degree (BS): a program of study 
lasting four years (full-time) consisting of two years of core curriculum and two years of 
courses in an area of specialization or major also referred to as a "Bachelor's Degree" or 
baccalaureate degree. 

Board of Regents: the governing board of the University System of Georgia. 



310 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



certification programs: a course of study, shorter than a degree, leading to specialization 
in a field. Certification programs at the College include teacher certification and radio- 
logical technician certification. 

CHAOS (Communication, Help, Advisement, Orientation and Service): an orientation 
program held during the summer for new students. CHAOS leaders are students who 
have been trained to run these orientation sessions. 

challenge exams: available only for specific courses, usually for students who have 
experience in a certain field. Students passing this type of exam would be exempt from 
certain basic classes. 

CLEP — College Level Examination Program: a standardized test used to determine 
proficiency in a specific area of study. If students score at a certain level on a CLEP test, 
they will receive credit for a class in that subject area In some areas, students will be 
required to pass a higher level course with a minium grade before CLEP credit is given. 

CPC — College Preparatory Curriculum: a high school course of study required of all 
students graduating from high school in the spring of 1988 or later. Course requirements 
include English, math, science, social sciences and foreign languages. CPC requirements 
apply to students with a GED who would have graduated in 1988 or later. 

CPE — College Placement Exam: establishes students' proficiency levels in reading, 
English and math. Based on the scores received, students may be required to take 
Learning Support courses. This exam is given to students before their first quarter. 

conditional admission: admission status of students who do not qualify for regular 
admission because of low SAT or ACT scores and /or grade point average (GPA). 

core curriculum: a broad-based course of study required of all students pursuing a 
Bachelor's degree. Courses come from the areas of the humanities, social sciences, and 
math and natural sciences for a total of 90 quarter hours. 

delayed admission: admission status of students who have not attended high school or 
college within the last five years and have earned fewer than 20 transferable credits. 
These applicants are not required to take the SAT or ACT, but will take the College 
Placement exam (CPE). 

Doctorate of Philosophy: a program of study lasting three or more years (full-time in a 
specific area of specialization. This degree is attempted after a Master's degree and 
usually requires a dissertation for completion of the degree. 

drop (a class): students may decide not to take a class they signed up for. 

early admission: a program for high school students who have not completed the 
eleventh grade and who have demonstrated outstanding academic potential. High 
school students are allowed to take a maximum of two college courses each quarter. 

exit exams: exams given by a department to graduating seniors to determine minimum 
levels of competency in the major subject area. 

freshman: student who has earned fewer than 45 quarter hours. 

full-time: students taking 12 or more quarter hours of classes. 

GED — General Education Development: an equivalent to the high school diploma; 
students must produce GED scores for admission. 

good standing: a status that indicates students are maintaining the required minimum 
GPA. 

good standing with warning: status given to students whose GPA falls below the 
required GPA for the first tie. 



GLOSSARY 311 



GPA (Grade Point Average): a point system used to determine the average of all grades 
a student has received for one quarter or for an entire college career. To determine GPA, 
honor points are awarded based on each grade received, which are totaled then divided 
by the number of hours attempted. 
graduate work: refers to any studies done toward a master's degree or PhD. 

GRE — Graduate Record Exam: a standardized exam that tests verbal and math skills, 
usually used as part of the admissions process for graduate school. 

honor points: the points earned based on the letter grade and quarter hours credited for 
a course. Used to determine GPA. 

independent study: classes that permit students to pursue individual research and 

reading in their major field. Permission from the department head or the professor is 

required. 

in-state tuition: rate of tuition paid by Georgia residents. Non-residents, in special cases, 

may receive an out-of-state tuition waiver which would allow them to pay the in-state 

tuition rate. 

intramurals: organized competitive sports activities coordinated though the Depart- 
ment of Athletics. Open to all interested students. 

joint enrollment: a program for high school students who have completed the tenth 
grade and have demonstrated outstanding academic potential. This program allows 
students to enroll full-time at the College while remaining on the rolls of a local high 
school. At the end of their freshman year students receive their high school diploma. 

junior: student who has earned between 90 and 134 quarter hours. 

major: an area of concentrated study in a degree program approved by the Board of 
Regents. For a major program, a department will require from 15 to 30 quarter hours of 
specific courses or approved elective courses in related fields and may require language 
courses reaching the degree of proficiency specified by the department. Total require- 
ments in the major and related fields may not exceed 85 quarter hours. 

Master's degree (MA, MS, MEd): a program of study lasting two years (full-time) in a 
specific area of specialization. This degree is attempted after a Bachelor's degree and may 
require an in-depth research paper or thesis for completion of the degree. 

minor: an optional course of study chosen in addition to a major consisting of 20 specified 
quarter hours in an area of study different from the students' major. Minors are approved 
by the Board of Regents. 

out-of-state tuition: rate of tuition paid by students who are not legal residents of 
Georgia. 

part-time: students taking fewer than 12 quarter hours of classes. 

pre-professional programs: courses appropriate for the first two years of baccalaureate 
programs not offered among degree programs here at the College, such as business, 
engineering, forestry, pharmacy and physical therapy Also includes study appropriate 
for dentistry, law, medicine, veterinary medicine and other professional fields. 

pre-registration: an early registration period available to currently enrolled students. 
Also known as advance registration. 

prerequisite: a course required before a more advanced course may be taken. Prerequi- 
sites are listed in the catalog under course descriptions. 

programs of study: refers to specific majors or areas of study, usually leading to a degree, 
that are offered by the College. 

provisional admission: admission status of students who have not completed the 
college prep curriculum (CPC) upon entering the College. College level courses to fill 
these deficiencies must be taken immediately (See CPC). 



31 2 ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



quarter hours: the approximate number of hours spent each week in a particular class. 
Also used to determine the total number of hours students register for. 

quarter system: a school term based on approximately ten weeks, with four sessions per 
year. 

readmission: students who have attended Armstrong in the past, but have not taken 
classes at the College for two or more quarters, not including summer quarter. 

Regents' Test: an exam measuring minimum writing and reading skills given to all 
students in the university System of Georgia. At ASC, this exam is required after a 
student has completed 45 quarter hours. 

registration: a time to enroll for specific classes for the next quarter. Regular registration 
is held each quarter the day before classes begin. 

regular admission: admission status for students who, upon entrance to the College, 
have the required standardized test scores (SAT Verbal 380/SAT Math 380 or ACT 
English 20/ACT Math 18), required grade point average (2.0), have completed the 
required college prep curriculum (see CPC), and have not been out of high school more 
than four Years. This status will be awarded to other students upon completing 30 hours 
of college credit with a 2.0 grade point average. 

residency: students are considered residents of Georgia if they have lived in Georgia at 
least one year and consider Georgia their home. Students who have not lived in Georgia 
for one year or who are just coming to Georgia for their education and plan to move back 
to another state after graduation are not considered residents. 

ROTC — Reserve Officer Training Corps: a curriculum available to students at 
Armstrong and Savannah State that qualifies students for a commission as an officer in 
the US Army, Army Reserves, US Navy, Naval Reserves or US National Guard after 
graduation. 

SAT — Scholastic Aptitude Test: a standardized exam that tests verbal and math skills. 
Scores are used to determine admission status for freshmen. 

semester system: a school term based on approximately 15 weeks, including two regular 
sessions each year plus a short summer session. 

senior: student who has earned 135 or more quarter hours. 

short course: a continuing education course that does not award college credit though 
it may award continuing education units. 

sophomore: student who has earned between 45 and 89 quarter hours. 

transcript: an official record of all courses a student has taken at a particular institution. 
An official transcript is a transcript sent directly from one institution to another; a student 
copy is a transcript issued to students. 

transfer: students seeking admission who have previously been enrolled at another 
institution of higher education. 

transfer credit: credit for courses taken at another institution. Granting credit will be 
considered only for course work from an accredited institution. 

transient: admission status of students currently enrolled at another institution applying 
for temporary admission to Armstrong for one quarter. Students must be in good 
standing at their home college, and have written permission from their dean or registrar 
to take specific courses at Armstrong which will be transferred to their home institution. 

University System of Georgia: the overall system of public higher education in Georgia, 
comprised of 5 universities, 14 senior colleges and 15 junior colleges. 

withdrawal: the act of dropping out of school completely, the date of the withdrawal 
determining any fee refund or grade penalty. 



INDEX 



313 



INDEX 



Academic Progress 47 

Academic Renewal 53 

Academic Standing 53 

Accelerated Admission Program 32 

Accreditations 11 

Administrative Officers 306 

Admissions 25 

Certificate Programs 35 

Conditional 28 

Delayed 34 

Early 33 

General Information 26 

Graduate 72 

Honors Program 30 

International Students 33 

Joint Enrollment 33 

Non-Degree 34 

Over 62 35 

Policies 25 

Postsecondary Options 32 

Provisional 27 

Readmission 32 

Regular 27 

Sixty Two Plus 35 

Transfer Students 30 

Transient Students 32 

Veterans 35 

Vocational Rehabilitation 35 

Admission Requirements to Specific 
Programs: refer to Appropriate 
Departmental Section 

Adults Back to College Program 22 

Advancement 12 

Alumni Affairs 12 

Development 12 

AASU Foundation 12 

Public Relations 12 

Advisement 50 

Advisement Center 23 

Alcohol & Drug Education 22 

Alumni Association 12 

Application Fee 40 

Art & Music Department 79 

Arts and Sciences, College of 75 

Associate Degree 

General Requirements 78 

Athletics 21 

Athletic Training Internship 208 

Attendance 52 

Auditing 54 

Baccalaureate Degree 

General Requirements 58 

Basic Law Enforcement 

Certificate Program 284 

Biology Department 92 

Brunswick Center 16 

Calendar (Academic) inside front cover 

Career Services 21 



Chemistry, Physics & Engineering 

Department 100 

Classification of Students 50 

Clubs/Organizations, Students 20 

Coastal Georgia Center for 

Continuing Education 16 

College Preparatory Curriculum 27 

Collegiate Placement Examination 28 

Computer Center 23 

Computer Science Department 112 

Continuing Education 16 

Cooperative Education Program 15 

Core Curriculum Requirements 60 

Corporate Program 15 

Counseling Services 21 

Course Offerings 

Accounting (SSU) 204 

Anthropology 173 

Art 84 

Astronomy 109 

Biology 96 

Botany 98 

Chemistry 104 

Computer Science 114 

Criminal Justice 123 

Dental Hygiene 236 

Dental Hygiene Education 239 

Drama/Speech 150 

Economics 175 

Education 

Business 204 

Education 198 

Exceptional Children 202 

Engineering 108 

English 152 

Film 156 

French 157 

Geography 134 

Geology 109 

German 158 

Gerontology 244 

Health Education 245 

Health Professions 219 

Health Science 243 

History 135 

Journalism 162 

Latin 159 

Learning Support 283 

Library Media 203 

Library Science 204 

Linguistics 163 

Mathematics 166 

Medical Technology 248 

Meteorology 110 

Military Science 287 

Music 87 

Naval ROTC 291 

Nursing 

Associate Degree (NUR) 222 



314 



ARMSTRONG ATLANTIC STATE UNIVERSITY 



Baccalaureate Degree (BSN) 228 

Oceanography 110 

Philosophy 163 

Physical Education 209 

Physical Science 109 

Physical Therapy 257 

Physics 110 

Political Science 125 

Psychology 178 

Public Administration 125 

Public History 142 

Radiation Therapy 263 

Radiologic Technologies 262 

Respiratory Therapy 273 

Sociology 182 

Spanish 159 

Zoology 98 

Courses 

Auditing 54 

Course Load 50 

Dropping 54 

Lettering System for 67 

Numbering System for 67 

Overload 50 

Repeating 53 

Withdrawing from College 54 

Credit by Examination 29 

Criminal Justice Training Center 18 

Cross Enrollment (AASU-SSU) 18 

Dean's List 52 

Degree Programs (Categories) 

Cooperative 14 

Dual-Degree 14 

Four- Year 13 

Graduate 13 

Pre-Professional 13 

Two-Year 13 

Degree Requirements 58 

Dental Hygiene Department 233 

Development 12 

Disabilities, Students with 22 

Dismissal (Academic) 53 

Distance Learning 15 

Double Major 67 

Drop/Add 54 

Dual Degree Programs 14 

Early Childhood Department 191 

Education, College of 185 

Elderhostel 17 

Engineering Transfer Program 14 

English Placement 65 

Evening Courses 15 

Exit Examinations 66 

Expenses (Student) 38 

Faculty Roster 296 

Fees 38 

Financial Aid 42 

Application Procedure 44 

Employment 46 

Government Benefits 47 



Grants 45 

Loans 45 

Scholarships 46 

Veterans Benefits 47 

Food Service 20, 40 

Freshman Experience (US 101) 282 

General Education Outcomes 61 

General Studies 77 

Glossary 309 

Government Department 117 

Grade Appeals 51 

Grade Reports 51 

Graduate Studies, School of 71 

Admission 72 

Programs 72 

Graduation Requirements 66 

Health Professions, School of 217 

Health Science Department 240 

History Department 131 

History /Government State Requirements ... 66 

History of the College 11 

Honor Code 55 

Honor Societies 21 

Honors 52 

Honors Program 14 

Housing 40 

Intercollegiate Athletic Program 21 

International Students 33 

Intramurals 21 

Lane Library 23 

Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 

Arts Department 144 

Learning Support Department 282 

Lettering System for Courses 67 

Library Science/Media Program 197 

Library Services 23 

Location of the University 11 

Mathematics Department 164 

Mathematics Placement 65 

Math Tutorial Center 23 

Medical Technology Program 246 

Middle Grades and Secondary 

Education Department 192 

Military Experience, Credit for 30 

Military Science Program 285 

Minority Advisement Program 22 

Minors 6, 7 

Arts & Sciences 77 

Education 191 

Mission Statement 10 

Naval Science Program 289 

Nontraditional Learning, Office of 22 

Numbering System for Courses 67 

Nursing Department 219 

Off-Campus Courses 15 

Orientation 20 

Overloads 50 

Parking Regulations 24 

Physical Education Department 206 

Physical Education Requirements 65 



INDEX 



315 



Physical Therapy Department 251 

Pre-Professional Programs 13 

Probation (Academic) 53 

Provisional Admission 27 

Public Relations 12 

Public Service Center 17 

Radiation Therapy Technology 263 

Radiologic Sciences Department 259 

Reading Lab 23 

Readmission 32 

Refunds 41 

Regents' Engineering Transfer 

Program 14, 30 

Regents' Testing Program 64 

Regional Criminal Justice 

Training Center 17 

Registration 

Late Fee 40 

Repeating Courses 53 

Residence Life 20 

Residency Reclassification 39 

Residency Requirements 38 

Respiratory Therapy Department 270 

Scholarships 46 

Semester Conversion 61 

Short Courses 40 

Social and Behavioral Sciences 170 



Special Education Department 196 

Student 

Government Association 20 

Housing 40 

Organizations 20 

Publications 21 

Study Abroad Program 282 

Suspension (Academic) 53 

Testing 

Collegiate Placement Examination 27 

Counseling & Testing 21 

Credit by Examination 29 

English and Mathematics 

Placement Tests 65 

Regents' Test 64 

Transfer Students 

Requirements of Applicants 30 

Transient Students 32 

Tuition 38 

Veteran 

Admissions 35 

Financial Aid 47 

Vocational Rehabilitation 35 

Weekend Classes 15 

Withdrawals (Involuntary) 54 

Withdrawing from College 54 

Writing Center 23 



NOTES 



NOTES 



NOTES 



NOTES 



NOTES 



lere to Write or Call 

e is a central mail room on campus. Specific information may be obtained by writing to the 
es listed below and adding: 
strong Atlantic State University 
)5 Abercorn Street 
innah, GA 31419-1997 



IISSION 

:tor of Admissions 

5277 

0-633-2349 

DEMIC ADVISEMENT 

temic Orientation and Advisement 

5465 

MNI 

ini Affairs, Office of University 

Ivancement 

5264 

LETICS 

:tor of Athletics 

5336 

INESS MATTERS 

President for Business & Finance 

5255 

;EER PLANNING & PLACEMENT 
ctor of Career Planning 
d Placement 
5269 

ALOG 

:e of Admissions 

5277 

JTINUING EDUCATION 
stal Georgia Center for 
)ntinuing Education 
5322 

JNSELING 

ctor of Counseling 

5269 

\NCIAL AID, GRANTS, LOANS, 
ORK-STUDY ELIGIBILITY 
ctor of Student Financial Aid 
5272 
I0-633-2349 

INING, WEEKEND, & 
pF-CAMPUS PROGRAMS 
ie of Academic Services and 
Dntraditional Learning 
5626 

JERAL ACADEMIC AND 
uCULTY MATTERS 
President and Dean of Faculty 
5261 

"S, GRANTS & BEQUESTS 

ie of University Advancement 
5263 

DUATE STUDY 
»i of Graduate Studies 
5377 



HOUSING 
Director of Housing 
927-5269 

OFFICE OF MINORITY AFFAIRS 
Director of Minority Recruitment 
927-5252 

PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Office of University Advancement 

927-5263 

SECURITY 
Campus Police 
921-5555 

TEACHER CERTIFICATION 
Certification Officer 
927-5294 

TESTING 

Division of Student Affairs 

927-5269 

TRANSCRIPTS 
Office of the Registrar 
927-5275 

TUITION, PAYMENT OF BILLS. REFUNDS 
Vice President for Business & Finance 
927-5255 



Special Notice 

The statements set forth in this Catalog are for 
information purposes only and should not be 
construed as the basis of a contract between a 
student and this institution. 

While the provisions of the Catalog will generally 
be applied as stated, Armstrong Atlantic State 
University reserves the right to change any pro- 
vision listed in this Catalog, including but not 
limited to academic requirements for gradua- 
tion, without actual notice to individual students. 
Every effort will be made to keep students ad- 
vised of any such changes. Information on 
changes will be available in the Offices of the 
Registrar, the Vice President of Student Affairs, 
and the academic deans. It is especially impor- 
tant that students note that it is their responsibility 
to keep themselves apprised of current gradua- 
tion requirements for their particular degree 
program. 

Armstrong Atlantic State University is an affir- 
mative action/equal opportunity education 
institution and does not discriminate on the basis 
of sex, race, age, religion, disability, or national 
origin in employment, admissions, or activities.